X24高考英语高中语法全解与练习（有答案）共404页含18项专项可编辑

这是一份X24高考英语高中语法全解与练习（有答案）共404页含18项专项可编辑，共401页。试卷主要包含了 没有人等内容，欢迎下载使用。

高考英语语法专项练习与讲解

目录
第一章 名词
第二章 代词
第三章 数词
第四章 介 词
第五章 连词与感叹词
第六章 形容词和副词
第七章 冠词
第八章 动词与动词短语
第九章 动词时态与语态
第十章 非谓语动词
第十一章 助动词、情态动词和虚拟语气
第十二章 定语从句
第十三章 名词性从句
第十四章 状语从句
第十五章 陈述句、疑问句、祈使句和感叹句
第十六章 特殊句式
第十七章 句子、句子成分与主谓一致
第十八章 交际用语
高考英语 第一章名词
第一节 真题精析
1. The faces of four famous American presidents on Mount Rushmore can be seen from a _______ of 60 miles. 【全国IV】
A. length B. distance C. way D. space
2. I keep medicines on the top shelf, out of the children’s . 【天津】
A. reach B. hand C. hold D. place
3. The environmentalists and wild goats’ _________ on the vast grasslands was a good indication of the better environment. 【上海】
A. escape B. absence C. attendance D. appearance
4. In dealing with public relations, we should make every effort to prevent the _____ in personality. 【上海】
A. contact B. contrast C. connection D. conflict
5. Chinese arts have won the _________ of a lot of people outside China.
【上海】
A. enjoyment B. appreciation C. entertainment D. reputation
6. “I don’t think it’s my that the TV blew up . I just turned it on , that’s all ,” said the boy . 【上海】
A．error B．mistake C．fault D．duty
7. —I’m sorry I stepped outside for a smoke. I was very tired.
—There is no ____for this while you are on duty. 【北京】
A. reason B. excuse C. cause D. explanation
8. The manager has got a good business _________ so the company is doing well. 【北京】
A. idea B. sense C. thought D. thinking
9. To regain their after an exhausting game , the players lay in the grass. 【上海】
A. force B. energy C. power D. health
10.According to the recent research , heavy coffee drinking and heart attack is not necessarily and effect. 【上海】
A. reason B. impact C. fact D. cause
11.Every new has the possibility of making or losing money. 【上海】
A. event B. venture C. adventure D. expectation
12. As a result of destroying the forests , a large of desert covered the land. 【上海】
A. number…has B. quantity… has
C. number… have D. quantity…have
13. In the botanic garden we can find a (n) of plants that range from tall trees to small flowers. 【上海】
A. species B. group C. amount D. variety
14. ---- Can you shoot that bird at the top of the tree?
---- No, it’s out of . 【上海】
A. range B. reach C. control D. distance
15. The life of London is made up of many different . 【上海】
A. elements B. sections C. materials D. realities
16. You'll find this map of great _____ in helping you to get round London. 【NMET】
A. price B. cost C. value D. usefulness
17. If by any chance someone comes to see me, ask them to leave a _______.【NMET】
　　A. message B. letter C. sentence D. notice
18. I'll look into the matter as soon as possible. Just have a little　　. 【NMET】
　　A. wait　　　　 B. time　　 C. patience　　　　 D. rest
19. He gained his 　　by printing　　of famous writers. 【NMET】
　 A. wealth; work　　B. wealths works C. wealths; work D. wealth; works
20. Here's my card. Let's keep in ______. 【MET】
　　A. touch　　　 B. relation　　 C. connection　　　 D. friendship





【答案与解析】
1. B 该题考查名词的辨析。length长度，distance距离，way路途，space空间。从from…60 miles判断此处指的是距离。故选B。句意：从六十英里远的地方可以看到在Rushmore山上的四位美国著名总统的头像。
2. A 该题根据交际情景考查名词辨析。beyond [above, out of] one's [the] reach意为：达不到的，力所不及的，不能理解。是习惯用语。句意：我把药放在书橱顶上，孩子够不着。
3. D 考查名词的词义辨析。句意：环境保护论者和野山羊的出现，预示了环境的改善。escape“逃脱，逃避”；absence“缺乏，缺席”；attendance“出席，伺候，照料”；appearance“出现，露面，外观”，D符合句子意思要求。
4. D 名词词义辨析。句子的意思为“在处理公共关系上，我们应该尽量避免在个性方面的冲突”。contact“接触，联系”，contrast “对比，对照”，connection“连接，关系”，conflict“斗争，冲突”。
5. B 名词词义辨析。句子意思为“中国艺术在海外赢得了正确的评价”。Enjoyment“享乐，快乐”，appreciation“欣赏，正确评价，感谢”，entertainment“款待，娱乐”，reputation“名誉，名声”。
6. C 辨析名词的词义，error差错（主要指行为不正），mistake错误（意见，想法或行为上的错误）fault过失.毛病。duty 义务.任务，句意为“电视机爆炸不是我的过错，我只是打开了开关，就这些”，因此C为最佳选择。
7. B 该题是交际情景中考查四个名词的辨析。excuse意为：藉口；托辞；cause意为：原因, 导致某事发生的人或事。cause用于表示具有明显因果关系的原因。reason 意为：理由,动机, 前提；reason有时能与cause换用，但上下文必须有能够查得出的或可以解释得出的因果关系。如果某“结果”是不言而喻的，也可以用reason表示“原因”；explanation意为：解释, 解说, 说明。据题意：――对不起我刚才出去抽烟了。我很累了。――你在值班，对此不要找借口。此处只是为自己当值时外出找借口，故选答案B。
8. B考查对名词意义的辨析。sense理解力；鉴赏力；辨识力。a good business sense 有经济头脑。句意：这位经理有很强的经商意识，因此公司运营良好。
9．B 考查对名词意义的辨析。force（力，暴力）energy（精力，能量）power（体力，智力，精力），但常用复数形式，health（健康，健康状况），因此B为正确答案。句意：为了在令人疲惫的运动后恢复体力，运动员们躺在草坪上。
10.D 考查对名词意义的辨析，reason（理由），impact（强烈印象或影响），fact（事实）cause（原因.起因.原由），上述四词中只cause一词与effect对应（原因与结果）。
11.B 考查对名词意义的辨析，event（事件.重要事件）venture（冒险事业）adventure（冒险.冒险的经历）expectation（期望.期待）句子意思为“每一项新的冒险事业，都有可能挣钱或者陪钱”，因此B为正确答案。
12.B 考查名词的数与主谓一致。a large number of修饰可数名词。a large quantity修饰不可数名词。desert为不可数名词，谓语动词用单数形式。正确答案为B。
13. D 考查名词的辨析。species物种）；group组，群，amount总数，数量；variety多样性。句意为“在植物园我们可以看到多种多样的植物，他们从高树延伸到小花朵。”D符合意思要求。
14.A 考查名词的辨析。range射程；reach手所及的范围，伸出；control控制；distance距离。句意为“你能射掉树顶上的那只鸟吗？不，它在射程之外。”A符合意思要求。
15.A该题考查名词辨析。 elements元素，组成部分；sections切片，部分，零件；material材料，原料，资料；realities现实，真相，真实之物。句意为：“伦敦的生活是由许多种不同的部分组成的”A符合意思要求。
16. C 该题考查名词辨析。根据题意：这张地图在帮助你游览伦敦方面很重要。price：价格；cost费用，成本，价钱, 代价；usefulness：有用, 有效性；value：价值，重要性，有益处；of value 相当于valuable 意为：有价值的，很重要的。
17. A 该题考查对句意的理解。句意为“如果偶然有人来看我,请他们留下口信”。 leave a message 意为：留下口信，准确地表达了这一意思。与message搭配的还有：take a message for sb 捎口信，receive a message ：收到口信。
18. C 该题考查根据句意的理解辨别名词的用法。句意: “我将尽可能快地调查此事。请要有耐心。”just用在祈使句的开头，表示“试，请”用于安抚对方“要有耐心”。 patience意为： 忍耐, 耐心，符合题意。have a little time与句意不符；D项不仅与句意不符。且表示“休息一会儿”常用have a rest。 wait作名词用时是可数名词，不能和a little搭配。
19. D 该题考查名词的类别。wealth（财富）是不可数名词，没有复数形式，不能加s。Work 作“工作”之意时为不可数名词；用作“著作”时，是可数名词，常用复数works。句意:“他通过印刷著名作家的作品获取了巨大的财富”。


第二节 考点归纳
名词是非常重要的一类词，也是高考常考内容之一。《全国考试说明》附录 语法项目表中对名词考查列了四项：1）可数名词与不可数名词2）专有名词 3）名词的复数形式4）所有格。纵观历年高考试题，试题中出现的考点主要有：名词的单复数形式、名词的所有格的构成及应用、不可数名词的辨认、名词的功能、名词辨义等。
一、可数名词与不可数名词
英语名词可以分为可数名词和不可数名词。可数名词是表示可以计数的人、事物的名词。可数名词一般有单数和复数两种形式，有些词的单复数形式相同。不可数名词是表示不可以计数的事物的名词。不可数名词一般不分单数和复数，也不能直接与a/an连用。一般说来，个体名词是可数名词;抽象名词、"物质名词和专有名词是不可数名词;集体名词根据情况，有时用作可数名词，有时用作不可数名词。有时有些物质名词和抽象名词也可转用作个体名词。
（一） 可数名词和不可数名词各有其不同的修饰语。
适应情况
修饰语
只修饰可数名词单数
a/an，one，another，either，neither，every，many a
只修饰可数名词复数
these，those，few，many，a good/great many，a good/great number of，both，several以及二以上的数词
只修饰不可数名词
a little，a bit of，much，a great/good deal of，a great/large/small amount of
既可修饰可数名词又可修饰不可数名词
the，one's，some，any，no，all，a lot of，lots of，plenty of，a large/small quantity of，which，what，other，half，one-third
注意：some在解释为 "某一"，any在解释为"任何"时也可修饰可数名词单数。this和that只能修饰可数名词单数和不可数名词，last，next，the other和序数词 只 能修饰可数名词单数和复数。
（二）单复数形式分别表示不同的意义
单数
复数
名词
意义
名词
意义
time
时间
times
次数;倍;时代
wood
木头
woods
森林
sand
沙子
sands
沙滩
cloth
布
clothes
衣服
glass
玻璃
glasses
玻璃杯; 眼镜
work
工作
works
工厂; 著作; 工事
force
力量
forces
军队
good
益处
goods
货物
coffee
咖啡
coffees
几杯咖啡
air
空气
airs
架子，神气
（三）常用的不可数名词
advice, bread, butter, baggage, chalk, clothing, furniture, fun, homework, information, juice, luggage, luck, music, milk, progress, permission, practice, rice, soap, weather, work等，
（四）不可数的抽象名词在表示具体事物的时为可数名词
beauty, coffee, failure, honour, success, difficulty, experience, trouble
二、专有名词
专有名词是指表示人名、地方、团体或事物的名称的词。专有名词的实词部要大写词首字母。专有名词一般不加冠词，但在由普通名词或形容词构成的；表示全体国民的；表示一家人或夫妇的形式复数前；书报名称；团体或公共建筑名称前；江海平原等前加定冠词。
Abraham Lincoln 亚伯拉罕·林肯 London 伦敦 Canada 加拿大
the United States of America 美利坚合众国 the Great Hall of the People 人民大会堂
the Smiths 史密斯夫妇 the Pacific Ocean太平洋
the Germans德国人民 the Rich富人
三、名词的复数形式
可数名词有单、复数两种形式。单数用原形，复数有词形变化。该词形变化分为规则变化和不规则变化两种。
(一)规则复数形式的构成
变化规则
适用情况
例词
在词尾加-s
一般名词
book→books lake→lakes
以元音字母+y结尾
boy→boys way→ways
以元音字母加-o结尾
radio→radios zoo→zoos
bamboo→bamboos
在词尾加-es
以s, x, ch, sh等结尾
box→boxes bus→buses watch→watches brush→brushes
以辅音字母加-o结尾
hero→heroes tomato→tomatoes
变y为i, 再加-es
以辅音字母+y结尾
story→stories city→cities
将-f或-fe变为v再加-es

knife→knives thief→thieves
life→lives leaf→leaves
(二)不规则复数形式的构成
不以加词尾-s或-es构成的名词复数都为不规则复数，大体有以下几种情况。
1.通过内部元音变化构成复数。如:
foot→feet man→men goose→geese woman→women
tooth→teeth mouse→mice
2.以加词尾-en构成复数。如:
ox→oxen child→children
3.单数和复数为同一形式。如:
a sheep→two sheep a deer→two deer
a Chinese→two Chinese
4.合成名词，将主体词变为复数形式。如:
passer-by→passers-by 过路人 new-comer→new-comers 移民
son-in-law→sons-in-law 女婿 editor-in-chief→ editors-in-chief主编
5.两个构成部分都要变成复数。如:
man doctor→men doctors 男医生
woman teacher→women teachers 女教师
6.一些外来词的复数形式通常以-es，-a结尾。
analysis→analyses 分析 bacterium→bacteria 细菌
basis→bases 基础 crisis→crises 危机
phenomenon→phenomena 现象 thesis→theses 论文
[注意]在使用名词单、复数时还要注意的几个问题
1.有些名词通常只有复数形式。如:
clothes衣服 trousers裤子
goods货物 compasses圆规
scissors剪刀 arms武器
2.单、复数形式词义不同。如:
glass 玻璃 glasses 眼镜
time 时间 times 倍，次，时代
work 工作 works 工厂，工事，作品
3.物质名词的复数形式一般表示不同的种类。如:
these foods 这些(不同种类的)食品 fruits (各种)水果
grasses (各种)草
4.有些名词形式上是单数，但意义上却是复数。如：
people 人民 cattle牛（总称） police警察 public公众
四、名词的所有格
所有格一般表示所有关系。有-‘s所有格和of所有格两种。
(一)'s所有格
下所有格主要用来表示有生命的东西的名词。's所有格的构成方法如下:
1.一般在名词词尾加’s，读音和名词单数变复数加-s时一样。如:
the girl's room 这女孩的房间 a peasant's family 一个农民的家庭
2.以-s结尾的复数名词在词尾只加“'”。如:
the teachers' reading-room 教师阅览室 the students' book 学生用书
3.在某些以-s结尾的专有名词后，也只加”'”。如:
James’ eyes詹姆斯的眼晴 Engels' praise恩格斯的赞扬
4.不以-s结尾的复数名词加's。如:
women's dress妇女的衣服 men's work 男人的工作
the children's room 孩子的房间
5.合成名词的所有格，在最后的一个名词的末尾加’s。如:
the editor-in-chief's office总编辑室 my father-in-law's house我岳父的房子
6.如果某物为两人共有，则只在后一个名词的词尾加's;如果表示各自的所有关系时，则各个名词词尾都加's。如:
Jim and Kate's house 吉姆和凯特的家
Mary's and Jack's books 玛丽的书和杰克的书
7.表示时间、距离、重量、地方等无生命的东西的名词，也可以用's构成所有关系。如:
ten minutes' walk l0分钟的步行
today'，newspaper 今天的报纸
one pound's weight l磅的重量
(二)of所有格
of所有格是以"of+名词"构成的一种词组形式，主要用于表示无生命东西的名词，表示所有关系。如:
the workshop of the factory 工厂的车间 the door of the room 房间的门
表示有生命东西的名词，也可用of所有格表示所有关系，或者表示主谓关系、动宾关系或事物的来源等。如:
the death of Stalin 斯大林的逝世
the arrival of the chairman 主席的到来
the laws of Newton 牛顿定律
(三)双重所有格
's所有格有时可以和of所有格结合在一起表示所有关系，这叫做"双重所有格"。
1.双重所有格的形式
1)of十名词所有格
a friend of my brother's.我弟弟的一位朋友
a new design of Mr. Brown's.布朗先生的一项新设计
2)of+名词性物主代词
a friend of mine我的一位朋友 a necklace of yours你的一条项链
2.双重所有格的几个特征
1)双重所有格所修饰的名词 (即of之前的名词)通常和不定冠词a及any，some，no，few，several等表示数量的词连用，表示"其中之一"或"其中一部分"的意思，但不可以和定冠词the连用。如:
This a book of my father's.这是我爸爸的一本书。
Have you read any books of Einstein's?你读过爱因斯坦的什么书吗?
Some friends of my brother’s have arrived.我兄弟的几位朋友已经到了。
不能说:the play of Shakespeare's或the novels of Lu Xun's
2)“of十名词所有格”中的名词一般表示人，不能表示物;该名词必须是特指的，不能是泛指的，不能与不定冠词连用。如:
a friend of the doctor 这个大夫的一个朋友
some books of my brother's 我哥哥的一些书
不能说:
*a cover of the book's
*a friend of a doctor's
3)双重所有格修饰的名词和指示代词 this, that, these, those连用时，往往表示爱憎、褒贬等感情色彩，这时并不表示"部 分"的意思。 如:
That little daughter of your sister's is really a dear.
你姐姐的那个小女儿真逗人爱。
These remarks of yours are of great value to us.你的这些话对我们来说很有帮助。
3.of所有格与双重所有格的区别
有时of所有格与双重所有格在单句中意义较接近，知识则重点有所不同。如：
He is a friend of my father’s.=He is one of my father’s friends.（着重说明父亲不止他一个朋友）
He is a friend of my father.=It is he who is my father’s friend.(着重说明他是我父亲的唯一一个朋友)
但中心词是portrait,picture,printing,photograph等词时，后面用of所有格指某人自己的肖像、照片等；用双重所有格则表示某人所收藏的肖像、照片。
This is a picture of my father.照片上的人是我父亲。
This is a picture of my father’s.这照片属于我父亲收藏。
五、名词的语法功能
1、作主语
The young woman played an important part in the matter. 那年轻女人在这件事上举足轻重。
His grandpa joined the Red Army at the age of fifteen. 他爷爷十五岁时参加红军。
2、作宾语
I met your elder brother in the street。我在街上碰见你哥哥了。
Do you still ask your parents for money?你还向爸妈要钱吗？
3、作表语
It's a good idea to plant trees here . 在这里栽些树是个好主意。
She is now a professor while her husband remains a worker. 也现在是教授而丈夫仍是个工人。
4、作宾语的补足语
They elected Tom head of the workshop. 他们推选汤姆当车间的头。（职务名词作宾补前面不加冠词）
The old man called my uncle Xiao Li. 老人喊我叔叔小李。
5、作定语
（1）直接作定语, 通常用单数形式。
Let’s stop by the book store on the way home.回家的路上，我们的书店停一下吧！
He bought the shoes in that shoe shop. 这双鞋他是在那个鞋店买的。
（2）man，woman，gentleman作定语
man，woman，gentleman作定语时可以用单数和复数两种形式，但必须随所修饰名词的数而定。
He said that two women doctors would come to our village the next day. 他说明天有两个女医生到我们村子来。
There are many men teachers in our school. 我们学校有很多男教师。
（3）某些常用复数的名词用作定语
某些常用复数的名词，当它们用作定语时，也须用复数形式。
arms production 武器生产 clothes shop服装商店 sales department营业部 a goods train货车
savings bank 储蓄所 foreign languages department外语系
（4）单位名称、报纸、广播、电视等的标题中经常出现复数名词作定语。
Learning Skills center学习技巧交流中心 The Boys Club 男孩俱乐部
6、作状语
时间名词、数量名词、距离名词等有时可以作状语。
The soldiers walked 50 kilometers at a night. 战士们一夜行军五十公里
Your suitcase weighs 10 kilograms. 你的手提箱重10千克。
7、作同位语
Mr Black, president of the company, will visit Beijing next month.布莱克先生，公司的总裁，将于下月访问北京。
8、做状语
The rain lasted an hour.雨下了一个小时。
第三节 巩固提高
1. _______turn green in spring.
A. Leaf B. Leafs C. Leave D. Leaves
2. _______ will make a trip around the world during the coming Christmas.
A. The Evens B. The Evens'
C. The Evenses D. The Evenses’
3. Dr. Smith is going to pull out one of my_______.
A. teeth B. tooth C. teeths D. tooths
4. ---I wonder whose bicycle it is.
---It might be my_______. (1985)
A. neighbour's B. dear neighbour
C. neighbour D. neighbours
5. Come and see me _______ two or three _______.
A. for; days B. after; days
C. in; day's time D. during; day time
6. Miss Smith ia a friend of________.
A.Mary’s mother’s B.Mary’s mother
C.Mother’s of Mary D.Mary mother’s
7. Tables are made of_______.
A. wood B. woods C. wooden D. some woods
8. Father went to his doctor for _______ about his heart trouble.
A. an advice B. advice C. advices D. the advices
9. It is impossible for so _______ workers to do so _______ work in a single day.
A. few; much B. few; many C. little; much D. little; many
10. I need _______cloth, for I'm going to make_______clothes.
A. a lot of; many B. much; much
C. many; many D. many; a lot of
11. I'm afraid he did not do very well in the dictation. There were _______ spelling mistakes in it.
A. few B. a few of C. fewer D. quite a few
12. Let’s stop by the_______on the way home.
A.books store B.book’s store
C.book store D.store of books
13. The new law will come into _______ on the day it is passed.
A.effect B.use C.service D.existence
14. We have worked out the plan and now we must put it into _________.
A. fact B. reality C. practice D. deed
15. We’ve missed the last bus.I’m afraid we have no______but to take a taxi.
A.way B.choice C.possibility D.selection
16. It has been ten years now since the Labour Party cam to______in that country.
A.power B.control C.force D.charge
17. Many countries are increasing their use of natural gas, wind and other forms of ________.
A.energy B.source C.power D.material
18. These football players had no strict _______until they joined our club.
　A.practice 　 B.education 　 C.exercise D.training
19. Many countries are increasing their use of natural gas, wind and other forms of_________.
A. energy B. source C. power D. material
20. My parents always let me have my own _________ of living.
A. way B. method C. manner D. fashion
21. Students sometimes support themselves by _________ of evening job.
A. ways B. offers C. means D. helps
22. To the sea captain's surprise, h& found that _________ travel could also be quite pleasant.
A. earth B. land C. ground D. plain
23. These football players had no strict _________ until they joined our club.
A. practice B. education C. exercise D. training
24. The lion is considered the king of the forest as it is a(n)_________of courage and power.
A. example B. sign C. mark D. symbol
25. One of the consequences of our planet’s being warming up is a(n) in the number of natural disasters.
A．result B．account C．reason D．increase
26．Life is tough in the city .In order to lose their , some people drink alcohol.
A．temper B．mood C．consciousness D．pressures
27.The plural forms of the words “photo”and “potato”are________.
A.photoes and potatoes B. photos and potatos
C. photoes and potatos D. photos and potatoes
28.He found a lot of_______were_______.
A.passers-by;grown-ups B. passer-bys;growns-up
C. passer-bys;grown-ups D. passers-by;growns-up
29.A group of_______are eating______and______at the foot of the hill.
A.sheep; grass;leaves B. sheeps; grasses;leaves
C. sheep; grass;leaf D. sheeps; grass;leafs
30.My family raise a lot of_______,including two______.
A.cattles; cows B.cows;cattle C.cattle;cows D.cow;cattles
31.Two______and three_______attended the meeting.
A.Englishmans; Gremen B.Englishmen;Gremen
C.Englishmen; Gremans D.Englishmans;Gremans
32.He left_______with my secretary that he would call again in the afternoon.He said he would keep______.
A.words;his words B.word;his word C.word;word D.the word;his word
33.The______of those buildings were broken in the hurricane.
A.roof B.rooves C.roofs D.roofes
34.It is bad______to speak with your mouth full of food.
A.manner B.manners C.way D.thing
35.In Britain,______are all painted red.
A.letter boxes B.letters boxes C.letter box D.letters box
36.She is the only one among the_____writers who_____stories for children.
A.woman;writes B.women;write C.women;writes D.woman;write
37.My sister has two______.
A.tooth-brushes B.tooth-brush C.teeth-brushes D.teeth-brush
28.The railway station is______from our school.
A.two hour’s drive B.two hours’ drive C.two hour drive D.two hours drive
39.This is an old photo of my aunt’s when she had black_______,and now she has some white_______.
A.hair;hairs B.hairs;hair C.hair;hair D.hairs;hairs
40.This is the_________.
A.students’ exercise-book B.student’s exercise-book
C.students’ exercise-books D. student’s exercise-books
41.----I like your furniture very much.
----Thank you.We bought_______in Shanghai.
A.the most of them B.most of them C.most of it D.the more of it
42.Although the town had been attacked by the storm several times,_____was done.
A.little damage B.a little damage C.few damages D.a few damages
43.Our telephone has been out of_______for two days.
A.place B.line C.touch D.order
44.The poor worker supported his family by_____of doing extra jobs.
A.ways B.offer C.helps D.means
45.No_____he was taken ill,considering that he had been overworking for years.
A.wonder B.idea C.matter D.hope
46.They soon moved back to the_______because they could hardly get used to city life.
A.country B.nation C.province D.state
47.The nearest_______to the post office is up Church Lane to the High Street.
A.road B.distance C.way D.path
48.The room was so quiet that I could hear the______of my heart.
A.beat B.strike C.sound D.knock
49.----Who told you about Howard’s case?
----The sergeant in_______.
A.public B.turn C.charge D.advance
50.I shall never beat Tom at tennis;we are clearly not in the same_____.
A.group B.order C.degree D.class
34.----Could you tell me the way to the post office?
----I’m sorry.I’ve no______.
A.mind B.idea C.thought D.opinion
51.At the______of the gun,the runners dashed from their starting points.
A.sight B.hearing C.sound D.shot
52.Although we are good friends,I tried not to take the______of John in his argument with his sister.
A.place B.side c.pity D.control
53.As a writer he is_________.But as a teacher he is________.
A.a success;a failure B.success;failure
C. a success;failure D. success;a failure
54.You should not only practise a lot,but also learn some listening_______.
A.directions B.abilities C.skills D.tricks
55. Every citizen should have a______of right and wrong.
A.knwledge B.idea C.sense D.feeling

答案：1. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. C 6. A 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. A 11.D 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. B
16. A 17.A 18. D 19.A 20. A 21. C 22. B 23. D 24. D 25. D 26. D 27.D 28.A 29.A 30.C 31.C 32.B 33.C 34.B 35.A 36.C 37.A 38.B 39.A 40.B 41.C 42.A 43.D 44.D 45.A 46.A 47.C 48.A 49.C 50.D 51.C 52.B 53.A 54.C 55. C
第二章 代词
第一节 真题精析
1. We asked John and Jerry, but ____ of them could offer a satisfactory explanation.【北京春考】
A. either B. none C. both D. neither
2. - Do you like ______ here?
- Oh, yes. The air, the weather, the way of life. Everything is so nice.【全国】
A. this B. these C. that D. it
3. That’s an unpleasant thing to say about your father after______ he’s done for you. 【全国】
A. something B. anything C. all D. that
4. We needed a new cupboard for the kitchen. So Peter made _____ from some wood we had. 【全国】
A. it B. one C. himself D. another
5. We had three sets of garden tools and we seemed to have no use for ______.【浙江卷】
A. none B. either C. any D. each
6. Playing tricks on others is _____ we should never do. 【湖南卷】
A. anything B. something C. everything D. nothing
7. She doesn’t know anyone here. She has got______ to talk to. 【广东卷】
A. anyone B. someone C. everyone D. no one
8．—Which of the three ways shall I take to the village?
—_________ way as you please. 【福建卷】
A．Each B．Every C．Any D．Either
9．I have done much of the work. Could you please finish in two days? 【辽宁卷】
A．the rest B．the other C．another D．the others
10. I got the story from Tom and people who had worked with him. 【天津卷】
A. every other B. many others C. some other D. other than
11. It is easy to do the repair. you need is a hammer and some nails. 【天津卷】
A. Something B. All C. Both D. Everything
12. I intended to compare notes with a friend, but unfortunately_____ couldn’t spare me even one minute. 【重庆卷】
A. they B. one C. who D. it
13. - One week’s time has been wasted.
— I can’t believe we did all that work for______.【重庆卷】
A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything
14. I had to buy _________ these books because I didn’t know which one was the best. 【上海卷】
A. both B. none C. neither D. all
15. I invited Joe and Linda to dinner, but ____ of them came. 【北京-21】
A. neither B. either
C. none D. both
16. There's ____ cooking oil left in the house. Would you go to the corner store and get ____?【北京】
A. little; some B. little; any
C. a little; some D. a little; any
17. —There’s coffee and tea； you can have . 【NMET】
—Thanks.
A．either B．each C．one D．it
18．Shanghai is really a fascinating city and we’ve decided to stay for two weeks . 【上海】
A．another B．other C．the other D．other’s
19．We were in when we left that we forgot the airline tickets . 【上海】
A．a rush so anxious B．a such anxious rush
C．so an anxious rush D．such an anxious rush
20. Meeting my uncle after all these years was an unforgettable moment, ________ I will always treasure. 【NMET】
A. that B. one C. it D. what
21. The mother didn’t know ________to blame for the broken glass as it happened while she was out. 【NMET】
A. who B. when C. how D. what
22. The Parkers bought a new house but ____ will need a lot of work before they can move in. 【NMET】
A. they B. it C. one D. which
23. Both teams were in hard training; was willing to lose the game. 【上海】
A. either B. neither C. another D. the other
24. If you want to change for a double room you'll have to pay_______$15. 【NMET】
　A．another B．other 　　 C．more D．each
25. --- Why don't we take a little break? 【NMET】
　---Didn't we just have __________?
　A．it B．that　　 C．one D．this
26. Few pleasures can equal＿＿＿＿＿of a cool drink on a hot day. 【NMET】
　　A. some　　　　 B. any　 　　　　 C. that 　　　　　 D. those
27.--Can you come on Monday or Tuesday? 【NMET】
--I'm afraid _____ day is possible.
A. either B. neither C. some D. any
28. I hate _____when people talk with their mouths full. 【NMET】
A. it B. that C. these D. them
29. Dr, Black comes from either Oxford or Cambridge, I can't remember _____.【NMET】
A. where B. there C. which D. that
30. I agree with most of what you said, but I don't agree with __________. 【NMET】
　A. everything B. anything C. something D. nothing
31. Sarah has read lots of stories by American writers. Now she would like to read _______ stories by writers from_________ countries. 【NMET】
　A. some; any B. other; some C. some; other D. other; other
32. —When shall we meet again?
　 —Make it　　day you like; it's all the same to me. 【NMET】
　A. one　　　 B. any　　　 C. another　　　 D. some
33. Tom felt that he knew everybody's business better than they knew it　　. 【NMET】
A. themselves　 B. oneself 　 　 C. itself　　　 D. himself
34. They were all tired, but _____ of them would stop to take a rest. 【NMET】
A. any B. some C. none D. neither
35. I hope there are enough glasses for each guest to have　　. 【NMET】
　A. it　　　　 B. those　　　　 C. them　　　　 D. one
36. —Have you finished your report yet?
　 —No, I'll finish in　　ten minutes. 【NMET】
　A. another　　 B. other　　　 C. more　　　　　 D. less
37. —Is your camera like Bill's and Ann's?
　 —No, but it's almost the same as ______ . 【MET】
　A. her　　　　　 B. yours　　 C. them　　　　　　 D. their
【答案与解析】
1. D该题考查代词的用法。John and Jerry是两个人，根据but得知此处是表示否定。故选neither。句意：我问了约翰和杰尔但是他俩都没给做出满意的解释。
2. D该题考查代词的用法。it 指心目中或上下文中的事物。句意：“你喜欢这儿吗？”“啊，是的。这里的空气、天气、生活方式。所有的事都很好。”
3. C该题考查不定代词的用法。all 此处指所有的事情。句意：在你父亲为你做了一切后，说他是件不愉快的事情。
4. B该题考查不定代词的用法。one指代同一类中的一个；it指代同一事物。据题意“厨房里我们还需要一个新厨子。因此彼得用我们自己的木头做了一个。”显然是指代一类。
5. C 该题考查不定代词的用法。前半句得知是指三套，后面又有have no use，指任何一个，故选any。句意：我们有三套花园工具，好像是一套也用不上。
6.B 该题考查不定代词的用法。something表示模糊的概念，意为：之类的事，有价值或重要的事。据题意：捉弄别人是我们永远不能做的事。anything意为：无论什么；任何事。everything意为：每件事物, 万事。nothing意为：不关紧要之事。显然不合题意。
7. D该题考查不定代词的用法。关键是She doesn't know anyone here.所以要选no one。句意：她在这里一个人也不认识。她找不到人说话。
8．C该题是考查不定代词的用法。第一句提供的情景得知是三个，表示选择。第二句的as you please得知是表示任意，任何一个。故选any。“我去那个村庄，这三条路该走哪条？”“你愿走哪条走哪条。”
9．A该题考查代词。the rest意为：其余的，可以代替不可数名词，因为work是不可数名词，故选A。the other指两个中的另外一个。C, D都指代可数名词。句意：这些工作我已做了很多了，剩下的请你在两天完成。
10. C该题考查不定代词的用法。some other意为：别的；every other意为：每隔。据题意选择C最佳。句意：我从汤姆与和他一起工作的别的人那里得到这个消息。
11. B 该题考查不定代词的用法。All you need= what you need。从后面的a hammer and some nails得知不能选Everything。句意：修理很简单，你所需要的就是锤子与钉子。
12. A该题是考查代词的用法。此处指代前面提到的a friend，a friend是泛指，任何一个朋友都行，不只一个，但是指代明确，故选题they。他们都没时间。句意：我原想和朋友交换看法，但是很不幸他们都连一分钟也抽不出来。
13. B该题考查不定代词的用法。据题意：“一周的时间白白浪费啦。”“我不信我们所做的一切没用。”由此得知选nothing。
14. D 考查代词的用法。通过题干中的the best这一最高级形式，可以知道买的书在三本以上，因此排除A、C，再根据句子的意思可以知道D为最佳答案。句意：因为我不知道哪一本最好我不得不把这些书都买了。
15. A 该题考查代词的用法。Joe and Linda指两个人，句中的but是关键词，表示转折，由此选择neither。句意：我请乔和琳达吃饭，但是他们俩一个也没来。
16. A 该题考查不定代词的使用。little无冠词,否定用法,意为：少；几乎没有。some用于交际用语的疑问句中表示委婉的请求。句意：家里没有食油了。你去住宅区附近的商店去买些好吗？
17． A 该题考查代词的用法。该题的关键是There’s coffee and tea，这里时表示选择二者必居其一。故选either两个中的任意一个。Each指三个或三个以上，有时也可以表示事物本身具有两端、两边或两头的任意一个。题意：——这里有咖啡也有茶，你随便。——谢谢。
18.A 考查不定代词的用法。此处的意思是“…再呆两周”，在another+数词+名词的结构中，another作“再讲”，该名词必须用复数，another two weeks也可说成two more weeks。句意：上海确实是个迷人的城市，我们决定再呆两周。
19.D 考查such与so 的用法，so+形容词+a+名词：such+a+形容词+名词，因此D正确。句意：我们走的时候如此着急，以至于把机票忘了。
20． B 该题考查替代词用法。one通常用来替代前面出现的单数可数名词，本题中的one是an unforgettable moment的同位语，之后跟一个由that 引起的定语从句，that 又可以省去。it代指上文中出现的同一人或事物。句意：多年后，我见到了我的叔叔，我会永远珍惜那个令人难忘的时刻。
21． A 该题考查代词加不定式作宾语的用法。该句中的关键词是to blame ，blame的逻辑宾语应该是表示人的代词，而不是指时间、方式或者内容的词。从句意中理解所指的是谴责的对象，因此用who ，who与to blame构成不定式短语作know的宾语。句意：玻璃杯打碎时母亲不在家，所以她不知道该谴责谁。
22. B该题考查句子结构以及指代一致。看到题干中有连词“but”即可确定这是一个并列句，排除选项D。need是关键词，“it”就是指“the new house”指代前面提到的house。“one”为泛指相当于“a house”不是指同一座house不合题意。句意：帕克一家买了一所新房子但是要干很多活儿才能搬进去。
23.B 考查代词的用法。句意为“两队都在刻苦训练，两队都不愿意输掉比赛。”两者的否定用 neither。
24. A该题考查不定代词another，other，more的区别。句意：“如果你想换一间双人房，你得再出15镑。”another，other，more都有 “再”，“还”，“又”之意，但它们的用法却有区别。another通常构成“another+单数名词”和“another+基数词（one除 外）或few+复数名词”之结构；other 和more通常构成“基数词或some, any, a few, many , no等＋other/ more＋名词”之结构。
25 C 该题考查替代词用法。one表示泛指，替代a little break。句意：—我们为什么不休息一会儿呢？—我们不是刚刚休息过了吗？
26. C该题考查不定代词的替代用法。在进行比较时要和同类的事物相比，that可以代替前面提到过的名词以避免重复，它可以代替一个单数名词或一个不可数名词，。句中that代替pleasure。句意：炎日下没有比喝一杯冷饮更让人愉悦的了。
27. B 该题考查不定代词的用法。此题的关键词语是Monday or Tuesday和I’m afraid，Monday or Tuesday给出了范围，I’m afraid表明了答者所持的否定的态度“不行”。因此用neither。
28. A 该题考查it作形式宾语的用法。it作形式宾语代替它后面的宾语从句when people talk with their mouths full。
29. C 该题考查在省略的宾语从句中连接代词的用法。句中的from either Oxford or Cambridge已限定了范围，两者之间选择；故用连接代词which表示选择。句意：布莱克博士不是来自牛津大学就是来自剑桥大学，我记不得是哪一所。
30. A该题考查句意理解。第一分句“我同意你说的大部分”提示，第二个分句“我不同意……”只能填everything，表示部分否定。如选用anything，就成了全否定句，与第一分句的意思相矛盾。something一般不用在否定句中。填入nothing后，句意反而变成肯定，也与第一分句的内容用表示转折的but不相符。
31. C该题考查some，any和other在词意和用法上的区别。第一句说“Sarah已经读了很多美国作家写的故事”提示“她现在想读一些其他国家的作者写的故事”。故选some和other。
32. B 该题考查短语辨析。one day表示“某一天”，可用在谓语动词是一般过去时和一般将来时的句子中；some day也表示“某一天”，常用在将来时的句子中（与one day同义）；another day译为“另一天”；any day指“任何一天”。从后面的定语从句you like和it’s all the same 提供的信息，可以断定any day you like译为“你喜欢定在哪一天都行”或“随便哪一天都行”。
33. A该题考查反身代词的用法。反身代词作主语的同位语时，在人称和数方面应与主语一致。they knew it 后接themselves。
34. C 该题考查对句意的理解。关键词all提示“他们的人数是三个或三人以上”，另一关键词but表示转折，提示第二分句是否定句。neither of them虽也可用于否定句，但表达的意思“他们俩没有一个人”与句意不符。句意：他们都很累了，但是没有人想停下来休息。
35. D 该题考查不定代词one的用法。关键词each guest提示应该选one，代替one of the glasses，以免重复。整个句子的意思是“我希望有足够的玻璃杯，以便每位客人有一只”。
36. A 该题考查another，more，other的区别。another，other，more都有 “再”，“还”，“又” 之意，但它们的用法却有区别。another通常构成“another +单数名词”和“another+基数词（one除外）或few +复数名词”之结构；other 和more通常构成“基数词或 some, any, a few, many , no等＋other/ more＋名词”之结构。表示再要十分钟的时间，用：another ten minutes 或者ten other minutes，ten more minutes。
37. B 该题考查名词性物主代词的用法。答句中it指代问句中的your camera。照相机只能与照相机作比较，而不能与人作比较。Bill’s=Bill’s camera, Ann’s = Ann’s camera。四个选项中只有yours是名词性物主代词，yours = your camera。




第二节 考点归纳
《年全国考试说明》附录 语法项目表中对代词考查列了六项：1）人称代词2）物主代词3）反身代词4）指示代词5）不定代词6）疑问代词。
一、人称代词
1、人称代词的形式
表示“我”、“你”、“他（她、它）”、“我们”、“你们”、“他们”等的词，叫做人称代词。人称代词有人称、数和格之分。第三人称单数人称代词分阳性、阴性、中性，分别为：he (him), she(her), it(it)。复数只有一个形式，不分性别。如：

数
格
人
称

单数
复数
第一人称
主格
宾格
主格
宾格
第二人称
I 我
me
We 我们
us
第三人称
you你
you
you你们
you
第三人称
he 他
she她
it 它
him
her
it
他们
they她们
它们
them
2、人称代词主格的用法
（1）做主语
I am a teacher. 我是老师。
We are teachers. 我们是老师。
You, she and I are all teachers.你我他都是老师。
注意：几个人称代词同时作主语时排序是泥、他、我。
（2）作表语
It's I.是我。
Oh ,it's you 噢，是你。
注意：第一人称代词I（我）永远大写；口语习惯上不大说It's I (he ,she等)，而说It's me (him/her)。
3、人称代词宾格的用法
（1）作及物动词的宾语
Our monitor is always ready to help us .我们的班长总是愿意帮助我们。
I saw him swimming in the river.我看见他正在河里游泳。
（2）作介词的宾语
My English teacher had a talk with me last night..我们的英语老师昨晚和我谈了一次话。
Mr. Green took good care of us.格林先生无微不至地关怀我们。
4、人称代词的其他用法
人称代词除按照自身的人称、数和格使用外，还有下列一些特殊用法：
（1）报刊的编辑和文章的作者，在发表观点时，常用we代替I（同样地，用our代替代my）。
We believe that China will make still greater progress in the future.我们相信中国今后会有更大的发展。
In our opinion this is the best film of the year.我们认为这是今年最好的影片。
（2）用she来代替国家、城市、船舶、飞机、大地、月亮等,以表示亲切和爱护。
That's the picture of our city;she has taken on a new look.那是我们城市的照片, 刀子正呈现出新面貌。
（3）it有时可用来代替小孩（child）和婴儿（baby）。
The child smiled when it saw its mother.小孩见到母亲就笑了。
（4）they可用来代替一般的人，特别在“they say”中比较常用。
They say there's going to be another good harvest this year.人们说今年又是个丰收年。
二、物主代词
物主代词是表示所属关系的代词。物主代词分形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词两种，其人称和数的变化如下:
数
人称

种类
单 数
复 数
第一
人称
第二
人称
第三
人称
第一
人称
第二
人称
第三
人称
形容词性
my
your
his,her,its
our
your
their
名词性
mine
yours
his,hers,its
ours
yours
theirs
(一)形容词性物主代词的用法
形容词性物生代词的用法相当于形容词，在句中只能做定语。如:
I stayed at my uncle's for a few weeks.我在我叔叔家住了几个星期。
The boy loves his mother very much.这孩子很爱他母亲。
(二)名词性物主代词的用法
名词性物主代词相当于名词的用法，在句中可用作主语、表语和宾语与of连用可作定语。
Could I borrow your radio? Mine's broken.我可以借用您的收音机吗?我的坏了。(作主语)
Look at that book on the desk. Maybe it's yours.请看桌子上的那本书，也许它是你的。(作表语)
You may use my bike. I'll use hers.你可以用我的自行车，我用她的。(作宾语)
That idea of ours is quite good.你的那个主意十分好。
She knew I was not an enemy of hers.她知道我不是她的敌人。
三、反身代词
反身代词是表示动作回到其执行者本身或是强调代词或名词的一组代词。反身代词是由人称代词第一人称和第二人称的所有格和第三人称的宾格加"-self"或"-selves"构成。列表如下:
数
人称
单 数
复 数
第一人称
myself我自己
ourselves我们自己
第一人称
yourself你自己
yourselves你们自己
第一人称
himself他自己
herself她自己
itself它自己
themselves他们／她们／它们自己
反身代词的用法如下:
(一)作动词的宾语
表示动作返回到动作执行者本身，主语和宾语指同一个或同一些人。如：
He taught himself advanced mathematics. 他自学了高等数学。
Help yourselves to the cakes. 请吃点糕点吧。
(二)作主语或宾语的同位语，以加强语气
Our guide buys some food from the villagers and we cook it ourselves.
我们的向导从村民那里买来一些食物，我们自己烹调。
You'd better ask the headmaster himself. 你最好问问校长本人。
(三)作表语
Frank is not quite himself today.弗兰克今天不太舒服。
The little girl in the picture was myself.
照片上的那个小姑娘就是我本人。
(四) "by+ 反身代词" 的意思是"单独地、 独自一人地"
The mother couldn't leave her baby by himself.
母亲不能让她的孩子单独 留下 。
She can do it all by herself. 她完全能自己做。
(五) "for+ 反身代词" 的意思是"独自地、为自己"
He opened the window to see for himself.他打开窗子，亲自看了看。
He has a right to decide for himself. 他有权自己决定。
四、指示代词
表示“这个”、“那个”、“这些”、“那些”等指示概念的代词叫做指示代词。指示代词有：this（这个），that（那个），these（这些），those（那些），such(如此的，如此的事物)，same(同样的，同样的事物)，it（那个，这个）。
(一) this, these, that, those用法
this, that, these, those在句子中除了可做主语、表语、宾语和定语，想当于名词和形容外还有如下用法：
1． this (these) 一般用来指在时间或空间上较近的事物或人，that(those)则指时间或空间上较远的事物或人。
This is a pen and that is a pencil.这是一支钢笔，那是一支铅笔。
2． that和those指前面讲到过的事物，this和these则指下面将要讲到的事物。
I had a bad cold.That's why I didn't come.我伤风很厉害，所以我没来。
What I want to say is this: pronunciation is very important in learning English.
我所要说的：语音在英语学习中很重要。
注意： this和these也可指前面叙述过的事物，但往往是为了强调。
This will do.这样行。
This they kept for themselves.这东西他们据为已有。
3．为了避免重复提到过的名词，常可用that或those代替。
The climate of Dalian is just as good as that of Qingdao. 大连的气候和青岛的一样好。（that代替climate）
Television sets made in Nanjing are just as good as those made in Shanghai.南京生产的电视机和上海的一样好。（those代替television sets）
4．this和that有时作状语用，表示“程度”，意思是“这么”，“那么”。
I can only promise you this much.我只有答应你这么多。
Oh, she is not that foolish.啊，她不会那么傻呀。
(二) it的用法
it指人时亦可作为指示代词看待。指示代词it在汉语中不必译出。
— Who is it? 是谁？
— It's me. 是我。
Oh, it’s you, Mr. Green.哦，是你呀，格林先生。
(三) such, same的用法
such（如此的）和same(同样的)也是指示代词，其单、复数的形式相同，它们在句子中可作：
（1）定语
The foreign visitors said they had never seen such a beautiful city before.外宾说他们从来没看见这样美丽的城市。
We are not talking about the same thing.我们谈的不是一回事。
注意：such作定语时，它所修饰的名词之前如有不定冠词，这个不定冠词应放在such之后，如上面第一例。Such作定语时，在它所修饰的名词后面有时跟as，
There is no such thing as a "good lie ".没有“好谎言”这么回事。
（2）作主语
相当于名词，在句子中可作主语等成分。
Such are the results.结果就是如此。（做主语）
The same may be said of his brother.他弟弟也有这种情形。（做主语）
注意：在same之前必须用冠词the。
五、不定代词
不是指明代替任何特定名词的代词叫做不定代词。不定代词具有名词和形容词的性质，并有可数与不可数之分，泛指人或事物，或对人、事物作不确定的指代。下面将不定代词列表如下：

不可数
可 数
不可数或复数
单数
复数
much
more
most
(a)little
less
(the)least
one either
each neither
other another
every
some thing
any + body
no one
both
several
a few
many
all
some
any
enough
none

（一）some 与any的用法
1、some一些，某些，某个
（1）some可代替名词或形容词，常用在肯定句中做主语、宾语、定语等。作定语时，它所修饰的名词可以是可数名词，也可以是不可数名词；可数名词可以是单数或复数，单数表示“某个”，复数表示“某些”。
Some are singing,and others are dancing.有的在唱歌，有的在跳舞。
Some Mr. Green is asking to see you.有位格林先生要见你。
（2）some也可用于表示请求和邀请的疑问句中
Would you like some bananas吃香蕉好吗？
(3)some也可以用作状语，意思相当于about（大约）。
I waited some twenty minutes.我等了大约二十分钟。
2、any一些,任何
（1）可以代替名词或形容词。常用在否定句或疑问句中，也可用于条件状语从句中。作定语时，它所修饰的名词可以是可数名词，也可以是不可数名词，可数名词可以是单数或复数（一般应用复数）。
Is there any ink in your pen? 你的笔里有墨水吗？
If there is any difficulty, let me know.有困难就告诉我。
（2）不定代词any用在肯定句中时，意思是“任何的”
You must find a dictionary, any one will do.你必须型找到一本字典，任何一本都行。
（3）any可用作状语，表示程度
Are you feeling any better today? 你今天觉得好点吗？
3. some和any的区别：some多用于肯定句，any多用于否定句、疑问句和条件句。但是，如果说话人希望得到肯定的回答，这时疑问句中可用some；some还可用于表示请求和邀请的疑问句。
Have you any ink? 你有墨水吗？
Would you like some sweets? 请吃糖果。
(二) it, one，that与those的区别
1．it／one／that三者均可用作代词，指代前面提到的名词。一般说来， it指代同名同物；one与that则指代同名异物。
I have lost my umbrella；I'm looking for it．（该句中it就是指前面的my umbrella）
I have lost my umbrella；I think I must buy one．（one在该句中表泛指，因为my umbrella已经丢了）
The umbrella you bought is cheaper than that I bought．（替代词that在该句中特指“the umbrella I bought”，以区别“the umbrella you bought”）
2．one与that虽可用来指代同名异物，但one为泛指，相当于a／an＋名词；that为特指，相当于the ＋名词。所以one所指代的名词的修饰语一般为 a／an ／some ／any；that所指代的名词的修饰语往往是the ／this ／that。
A chair made of steel is stronger than one made ofwood．（该句中one可以换成a chair）
The water in the cup is hotter than that in the pot．（该句中that可以换成 the water） 3．one只能代替可数名词单数，代替可数名词复数时用ones；that既可以代替不可数名词也可以代替可数名词单数，代替可数名词复数时用 those。
I like this pen more than that one．（one代替可数名词单数pen）
There were a few young people and some older ones in the house．（ones代替可数名词复数people）
Mary's handwriting is far better than that of Peter．（that代替不可数名词 handwriting）
These pictures are more beautiful than those．（those代替可数名词复数 pictures）
4．one既可代替事物，也可代替人，that只能代替事物而不能代替人。有时可以用the one或the ones代替that或those。
The one ／That on the table is mine．（该句中The one代替事物，并且也可以用That）
He is the teacher，the one who is loved by the students．（该句中the one代替人，不能用that）
He advised the farmers to choose the best seed-heads，the ones ／those that had the best color．（该句中the ones代替事物，并且也可以用those）
5．one一般有前置修饰语，有时也可有后置修饰语或不用修饰语。而 that不能有前置修饰语，但可有后置修饰语。
Cook was a strict but good captain， one who took good care of his sailors．
The water in the well is cleaner than that in the river．
6．it可以替代句中的不定式或从句等，充当形式主语或形式宾语。 one与that均无此用法。
It is known to everybody that the moon travels around the earth once every month．
I found it hard to get on with her．
7．it与that均可以替代上文全句的内容或部分内容，而one ／ones则不可以。
He has saved my life；I'll never forget it．（it代替第一分句）
Tom is painting his house．Iam told he does it every four years．（it代替前面分句的部分内容painting his house）
Let's say we meet here at three o'clock．That ought to give you time to buy everything．（That代替前面表述的内容）
(三) another,other和others 的用法
another和other既可以作代词，也可以作形容词，在表示“另一个”或“另一些”时，它们的用法和含义都有差别。
1、作代词
another泛指不定数中（三者或三者以上）的另一个，只能表示单数。other作代词时，其前要加定冠词the，特指两个中的另一个，即the other。如：
This glass is broken．Get me another．这只杯子破了，给我另拿一只。
He has a book in one hand，and a pen in the other．他一只手拿着本书，另一只手拿着只钢笔。
注意：①在表示“一个……，另一个……”时，如果所讲的事物只有两个，用“one．．．the other．．．”；如果有三个，使用“one．．．another（或a second）．．．the third．．．”；如果有四个，则用“one．．．another．．．a third．．．the fourth．．．”。如：
The old man has three sons．One is a worker，another is a farmer and the third is a soldier．这老人有三个儿子，一个是工人，一个是农民，还有一个是战士。
②another本身没有复数形式，要表示复数用others，这也是other的复数形式。
others是代词other的复数形式，泛指“另外或其他的人或物”，但不指其余全部的人或物，常与some连用。如果指一定范围内除去一个或一部分后“其余全部的人或物”，则用the others。如：
We must think more of others．我们要多想别人。
We five did cleaning yesterday．Chen and I cleaned the windows and the others mopped the floor．我们五个人昨天搞了大扫除。我和陈擦窗子，其他的人拖地板。
2、作形容词
another只能修饰三个或三个以上同类事物中的另一个，即只能修饰单数名词。other既可修饰单数名词，也可修饰复数名词。the other修饰单数名词时，表示特指的两个中的另一个；the other修饰复数名词时，表示除去一个或一部分后余下的全部。other修饰复数名词时，泛指已提到的之外的另一些。如：
We'll see the exhibition another day．我们另找时间去看展览。
The post office is on the other side of the street．邮局在这条街的那一边。
注意：
①other作定语时只能修饰名词，如果修饰不定代词或疑问代词，则要用else。如：
—Do you have anything else（＝any other thing）to say？“你还有别的事情要说吗？”
—Nothing else． “没别的事了。”
What else did you do yesterday？昨天你还做了什么吗？
My book is on the desk．It is somebody else's．我的书在桌子上，这是别的什么人的。
②another和other都可以用来修饰数词，表示“另外的；附加的”。another的位置是 another ＋数词＋复数名词，other则是数词＋ other ＋复数名词，相当于m ore的用法。如：
I have another two letters to write this afternoon．＝I have two other letters to write this afternoon．＝I have two more letters ／two letters more to write this afternoon．我今天下午还有两封信要写。
③我们可以说many（a few ，several，a lot，some，any，no）other ／more ＋复数名词， another few ＋复数名词，但不可以说another many（a few，several，a lot，some，any，no）＋复数名词。如：
Many other ／more students want to take part in the game．（不能说Another many）还有许多学生想参加这场比赛。
A few other ／A few more ／Another few trees have been planted in our garden．我们的园子里又栽了一些树。
There are some other ／more things to do．还有别的事情要做。
[注意]any other的用法
同一单位或团体中的某人、某物与他人、他物作比较时，要用any other，表示 "任何其他的"。如:
The Yangtze is longer than any other river in China.
在中国，长江比其他任何河都长。
(四)few，a few; little，a little的用法
a few和few与复数可数名词搭配。few的意思是否定的，表示"很少" 或"几乎没有"; a few的意思是肯定的，表示"一些"，"有一点"。a little和little只可与不可数名词搭配。a little的意思是肯定的，表示"有一些";a little的意思是否定的，表示"很少"。如:
Tom has a few friends, but his sister has few friends.
汤姆有几个朋友，但他妹妹几乎没有朋友。
I know a little about him.我了解一点他的情况。
I have little money left. 我不剩几个钱了。
(五)none, no one和nobody的用法
l. none的意思是"都没有"，用于指 三个或三个以上的人或事物，它能起名词的作用，在句中用作主语、宾语和表语。none作主语时，动词可以用复数(强调所有)或单数(强调每个)。它既可指人，也可指物，还可指不可数的事物。使用时有一定的范围，故可与of构成的介词短语连用。no one是表泛指的代词，不强调具体范围，仅限于指人，相当于nobody，语气比none强，多用于口语中，不能与of构成的介词短语连用。no one作主语时，动词用单数。nobody指人，常用于口语中。在一般情况下的简略答语中，nobody和none回答who开头的问句；none回答how many或how much开头的问句。如:
None have/has arrived yet. 还没有人来。
None of you watched carefully enough. 你们谁都观察得不够仔细。
No one likes to make friends with her.没有人喜欢和她交朋友。
---Who is the library?谁在图书馆里？
---Nobody(No one). 没有人。
---How many students are there in the classroom?教室里有多少学生？
---None.没有人。
(六)both，neither，neither的用法
both表示"两个都"，只能用于两个人或两个事物，可以起名词和形容词的作用。它在句中可以做主语 、宾语、定语、同位语等。either表示"两者中任何一个"，它起名词和形容词的作用，在句中用作主语、宾语和定语。它作主语时， 谓语动词要用单数。neither是either的否定形式，意为"两者都不"，用法同ether。如:
Both of them want to go.他们两个人都想去。
Either of the answers is correct. 两种答案都是对的。
Either book will do.两本书中哪一本都可以。
Neither of the stories was true.两个故事都不真实。
We both fell off, but fortunately neither of us was hurt.
我们两人都摔倒了，但幸好都没有摔伤。
(七) all，every，each的用法
all用来指全体，可用于复数可数名词，也可用于不可数名词，可作主语、宾语、定语、表语、同位语等。every指三个或三个以上的人或事物，主要用于个体之间共有的情况，把分散的个体当作一个整体来看待，它只能作定语。each指两个或两个以上，指把整体分开来进行个别考虑，强调个体。它可作主语、宾语、定语和同位语。如:
All the students have passed the examination.全部学生都考试及格了。
Every minute is important to us. 每一分钟对我们都是重要的。
Each of us had his strong points.我们每人都有自己的长处。
(八) 合成不定代词的用法
由some，any，no，every加上-body，-one，-thing构成的不定代词，叫做合成不定代词。合成不定代词相当于名词，在句中作主语、宾语或表语，而不能作定语。合成不定代词 都作单数看待。它们被定语修饰时，定语需后置。和some，any一样，somebody等词一般用于肯定句;anybody等词一般用于否定句、疑问句和条件从句;somebody等词也可以用于疑问句，表示请求、建议或反问等。如:
Does anybody live on this island? 有人住在这个岛上吗?
Let's give her something different to eat. 我们给她吃点儿别的东西。
Everybody obeys the rules; anybody who breaks the rules is punished.
每个人都要遵守规则，谁要是违犯了这些规则就要受到处罚。
Haven't you forgotten something?您没忘记了什么?
Why don't you ask somebody to help you?你干吗不找人帮帮你的忙?
（九）many，much的用法
many用来代替或修饰复数可数名词。much用来代替或修饰不可数名词。如:
Do you have many friends?你有许多朋友吗?
There isn't much milk left. 牛奶剩下不多了。
六、疑问代词
疑问代词有who, whom, whose, which, what，都用来引出特殊疑问句。
1．who, whom和whose
who是主格，主要作主语、表语，口语中可代替whom作宾语。whom 是宾格，只可作宾语。whose是用来询问某物属于谁的。
Who will attend the meeting? 谁将参加会议？（who做主语）
Whom are you talking about? 你们在说谁？（whom作宾语，但在句首时口语中常用who代替whom）
Whose umbrella is this? 这是谁的伞？（whose作定语）
2．who和what
what主要指事物，也可以指人的职业或身份特征，也可以用来询问价格、人口数量等等。who是指某人的名字或人与人之间的关系。
---What does she do? 他是干什么的？
---She is a teacher.
---Who is he? 他是谁？
---He is my father.他是我爸爸。
3．what和which
what用于对未知事物提问，which用于必须作出某种特定的选择时。which表示在一定数目（或范围）之内的选择，what则没有这种限制。 which后可以跟of，而what则不可。
What do you usually have for lunch? 你午饭通常吃些什么？
Which do you prefer, tea or coffee? 茶和咖啡你想喝哪一种？
Which of your classmates come from Beijing? 你们同学中间谁是北京人？
4、疑问代词who, what, which等后面加单词ever,可用来强调语气，表达说话人的各种感情。
What ever do you want? 你到底想要什么？
Whom ever is he looking for? 他究竟在找谁？
第三节 巩固提高
1. ---I feel a bit hungry.
---Why don’t you have_______bread?
A.any B.some C.little D.a
2. ______but folks will believe what he said.
A.Some B.Nothing C.Anything D.Everything
3. I asked him for some oil, but he hadn't_______.
A. any B. some C. oil D. one
4. I'd been expecting _______ letters the whole morning, but there weren't _______ for me.
A. some; any B. many; a few C. some; one D. a few; none
5. Mr Alcott,headmaster of the school,refused to accepted______of the three suggestions made by the Students’ Union.
A.either B.neither C.any D.none
6. Mr. Zhang gave the textbooks to all pupils except _______ who had already taken them.
A. the ones B. ones C. some D. the others
7. Tom's mother kept telling him that he should work hard,but______didn't help.
A.he B.which C.she D.it
8. Tom is going camping with_______boys.
A.little two other B.two little other
C.two other little D.little other two
9. One of the sides of the board should be painted yellow,and______.
A.the other is white B.another white
C.the other white D.another is white
10. ---Have you finished your report yet?
---No, I'll finish in_______ten minutes.
A. another B. other C. more D. less
11. ---What do you think of the cake?
---It's nice. I'd like to have_______.
A. some other B. another C. others D. other
12. Young people may grow quickly in some ways and more slowly in________.
A. the other B. some other C. others D. these others
13. We have planted a lot of apple trees, but because there has been no rain, _______ have borne fruit.
A. some B. few C. a few D. the few
14. ---Would you like some wine?
---Yes, just ________.
A. little B. very little C. a little D. little bit
15. As it was a stormy night, _______ people went to see the film.
A. a few B. few C. several D. many
16. It is impossible for so_____workers to do so______work in a single day.
A.few;much B.few;many C.little;much D.little many
17. If we had followed his plan,we could have have done the job better with_______money and ________people.
A.less;less B.fewer;fewer C.less;fewer D.fewer;less
18. I’m afraid he did not do very well in the dictation.There were______spelling mistakes in it.
A．few B.a few of C.fewer D.quite a few
19. We couldn't eat in a restaurant because ________ of us had _______ money onus.
A. all; no B. any; no C. none; any D. no one; any
20. As we were asleep, _______ of us heard the sound.
A. both B. none C. either D. any
21. _______ of them knew about the plan because it was kept in a secret.
A. Each B. Any C. No one D. None
22. ---Are the two answers correct?
---No, _______correct.
A. no one is B. both are not
C. neither is D. either is not
23. ---Have you seen Tom and Mary?
---I haven't seen _______ of them.
A. neither B. any C. either D. all
24. ---Which of these two ties will you take?
---I'll take _______, to give me a change sometimes.
A. either B. neither C. alt D. both
25. I invited Tom and Ann to dinner,but______of them came.
A.neither B.both C.either D.none
26. ----Do you want tea or coffee?
----________,I really don’t mind.
A.Both B.None C.Either D.Neither
27. Both teams were in hard training,_______was willing to lose the game.
A.either B.neither C.another D.the other
28. ---Is _______ here?
---No, Bob and Tim have asked for leave.
A. anybody B. somebody C. everybody D. nobody
29.All but one______here just now.
A.is B.was C.has been D.were
30. _______of the boys has got a pencil and some paper.
A.All B.Every C.Everyone D.Each
31. His camera is more expensive than _______.
A. hers B. her C. it D. its
32.Kate and her sister went to holiday with a cousin of ______.
A. their B. theirs C. her D. hers
33. ---Is your camera like Bill's and Ann's?
---No, but ifs almost the same as_______. ()
A. her B. yours C. them D. their
34. The boy promised _______ mother never to lie to ______ again.
A. his; him B. her; her C. her; him D. his; her
35. ---Can you leave your children at home alone?
---Yes. They can take care of _______ now.
A. them B. their C. themselves D. themselves
36.----Is this your coat?
----No, ________is a blue one.
A.me B．my C．I D．mine
37. The teacher offered _______ to you and ________.
A．they, I B．them, me C．they, me D．them, I
38.I sent gifts to Tom and Mike but _______ of them showed for their turns.
A.both B.neither C.none D.no
39._______ of the players wanted to try, so they all waited for their turns.
A.Every B．Each C．Everybody D．One　　
40.Can you tell ______ that I'll be late?　　
A.another B．other C．others D．the others
41.He is really quiet. He is a man of ________ words.
A.little B．few C．a little D．a few
42.It's very hot. Won't you sit down and take _______ iced water?
A.one B．any C．some D．no
43.I tries on two dresses but _______ of them fitted me.　
A.neither B．both C．none D．all
44.He said he would be ready in ______ ten minutes.
A.other B．another C．some D．more
45.When asked about the accident, he didn't say ________.
A.many B．much C．some D．all
46.She doesn't want _______ of them to trouble her. She thinks all her roommates are very naughty.
A.none B．any C．neither D．either
47.There was _______ rain last year. There had to pump water from wells.
A.few B．a few C．little D．a little
48.You look tired. Can I help you with ______?Thanks, but they weigh two kilograms each.
A.those box B．these boxes C．such box D．that boxes
49.The new designs are less expensive than ________ .　
A．the old those B．old these C．the old ones D．others ones
50.The soil here is much richer than _______ on the hill.
A．the one B．one C．those D．that
51.China is larger than ________ countries in Asia.
A．any of B．any C．any of the other D．other
52.Canada is larger than _______ countries in Asia.
A．any B．any other C．any of the other D．other
53.Don't be so nervous. ______ of the you may try three times.
A．Each B．Some C．Every D．None
54.He had good advice for each of us, but only _______ of us accepted it.
A．few B．a few C．little D．a little
55.Would you like _______ more?　　No, thanks.
A．any B．little C．another D．some
56.He felt ________ his duty to remind his mother of the time.
A．it B．one C．that D．him
57.The number of books in our library is larger than_________.
A.that in them B.those in theirs C.that D.that in theirs
58.You must be bungry. Are you sure I can't offer you _______?
A.any thing B.everything C.something D.any foods
59.If you have______doubt.you can refer to____of the reference books here.
A.some;some B.any; some C.some; a few D.any; a few
60.I just want an umbrella;________will do.
A.it B.one C.anyone D.any one


答案：1.B 2.A 3.A 4.A 5.C 6.A 7.D 8.C 9.A 10.A 11.B 12.C 13. B 14. C 15. B 16.A 17. C 18.D 19. C 20.B 21.D 22. C 23. C 24.D 25.A 26.A 27. B 28. C 29.D 30. D 31.A 32. B 33. B 34.D 35.C 36.D 37.B 38.B 39.B 40.D 41.B 42.C 43.A 44.B 45.B 46.B 47.C 48.B 49.C 50.D 51.C 52.A 53.A 54.A 55.D 56.A 57.D 58.C 59.B 60.D

第三章 数词
1. It took us quite a long time to get here. It was ____ journey. 【200北京春】
A. three-hour B. a three hour
C. a three-hour D. three hours
2. It is reported that the United States uses _____ energy as the whole of Europe. 【NMET全国III-33】
A. as twice B. twice much C. twice much as D. twice as much
3．The house rent is expensive . I’ve got about half the space I had at home and I’m paying here . 【上海】
A．as three times much B．as much three times
C．much as three times D．three times as much
4.He did it ____ it took me. 【北京】
A. one-third a time B. one-third time C. the one-third time D. one-third the time
5．______of the land in that district ______covered with trees and grass.【上海】
A.two fifth; is B.two fifth; are C.two fifths ; is D.two fifths; are
6. It is not rare in _______ that people _______ fifties are going to university for further education. 【上海】
A. 90s; the B. the 90s; /
C. 90s; their D. the 90s; their
7. _______ cave that George has discovered in his life time is near the Alps. 【1992上海】
A. The hundredth B. The hundred
C. Hundredth D. A hundredth
8. The hero of the story is an artist in his _______. 【】
A.thirtieth B.thirty C.thirtys D.thirties
9. Shortly after the accident, two _______ police were sent to the post to keep order. 【1992】
A. dozen of B. dozens C. dozen D. dozens of
10. China is _______ larger than the United States. 【1990上海】
A. one six B. one sixth C. one sixes D. one sixths
11. He looked quite healthy though he was_______.【1985上海】
A.in seventy B.in his seventies C.at seventies D.at the age of seventy
12. Mr. Smith _______ me to buy several _______ eggs for the dinner party. 【1992上海】
A. asked; dozen B. suggested; dozens of
C. had; dozen D. persuaded; dozens
13. Two_______died of cold last winter. 【1988】
A. hundreds old people B. hundred old people
C. hundreds old peoples D. hundred old peoples
答案与解析
1. C该题考查数词加名词构成的合成词的用法。three-hour中间需加连字符左前置定语，journey可数需加不定冠词a。题意：用了很长时间才到那里。那是三个小时的旅程。
2. D 该题表示倍数的用法。表示倍数的句型：①倍数+比较级+than…②倍数+ 同级比较（as/so+形容词/副词的原级（名词）+as…③倍数+the size(length, weight…) of…。据此应选B。句意：据报道美国所消耗的能源是欧洲所消耗总和的两倍。
3.D 考查倍数的表达方式，在表达倍数时，倍数都应位于原级或比较级之前，因此D正确。
4.D 该题考查数词的用法。数词one-third要放在名词前面，而名词time后面有定语从句it took me，故为特指，应当在他前面加定冠词the。因此，答案为D。题意：他做这件事用了我用时的三分之一。
5．C该题考查数词与主谓一致的用法。分数的表达式“基数词+序数词的复数”；land为不可数名词，故谓语动词用单数。句意：该地区五分之二的土地为草和森林所覆盖。
6. D该题考查数词的用法。在几十年代，在数词复数前加定冠词，即in the 90s；在某人多少多岁时，是在数词复数前加形容词性的物主代词，即：in one’s fifties。句意：九十年代人们五十多岁时上大学深造并不稀罕。
7. D该题考查数词的用法。序数词前加定冠词。乔治在他一生中所发现的第一百个洞穴是在阿尔卑斯山附近。
8. D该题考查数词的用法。在某人多少多岁时，是在数词复数前加形容词性的物主代词，即：in one’s thirties。句意：这个故事的男主人我翁是三十年代第一位艺术家。
9. C该题考查数词的用法。事故发生后不久，就有两打警察被派往现场维持秩序。
10.B该题考查数词的用法。分数是由“基数词+序数词”构成，如果基数词大于或等于2；序数词变复数。是一时序数词用单数。句意：中国比美国达六分之一。
11. B该题考查数词的用法。在某人多少多岁时，是在数词复数前加形容词性的物主代词，即：in one’s seventies。句意：虽然他已经七十多岁了，他看上去很健康。
12. A该题考查数词的用法。dozen和具体数连用不用复数。句意：史密斯先生让我给他买些鸡蛋宴会上用。
13. B该题考查数词的用法。hundreds和具体数连用不用复数；people当作人们皆不加复数。句意：200老人去年冬天死于寒冷。
第二节 考点归纳
用来表示事物的数量和顺序的词是数词，数词分为基数词和序数词两种。它是高考常考内容之一。《年全国考试说明》附录 语法项目表中对数词考查列了两项：1）基数词2）序数词。
一、基数词
表示数量的词叫基数词。1---12的基数词是独立单词;13---19的基数词都是以-teen结尾的，要注意thirteen，fifteen，eighteen的拼法稍有不同;20一90的十位数，以后缀-ty结尾，要注意twenty，thirty，fifty，eighty的特殊点。如下表：
1---12
13---19
20一90
百、千、百万、十亿
1→one
2→two
3→three
4→four
5.five
6→six
7→seven
8→eight
9→nine
10→ten
11→eleven
12→twelve
13→thirteen
14→fourteen
15→fifteen
16→sixteen
17→seventeen
18→eighteen
19→nineteen
20→twenty
30→thirty
40→forty
50→fifty
60→sixty
70→seventy
80→eighty
90→ninety
100→a hundred
1,000→a thousand
1,000,000→
a million
1,000,000,000→a billion(美)
a thousand million(英)
1.基数词的读法
1)三位数的读法:第一个数字+ hundred +and+后面的一位或两位数字。如:107→one hundred and seven;765→seven hundred and sixty-five。
2)1，000以上的数的读法:先从后向前数，每三位数加一个逗号，第一个逗号前的数字用thousand(千)，第二个逗号前的数字用million(百万)，用 "几十thousand"表示 "几万"，以 "几百thousand"表示 "几十万"，用 "几十million"表示 "几千万"，用"几百million"表示 "几亿"。如:13，789，653→thirteen million seven hundred and eighty-nine thousand six hundred and fifty-three。
2.数词的复数形式
1)表示几十岁时。如“二十多岁”说twenties，表示的是20岁到29岁。依次类推，thirties表示“三十几岁”，forties表示“四十几岁”，但“十几岁”不可说tens，而要说teens，指13岁至19岁。如:
He died in his thirties.
She is in her teens.
2)表示几十年代时，如：“二十世纪八十年代”写成1980s或1980’s，均读作nineteen eighties，指的是1980至1989年这十年间，需注意的是，年代用文字表示时则不可用-'s形式。如:
Great changes took place in the l970s.
History has entered the eighties.
3)表示不确定数目时，这时要在million，thousand，hundred等词后加上-s并与of连用，表示大约多至“数以……计”，但millions of等前不能再加基数词，却可加some，several等表示不确定数目的修饰语。如:
Millions of other stars are even bigger and brighter than the sun.
Some hundreds of new buildings have been put up here this year.
4)在分数中，当基数词(表示分子)大于one时，序数词(表示分母)要用复数，两者之间用不用连字符号均可。如:
Two thirds of the teachers in our school are women.
She has spent four-fifths of her money.
5)当基数词用作可数名词或用于某些固定词组中时，也要用复数。如:
How many sevens are there in forty-nine?
They arrived by twos and threes.他们三三两两的来了。
Wait a minute.I’ll be finished in two twos.请等一下，我马上就来
3．数词和名词单数一起作定语，中间用连字符连接。
a seven-year-old girl 一个七岁的女孩
a two-thousand-word article 一篇2千字的文章
4．当基数词和序数词同时修饰一个名词时，序数词一般放在基数词前；但如果序数词充当描绘性修饰时，则放在基数词后。
He is one of the first five students. 他是前五名的学生之一。
He won three first prizes. 他获得三次第一名。
二、序数词
表示数目顺序的词叫序数词。序数词的构成规则,如下表：
范围
特点
实例
特殊情况
1--19
基数词词尾加th
fourth, sixth, seventh
第一、第二和第三的序数词分别是first，second和third; eight在变为eighth时少了一个字母t；nine在变为ninth时去掉了一个字母“e”; 以“ve”结尾的基数词变序数词时，须将“ve”改为“f”，然后再加“th”。five→fifth，twelve→twelfth
20,30, -- 90
各十位数字变y为i后加th

twenty→twentieth，
thirty→thirtieth
sixty-nine→sixty-ninth

21-29
31—39
91-99
只须变个位的基数词为序数词
twenty-tw→twenty-second
forty-four→forty-fourth
sixty-nine→sixty-ninth

1.序数词前不用定冠词的情况
1)表示顺序的语气很弱，具有“又一”、“再一”的意思时，其前要用不定冠词，不用定冠词。如:
l.He cast the net a second time.
2.A third bullet passed.
2)序数词前己有指示代词、物主代词、名词所有格或every时，不用定冠词。如:
l.He made his first set in an old box.
2.Berlin in 1929 held a public celebration on Einstein’s fiftieth birthday.
3)在表示分数的序数词前不用定冠词。如:
From then on Bashi toured three-fourths of Beijing.
Two-thirds of the area is covered by trees.
4)数词与名词构成复合名词时，不用定冠词。如:
There is a first-class hotel over there.
He went to a second-hand bookshop.
5)序数词用作副词时，不用定冠词。如：
Why did the captain first hesitate in letting the boy risk climbing the tree?
First come，first served.
6)在一些由序数词构成的固定词组里不用定冠词。如:
1.at first 2.first of al1 3.from first to last
三、数词的功能
1．表小数、分数和百分数
1.小数点读作point,零读zero或nought。小数点后的数字按个位基数词依次读出。如：
3.4→three point four,0.2→zero(nought)point two,0.→zero point zero three,3.458→three point four five eight
2.百分数由基数词后直接加percent(per cent)构成。如:
20%→2Opercent(per cent)
3.分数由基数词 (分子)和序数词 (分母)合成。分子大于l时，表分母的序数词要用复数形式。如:
1/3→one/a third 2/3→two thirds
但1/2一般用a/one half;1/4用a/one quarter或one fourth。
3.表示几分之几 (或百分之几)的人或物时，须在分数 (或百分数)和人或物间加of。若充当主语，谓语动词的数须与of后的名词的数保持一致。如:
One third of the students are girls.1/3的学生是女生。
Sixty percent of her income was spent on clothes.她收入的60%花在了服装上。
但当表示人口的几分之几 (或百分之几)作主语时，谓语动词常用复数形式。如:
The population in China is very large, and eighty percent of it are farmers.
中国的人口众多，其中80%是农民。
2．表加减乘除
1.加法的表达法
如表达“几加几是多少”，可用“What/How much is+基数词＋and/plus+基数词？”；如表达“几加几等于几”，可用“基数词＋and+基数词＋is＋基数词”。如：
What/How much is seven and eight?7加8是多少？
Seven and eight is fifiteen. 7加8等于15。
2．减法的表达法
如表达“几减几是多少”，可用“What/How much is+基数词＋minus+基数词？”；如表达“几减几等于几”，可用“基数词＋minus+基数词＋is＋基数词”。
3.乘法的表达法
如表达“几乘几是多少”，可用“What/How much is+基数词＋times+基数词？”；如表达“几乘几等于几”，可用“基数词＋times+基数词＋is＋基数词”。
4.除法的表达法
如表达“几除以几是多少”，可用“What/How much is+基数词＋divided by+基数词？”；如表达“几除以几等于几”，可用“基数词＋divided by+基数词＋is＋基数词”。
3．表时间
1.用数字表达法来表示几点几分时，分钟数在后，并且不可使用quarter, half。如：
8:15 eight fifteen(不能说：eight a quarter)
10:30 ten thirty(不能说：ten half)
2.使用介词past表示“几点过几分”，用to表示“几点差几分”时，分钟数放在介词前。
11:25 twenty-five past eleven(=eleven twenty-five)
6:40 twenty to seven(=six forty)
3.past,to前的分钟应小于三十分钟（如果正好是三十分，应用half）。如：
5:55 five to six=five fifty-five(不能说：fifty-five past five)
5:30 half past five=five thirty(不能说：thirty past five或five half)
4．数词用于编号
表示编号，可以用基数词，也可以用序数词，即:事物名词(不加冠词)+基数词;the+序数词十事物名词。如:
Lesson Twelve=the Twelfth Lesson 第十二课
Part One→the First Part第一部分
World War I=the First World War第一次世界大战
如英语编号中数字较长，一般用基数词表示。如:
Room 506 第五0六号房间 page 265 第二百六十五页
Telephone NO.8297976 电话号码8297976
5．表倍数
两倍：twice 两倍以上：基数词+times
This classroom is twice as big as that one.
The house is three times bigger than that one
四、数量名词的单复数形式
1. hundred，thousand，million的用法
当前面有数词以及many，several等词修饰时，这三个词用单数形式，后面直接跟复数名词。当这几个词前面没有数词而后面有of时，则一定要用复数形式，表示数百、 数千等笼统的数目概念。如:
two hundred students 200名学生
several thousand enemies 几千敌人
hundreds of dollars 数百美元
millions of ants 数百万蚂蚁
2. score(二十)，dozen (打; 十二个)的用法
1)当dozen与基数词或many,several等连用时，不加“-s”，所修饰的名词前常省去of。但是，在a dozen of these people, two dozen of them等短语中应加of。这是因为习惯上在these, those, us等词前该用dozen of的缘故。
two dozen books 两打书 two (many,several)dozen pencils 两打（几打）铅笔
some dozen people是“若干打的人（几十个人，许多人）”。
2) score意为“二十”。two score of people中应加of，但three score and ten people，“70人”中不加of。scores of people意为“许多人”。上述这两个词的复数形式与of连用时，表示不确切的数量，意为"许多……"，"大量的……"。如:
for dozens of years 好几十年以来
scores of years ago 许多年前
scores of times 许多次
第三节 巩固提高
1.----Have you seen_______workers pass by?
----Yes，I've seen_______them.
　A. woman; hundreds of B. women; hundreds of
　C. woman; two hundred of D. women; hundreds
2.Having done three experiments without rest，they were ______out to go on with______one.
　A. so tired;a fourth B. so tiring ;the fourth
　C. too given;the fourth D. too worn;a fourth
3.----What's the date today?
　----It's __________.
　A. Sunday B. August the ninth　C. the first of May D. October fifth
4.Hainan is _____ island.
　A. China's second largest B. the China's second largest
　C. the second China's largest D. China's the second largest
5.In her ______she began to take up writing.
　A. forties B. fourties C. fortieth D fourtieth
6._______Summer Olympics was held in Barcelona in Spain
A. The Twenty-four B. Twenty-four C. The Twenty-forth D. Twenty-fourth
7.The Sao Paulo fire broke out _________February 4th，1974.
　A. in B. on C. at D. for
8.----How many new jobs can you give to the people here?
　----Three ______ and ______.
　A. hundred; eighty-six 　　B. hundreds; eighty-six
　C. hundred; eighty-sixth D. hundreds; eighty-sixth
9.----What time did finish your homework yesterday?
　----_______seven o'clock _____ the afternoon.
　A. On；in B. At；on C. At；in C. On；at
10.“Please turn to _________ and look at the text.”
　　A. Page 29 B. the page 29 C. a page 29 D. 29 page
11.He lives in _______.
　 A. Room 512 B.512 Room C. the 512 Room D. the Room 512
12.----How long is the bridge?
　 ----700__________.

　 A. meter long B. meters long C. meter longer D.meters longer
13.After a long walk we had _________ rest.
　　A. a few minute's B. a few minutes'　　C. few minute's D. few minutes'
14.The meeting has finally begun after ______.
　　A. two hours later B. two hours of absence
C. two hours' delay D. a delay of two hours
15.______of the rivers here have been polluted.
　　A. Two-third B. Two-thirds C. Two-three D. Second-third
16.The Second World War broke out in _______.
　　A. 1930's B. the 1930es C. The 1930's D.1930s
17.There are _____ of visitors in the exhibition every week.
　　A. tens of thousands B. about ten of thousands
　　C. about three thousands D. about three thousand
18.----What time is it now?
　 -----It's _______.
A. a quarter past half B. four eighteen
C. five past forty-two D. forty-two to five
19.I got to the station _______ than John.
　 A. five minutes later B. five minutes late
　 C. later five minutes D. late five minutes
20.Two _____ years ago he lived in the United Stares.
　 A. dozen B. dozens C. dozen of D. dozens of
答案：1. B 2.D 3.C 4.A 5.A 6.C 7.B 8.A 9.C 10.A 11.A 12.B 13.B 14.D 15.B 16.C 17.A 18.B 19.A 20.A

第四章 介 词
第一节 真题精析
1. People may have different opinions about Karen, but I admire her. _____,she is a great musician. 【NMET全国IV-32】
A. After all B. As a result C. In other words D. As usual
2. He got to the station early,____________ missing his train. 【江苏-24】
A. in case of B. instead of C. for fear of D. in search of
3. The winter of 1990 was extremely bad. _____ most people say it was the worst winter of their lives. 【浙江卷-21】
A. At last B. In fact C. In a word D. As a result
4. You can't wear a blue jacket _____ that shirt — it'll look terrible. 【湖南卷-32】
A. on B. above C. up D. over
5. I feel that one of my main duties ______ a teacher is to help the students to become better learners. 【广东卷-22】
A. for B. by C. as D. with
6．I’d like to buy a house—modern ,comfortable ,and _______ in a quiet neighborhood. 【福建卷-26】
A．in all B．above all C．after all D．at all
7．It was a pity that the great writer died _________his works unfinished. 【福建卷-30】
A．for B．with C．from D．of
8. The accident is reported to have occurred __________ the first Sunday in February.【上海卷-25】
A. at B. on C. in D. to
9. ____ two exams to worry about, I have to work really hard this weekend.【北京-33】
A. With B. Besides
C. As for D. Because of
10．The conference has been held to discuss the effects of tourism the wildlife in the area . 【上海】
A．in B．on C．at D．with
11.They had a pleasant chat ___a cup of coffee. 【北京】
A. for B. with C. during D. over
12.Luckily,the bullet narrowly missed the captain an inch. 【上海】
A. by B. at C. to D. from
13. ---What do you want _____ those old boxes?
---To put things in when I move to the new flat. 【北京】
A. by B. for C. of D. with
14. The sunlight came in the windows in the roof and lit up the whole room. 【上海】
A. through B. across C. on D. over
15. The home improvements have taken what little there is _____ my spare time. 【NMET】
A. from B. in C. of D. at
16. I don't think I'll need any money but I'll bring some _________.【NMET】
　 A．at last B. in case 　　 C．once again D．in time
17. ______production up by 60% , the company has had another excellent year. 【NMET】
　 A．As B. For　　 C．With D．Through
18. Your performance in the driving test didn't reach required the standard ____, you failed. 【NMET】
　　A. in the end　　 B. after all　 C. in other words　 D. at the same time
19. －－Are the new rules working？
－－Yes，＿＿＿＿＿books are stolen. 【NMET】
　A. Few 　　　　 B. More　　　　　 C. Some 　　　　　　D. None
20. The train leaves at 6:00 p.m. So I have to be at the station ____5:40 p.m. at the latest. 【NMET】
　　A. until B. after C. by D. around
21． —How long has this bookshop been in business? 【MET】
　 — ______ 1982.
　　A. After　　　　　 B. In 　　 C. From　　　　　　 D. Since
22. Don't all speak at once!______ , please. 【MET】
　　A. Each at one time　　　　　　　　　 B. One by one time
　　C. One for each time　　　　　　　　 D. One at a time
【答案与解析】
1. A 该题根据交际情景考查介词短语的用法。After all毕竟；As a result结果；In other words换句话说；As usual照例。根据题意选择A. After all。句意：人们对Karen可能有不同的看法，但我钦佩他。毕竟她是一位伟大的音乐家。
2. C 该题根据交际情景考查短语介词的用法。in case of意为：假设，万一；instead of意为：代替，而不是…；for fear of意为：为了避免；害怕；in search of意为：寻找。据题意：怕误车他早到的车站。只有C符合题意。
3. B 该题根据交际情景选择短语介词。根据句意：1990年的冬天特别糟。事实上，大部分人都说这是他们一生中所经历的最糟的冬天。At last意为：终于；In fact意为：事实是，事实上；In a word意为：总之；As a result意为：结果。根据题意应选择B。
4. D 该题在交际情景中考查介词的使用。over意为：覆盖在…之上。符合题意。句意：你不能在那件衬衣外穿蓝外套，太难看了。on强调，在...之上，依附于。above强调，超出；up强调，在高处。都不合题意。
5. C该题根据交际情景考查介词的用法。引导一个人的身份用as。句意：我感到作为老师我的主要职责之一是帮助学生成为较好的学习者。
6．B该题是根据交际情景考查短语介词。据题意，应当选择above all意为：最重要。句意：我想买房子，现代、舒适、最重要的是街坊要安静。in all总共，after all毕竟，at all根本，都不合题意。
7．B该题根据交际情景考查介词短语的用法。“with+ 名词（代词）+分词”在句中作状语相当于状语从句，表示伴随。句意：那位大作家著作没写完就死了，真遗憾。
8. B 考查介词的用法。在表示某事发生在具体某一天时用介词on，而不用介词in。句意：据报道该事故发生于二月份第一个星期天。
9. A 该题考查解词短语“with + 名词+ 不定式”作状语的结构。句意：还担心两场考试，我本周末真得努力。
10.B 考查介词的固定搭配。“effect on sth”“对 …有影响”。句意：讨论关于旅游对该地区野生动植物影响的会议已经举行了。
11.D该题是交际情景中考查介词的用法。over意为:在…期间，符合题意。其他三项不和题意。题意：我们在喝咖啡时聊的很投机。
12.A 考查介词的用法。By用于和表示数量的词构成短语，表示尺寸、距离等。意思为“相差”。句意：幸运的是，子弹在距离船长一英寸的地方与他擦肩而过，没射中他。
13.D 该题考查在特定情景下使用动词与介词搭配的能力。What does sb want with？是习惯用语，用来表示，说话不明白某人为什么要或留着那个东西。句意：--你留着那些箱子干什么用？--搬家时放东西用。
14.A 考查介词的用法。句意为“阳光通过屋顶的窗子照射进来，照亮了整个房间。”through表示“从……之中穿过”,across 表示“从……表面穿过” on表示“在……上面”，over“在…..上方”，故选A。
15. C该题考查介词的用法。解本题的关键要理清题干的结构，把“what”引导的宾语从句单独拿出来重组成“there is so little of my spare time”，这样little of结构应该都能理解（试想对“so little”划线提问，变为“what little ”），答案C就自然出来了。句意：家庭改善仅占去我一点业余时间。
16. B该题考查介词词组的辨析。at last意为“最后”； in case意为“以防万一”、“免得”； once again意为“再一次”； in time意为“及时”、“迟早”。根据语境和各词的含义和用法，本题答案应该是B。句意：我想我不需要钱，但是还是带点钱，以防万一。
17. C该题考查介词“with＋名词＋介词短语”的用法。从production up by 60%，就知道这是复合宾语，只能用with后接名词＋介词短语。“with＋名词＋介词短语”结构（with +production + up by 60%）作伴随状语。句意：因为产量提高了60%，所以那年公司又取得了很好的效益。
18. A 该题考查逻辑意义的理解。该题的关键词是yes。从中得知新规定有效，从逻辑意义上讲，应该是书丢的很少，故选few意为：不多、很少。None 不能作定语。句意：“新规定有效么？”“有效。书丢的很少。”
19. C该题考查介词by的用法。by 意为：不迟于; 到...时(为止)。从句意“火车在下午6点发车。因此我必须最晚下午5：40前赶到车站。”可知，A、B项与原句不符。D项干忧最强，但是5:40p. m. 后有at the latest“最晚”，因此，只能选C项。意为“在5：40p. m. 前。”
20. D该题考查介词since 的用法。答句是简略回答。根据问句How long has… been提示， 断定第二句话的时间状语是一段时间,与现在完成时态连用。答句应理解为It has been in business since 1982. ，谓语动词是现在完成时，时间状语应用since + 时刻。句意：“这家商行营业多少时间了？”“从1982年始。”
21. A 该题考查连词与介词辨析。因为Father was away in France.是句子，故应用连词引导。从句意理解，应当是时间状语从句。 C项during是介词，后面不接从句，as引导时间状语从句，相当于when, B、D项不符合题意。句意：小艾丽丝生病了妈妈特别担心，特别是当时父亲远在法国。
22. D 该题考查短语的辨析。at one time 意为：曾经，一度，与过去时态连用；one by one 意为：一个接一个不能用one by one time ；one for each time 不成立；at a time意为：一次。据题意，空格处应当是“一次一个”，故用one at a time。句意：“不要同时讲话，请一个一个讲。
第二节 考点归纳
介词又叫前置词，是一种虚词。介词在句子中不能单独使用，只能与名词、代词等构成介词短语，在句中作状语、后置定语、表语和补语等。
一、介词的分类
种类
举例
单介词
at, by, besides, in, from, on, over, since，等，单一介词。
复合介词
as for, as to, onto，within，nearby, outside等由两个介词组成。
二重介词
from behind, until after, from among，except for 等由两个介词搭配而成，但没有符合借此那样固定。
短语介词
owing to，instead of， in spite of， in favor of，by means of，in front of，according to，in addition to，等由短语构成。
分词介词
considering，regarding，including，等由动词的-ing形式转化而来。
二、表时间的介词：about, around, before, by, at, after, in, on, between, during, for, from, since, till, until, within等。
1．表示时间先后的before，after和in。
before表示某一时刻之前和after表示某一时刻之后。in一般表示“从现在或说话时刻算起某一段时间之后”，用于将来时。after则表示以过去为起点的某一段时间之后，用于过去时。“in+时间段"也可作”在……之内"解。
He will be back in a few days. 他几天之后就回来。
He left on Monday and returned after three days. 他星期一走的，三天后回来的。
It's difficult to draw a horse well in half an hour.半小时之内画好一匹马是困难的。
2．表示"时间延续"的for, from...to
for表示动作或状态延续的时间长度，谓语动词必须是延续性的。而from...to...表示“从……到……”。
We have studied English for three years. 我们学英语已三年了。
My family lived in Beijing from to .我家从年到年住在北京。
3．表示"时限"的介词since, from, by, until(till)
since表示动作的起始点，其意是 "从……以来 "，常与完成时态连用。
from表示时间的起始点，其意是"从"，常和一般过去时连用。
until(prep. & conj.)意为"直到……为止"。
by (Prep.) 表示"到……为止"、"不迟于……"的意思。与be动词连用时多用于一般式;与行为动词连用时，多用于完成式。侧重于某动作将在将来或将来某一刻之前发生。
Your son will be all right by supper time. 你儿子到晚饭前就会好的。
I have lived in Beijing since . 自年以来我就居住在北京。
From then on I began to learn English. 从那时起我就开始学英语了。
Let's wait until the rain stops. 让我们等到雨停。
He didn't go home until he had finished his homework.(用于否定句) 他直到完成他的家庭作业才回家。
注意:(1)用在肯定句中，主要动词一般是延续性的，表示这个动词的动作一直延续到till(until)所表示的时间为止。英汉互译时，语序基本一致。
(2)用在否定句中，主要动词一般是终止性的，表示这个动词的动作直到 till(until)所表示的时间才发生。译为“(直)到时……才”。
We won't go until we get it back again. 直到我们再找回来才能走。
They travel until they come to a wild part of the forest. 他们在森林中行进，遇到一块荒地就停下来。
till(prep.& conj)和until的用法基本一样，可 以互换。放在句首一般用until不用till。在口语中，英国用till，美国多用until。
You'd better stay in bed till tomorrow. 你最好呆在床上直到明天为止。
注意：not until用在句子开头时主谓要倒装(在主句中进行倒装)。
Not until noon did it stop raining. 直到中午雨才停。
not...until...的强调句型为:It is/was not until...that...
It was not until he finished his homework that he went to bed.
直到完成作业，他才去睡觉。

4．表示“时间”的介词at，in和on。
at多用于钟点时刻前，所表时间大多比较短暂。at还可用于习惯表达法。例如:at breakfast/lunch/supper/dinner等。
in常用于上午、下午、晚上及表示季节、月份、年份等名词前，所指时间可长可短的时间段。on用于特殊的日期或某日的上午、下午或晚上等。试比较:
They'll have a meeting at nine in the morning. 他们将在上午九点钟开会。
Do you often do some washing on Sunday? 你常在星期天洗衣服吗?
三、表地点的介词：about, at, in, on, over, through, across, along, around, before, between, beyond, by, down, to, toward, under, up, within, near等。
1． at，on和in。
at一般是指比较小的地点和某种活动场所，或把一个地方看作一个点(不涉及大小)。如：at the school gate, at the second crossing, at the bus stop, at the top of the paper, at the cinema, at 1 Wall Street, at the traffic lights。
on表示某东西在一个平面上(包括竖着的平面)。或某东西接触或接近一条线或类似一条线的东西(如河流、道路、边界等)如：
on the floor/ground/table/chair, on the wall, on the moon, on my head, on page seven，on a small river, on the road,on my way to school。
in 要表示在某一区域或某一立体空间。如：
in a country/city/town/village/garden/park/zoo,in the room/house/building/box, in the sky, in the sea, in the sun, in the middle of the dayo
2． above; over; on。
on和over都表示在某一物体上。但前者强调两物相接触，而后者强调覆盖这一物体。 over表示在某人或某物的正上方，反义词是under。above表示位置高于某人或某物，但不一定是正上方，反义词 below。below和above都可用来表示高于(higher than)。如果要表示覆盖或越过时，则用over。指数量时，我们一般用over(=more than)表示超过;但如果指上下垂直的度量及海拔高度时，要用above。
There's a picture on the wall. 墙上有一幅画。
A wide and busy road which was built like a bridge over another road fell onto the one below.一座立交桥上部宽阔而车辆川流不息的马路坍塌至桥下的路上。
The water came up over/above our knees. 水已涨至我们膝盖之上。
The temperature will stay above zero in the day-time. 白天温度将保持在零度以上。
3．表示"里外"的介词in/out of，inside/outside。
表示静止的位置:in和out of相对应;表示动态时，into和out of相对应。inside，outside可以表示静止的位置，意为"在里/外面"，也可表示"到里/外面"。
He is in the classroom. 他在教室里。
They walked into the garden. 他们走进花园 。
They walked out of the garden. 他们走出花园 。
He was standing outside/inside the door. 他正站在门的外面/里面。
4．表示"在……旁边"的介词by，beside。
by和beside同义，但by比beside常用。
One day a little monkey was playing in a tall tree by the river.
一天，一只小猴子在河边的一棵大树上玩。
Is there a big tree beside the house? 在房子旁有棵大树吗?
5．表示"在……中间"的介词词组in the centre of和in the middle of。
in the centre of:表示"中心"、"中央"的意思，指某种有确定边缘或形状的东西的中心点。除可指圆、球体或方形的中心外，还可以用于借喻，表示重要活动或事物的中心。
in the middle of:在表示"中间"的意思时，指跟两边或各边，两端或各端等距离的部分，还可以指时间方面的"中间"或表示程度的"中间"。
There was a terrible big fire last year in the centre of the city.
去年，市中心发生了一场可怕的大火。
I am in the middle of the great forest in South America.
我现在是在南美洲这个大森林的中部。
6．表示"沿着"的介词up，down，along。
up表示"沿着而上";down表示"沿着而下"，另外，进城用up;出城用down。along表示"沿着"，即从一端到另一端。
The boy jumped quickly up the tree. 男孩很快地爬上了树。
We went down the hill before sunset. 我们在日落之前下了山。
We walked along the river. 我们沿着河走。
7．表示"前、后"的介词before，in front of，in the front of。
在现代英语中，我们一般不用before这个介词来表示地点，而用in front of。
There is a car parked right in front of our gate, and we can't get out!
一辆小汽车正好停在我丫山门口，我们都出不去了。
在以下几种情况下，也可用来指地点:
(1)谈到次序的排列(如名单等):
Your name comes before mine. 你的名字在我前头。
(2)表示"在(某重要人物)面前":
I came up before the magistrates for dangerous driving last week.
上星期我因开车冒险而被法院传坏，
(3)用于right my eyes，before my very eyes(在我面前公开地)等词组中。
in front of表示"在(某一物体)前面"，而in the front of表示"在……范围内的前部"。
He likes sitting in the front of the car. 他坐车总喜欢坐在前面。
8．表示"方位"的介词in，to，on。
in表示在某一地域之内的某方位(属于该范围);to表示在某一地域地区之外的某方位(不属于该范围);on表示与某地相邻的关系。这三个词表达位置关系恰似数学中圆的"包含(in)、相离(to)，相切(on)关系"。
Taiwan is in the southeast of China. 台湾位于申国东南部。
England lies to the west of France. 英国位于法国的西面。
Hunan is on the east of Guizhou. 湖南在贵州的东面。
四、表手段的介词：by, with, in
三者均可表示"用"、"以"的意思，但用法不同。
by后常接动名词，表示以某种方法做某事;in后接名词，表示以某种工具或某物做某事;除用来与way构成in this/that/a...way表示用方法外，一般多与一些抽象化了的名词搭配，表示用某种方式、语言、风格等。
Learn to swim by swimming. 在游泳中学习游泳。
True friendship can not be bought with money. 真正的友谊是无法用金钱买到的。
You shouldn't have treated the matter in the wrong way.
你不该用错误的方式来对待这件事。
An English teacher should try to teach in English. 英语教师应尽量用英语教学。
It's impolite to write a letter in red. 用红笔写信是不礼貌的。
五、表原因的介词：for, from, of, with等。
1．at, for, with
三个词均可组成介词短语，表示行为或状态原因、动机或理由。at常于表示感情色彩的动词形容词或过去分词搭配，后接表示具体事物的名词。for和with后接表示感情的抽象名词，其中with侧重于随着心理变化而发生的感情变化。如：
I was angry at what he said.
He was very surprised at the news.
His face turned red with anger.
We bought this house with a much higher price than others just for its convenience.
我们买下这幢房子花的钱比其它房屋要贵得多,就是图的方便。
2. because of, due to, thanks to
because of通常位于句首或句尾,作状语； due to通常作表语；thanks to多用于句首。
He eats because of greed, not hunger.他不是因为饿了,而是因为贪嘴才吃的。
Our thanks are due to him. 我们要感谢他。
Thanks to John , we won the game. 多亏约翰，我们才赢了这场比赛。
六、表比较的介词：as, like, over, above等。
两者都可 以表示"像……"as作连词，引导比较状语从句;从句中的动词或整个谓语部分往往可以省略。as和like都可作介词，译为"像……一样"，但有区别:as侧重同一性，强调属同一类或完全相似;like侧重于比较，是比喻，并不意味着同一类或完全相似。
Then I made faces jumped like a monkey.接着我做鬼脸，并像猴子一样跳来跳去。
She spoke of me as her dearest friend.她谈起我就像我是她最亲密的朋友似的。
试比较:
Let me speak to you as a father. 让我作为一个父亲在同你讲话。
Let me speak to you like a father. 让我像一位父亲那样同你讲话。
七、表除去的介词：but, except, except for, besides等。
1．besides作"除了……以外，还有……"解，它强调部分包括在整体之内。
Everybody else laughed besides John. (John包括everybody之内)
除了约翰外，其它每个人都笑了。
2． but(prep.)作"除了……外"解，相当于except，tbut常与否定词next，last及部分形容词最高级连用后接名词、代词和不定式。"
I did nothing but write a letter this morning.
今天早晨除写了一封信外，我什么都没有做。
He wanted nothing but to have a chance to try it.
除了有机会试一试外，他别无所求。
注意:but后接不定式时，何时带to要依据前面动词是否有do而定。即有do不带to，无do要带忙。(看上述例如)
3．except作"除……以外"解，强调从整体中除去一部分，后可接名词、代词或从句。多指对同类事物的排除。
Everyone is at school today except Lin Tao.
除了林涛外，大家都到齐了。
4．except for作"除了……外，只……"解。它强调从整体中排除一部分，是对主语的内容起到修正的作用，指对非同类事物的。
Your composition is very good except for a few spelling mistakes. (composition与mistakes不同类)你的作文写得很好 ，除了几处拼写错误。
八、with的复合结构
1．with+名词/代词+介词短语，在句中常作状语或定语。
And then I saw a lovely diamond necklace with a big blue stone in the centre.
后来，我看中了一条美丽的中间镶嵌着一颗很大的蓝宝石的钻石项链。
2.with+名词/代词+形容词，在句中常作状语。
It is bad manners to speak with your mouth full.
满嘴食物对别人讲话是不礼貌的。
He likes to sleep with the window open.
他喜欢开着窗户睡觉。
3． with+名词/代词+名词，在旬中作定语或状语。
He died with his son yet a school boy.
他死的时候，他的儿子还是一个学生。
4． with+名词/代词+现在分词，在句中常作状语。其中现分词表示主动或正在进行的动作。
In parts of Asia, you mustn't sit with your feet pointing at another person.
在亚洲的某些地区，你不可以坐着把脚晓起来对着别人。
He fell asleep with his radio still working.
他睡着了，收音机还在响。
5． with+名词/代词+过去分词，在句中常作状语。其中过去分词表示被动或完成了的动作。
With the problem solved, we all felt very happy.
问题解决了，我们都很高兴。
Peter stood for a moment with his hand still raised.
彼特举着手站了一会儿。
6． with+名词/代词·+动词不定式，在句中常作状语，其中不定式表示将要发生的动作。
With the teacher to help us, we will make greater progress.
在老师的帮助下，我们会取得更大的进步。
7． with+名词(代词)+副词，在句中常作状语。
He went out with no hat on. 他没戴帽子就出去了。
He had to go to bed with the film over. 电影放完了，他得去睡觉。
九、其他易混介词
1．表示"通过、经过"的介词across,through和over。
这三个介词across;over和through都可作"通过、穿过"解，但侧重点不同。across的含义与on有关，表示动作是在某一物体的表面进行的。 through的含义与in有关，表示动作是在某一物体的空间里进行的。over表示动作在某物体的上方进行，译为"越过"。
It took them six weeks to walk across the great desert.
他们花了六周时间才走过那个大沙漠。
We can't travel through the forest by road.我们不能从陆路穿过森林。"
Then we took off over a part of forest. 随后我们的飞机起飞了，飞过部分森林上空。
2．表示行为对象的at和to。
一般来讲，at同某些动词连用，常表示攻击的目标，含有某种程度的恶意;to若只表示方向，并无恶意可言。
I threw the ball to him and he threw it at the dog.
我把球扔给他，他用球向狗砸去。
3．between和among表示"在……之间"。
between表示"两者之间"，用among表示"三者或三者以上之间"。
She is standing among a crowd of students.她站在一群学生中间。
What's the difference between the two words?这两个词有什么不同?
注意：(1)在现代英语中，between有时也可用于三个以上的事物，特别是这些事物有清楚确切的位置时。
Switzerland lies between France, Italy, Austria and Germany.
瑞士位于法国、意大利、奥地利和德国之间 。
(2)在divide，share后的状语是几个并列的单数名词时，用between。
He divided the apples between his son,his daughter,and his niece.
他把苹果分给了儿子、女儿和侄女。
(3)若后面的状语是复数名词时，可用between，也可用among。
He divided the apples between (among) his four children.
他把苹果分给了四个孩子。
(4)谈到事物之间 的差别时 ，用 between。
What's the difference between them?
他们有什么区别?
(5)说到三者以上每两者之间的关系时，用between。
Understanding between nations is very important.
相互理解在国际间很重要。
4． in case, in that case, in any case, in no case, in case of sth., in the case of
in case表示"因为可能发生某事、以防万一 "的意思，是介词短语，在句中作状语，常放在句尾；也可用作连词后跟that从句，表示条件或目的，从句谓语习惯于用 "should+动词原形或陈述语气"。
It may rain——you'd better take an umbrella(just) in case (it does).
可能会下雨一一你 最好带把雨伞以防万一。
in that case 表示"既然那样讲、若是那样的话" 用来承接上文。
In that case, you wouldn't have a pan on fire. You'd have a house on fire!
要是那样，你就不只是使锅着火，你还会把房子烧起来。
in any case表示"无论如何、总之。的意思。
In any case, it is rather unfair of him to do that.
不管怎样他那样做是不恰当的 。
in no case表示 "在任何情形下决不、无论如何都不"的意思，用于句首，句子要进行部分倒装。
In no case shall I forget the expression on her face.
我决不会忘记她脸上的表情。
in case of sth.表示"若发生某事 ;如果，假如 "的意思，是短语介词，后接名词、代词或动名词作宾语。
In case of fire, ring the alarm bell. 遇上火警时立刻按警铃。
In case of his being absent, we'll put off the meeting till next week.
如果他不来 ，我们就把会议推迟到下一周。
in the case of表示 "至于，就 …… 来说"的意思 ，是短语介词。
In the case of your debt, I'll pay it off for you.
至于你的欠款，我会替你还清的。
十、介词与其他词类的搭配
1. 介词与动词的搭配
laugh at 嘲笑…… look forward to 盼望……
depend on 依靠…… go on with 继续……
look for寻找…… worry about为……担心
agree with 同意…… ask for请求……
belong to属于…… hear from 收到……的来信
listen to 听…… look after照料……
care for喜欢……;关心…… wait for等待……
leave for动身去…… answer for 对……负责
operate on 对……动手术 account for，说明……的原因
aim at瞄准…… call on拜访某人
complain of抱怨…… come across偶然遇见……
deal with 处理…… consist of由……组成
engage in 从事于…… die of/from 死于……
live on 以……为生 insist on 坚持……
prepare for为……做准备 object to反对……
put up with 忍受…… prevent…from 阻止……
send for派人去请…… refer to指……;查阅……
suffer from 患……病 stand for 代表……
2. 介词与形容词、-ed分词搭配(用时加be的各种形式)
be full of充满…… be absent from 缺席……
be afraid of害怕…… be keen on 渴望……
be suitable for适合于…… be good at擅长于……
be fond of喜欢…… be busy with 忙于……
be strict with对……要求严格 be sure of确信……
be concerned about 关心… be proud of为……自豪
be content with 以……为满足 be tired of厌倦……
be interested in 对……感兴趣
3. 介词与名词的搭配
介词与名词的搭配有两种情况: 1)名词之前该用什么介词;2)名词之后该用什么介词。
on one's guard 警惕…… with pleasure 高兴地
for the sake of为了…… a victory over 对……的胜利
a struggle against 对……的斗争 love for 对……热爱
attention to 注意…… comment on 评论……
key to ……的答案 interest in 对……的兴趣
congratulation son 祝贺…… confidence in 对……的信心
satisfaction with 对……满意 by turns 轮流
at the moment 此刻 in time 及时

第三节 巩固提高

1. Your new suit will be ready _________ two days.
A. in B. on C. for D. over
2. The doctor will be free _________.
A. 10 minutes later B. after 10 minutes
C. in 10 minutes D. 10 minutes after
3. It happened to be very cold _________ the morning of our sports meet.
A. at B.of C.on D.with
4. He suddenly returned ________ a rainy night.
A. on B. at C. in D. during
5. They had a party _________ Christmas Eve.
A. at B. in C. on D. during
6. The town lies ________ the west of the lake.
A. in B.in C. under D. by
7. Let's walk over______the shop on the other side of the street.(
A.in B.to C.under D.by
8. Then, one of the five fighters sent a message back to the town________ radio.
A. with B. from C. on D. by
9. He has done everything ________ what I asked him to do.
A. beside B. besides C. except D. accept
10. _________ his wife, his daughter also went to see him.
A. Beside B. Besides C. Except D. Except for
11. Do you know any other foreign language _________ English?
A. except B. but C. beside D. besides
12. Does John know any other foreign language _________ French?
A. except B. but C. besides D. beside
13. The suit fitted him well _________ the color was a little brighter.
A. except for B. except that C. except when D. besides
14. I wanted two seats _________ Madame Curie for Friday night, so I rang the cinema to see if I could book two tickets.
A. of B. about C, to D. for
15. This is a secret. Keep it _________ the two of us.
A. between B. in C. among D. inside
16. John may phone tonight. I don't want to go out______he phones.
A. as long as B. in order that C. in case D. so that
17. I shall stay in the hotel all day_________there is news of the missing child.
A. in case B. no more C. in any case D. ever since
18. The murderer was brought in, with his hands _________ behind his back.
A. being tied B. having tied
C. to be tied D. tied
19. With all lights ______, the Capital Stadium was as bright as daytime.
A. on B. burning C. turned on D. all the above
20.We offered him our congratulations _______ his passing the college entrance exams.
A. at B. on C. for D. of
21.The passengers were robbed _______ all their money.
A. of B. off C. from D. away
22.What is wrong _______ your TV set?
A. of B. to C. about D. with
23.The doctor is going to operate _______ his mother next week.
A. with B. in C. for D. on
24.My father is leaving________Shanghai tomorrow.
A. for B. in C. into D. to
25.Parents must_______their children's act.
A. pay off B. rise up C. answer for D. get along with
26. Did you have any trouble _________ the post office?
A.to have found B. with finding C.to find D. in finding
27. The number of the employees has grown from 1 ,000 to 1 ,200. This means it has risen_________20 percent.
A. by B. at C. to D. with
28.If you keep on, you'll succeed _________.
A. in time B. at one time C. at the same time D. on time
29.We offered our congratulations _________ his passing the college entrance exams.
A. at B. on G. for D. of
30.Let's walk over _________ the sun on the other side of the street.
A. in B. lo C. under D. by
31.For miles around me there was nothing but a desert, without a single plant or tree_____.
A. in sight B. on earth C. at a distance D. in place
32.----What time did you finish your homework yesterday?
---- ______ seven o'clock_______the afternoon.
　A.On; in 　　B.At; on 　　　C.At;in 　　　D.On; at
33.Karl Marx was born_______ May 5th,1818 in Germany.
A.on 　　B.in　　 C.at　　　　　D.for
34.The letters "UK" stand______"The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
A.up　　 B.on　　　C.for　 D.by
35.In order to put out the fire, the firefighters had to get_______the burning building.
A.next to　　　B.close to　　 C.away from　 D.out of
36.He is going to send______ a lot of Christmas cards.
A.for　　　　　B.off　　　　　C.up　　　　　D.out
37.______the rain, they had to stop the basketball match.
A.Because of　 B.in the hope of　 C.instead of 　D.In need of
38.Nobody was hurt in the car accident____me.
A.except 　　　B.express　　　C.behind　　　D.besides
39.Do you know any other foreigh language____ English?
A.except　　　 B.but　　　 C.beside　　　 D.besides
40.He suddenly returned_________ a rainy night.
A.on　　　　　 B.at　　　　C.in　　　　　 D.during
41.The doctor will be free_________.
　A.10 minutes later B.after 10 minutes C.in 10 minutes　D.10 minutes after
42.We offered him our congratulations________his passing the college entrance exams.
　 A.at 　　　　　B.of　　　　C.for　　　　　 D.on
43.---What are you doing?
---I’m looking________the word.
A.for B.up C.at D.after
44.He is taller than_______two inches.
A.by B.to C.at D.out of
45.With the tree_______tall,we get more shade.
A.grew B.grow C.grown D.growing
46.An old man was lying there with his eyes________ .
A.shut B.shutting C.to shut D.being shut
47.He could not get into the room with his key ________.
A.being lost B.having lost C.lost D.losing
48.With everything _______ , she made her way home.
A.done B.being done C.to do D.doing
49. With only $ 12,000______, the couple moved into the new house happily.
A. remained B.left C.spared D. spent
50. The boy pulled on his shirt, with the wrong side ______.
A.out B.off C.up D.on

答案：1.A 2.C 3.C 4.A 5. C 6.D 7.B 8.D 9.C 10.B 11.D 12.C 13. B 14.D 15. A 16.C 17.A 18.D 19. D 20.B 21.A 22.D 23.D 24.A 25.C 26.D 27.A 28.A 29.B 30.B 31.A 32.C 33.A 34.C 35.B 36.D 37.A 38.A 39.D 40.A 41.C 42.D 43.B 44.A 45.D 46.A 47.C 48.A 49.D 50.A


第五章 连词与感叹词
第一节 真题精析
1. It is almost five years ____ we saw each other last time. 【NMET05北京春考】
A. before B. since
C. after D. when
2. Lose one hour in the morning you will be looking for it the rest of the day. 【NMET05北京春考】
A. but B. and C. or D. so
3. Simon thought his computer was broken ____ his little brother pointed out that he had forgotten to turn it on. 【NMET05北京春考】
A. until B. unless
C. after D. because
4. I hope you don’t mind me asking, _____ where did you buy those shoes?
【NMET全国】
A. so B. and C. yet D. but
5. I do every single bit of housework _____ my husband Bob just does the dishes now and then. 【NMET全国】
A. since B. while C. when D. as
6. Paul had to write a history paper _______he couldn't find time to do it.
【NMET全国】
A. but B. so C. because D. if
7. I accept that he is not perfect, I do actually like the person. 【江苏】
A. While B. Since C. Before D. Unless
8. _____ modeling business is by no means easy to get into, the good model will always be in demand. 【浙江卷】
A. While B. Since C. As D. If
9．Scientists say it may be five or six years it is possible to test this medicine on human patients. 【福建卷】
A．since B．after C．before D．when
10．There are many kinds of sports, my favorite is swimming. 【辽宁卷】
A．as B．then C．so D．but
11．We were told that we should follow the main road we reached the central railway station. 【辽宁卷】
A．whenever B．until C．while D．wherever
12. Stand over there you’ll be able to see it better. 【天津卷】
A. or B. while C. but D. and
13. It was evening we reached the little town of Winchester. 【天津卷】
A. that B. until C. since D. before
14. You can eat food free in my restaurant _______you like. 【重庆卷】
A. whenever B. wherever C. whatever D. however
15. - I think George doesn’t really care for TV plays.
— Right, _____he still watches the program. 【重庆卷】
A. and B. but C. or D. so
16. Jasmine was holidaying with her family in a wildlife park _____ she was bitten on the leg by a lion. 【上海卷】
A. when B. while C. since D. once
17. Parents should take seriously their children’s requests for sunglasses _________ eye protection is necessary in sunny weather. 【上海卷】
A. because B. through C. unless D. if
18. We’re going to the bookstore in John’s car. You can come with us you can meet us there later. 【NMET】
A．but B．and C．or D．then
19．—How far apart do they live ? 【上海】
— I know , they live in the same neighbourhood .
A．As long as B．As far as C．As well as D．As often as
20．A good storyteller must be able to hold his listeners’ curiosity he reaches the end of the story . 【上海】
A．when B．unless C．after D．until
21.He made a mistake, but then he corrected the situation ____it got worse. 【北京】
A. until B. when C. before D. as
22.____I know the money is safe , I shall not worry about it. 【北京】
A. Even though B. Unless C. As long as D. while
23.He was about to tell me the secret someone patted him on the shoulder. 【上海】
A．as B. until C. while D. when
24. ---Would you like to come to dinner party here on Sunday?
---Thank you. I’d love to, ___ I’ll be out of town at the weekend. 【北京】
A. because B. and C. so D. but
25. The WTO cannot live up to its name ________it does not include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind. 【NMET】
A．as long as B．while　　 C．if D．even though
26. －－I’m going to the post office.
　 －－______you're there, can you get me some stamps? 【NMET】
　　A. As　　　　 B. While　　　　　 C. Because 　　　　 D. If
27. ______you've got a chance. you might as well make full use of it. 【NMET】
　　A. Now that　　 B. After　　　　 C. Although　　　　 D. As soon as
28. She thought I was talking about her daughter,　　,in fact, I was talking about my daughter.
　 A. whom　　　 B. where　　　　 C. which　　　　 D. while【NMET】
29. Would you like a cup of coffee　　shall we get down to business right away? 【NMET】
　 A. and　　　　 B. then　　　　 C. or　　　　　 D. otherwise
30. Mother was worried because little Alice was ill ,especially ______ Father was away in France. 【MET】
A. as　　　　　　　B. that　　 C. during　　　　　　 D. if


【答案与解析】
1. B 该题考查连词的用法。“It is +时间+since…”意为“自……多少时间了”是固定句型。句意：自从上次我们见面已有五年了。
2. B 该题是根据交际情景考查连词的用法。此处是“祈使句+and+句子”句型。句意：早晨失去一小时，你一天都找不回。
3. A该题是根据交际情景考查连词的用法。据题意：西蒙认为他的计算机坏了，一直到他弟弟指出他忘了开机。得知选until意为：到…为止。
4. D该题考查连词的用法。but是口语常用词，用来引出另一话题或微弱的相反的意见。句意：我希望你不介意我问你问题，你从哪买的那些鞋？
5. B 该题考查连词的用法。据题意，此处是表示转折，对照，故选B. while。句意：我那点家务都要做而我丈夫Bob只是偶尔洗洗盘子。
6. A 该题考查连词的用法。had to write与couldn't find time to do是转折关系。故选A.but。句意：保罗不得不写历史论文，但是他抽不出时间写。
7．A 该题考查连词的用法。根据逻辑关系是让步状语。因此选择答案A。While作连词用时有“虽然；尽管”之意，用于引导让步状语从句。句意是：虽然我承认他不完美，但是事实上我却是喜欢他。
8. A 该题考查连词的用法。根据逻辑关系是让步状语。因此选择答案A。While作连词用时有“虽然；尽管”之意，用于引导让步状语从句。句意是：虽然模特儿职业很不容易学，但是好的模特总是走俏。其他选项不合适。
9．C该题考查连词的用法。“It’s some time before…”意为：在…之前还要多长时间。这是一个固定句型。句意：科学家说在人身上可能试用这种药的时间也许还要五六年。
10．D 该题根据交际情景考查连词。根据逻辑关系There are many kinds of sports和 my favorite is swimming.是转折关系。句意：有很多体育运动，但我最喜欢游泳。
11．B该题根据交际情景考查引导状语从句的连词的用法。根据句意：有人告诉我们说我们应当沿大路一直走直到走到中心火车站为止。应当选择until。
12. D该题考查连词的用法。Stand over there 是祈使句，又是you'll be able to see it better. 的条件，故选and。“祈使句+and+句子”为固定句型。“祈使句+and+句子”中的祈使句+and相当于if引导的条件状语从句。句意：站在那里，你能看得清楚一点。
13. D该题考查连词的用法。据题意it是代词，代替时间，故选before。句意：我们还没到温彻斯特城天就黑了。
14. A 该题考查连词的用法。关键词food free in my restaurant，有地点、方式和事物因此，此处选择时间。句意：无论你愿什么时候来我的饭馆里吃饭，都免费。
15. B 该题考查连词的用法。第一句话George doesn’t really care for TV plays和still watches the program是转折关系。句意：“我认为乔治不喜欢电视剧。”“是的，但是他仍然看电视节目。”
16. A 考查连词的用法。这四个词除了可以作从属连词外，when、while还可以作并列连词，when作并列连词时，后接突发性事件，意思为“此时，就在这个时候”，when符合句子意思的要求。句意：Jasmine和家人在野生动物园散步，突然被狮子咬伤了腿。
17. A考查从属连词的用法。整个句子的前后两部分为因果关系，因此，A正确。句意：父母应该认真对待孩子对太阳镜的要求，因为，在有阳光的天气里太阳镜是必需的。
18． C该题考查连词的用法。从题中的You can come with us 和you can meet us there later这是表示选择，故选or。题意：我们乘John的车去书店。要么你和我们一起去，要么以后到那里找我们。
19.B 考查连词，As far as I know，意思为 “据我所知”。句意：--他们住得离多远？--据我所知他们住邻居。
20.D 考查连词的用法，根据句意：一个优秀的讲故事的人必须能够让听众的好奇心一直维持到他讲的故事的结尾。得知D为正确答案。
21. C该题考查连词的用法。该题的关键词是but，从中推断是在事情变糟之前矫枉过正。故选before。题意：他犯了一个错误，但他在形势变糟之前就予以矫正。
22.C该题考查连词的用法。从两句的逻辑关系看，第一句是第二句的条件。据题意：只要我得知钱安全了， 我就放心了。故选C. As long as意为：只要。Even though意为：即使；Unless意为：除非； while意为：当…的时候；不和题意。
23.D 考查连词的用法，根据句子意思，两个分句是一种并列关系，因此选择并列连词when，when的意思为“此时”。
24．D该题考查连词的用法。在交际用语中，but用来引出对别人邀请的委婉拒绝的理由。句意：--星期天你来参加晚宴好么？--谢谢。我很愿来，但我本周么要出城。
25． C 该题考查连词if引导的条件状语从句的用法。该题关键要理解句意：如果世贸组织不能容纳占世界人口五分之一的国家，那他就做不到名副其实了。还要对live up to“做到”的理解。据题意，后面是前面的条件故选if。
26． B该题考查连词的用法。连词while引导时间状语从句，表示主句的动作发生在从句动作发生的过程中，as也可引导时间状语从句，as强调主句和从句的动作同时发生。该句是强调你在邮局的这段过程中买邮票，并没有强调同时进行。句意：“我要去邮局。”“你在那能给我买张邮票吗？”
27． A 该题考查连词now that原因状语从句的用法。now that意为：“既然, 由于”“鉴于某种事实”相当于since，considering that，seeing that 用来引导原因状语从句与主句的关系并不很密切，用以补充说明作用。句意：既然你有了这个机会，你可以充分的利用它了。
28． D 该题考查并列连词while引导并列句表对比的用法。in fact 是插入语，while是并列连词意为：然而，用来引导前后两个分句表示对比。句意：她以为我在谈论她的女儿，而实际上我在谈论我的女儿。
29． C 该题考查并列连词or引导并列句表选择的用法。该问句是在a cup of coffee 和business两者之间的选择，故用or。and用于肯定句中；otherwise是副词意为：否则；then是副词，意为：然后。题意：你是先喝咖啡还是立即开始工作？
30．A 该题考查并列连词。据题意：妈妈很担心，因为小爱丽丝病了，特别是当爸爸在法国期间。得知此处是选择连词表示一段时间。故选A。C. during是介词后面不能跟状语从句。
第二节 考点归纳
连词是一种起连接作用的词。连词是虚词，不能单独作句子成分，只能起连接单词、短语或句子（包括从句与分句）的作用。可分为并列连词与从属连词。
一、并列连词的用法
1．并列连词and的用法
and可以连接两个的词，多用于肯定句中。连接两个句子，表示因果、对比、条件、假设、目的等。例如：
Go and fetch something to eat.（连接两个动词如go, come等表示目的）去取些吃的东西来。
Mary likes music and Lily is fond of sports.玛丽喜欢音乐，莉莉爱好体育运动。（对比）
One more week and we’ll accomplish the task.再一星期，我们就完成任务。（条件）
2．并列连词both…and, not only…but also, as well as的用法
①both…and意为：“不但…而且…； 既…又…”，是并列连词，可以并列主语、宾语、表语、状语、谓语等成份。并列主语时谓语动词用复数形式。
Both New York and London have traffic problems. 纽约和伦敦都存在交通问题。
The secretary both speaks and writes Spanish.这位秘书不但能讲而且能写西班牙语。
②not only…but also意为：“不但...而且”，是并列连词，可以连接两个词，也可连接两个句子。其中，but also中的also可以省略。not only…but also可以连接句中所有的成份，连接并列主语时，其谓语动词根据就近原则，与所靠近的成分保持数的一致。not only…but also可以连接两个句子，not only位于句首时， not only后的句子要倒装。
Not only the students but (also) their teacher is enjoying the movie.不仅学生们津津有味地看着这部电影，而且他们的老师也是如此。
Not only is he a scientist, but he is also a fighter.他不但是位科学家而且还是名战士。
③as well as 其连词作用，表示“同、和、也”等。
The editors as well as the proofreaders are working overtime.编辑和校对者都在加班工作。
3．when并列连词，意为“就在那时”
I was about to leave when the telephone rang.我刚想走，突然电话铃响了。
4．表示转折关系的并列连词
这类连词连接两个含义不同的甚至是反义的词、短语或分句。常见的还有yet(然而)，while(而)，however(可是)等。其中while与but的区别在于:while表示对比，而but表示意义正好相反。
Learning the guitar isn't difficult ,but you have to practice.学弹吉它并不难，但你得练习。
In some Asian countries , nodding the head means not “Yes”but “No”. 有些亚洲国家，点头并不表示“是”而是表示“不”。
He was in deep trouble , yet he didn't lose heart.他深陷困境，然而他没有丧失信心。
Rick was very successful. However, the last few years of his life were not happy ones.瑞克非常成功，然而他的晚年并不幸福。
You like sports, while I'd rather read.你喜欢体育而我却喜欢读书。
5．表示选择关系的并列连词
此类并列连词主要有or, or else, either…or, otherwise，neither…nor, not nor等。
（1）or的用法
可以连接两个的词，多用于否定或者疑问句中。主语的人称、数不一致时, 动词随着接近的主语而变化。连接两个句子，常和else连用。
John or you are in Class Two.约翰或者你在二班。
Put on your overcoat, or you will catch cold. 穿上你的大衣，不然你会着凉。
Hurry up, or/or else we'll be late for the meeting.赶快，否则我们开会要迟到的。
注意：or, or else, otherwise三者相比，or else语气较or强，而otherwise语气则最强。
（2）either…or, neither…nor, not …nor的用法
可以连接两个的词，也连接两个句子，当neither, nor放句首时，该句倒装。
either…or, neither…nor, not …nor等连接主语时，谓语动词也依据就近原则。
Either my father or my brothers are coming. 不是我父亲就是我兄弟要来。
Neither could theory do without practice, nor could practice do without theory.
理论没有实践不行, 实践没有理论也不行。
6．表示因果关系的并列连词
这类连词常见的有so(因此)，for(因为)，therefore(因此)等。并列连词for表示原因，用以附加说明。这个词引导的分句必须放在第一个分句之后。
for可以表示原因，但引起的不是从句，而是分句，对前面的情况加以解释，有逗号把它和前面的分句分开，在书面语中用的较多。so 表示结果，意为“因此，所以，于是”。therefore意为“因此, 所以”，语气比较文气，多放在分句或句子的前面。
I apologized to her , for I had wronged her.我向她道歉了，因为我错怪了她。
He was sick, so they were quiet.他病了, 所以他们 很安静。
He broke the law ,therefore he was put into prison.他违犯了法律，因此被投入监狱。
二、从属连词的用法
用来连接主句和从句的连词叫从属连词。从属连词分为两大类，即引导状语从句的从属连词和引导名词性从句的从属连词。
(一) 引导状语从句的从属连词
1、引导时间状语从句的从属连词
此类连词主要有：when, while, after, before, as, as soon as , now(that), until, till, once, since, whenever, no sooner...than, hardly/barely/scarcely...when，every time, each time, next time, the last time, the moment等。
When I got to the theatre, I found that they had sold all the tickets.当到达剧院时，我发现票已售完。
We should strike while the iron is hot.我们要趁热打铁。
Since he entered the university, he has made great progress in his studies.进入大学以来，他在学业上已经取得了很大进步。
They kept on working until it became dark.他们一直工作到天黑。
Once you begin , you must go on. 你一旦开始，就必须继续下去。
You seem to have a ready-made answer, whenever I ask you a question.
每逢我问你问题, 你总好象有现成的答案。
Now (that) you are here, you'd better stay.你既然来了，那就不要走了。
No sooner had they got to the field than it began to rain.他们刚到田里就开始下雨了。
Hardly had he set foot on his native land when he felt comfortable.他一踏上祖国的土地就感到心情舒畅。
She felt a thrill the moment she got into the theatre.她一进剧场就感到一种激动。
Every time he got to Beijing, he came to see me.每次他来北京，他都来看我。
注意：no sooner, hardly等位于句首时需用倒装语序。
2．引导原因状语从句的从属连词
此类连词主要有because, as, since, now(that)，等。because引导的从句表示产生某种结果的必然的因果关系，语气较重，可回答why问句；since语气较轻，常位于句首；as则语气最轻。
We couldn't cross the river because the water had risen.水已经上涨了，所以我们没能过河。
Since everyone is here ,let's begin .既然大家都来了，我们就开始吧。
I must stop writing now, as I have rather a lot of work to do.我必须停笔了，因为我还有许多工作要做。
Now that you've got a chance, you might as well make full use of it. 既然你有了这个机会，你可以充分的利用它了。
Why use wood when you can use plastic?既然能用塑料, 为什么还要用木料?
3．引导让步状语从句的从属连词
此类连词主要有although, though, as, even if, even though, no matter what等。
Though my father is old,yet he wants to do something for our country.我爸虽然老了，可他还要为国家做点事。
Even if there are difficulties， we must do it well.即使有困难，我们也要把工作做好。
Young as I am,I know some of the family secrets.尽管我年龄小，我知道一些家庭秘密。
Nobody believed him no matter what he said.不管他说什么每人相信他。
4．引导条件状语从句的从属连词
此类连词主要有if, unless, as/so long as, supposing等。
If we go on polluting the world ,it won't be fit for to live in.如果我们继续污染这个世界，那么这个世界就会不适合我们生活了。
You will fail unless you work hard.除非努力你才不会失败。
You can go out as/so long as you promise to be back soon.只要你保证很快回来，你就可以出去。
What shall we do supposing he won't agree?假定他不同意，我们怎么办？
The WTO cannot live up to its name if it does not include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind．如果世贸组织不能容纳占世界人口五分之一的国家，那它就名不符实。
5．表示行为方式的从属连词
表示行为方式的从属连词主要有as，as if/though等。
When a pencil is partly in a glass of water, it looks as if it were broken.当把铅笔一部分放到水里时，铅笔看上去就像断了。
We did as he told us. 我们照他叮嘱的做了。
He spoke as though he knew the question very well.他说得好像对这个问题知道得很清楚。
注意：以as if引导的状语从句，其谓语动词常用虚拟语气。与现在相反的情况用过去时，与过去相反的情况用过去完成时。
I remember the whole thing as if it happened yesterday.整个事情我都记得,就好像此事发生在昨天。
6．表示目的的从属连词
表示目的的从属连词主要有that, so that，in order that等。
I hurried so that I wouldn't be late for class. 为了上课不迟到我们赶紧走。
John saved his money in order that he might buy a bicycle.约翰为了买一辆自行车而把钱节省下来。
Bring it nearer that I may see it better.把它拿近一些, 以便使我看得比较清楚。
7．表示结果的从属连词
表示结果的从属连词，主要有that，so...that，so that，such...that等。
They were so pleased to see each other that they forgot everything else. 他们彼此见到面，高兴得把别的事情都忘记了。
It was such a cold day that there was nobody on the street.
天气非常寒冷， 以至于街上没有任何人。
So cold is it that all the water pipes have frozen.天太冷，所有的水管都冻住了。
8. 表示比较的从属连词
表示比较的从属连词主要有than，as等
I think Chinese is more popular than any other subject.我想汉语比其他任何科目都更受欢迎。
Do you think that art is as interesting as music?你认为美术与音乐一样有趣吗?
9. 表示地点的从属连词
表示地点的从属连词主要有where，wherever等。
Leave her where she is. 把她留在原地。
You can take it with you wherever you go.你不论去哪里，都可随身携带它。
（二）引导名词性从名的从属连词
引导名词性从句的词多是连接代词和连接副词，从属边词主要有that，whether, if。
1． 由从属连词that，whether，if引导
这类连词引导名词性从句时只起连接作用，在从句中不担任任何成分。
We all know that the earth moves around the sun.众所周知，地球围绕太阳转。
I want to know whether/if he will come back soon.我想知道他是否能很快回来。
2．由连接代词引导
连接代词除了可以起连接作用外，还可以在从句中作主语、宾语、定语等。连接代词主要有who，whom，whose，which，what, whatever, whoever, whomever等。
Do what he or she tells you to do.按照他/她所告诉你的去做。
Can you tell me who that gentleman is? 你能告诉我那位先生是谁么？
Whoever comes will be welcomed.无论谁来都会受到欢迎。
3．由连接副词引导
连接副词除了起连接作用外，还在从句中作状语。连接副词主要有when，where，how，why等。
I remember when this used to be a quiet village.我记得那时候这是一个安静的村庄。
Would you please tell me how I can get to the airport? 请告诉我怎样去机场？
I don't know where we are going to have this meeting.我不知道我们到什么地方去开这次会议。
Do you know why he was late? 你知道他为什么迟到吗?
三、一词多义的从属连词
1、when
（1）表示时间，意思是“当的时候”。
The fire was put out when they came.他们来到的时候，大火已经被扑灭了。
（2）表示条件，意思是“如果，要是”。
When the weather is good，I usually go to the country.如果天气好的话，我通常到乡下去。
（3）表示原因，意思是“既然”。
I can't tell you when you won't listen. 既然你不想听，我就不告诉你了。
（4）表示让步，意思是“虽然，然而，可是”。
He walks when he might ride.他虽然可以坐车，可是他还是步行了。
We have only three chairs when we need five.我们需要五把椅子，可是我们只有三把。
2、while
（l）表示时间，意思是“当的时候”，“和同时”。
We waited while he dined.他吃饭时，我们等着。
（2）表示让步，意思是“虽然，尽管”。
While he is respected，he is not liked.他虽受人尊敬，但并不被人喜爱。
（3）表示对比，意思是“而，然而”。
She is very diligent，while he is very lazy.她很勤奋，而他却很懒。
3、as
（1）表示时间，意思是“当的时候，随着”。
I met John as I was coming home。我回家途中遇到约翰。
（2）表示原因，意思是“由于，因为”。例如:
As he was not well，I decided to go without him.因为他身体不好，我决定独自去了。
（3）表示比较，意思是“像一样”。
I’m as tall as you(are).我和你—样高。
（4）表示方式，意思是“按照，如同”。
Do as I do.我怎么干，你就怎么干。
（5）表示让步。意思是“虽然，尽管”。注意，as引导状语从句表示让步时，一定要用倒装语序。
Sick as he was，he came to work.他虽然有病，还是来上班了。
Child as he is，he knows a lot.尽管他是个孩子，懂的却很多。
4、if
（1）表示条件或假设，意思是“如果，假如”。
We’ll stay at home if it rains tomorrow.如果明天下雨，我们就呆在家里。
（2）表示让步，意思是“虽然，即使”。
I will go if I die for it.即使是死我也要去。
If I am wrong，you come wrong,too.即使我错了，你也是错。
（3）表示时间，意思是“无论何时，当”，相当于whenever。
If I don’t understand what he says,I always ask him.我不懂他说的话时，我总问他。
If winter comes，can spring be far behind?冬天来了，春天还会远吗?
（4）表示原因，意思是“既然”。
If you don’t like the job，why don't you change it?既然你不喜欢这个工作，为什么不换换呢?
（5）用来引出一个表达愿望的感叹句，表达一个愿望
If they had only come earlier!如果他们早来一步该多好啊!
If I haven't lost my watch!我的表要是不丢该多好!
If I only knew!要是我知道该多好。
5、as long as,so long as
（1）表示时间，意思是“达之久”。
You can keep the book as long as you like。这本书你爱看多久就看多久。
During the holidays，I like to stay in the countryside as long as I can.假日里，我喜欢呆在乡下，能果多久就呆多久。
（2）表示条件，意思是“只要”。例如:
As long as you tell the truth，I’ll try to help you.只要你告诉我实情，我会尽力帮助你。
（3）表示原因，意思是“既然，由于，因为”。例如:
So long as the weather is changeable these days,we’d better get in wheat in time.
由于这几天气候变化无常，我们最好及时把麦收割完。
6、since
（1）表示时间，意思是“自从以来”。
I haven’t heard from him since he left.自从他离开后，我就没有得到他的消息。
It is ten years since he joined the army.他参军已经有十年了。
（2）表示原因，意思是“既然”。
Since you ask, I will tell you. 你既然问，我就告诉你。
7、so that
（1）表示目的，意思是“以便，为了”。
The student worked hard so that he might learn more.这个学生努力学习，以便学到更多的知识。
（2）表示结果，意思是“因此，结果是”。例如:
I went to the lecture early so that I got a good seat.我很早就去听课，结果占到了一个好座位。
四、 感叹词
感叹词是用来表达说话时产生的喜怒哀乐等情绪的词。感叹词也是一种虚词，不作句子成份，但在意义上与后面句子有关联，后面句子常说明这种情绪的原因。
一、Oh(O)表示惊奇、恐惧、懊恼、高兴等。
Oh!So you are here!啊！你也在这儿！（惊奇、高兴）
Oh!Please don’t ask me any more.啊，求你别再问我了。（痛苦）
Oh,don’t do it again.嗳，不要再做它了。（不耐烦）
二、Ah表示惊奇、高兴、满意、遗憾等。
Ah,that’s right.嗯，这样就对了。（同意）
Ah!So you are back now!啊！你回来了！（高兴）
三、well表示惊奇、快慰、疑问、忍从、松一口气、开始新话题等。
Well, here we are at last!好了，我们到底到了。（快慰）
Well, it can’t be helped.唉，这是没有办法的。（无可奈何）
Well,who would have thought about that?嗨，谁会想到它呀！（惊奇）
四、Hello(Hi)用来招呼人，相当于“喂”、“嘿”等。
Hello,how are you?喂，您好吗？
Hello! This is Mrs. Green speaking. 喂! 我是格林太太。(在电话中说)
五、Why表示惊奇或不足为奇，常常带有“你这都不知道吗？”“原来这样”这类意思。
Why, you are ahead of time too! 怎么，你们也提前完成了！（惊奇）
Why, even a child knows that! 哎，就是孩子也知道的！（不足为奇）
六、Oh dear ,dear, dear me, (my)goodness表示惊异赞叹、不耐烦、难过等，与汉语里的“天呀”有些相近（这类感叹词女人用得比较多）。
My goodness! How could you work so fast! 我的天！你怎么干得这么快！
Oh ,dear! Why should you be so stubborn! 天哪，你怎么这么固执！
七、O lord, Good lord , Good heavens表示惊异、不高兴等（这种感叹词男人用得比较多）。
O lord(Good heavens)! Can a cabbage grow that big! 嗬，洋白菜会长这么大！
Good heaven! You make the same mistake again.天哪！你又犯了同样的错误！
八、Aha等其他表示感叹的词或短语
Aha（表示得意，满意），Pshaw（表示鄙视、不高兴），Alas（表示痛苦、焦急），whew（惊讶、失望），Hey（喜悦、招呼），Bah（表示鄙视），Bravo（用于欢呼），Hush（要求肃静或低声），Nonsense（相当于汉语的“胡说”），Hurrah（用于欢呼，庆祝胜利），Come, come（表示劝说、鼓励等），Now（请求、埋怨、不耐烦、诧异等），Fie（表示轻蔑、羞辱相当于“呸”），Eh（表示惊讶、怀疑、客气等），Rut（表示不耐烦、不高兴、鄙视），Ouch（表示疼痛），Lehhuh（表示同意），Mm（表示同意）。
Come, come, Alice, you must be patient.好了，爱丽丝，你得忍耐点。（劝说）
Now, come on! 来呀！（请求）
Nonsense! I don't believe a word of it.胡说，我一点儿也不相信。
Bravo! Well done! 好！干得好！
Humph! What nonsense! 呸！废话！
His mother, alas, isn't out of danger yet.唉，他妈妈还没有脱离危险期。
第四节 巩固提高
1.One more week_______we’ll accomplish the task.
A.so B.so that C.and D.if
2.---I don’t like chicken______fish.
---I don’t like chicken,______I like fish very much.
A.and;and B.and;but C.or;and D.or;but
3.The changes in the city will cost quite a lot, _______ they will save us money in the long run.
A. or B. since C. for D. but
4.They were surprised that a child should work out the problem,_______they themselves couldn't. A. once B. then C. while D. if
5. The changes in the city will cost quite a lot，_____ they will save us money in the long run．
A．or B．since C．for D．but
6. Good technique in medicine means less pain and fewer deaths,_______ it is our duty to master it.
A. although B. therefore C. otherwise D. however
7._______the Olympic Games will be held in Beijing is not known yet.
A. Whenever B. If C. Whether D. That
8._______you don't like him is none of my business.
A.What B.Who C.That D.Whether
9._______ he said at the meeting astonished everybody present.
A. What B. That C. The fact D. The matter
10.Can you tell me_______?
A. Who is that gentleman B. that gentleman is who
C. who that gentleman is D. whom is that gentleman
11.They want to know _______ do to help us.
A. what can they B. what they can
C. how they can D. how can they
12.I remember _______this used to be a quiet village.
A. when B. how C. where D. what
13.Would you please tell me_______the airport?
A. how I can get to B. how can I get to
C. where I can get to D. where can I get to
14.Why do you want a new job _______ you've got such a good one already?
A. that B. where C. which D. when
15________ the day went on, the weather got worse.
A. With B. Since C. While D. As
16.The Italian boy was regarded as a hero _______ he gave his life for the country.
A. according to B. because of C. on account of D. because
17.You will be late _______ you leave immediately.
A. unless B. until C. if D. or
18._______ he comes, we won't be able to go.
A. Without B. Unless C. Except D. Even
19._______ journalism seems tike a good profession, I would prefer to be a teacher.
A. Although B. Even C. No matter D. Now that
20.Nobody believed him _______what he said. (1987)
A. even though B. in spite C. no matter D. contrary to
21. _______,I have never seen anyone who’s as capable as John.
A.As long as I have traveled B.Now that I have travelled
C.Much as I have travelled D.As I have travelled so much
22. John may phone tonight．I don't want to go out _____ he phones．
A．as long as B．in order that C．in case D．so that
23.I hurried _______ I wouldn't be late for class.
A. since B. so that C. as if D. unless
24.---Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her?
---Yes.I gave it to her______I saw her.
A.while B.the moment C.suddenly D.once
25.I thought her nice and honest ________ I met her．
A．first time B．for the first time
C．the first time D．by the first time
26.—Do you know our town at all？
—No，this is the first time I ________ here．
A．was B．have been C．came D．am coming
27.It was an exciting moment for these football fan this year,______for the first time in years their team won the World Cup.
A.that B.while C.which D.when
28.This house is _________ dark and dirty.
A. how B. either C. both D. not only
29.Exercise is good _________.
A. for body and mind B. for both body and mind
C. both for body and mind D. both for body and for the mind
3O.Work hard, _________ you will succeed.
A. or B. for C. because D. and
31.They have _________ the capital nor the skill to build up a business.
A. none B. neither C. either D. not only
32.---Did Mrs Robert treat you well?
---Yes, she was _________ she treated us like a mother.
A. as kind as B. so kind that C. too kind D. very kind that
33.---What a beautiful day!
---Yes, ifs _________ that I'd like to take a walk.
A. such nice weather B. so nice weather
C. too nice weather D. nice weather so
34.My cousin asked me _________ I could lend him the Chinese novel I bought a few days ago.
A. / B. that C. whether D. which
35._________ he is a rich business-man is known to all in the world.
A. Who B. That C. When D. Because
36.The reason why I burst into tears is _________ I don't want to part from my mother.
A. that B. which C. for D. because
37.The fact _________ the earth is round is true.
A. that B. which C. what D. why
37.The tourists decided not to make a trip to Virginia________.
A. but stay at the present place
B. so they remained at the place they were now
C. but to remain where they were
D. instead of staying at the place
39.I'll tell you about the story ______ you come.
A. the moment B. the instantly C. the immediately D. if when
40."Did you remember to give Mary the money you owe her?"
"Yes. ______I saw her."
A. While B. The instant C. Suddenly D. Momently
41.I'll go to see my daughter immediately______.
A. I'll get there B. I would get there C. I get there D. I'm getting there
42.The woman will think of her own child ______ she ______ these little children.
A. every time; sees B. each time; will see C. next time; see D. all time; sees
43.It was said______was how the Chinese first raised silkworms.
A. that that B. that what C. that D. what
44.It's said ______ strange old man is a great artist.
A. that that B. what C. that what D. what that
45.He said that he was young____he couldn't carry the heavy box.
A. and B. that C. and that D. so that
46.The Genie promised ______ anyone set him free, he would give him all the treasures in the world.
A. if that B. that if C. if D. that
47.The judges are discussing____he did has broken the law.
A. if B. whether what C. if what D. whether
48.She ran to the hospital ______ she heard the sad news.
A. the moment B. in the moment C.at the moment D.for the moment
49.I don't doubt _____my friend Smith can pass the exam.
A. that B. if C. whether D. that whether
50.He was late for school this morning. The reason was______he got up late.
A. because B. because of C. for what D. that
51.---Are you going to fly to Shanghai tomorrow?
---It depends on ______ the weather will be fine.
A. whether B. what C. if D. how
52.It was ______ she took off her dark glasses ______ I recognized her as my classmate.
A. until/that B. not until/that C. when/that D. when/then
53.I remember_______there used to be a quiet village.
A.how B.when C.where D.what
54.He was born in 1937_______the Anti-Japanese War broke out.
A.which B.when C.on which D.where
55．—Did you remember to return the book to Zhao Xin？
—Yes．I returned it to him ______I saw him．
A．in time B．once C．while D．the instant
56． _______ I saw them，they were work- ing on a farm．
A．The last time B．Suddenly C．As D．First time
57．M iss Chen didn't go to work______ her husband was ill．
A．which B．the week C．that D．where
58．“No．”the gardener looked rather surprised．“The dog was killed _______ a motorbike hit it．”
A．every time B．when C．the minute D．why
59．That was the first time he ________ so many pills．
A．take B．had taken C．has taken D．took
60．We visited the Terra Cotta Warriors _______ we came to Xi'an．
A．first time B．the day C．wherever D．that
参考答案
1.C 2.D 3.D 4.C 5.C 6.B 7.C 8.C 9.A 10.C 11.B 12.A 13.A 14.D 15.C 16.D 17.A 18.B 19.A 20.C 21.C 22.C 23.B 24.B 25.C 26.B 27.D 28.C 29.B 30..D 31.B 32.B 33.A 34.C 35.B 36.A 37.A 38.C 39.A 40.B 41.C 42.A 43.A 45.C46.B 47.B 48.A 49.A50.D 51.A 52.B 53.B 54.B 55.D 56.A 57.B 58.C 59.B 60.B


第六章 形容词和副词
第二节 真题精析
第十一节 形容词、副词
1. Mary kept weighing herself to see how much ___ she was getting. 【全国】
A. heavier B. heavy　　 C. the heavier D. the heaviest
2. I don't mind picking up your things from the store. _______, the walk will do me good. 【全国】
A. Sooner or later B. Still　 C. In time D. Besides
3. I must be getting fat - I can ______ do my trousers up. 【全国】
A. fairly B. hardly
C. nearly D. seldom
4. When we plan our vacation, mother often offers _____ suggestions. 【全国】
A. careful B. practical C. effective D. acceptable
5. Lizzie was ______to see her friend off at the airport.【全国IV-33】
A. a little more than sad B. more than a little sad
C. sad snore than a little D. a little more sad than
6. If you can't come tomorrow, we'll________ have to hold the meeting next week.
【全国】
A. yet B. even C. rather D. just
7. I will never know what was on his mind at the time, nor will________.【江苏】
A. anyone B. anyone else C. no one D. no one else
8. The ____________house smells as if it hasn't been lived in for years. 【江苏】
A. little white wooden B. little wooden white
C. white wooden little D. wooden white little
9. ______ students are required to take part in the boat race.【浙江卷】
A. Ten strong young Chinese B. Ten Chinese strong young
C. Chinese ten young strong D. Young strong ten Chinese
10. Everyone was on time for the meeting _____ Chris, who's usually ten minutes late for everything. 【湖南卷】
A. but B. only C. even D. yet
11. That doesn't sound very frightening, Paul, I've seen _____. What did you like most about the film? 【湖南卷】
A. better B. worse C. best D. worst
12. It is ______ any wonder that his friend doesn’t like watching television much. 【广东卷】
A. no B. such C. nearly D. hardly
13. Sometimes it was a bit boring to work there because there wasn’t always ______ much to do. 【广东卷】
A. such B. that C. more D. very
14. The great success of this programme has been ______ due to the support given by the local businessmen. 【广东卷】
A. rather B. very C. quickly D. largely
15．The number of people present at the concert was _______than expected .There were many tickets left. 【福建卷】
A．much smaller B．much more C．much larger D．many more
16．John Smith, a successful businessman, has a car. 【辽宁卷】
A．large German white B．large white German
C．white large German D．German large white
17. Mr. Smith used to smoke but he has given it up. 【天津卷】
A. seriously B. heavily C. badly D. hardly
18. The husband gave his wife_____ every month in order to please her. 【重庆卷】
A. all half his income B. his half all income
C. half his all income D. all his half income
19. He speaks English well indeed, but of course not _____ a native speaker. 【上海卷】
A. as fluent as B. more fluent than C. so fluently as D. much fluently than
20. In ___________ Chinese culture, marriage decisions were often made by parents for their children. 【上海卷】
A. traditional B. historic C. remote D. initial
21. Most people on this island are recreational fishers, and ________, fishing forms an actual part of their leisure time. 【上海卷】
A. accidentally B. purposefully C. obviously D. formally
22. Allen had to call a taxi because the box was to carry all the way home.
A．much too heavy B．too much heavy 【NMET】
C．heavy too much D．too heavy much
23．My grandfather is as as a young man and hates sitting around doing nothing all day. 【上海】
A．enthusiastic B．energetic C．talkative D．sensitive
24．Broadly speaking, I would agree with Shirley, though not . 【上海】
A．widely B．thoroughly C．entirely D．extensively
25．Those who change mobile phones frequently will pay a heavy price for being . 【上海】
A．graceful B．fashionable C．particular D．feasible
26. —I hear they aren’t pleased with the house you’ve chosen for them.
—Well, ____could they live in such comfort? 【北京】
A. where else B. what else C. how D. why
27. Our neighbor has ____ours. 【北京】
A. as a big house as B. as big a house as
C. the same big house as D. a house the same big as
28. Boris has brains. In fact, I doubt whether anyone in the class has______ IQ. 【NMET】
A. a high B. a higher C. the higher D. the highest
29. Sugar is not an important element in bread, but flour is . 【上海】
A. unique B. essential C. natural D. adequate
30. The secret of his success is that he does everything . 【上海】
A. efficiently B. curious C. anxiously D. sufficiently
31. The shopkeeper gave us weight: we got 9 kilos instead of 10 kilos. 【上海】
A. scarce B. short C. light D. slight
32. All the people ______ at the party were his supporters. 【北京】
A. present B. thankful C. interested D. important
33. It was raining heavily. Little Mary felt cold, so she stood____ to her mother. 【北京】
A. close B. closely C. closed D. closing
34. It is generally believed that teaching is _____ it is a science. 【NMET】
A. an art much as B. much an art as
C. as an art much as D. as much an art as
35. It's always difficult being in a foreign country, ________if you don't speak the language. 【NMET】
　　A．extremely B．naturally 　　 C．basically D．especially
36. _______to take this adventure course will certainly learn a lot of useful skills.
　　A．Brave enough students B．Enough brave students【NMET】
　　C．Students brave enough D．Students enough brave
37. If I had _____, I'd visit Europe, stopping at all the small interesting places.
A. a long enough holiday B. an enough long holiday【NMET】
C. a holiday enough long D. a long holiday enough
38. Professor White has written some short stories, but he is_____ known for his plays.
A. the best B. more C. better D. the most【NMET】
39. Wait till you are more_______. It's better to be sure than sorry. 【NMET】
　　A. inspired B. satisfied C. calm D. certain
40. We decided not to climb the mountains because it was raining　　. 【NMET】
　　A. badly　　　　 B. hardly　　 C. strongly　　　　　D. heavily
41. How beautifully she sings! I have never heard　　. 【NMET】
　　A. the better voice　 B. a good voice　　 C. the best voice　　D. a better voice
42. —How was your recent visit to Qingdao? 【NMET】
　 —It was great. We visited some friends, and spent the 　　days at the seaside.
　 A. few last sunny　B. last few sunny　 C. last sunny few　　D. few sunny last
43. Can you believe that in ____a rich country there should be _____many poor people?
　 A. such; such　　 B. such; so 　 C. so; so　　　　 D. so; such【NMET】
44. We all write ______, even when there's not much to say. 【MET】
　　A. now and then　　　　　　　　　　　 B. by and by
　　C. step by step　　　　　　　　　　　 D. more or less
45. If there were no examinations ,we should have ______ at school. 【MET】
　　A. the happiest time　　　　　　　　 B. a more happier time
　　C. much happiest time　　　　　　　　 D. a much happier time
【答案与解析】
1. A 该题考查形容词的比较级。关键词是much，它只能修饰名词、动词和形容词副词的比较级。heavy是形容词,故选比较级。题意：玛丽一直称自己的体重看看又增长了多少。
2. D 该题考查副词的用法。besides作副词解时意为: 此外；而且。在文章中起到承上启下的作用。该题句意为：到商店买东西我不介意。而且，走走对我有好处。
3. B该题考查副词的用法。关键词是getting fat，决定了后面选hardly。句意：我肯定变胖了，我几乎穿不上我的裤子了。
4. B该题是中考查形容词的辨析。据题意应当选择B. practical 实用的，有实际经验的。A. careful小心的，仔细的 C. effective有效的D. acceptable可接受的，合意的。不符合题意。句意：当我们制定假期计划时，妈妈经常给我们提出一些有用的建议。
5. B 该题考查形容词、副词的用法。more than此处意为：不仅仅，只是。修饰sad，a little意为：少许，有点。more than放在a little前。此处没有比较的意思。句意：莉齐去机场送她朋友时非常伤心。
6. D 该题考查副词的用法。该题根据句意选择。句意：如果你明天不来，我们只好下周开会。yet意为：还，尚；even意为：甚至；rather意为：宁愿；just意为：就在，就要。
7．B 该题考查形容词else的用法。else常接于疑问代词或不定代词之后，意为：另外的，其他的，别的。题意：我从来不知道那时他惦念什么，别人也不会知道。此处是指除了我以外的任何人，因此选B. anyone else。nor 是否定词不能选D。
8．A 该题考查限定语的形容词的顺序。限定语的形容词的顺序一般为“限冠（物主代词、数词、冠词）+形、龄（大小、形状、年龄）+色（颜色）+国材（国家、材料）+名词”。据此选A。句意：这间白色的小木屋闻上去好像很多年没人住过了。
9. A 该题考查限定语的形容词的顺序。限定语的形容词的顺序一般为“限冠（物主代词、数词、冠词）+形、龄（大小、 形状、年龄）+色（颜色）+国材（国家、材料）+名词”。据此选A。句意：需要十名年轻强壮的中国学生参加划船比赛。
10. C 该题考查副词的使用。句意：全体都按时到会，甚至连平时经常什么事都要迟到十分钟的克里斯都按时来了。该题关键是Everyone和定语从句。干扰最大的是A.but。
12.B 该题考查副词的比较级。此处是和frightening比较。句意：那听起来很恐惧，保罗，我看到的更糟。你最喜欢电影的那部分？worse意为：更坏地；更糟地。
12. D 该题考查形容词副词的用法。该题的关键词是any，由于它决定了不能选择no，只能选hardly。句意：他的朋友不大喜欢看电视，这没什么奇怪的。
13. B该题考查程度副词的用法。that 意为：To such an extent or degree: 那样;达到这样的范围或程度;[口](=so)如此, 这样。此句还是否定句，故选择that much，那么多。such 不能修饰much；此处没有比较的意思，故more也不对。Very不如that好。只有B最佳。句意：有时在那里工作有点烦，因为没有那么多事可做。
14. D该题考查副词的用法。Largely意为：主要地，大量地，很大程度上；rather意为：宁愿，更合适，相当；very意为：非常quickly意为：很快地。句意：这个计划的巨大成功很大程度上归功于当地商人的支持。据题意，应当选择D。
15．A该题考查形容词副词的用法。much 修饰形容词副词的比较级，修饰number要用small或large不能用much或many。根据后一句话得知人数少。句意：出席音乐会的人数比预计的少，剩下很多票。
16．B该题考查作限定语的形容词的顺序。作限定语的形容词的顺序一般为“限冠（物主代词、数词、冠词）+形、龄（大小、形状、年龄）+色（颜色）+国材（国家、材料）+名词”。据此，选择B。句意：约翰·史密斯，一位成功的商人，有一辆很大的白色的德国产的轿车。
17. B 该题考查副词辨析。关键词smoke要用heavily修饰。句意：史密斯先生曾经抽烟抽得很凶，但是现在戒了。
18. A 该题考查定语的位置。All作定语是放在物主代词、指示代词、定冠词、数词的前面。half放在物主代词前，故选A。句意：那位丈夫每月把他全部工资的一半给他妻子来取悦她。
19. C 考查副词的同级比较。因为修饰动词speak，所以选择副词，否定句因此选择so。句意：他的英语说得很好，但是不如当地人说得流利。
20. A 考查形容词的词义辨析。句子意思为“在传统的中国文化中，婚姻的决定往往都是由父母为孩子做出的”。Traditional“传统的，惯例的”，historic“历史的，有历史性的”， remote“遥远的，偏僻的”，initial“最初的，初始的”，A符合句子意思要求。
21. C 副词词义辨析。句子意思为“岛上的大多数人为休闲的钓鱼人，很显然，钓鱼构成了他们空闲时间的一部分”。Accidentally“偶然地，意外的”，purposefully“有目的地，自觉地”，obviously“明显地”，formally“正式地，形式上地”。
22． A 该题考查形容词、副词的用法。much too修饰形容词或副词的原级以加强语气，注意它不能放在many和few前；too much修饰动词、不可数名词和名词短语。这两个短语都要放在所修饰词前。句意：因为箱子太重不能一路扛回家，Allen不得不叫了一辆出租车。
23.B 考查形容词词义辨析，enthusiastic（热心的.热情洋溢的）energetic（精力充沛的），talkative多话的.多嘴的，sensitive敏感的，通过as a young man and hates sitting可知B符合意思要求。
24.C 考查副词的用法，widely 广泛的.thoroughly彻底地.entirely完全地.extensively广阔地.广泛的，通过全句意思，及though一词可以推断出C为正确答案。
25.B 考查形容词的词义辨析，graceful优雅的.优美的，fashionable时新的.流行的，particular特别的，feasible可能的.可实行的.句子的意思为“那些经常换手机的人将为了时尚而付出代价，”B符合题意。
26.A 该题考查副词的用法。题意：――我听说他们对你给他们选的房子不满意。――噢，还有什么地方他们能住的如此舒服？根据第一句话，可以推断他们谈论的是地点，因此选where，因为上次提及，故在where后面要加上else，意为：还有什么地方。
27.B 该题考查形容词和副词的用法。副词as, too, how, so在修饰限定名词的形容词时，放在不定冠词的前面，即：as（too, how, so）＋形容词＋a/an+名词。因此该题选B。题意：我们邻居的房子和我们的一样大。
28. B该题考查在否定句中不定冠词和形容词比较级连用表示最高级的用法。这里never与不定冠 词和形容词比较级连用表达最高级的含义。另外IQ, 即intelligence quotient（智商）。doubt有怀疑否定之意，后句可理解为，I don't think anyone else in the class has a higher IQ.句意：Boris 聪明，我怀疑班上是否有人比他更聪明。
29.B 辨析形容词的词义，unique（唯一）.essential（必要的，重要的）natural（自然的）adequate（适当的，令人满意的），面粉对于面包来说，当然是最重要的成分。
30.A 考查副词，efficiently（有效力的，有能力的.有效率的）.curiously（好奇地.古怪地）anxiously（忧虑地，担心地）sufficiently（足够地.充分地），句子意思是“他成功的秘密是他做任何事情都很有效率”因此，选择A最为恰当。
31.B 考查形容词的用法，scarce（缺乏的.供不应求的）short（未达到通常标准的.短缺的）light（轻的）slight（轻微的.细长的）句子的意思为“店主给我们的分量不足，应该给10公斤，我们只得到9公斤。”short 符合意思要求。
32. A 该题考查形容词的用法。present意为：在场，和后面的at the party一起构成形容词短语作定语相当于一个省略形式的定语从句。句意：所有出席宴会的人们都是她的支持者。
33. A 该题考查在特定情景下使用副词的能力。close 为形容词，意为：近的, 紧密的；closely为副词，意为：紧密地； closed 为形容词，意为：关闭的；closing为形容词，意为：结束的。句中的stand是系动词，后街形容词作表语。据题意得知，此处指离他妈妈近。句意：雨下的很大，小玛丽感到冷，因此仅仅依偎着她妈妈。
34. D该题考查修饰名词的形容词比较级的用法。如果要说明两个东西在某一方面是一样的我们就 可以用“as＋形容词或副词＋as”结构。如果这个形容词修饰一个带不定冠词的名词，这个形容词的位置就在第一个as之后，不定冠词之前，即as + adj. + a/an + n + as。在本题中，an art意为“一种技巧”，要表达“与……具有同样的技巧”，要用形容词much，其结构是“as much an art as”。题意：普遍认为教书和艺术是非常类似的科学。
35 D该题考查副词extremely, naturally, basically 和especially的辨析。Extremely意为：极端地, 非常地；是说明程度的副词，用来修饰形容词或副词；basically意为：基本地；主要地； especially意为：特别, 尤其是说明方式的副词，用来修饰动词；naturally意为：自然地extremely是说明态度和看法的副词，它往往位于一个介词短语或从句之前。根据语境和各词的含义和用法，答案应该选D。句意：“在外国总是感到困难，尤其当你不懂该国语言的时候”。
36. C 该题考查enough一词的用法。由形容词brave和副词enough组成的形容词短语作中心词 students的定语，形容词短语一般作后置定语；enough修饰形容词、副词时要放在形容词、副词后边。本题可以转换为：Students who are brave enough to take this adventure course will certainly learn a lot of useful skills. 句中的不定式to take this adventure course 是brave enough的结果状语。所以正确答案为C。句意：那些勇敢的参加这次历险活动的同学们肯定将会学到很多技能。
37. A 该题考查enough一词的用法，enough修饰名词时可以放在名词前也可以放在名词后；修饰形容词、副词时要放在形容词、副词后边。“足够长的假期”应说：a long enough holiday/ a holiday long enough但不能说a long holiday enough。句意：如果我有足够长的假期，我将去欧洲旅行，在所有有趣的地方逗留。
38. C该题考查副词的用法。四个选项均为副词的比较级或最高级，题干的两个分句中，已给出some short stories和 his plays这一特定的语境，表示二者之间的比较需用副词的比较级。well known是惯用词组，意为“出名的”、“众所周知的”，well的比较级为better，所以正确答案为C。题意：华特教授写了一些短篇故事，但使他更出名的是他的剧本。
39. D该题考查一组形容词和过去分词的含义与用法。A项中的inspired 是过去分词，意为“受到鼓舞的，受到激励的”。B项中satisfied是过去分词，意为“感到满意的”，calm是形容词，意为“平静的，心平气和的”。certain意为“相信，确信”与题干中sure吻合。根据语境和词义的辨别，D为正确答案。题意：确信更有把握再做，比（做错了）后悔、难过好些。
40. D该题考查副词辨析。“一场大雨”和“下大雨”的英文表达是：a heavy rain 和rain heavily。 题意为：天下大雨，我们决定不去爬山了。“大风”和“刮大风”的英文表达是：strong wind 和 (wind) blow strongly/heavily。strongly不能说明下雨情况。badly坏）hardly（几乎不）更不合题意。
41. D该题考查不定冠词加形容词比较级来表达最高级的用法。在否定句中不定冠词加形容词比较级来表达最高级I have never heard a better voice. 相当于I have never heard a voice better than hers. 或She has the best voice I’ve heard. A项用了定冠词，不符合用比较级来表达最高级的含义的结构；B项用的是形容词原级，是错误的；C项用的是形容词最高级，这里没有比较的范围，也是错误的。所以答案应为D。句意：他唱的多美啊！我从未听过比他更好的嗓音了。
42. B该题考查形容词作定语时的语序。一般语序为：限定词（指时代词，物主代词，冠词）+数词（一般序数词要放在基数词前）+描绘性形容词+大小、长短、高低等形体性形容词＋新旧+颜色+国籍+材料+被修饰名词。故要用last few sunny days。句意：“你们最近去青岛的旅行怎么样？”“很好。我们拜访了朋友，在海边度过最后几天阳光明媚的日子。”
43. B 该题考查形容词such和副词so的辨析。such是形容词修饰名词时用于：such + a/an +（adj.） + n（单数），such + a/an +（adj.）+ n（复数或不可数名词）；so是副词当名词被much，many ，little，few所修饰使用so而不用such。句意：你能相信在如此富足的国家里有如此多的穷人吗？
44. A该题考查副词词组的辨析。A项中的now and then意为“有时，偶尔”。B项中的by and by意为“不久以后，不久”，相当于soon。C项中的step by step意为“逐步地”，相当于gradually。D项中的more or less意为“或多或少”相当于about一般修饰动词、形容词和数量词表示程度。在理解各个词组的含义之后，通过分析even when there’s not much to say（即使在没有多少话可说的时候），我们可以推知前一句话的意思是“我们经常写东西”。句意：我们偶尔也写点东西，即便有时没有太多要说的话。
45. D该题考查形容词比较级的构成和虚拟语气的用法。根据句意，比较的对象有两个，即现在的情况与假设的情况，无疑要用比较级。形容词happy的比较级是happier。 have a+ 形容词+time属于习惯用语，happier表示程度，意思是“要快活得多”。句意：如果没有考试，我们在学校会过的更愉快。
第二节 考点归纳

形容词、副词是非常重要的词，也是高考常考内容。《年全国考试说明》附录 语法项目表中对形容词、副词考查列了：形容词1）形容词作定语、表语和宾语补足语的用法2）比较等级：原级、比较级、最高级 ；副词：1）时间、地点、方式、程度、疑问、连接、关系等副词的用法2）原级、比较级、最高级。纵观历年高考试题，对形容词、副词的考点主要集中在：形容词副词的等级；功能中的位置（语序）；语义辨析理解等方面。
一、形容词、副词的等级
(一)形容词/副词的比较级和最高级构成
1．规则形容词级的构成
大多数形容词、副词有三种形式: 原级、比较级和最高级。原级用形容词/副词的原形。它们的比较级和最高级规则变化如下表：
单音节词
er
和est型
构成规则
原级
比较级
最高级
一般在词未加-er和-est
tall
great
hard
taller
greater
harder
tallest
greatest
hardest
以e结尾的只加-r和-st
nice
large
nicer
larger
nicest
largest
以辅音字母加y结尾的，先变y为i，再加-er,-est
dry
drier
driest
闭音节单音节词如末尾只有一个辅音字母，须先双写这个辅音字母，再加-er,-est
big
thin
hot
bigger
thinner
hotter
biggest
thinnest
hottest
双
音节
词
er
和est型
少数以-y, -er, -ow, -ble, -ple结尾的双音节单词，方法同单音节词
happy
simple
clever
narrow
happier
simpler
cleverer
narrower
happiest
simplest
cleverest
narrowest
more和most
型
其他的在前面加more,most分别构成比较级和最高级
careful
usefull
quickly
more careful
more usefull
more quickly
most careful
most usefull
most quickly
多
音节
词
more和most
型
在其前面加more和most
difficult
beautiful
more difficult
more beautiful
most difficult
most beautiful
2．不规则形容词的级的构成
原级
比较级
最高级
good
better
best
well
bad
worse
worst
ill
many
more
most
much
little
less
least
far
farther
farthest
further
furthest
old
older
oldest
elder
eldest
3．形容词、副词递减的比较等级的构成
在形容词、副词前加less和least，表示“较不”和“最不”
interesting有趣的 less interesting较无趣的 least interesting最无趣的
important重要的 less important较不重要的 least important最不重要的
4．没有比较级和最高级的形容词、副词
有些形容词由于其本身涵义一般不用来比较。如：
① 表示“完全、特别”意义的形容词
final, hopeless, fatherless, matherless, universal, complete, entire, excellent, perfect, thorough, total, whole, full, empty, relative, homeless, harmless, impossible等。
② 表示“极限、主次”意义的形容词
chief, extreme, main, major, basic, primary, first, most, wonderful,
③ 表示“几何形状”的形容词
angular, circle, level, oval, round, square, horizontal, triangle, straight, hollow等。
④ 表示“处所、方位、时间”的形容词
ahead, daily, weekly, here, now, present, then, backward, outside, future, once等
⑤ 表示“状态和强调”的形容词
asleep, ashamed, awake, aware, blind, deaf, dead, naked，favorite, hardly, own, simple, very
⑥ 表示“国籍、性质、材料”的形容词
American, atomic, economic, earthen, scientific, woolen, silken, metallic, true, false, illegal, sufficient, mortal
⑦ 表示“独一无二”的形容词
mere, only, single, sole, matchless
⑧ junior等词
junior, senior, inferior, prior没有比较级和最高级，要同to连用，不能和than连用。
⑨“most+形容词”可表达一种程度上非常高的特性和品质，表示“非常”或“在很大程度上”，但却 不表示比较，这时most前一般无the。
What he said is most interesting.他说的话有趣极了。
Don't you know it is a most important question?难道你不知道这是个很重要的问题吗？
（二）形容词比较级和最高级的用法
1．二者之间的比较
（1）递增
用于事物二者之间的比较，表示程度上“更高”；常用从属连词than连接。其结构为含有形容词比较级的主句+than引导的从句（其中意义上和主句相同的部分常省去）。
Tom is taller than his deskmate.汤姆比他同桌高。
The black car is more expensive than the red one .这辆黑车比那辆红车更贵。
（2）递减
用于事物二者之间的比较，表示程度上“更低”；常用从属连词than连接。
She is less beautiful than Mary.她不如玛丽漂亮。
（3）同级比较
表示程度相等（同）或不相等（同）时，“相等（同）”as…as，“不相等（同）”用not so(as)…。 as…as之间通常用表示数量、程度、性质的词，如many, much, little, few, good, tall, far等。
You look as tall as your father.你看上去跟你爸爸一般高。
Now Jack isn't driving so fast as he used to.如今杰克开车不如以前那么快了。
2．二者以上的事物比较
用于二者以上的事物比较，形容词、副词的最高级表示程度上“最高”。形容词最高级前一般需加定冠词the；副词最高级前用或不用定冠词the都可。
This is the best film I have ever seen.这是我看过的最好的电影。
He jumps (the) highest among the boys.他是那些男孩中跳得最高的。
3．修饰比较等级常用的副词
形容词和副词的比较等级常可用下列一些词来修饰，表示比较的程度：much, far,by far, even, still, a little, no , a lot, rather, any(用于否定句或疑问句)a great deal等。例如：
I'm sure you'll make still greater progress.我肯定你能取得更大的进步。
There're now a lot more trees on the hills around the village.现在村庄四周的山上树木多多了。
4．比较级+and+比较级
常用“比较级+and+比较级”来表达“越来越’。
His voice got weaker and weaker.他的声音越来越弱。
Take some medicine and you'll get better and better.吃些药吧，你会越来越好。
5． “the+比较级…, the+比较级…”来表达“越…，（就）越…”
The harder you study, the greater progress you’ll make.你越努力，进步就越大。
6．“the +比较级+of the two”来表示“两个中最…”
表示两者中较突出者，且比较级后又有名词， 这时的比较级前一定要加定冠词the。 如:
Joan is the taller of the two girls.琼是这两个女孩中较高的一个。
7．“more A than B”表示“与其说是B，不如说是A”
He is more diligent than clever.与其说他聪明，不如说他勤奋。
8．表示倍数
（1)倍数+形容词 (或副词)的比较级+than
This rope is twice longer than that one.这根绳的长度是那根绳的三倍。(比那根绳长二倍)
（2）倍数+as+形容词(或much)或副词原级+as
This big stone is three times as heavy as that one.
这块大石头的重量是那一块的三倍。(这块石头比那块重二倍)
（3）倍数+the size(length, width, height)of
This street is four times the length of that one.这条街是那条街的四倍长。
注意：如果形容词是修饰名词的，要把名词放在形容词后面。即：①倍数+more+名词 (可数，不可数)+than②倍数+as many(或much)+名词+其他+as
9．“no+比较级+than”表示该形容词的反义词。
He is no richer than a beggar.他穷得像乞丐。
10．使用比较级要注意的几点：
（1）比较的对象必须是属于同一性质(范畴)内的人或物。如:
[误]The weather of Shanghai is finer than Beijing.
这句表达的是上海的天气与北京相比，比较对象不一致。应改为：
The weather of Shanghai is finer than that of Beijing.
（2）要避免比较级中自身与自身比较。如:
[误]Joan studies harder than any student in her class.
Joan属于any student中的一位，没有排除自身比较。应改为:
Joan studies harder than any other student in her class.
Joan studies harder than any of the other students in her class.
Joan studies harder than anyone else in her class.
上述三个正确的句子可分别用下列结构表示:
any other+单数可数名词
……比较级+ than + any of the other+复数可数名词
anyone else

但是，不同范围的同类人或物进行比较时，则than引导的从句中不用other。 如:
China is larger than any country in Europe.
（3）.要避免重复比较。如:
[误] Mary runs more faster than Lucy.
more是many/ much的比较级，它只能构成比较级而不能修饰比较级。 应改为:
Mary runs faster than Lucy.
二、形容词的功能
（一）作定语
1．前置定语
（1）形容词作定语一般需放在它所修饰的名词之前并尽量靠近被修饰的词。在这种位置上的定语叫前置定语。语序一般为“冠词（或其他限定词）+形容词+名词”。
He is an honest boy.他是个诚实的孩子。
（2）若有多个形容修饰名词，它们的位置要由它们与被修饰词的密切程度来决定。关系最密切的形容词靠近被修饰词，而关系较远的离被修饰词则相对较远。其排列顺序通常是：（限观形龄色国材）限定词＋描绘性形容词＋颜色＋国籍、地区＋用途、类别＋名词。
a beautiful young Korean student一位年轻漂亮的朝鲜学生
the big new white house那幢又大又新的白房子
The boy often wears a beautiful little red hat.
那男孩经常戴着一顶漂亮的小红帽。
---How was your recent visit to Qingdao?
---It was great. We visited some friends, and spent the last few sunny days at the seaside. “你们最近去青岛的旅行怎么样？”“很好。我们拜访了朋友，在海边度过最后几天阳光明媚的日子。”
2．后置定语
（1）作不定代词的定语
作不定代词someone, something, somebody; anyone, anything, anybody, everyone, everything everybody; nothing, no one nobody的定语时，定于后置。
There is nothing new.没什么新鲜事。
She must have met something dangerous.她一定遇上了危险的事。
注意：如果上述词作名词表示其他含义时，形容词作定语需前置。
Her husband is a real nothing.她丈夫是个微不足道的人。
（2）前缀以a-构成的形容词作定语时要求后置。
常见的有afraid, alive, alone, alike, ashamed, asleep, afloat, awake等。
The man awake at that time was Mr. Smith.那时醒着的人是史密斯先生。
（3）形容词短语作定语时要后置。
这些形容词短语多是由 “形容词+介词短语/不定式短语”构成。
It is a problem difficult to solve.这是一个难解决的问题。
（4）形容词成对使用时
由and/or连接的并列形容词成对使用时后置。
Everyone, young or old, will do it.不论老少，人人都将做这事。
（5） 同表示方位、时间和数量等习语、词组连用时后置。
This is a river two hundred miles long.这是一条二百英里长的河流。
It is a bridge eight metres wide.那是一座8米宽的桥梁。
（6）某些作形容词非限定性定语时后置。
The boy, silent, stood at the door.那个男孩医生不吭地站在门旁。
The woman, nervous, walked past me.那位妇女盛情紧张地从我省旁走过。
（二）作表语
1．在连系动词后要用形容词作表语。常见的连系动词有:be(是)，look(看起来)，feel(摸起来)，smell(闻起来)，taste(尝起来)，sound(听起来)，get/become/grow (变得)，go/ come （变）， remain（保持）。而行为动词则要用副词修饰。
Our English teacher is young and strong.我们英语老师又年轻又强壮。
2．只能用作表语的形容词
大多数形容词可以用作定语或表语，但有些形容词只能用作表语。
（1）以“a-”开头的形容词和content, ill, drunk, sure, liable, unable, well等词。
She is asleep now.她现在睡着了。
The film is worth seeing.电影值得看。
（2）有些形容词是以-ly结尾的，我们容易把它们误认为是副词，如lovely(可爱的)，friendly(友好的)，orderly(有序的)，slightly(悦耳的)，motherly(母亲般的)，sisterly(姐妹般的)，brotherly(兄弟般的)。
She looks lovely.她看上去很漂亮。
（3）作表语但不用人做主语的形容词
convenient, possible, impossible, probable, necessary, difficult
3. 宾语的补足语
形容词作宾语补足语即与宾语一起构成复合宾语，和宾语有逻辑上的主谓关系。
We keep the lab clean and tidy.我们保持实验室干净、整洁。
I thought him very intelligent.我认为他们很勤奋。
（4）起名词作用，作主语
某些形容词前加上定冠词the变成名词化的形容词，相当于名词，表示一类人，在句子中做主语、宾语等。
The young should respect the old.年轻的应当尊敬年长的。
The wounded have been sent to the hospital.伤员们已被送往医院。
三、对形容词、副词位置
（一）副词
1．程度副词
(1)程度副词一般放在被修饰的动词、形容词或副词的前面，放在to be或第一个助动词和情态动词之后。常用的这类词：just, too, fairly, nearly, awfully, slightly, exactly, perfectly, thoroughly, hardly, almost, quite, extremely, completely, rather等。
I can hardly believe what he said.我几乎不相信他说的话。
I am very happy to be with you.和你在一起和愉快。
(2) too(that, this, as, so, how, however)+形容词+a/an+名词
I’ve never seen that big an apple.我从未见过那么大的苹果。
This is too difficult a question.这是一个非常难的问题。
2．频度副词
通常在不需要强调时放在行为动词前，放在to be或第一个助动词和情态动词之后。常用的这类词：ever, rarely, often, sometimes, seldom, never, constantly, frequently, occasionally, always, usually等。
I often saw her walk in the park.我常看见她在公园里散步。
You mustn’t always be talking so much.你绝对不能说那么多话。
3．方式副词一般放在动词后
The girl danced beautifully.这个姑娘的舞姿很美。
She speaks English very well.她的英语讲得很好。
4．时间副词，尤其是表示具体时间的副词，一般放在句首或句尾
常用的副词：finally, yet, still, now, soon, lately, shortly, then, recently, personally, already, before, early, late, today等。
He will be back tomorrow.他明天回来。
Tomorrow he will be back.他明天回来。
5．地点副词
通常置于句尾，有时置于句首，一般不置于句中, 常用的副词：away, abroad, downstairs, everywhere, outside, around, here, below, anywhere, somewhere, near, far, up, down等。
The boy are playing downstairs.孩子们在楼下玩。
Here the speaker paused for a while.发言的人在这里停顿了一会。
6．enough 在句中的位置
当enough修饰形容词或副词时，把enough放在形容词或副词的后面。
If I had a long enough holiday I'd visit Europe, stopping at all the small interesting places.如果我有足够长的假期，我将去欧洲旅行，在所有有趣的地方逗留。
I think I'm well enough to get back to school.我认为我好了可以返校了。
7．only 在句中的位置
only在句子中的位置非常灵活，常放在与它关系最密切的词前表示强调，不同的位置具有不同的意义。
Only I heard of this just now. 刚才只有我听到这件事。(没其它人)
I heard of only this just now. 刚才我只听到这件事。(没听到别的事)
I heard of this only just now. 我只是在刚才才听到这件事。(强调时间)
四、易混的形容词、副词及短语
1．too +形容词（或副词）+ to do sth的用法
(1) too +形容词（或副词）+ to do sth，具有否定的意义，表示“太……不能，太不会”
It’s too late for us to catch the train.太晚了，我们赶不上火车了。
She is too careless to notice it.她太粗心了，不可能注意到那一点。
（2）too +形容词（或副词）+ to do sth表示肯定概念
如果too前面有only, all, not, but, never, simply, just等词时，too后面的词是eager, anxious, pleased, kind, willing, apt, ready, inclined, glad, quick,等词时，该句型表示肯定概念。在用法上，too和extremely, very同义。
He is too ready to promise.他总是轻易许诺。
2．more than, less than及其两种不同否定形式
(1)more than表示“多于”。
We have learned more than 3,000English words by far.到目前为止我们已学了三千多个英语单词。
(2)no more than 和not more than分别表示“只不过”(only)和“不多于”。
There're no more than 12 tickets left for your group.还剩下不过十二张票给你们小组。
He is no more clever than his father.他并不比他父亲聪明多少。（意指他和他爸爸一样不聪明）
The computer is not more expensive than a colour TV set.电脑不比彩电贵。
(3)less than表示“少于”。
They managed to complete the hall in less than ten months.他们在不到十个月时间内就建成了大会堂。
(4）no less than和not less than则分别表示“不亚于”和“不少于”。
He spends no less than five hours on English every day .每天他花在英语上的时间有5小时之多。
There were not less than 2,000 people present at the meeting.到会的至少有两千人。
3．late；later；latest；latter；last
late（晚），later、latest指时间上的较迟、最近；latter、last指顺序上的后者、最后。
4．older，oldest；elder，eldest
5．farther, farthest
far（远）等形容词或副词的比较级和最高级有两种不同形式，但分别表达两种不同意义。farther指距离上更远、最远；而further、furthest指抽象意义上的更进一步、最远。指距离时可以互换。
7．not so much A as B和more A than B
(1)not so much A as B
not so much A as B是部分否定结构，意为“与其说是A,不如说是B”。
James is not so much a writer as a reporter.詹姆士与其说是作家，不如说是记者。
(2) more A than B
more A than B是部分否定结构，意为“与其说是B,不如说是A”。
He is more brave than wise.他有勇无谋。
8．be kind of sb. to do sth和be difficult for sb. to do sth
(1)“It is + 形容词+of+代词+不定式”结构
这个结构表示说话人对客观事物的高兴、惊讶、懊悔、难过等情绪，表现的是人的性格、品质或特征等。这个句型实际上相当于感叹句，能用于此句型的形容词表示褒义、贬义等词：polite, brave, careless, selfish, greedy, crazy, mad；表示智力的词：clever, brilliant, silly, stupid, absurd, dumb, foolish, unwise；态度：nice, kind, good, sweet, wonderful, right, wrong等。
It’s very kind of you to do it for me.你为我坐这件事太好了。
（2）“It is + 形容词+ for +代词+不定式”结构
这个结构表示说话人对客观事物的决断性,多用于正式场合，能用于此句型的形容词：hard, difficult, possible, impossible, dangerous, useful, useless, common, unusual, enough, convenient等。
It’s difficult to answer this question.回答这个问题太难了。
9． at(the) most, almost, mostly；nearly
at(the)most表示“最多，至多”；mostly表示 “主要地，多半地，通常”almost表示“几乎，差一点就，差不多，将近”与nearly相似。在表示程度或可以衡量的事物时，两者差别不大，只是almost在程度上比nearly更接近一些，感情色彩更浓，nearly则更客观。almost表示 “接近”，在肯定句中可与nearly互换，两者都可用在all，every，always之前，或行为动词的否定式前。若不是表示程度或可衡量的事，就只能用almost；在more than，too，no，none，nothing等词之前，就只能用almost，而nearly不可;almost之前不可用not，而nearly则可以。
10、no longer/not...any longer; no more/not...any more
这几种结构都表示“不再”的意思，但其侧重点和用法均有很大区别:
not...any longer/no longer侧重于时间关系，意为“不再长久”。多用于现在时，即拿现在的情况与过去相比。其谓语动词通常用延续性动词，多位于句中。no more/not...any more侧重于数量关系，意为“不再多”。多用在将来时中，是拿今后和现在比，表示以后怎么样。其谓语动词通常用终止性动词，多位于句末。any more/no more可以作主语、宾语而any longer/no longer不能。
11. sometimes; some times; sometime; some time
（1）sometimes是副词，表示“有时，不时”，通常用作状语。
（2）some times是副词性短语，表示“几次，数次”，在句中作状语。
（3）sometime是副词，表示将来的时间或过去某个时刻，用以指某一确定的短暂时间，在句中作状语。
（4）some time是副词性短语，表示一段时间或一些时候，在句中作时间状语(也可用作名词词组)。
12.too much; much too
too much和much too两者在形式上相近，但用法不一样。
（1）too much作“太多”解，有三种用法:
①用作名词词组。②用作形容词词组，修饰不可数名词。③用作副词词组，修饰动词。
（2）much too意为“太，非常”，用作副词词组，修饰形容词或其它副词。
(3)too much和much too都可用作副词词组，too much不可以修饰形容词，much too不可修饰动词也不能放在many, few前。
13.especially; specially; peculiar; particular
especially和specially都含有”特别地、尤其地”之意，但用法不同。
(1)especially (to an exceptional degree)
①通常用来对前面所叙述的事情作进一步补充或说明，是有意突出到显眼的程度。强调“超过其它，与众不同”，因此，常译为 “特别地、尤其、格外地”。
②用来指整体中特定的某一部分，它后面的人或事物必须包括在前面所说的人或事物之内。
③常用于正式文体，而specially常用于口语中，especially在介词或连词前用得较多。
(2)specially（for one purpose and no other）
是表示为了特别的目的、专门的。换句话说，specially不是为了别的，而只是为了某一目的而专门采用的某种方式。
(3)peculiar含有“与众不同、独特”之意，可引申为“奇特、奇怪”之意。
(4)particular含有“特有的”和“个别的”之意。指从众多事例中选出一个 “个别的”，但有时也表示特殊，意义与special相同。
14. possible, probable, likely这三个形容词的一般含义是“可能的”。
（1）表示“某件事在行为者(尤其是作为人的行为者)的力所能及的范围内”，例如某人所能够做的、所能够成就的或所能筹划的事情。也可以表示“某件事的可能性”，这时说明的是事物的性能
（2）在表示某人做某事、或事物的可能性时，具有“迹象”或推理的内涵，如果说某人是个probable thief的话，说话的人必须有迹象作为依据。likely 所修饰的人或物应当具备这样的特点：已被断定、被提出或被坚持的可能性。
15．high; highly
（1）high作副词解意为“高”。指具体的高度。
（2）highly是副词，意为“高度地；非常；极”。指抽象行为。
16、altogether; all together
(1) altogether(= in all; completely)是副词，意为“总之；总共；完全地；全然”
（2）all together是个副词性短语，意为“一起”，意指一个群体中的每一位。
第三节 巩固提高

1. It takes a long time to go there by train. Ifs_______by road.
A. quick B. the quickest C. much quick D. quicker
2. ---if you don't like the red coat, take the blue one.
---Ok, but do you have _______size in blue? This one's a bit tight for me.
A. big B. a bigger C. the big D. the bigger
3. ---Are you satisfied with her answer?
---Not at all. It couldn't have been_______.
A. worse B. so bad C. better D. the worst
4. He made the _______ mistakes in the dictation exercise.
A. less B. least C. fewer D. fewest
5.She doesn't speak _______ her friends, but her written work is excellent.
A. as well as B. as often as
C. as much as D. as good as
6.The horse is getting old and cannot run _______ it did.
A. as faster as B. so fast than
C. so faster as D. as fast as
7.Children shouldn't stay up _______ grown-ups do.
A. as later as B. so late than
C. so later as D. as late as
8.---How did you find your visit to the museum?
---I thoroughly enjoyed it. It was _______ than I expected.
A. far more interesting B. even much interesting
C. so more interesting D. a lot much interesting
9.He had never spent a _______ day.
A. more worry B. most worrying C. more worrying D. most worried
10.John has three sisters. Mary is the _______ of the three.
A. most cleverest B. more clever
C. cleverest D. cleverer
11.Among us Zhang Hong swims_______.
A. the fastest B. the most fast
C. most fastly D. the most fastly
12.The salesman showed her several bags and she chose _______ one as she didn't want to spend too much money on it.
A. the less expensive B. less expensive
C. the least expensive D. least expensive
13.Which is_______country, Canada or Australia?
A. a large B. large C. a larger D. the larger
14.Of the two shirts. I'd like to choose_______one.
A. the less expensive B. the most expensive
C. less expensive D. most expensive
15.If the manager had to choose between the two, he would say John was_______choice.
A. good B. the best C. better D. the better
16. Its believed that _______ you work, _______ result you'll get.
A. the harder; the better B. the more hard; the more better
C. the harder; a better D. more hard; more better
17.The climate of Shanghai in summer is not so hot as________.
A. Nanjing B. of Nanjing
C. that of Nanjing D. in Nanjing
18.If we had followed his plan, we could have done the job better with _______ money and _______ people. (1990)
A. less; less B. fewer; fewer C. less; fewer D. less; few
19. Some people are against the plan, but _______ support it.
A.many more B.much more C.no more D.any more
20. Paper produced every year is _______ the worlds production of vehicle.
A. the three times weight of B. three times the weight of
C. as three times heavy as D. three times heavy as
21.After the new technique was introduced, the factory produced ________tractors in 1988 as the year before.
A. as twice many B. as many twice
C. twice as many D. twice many as
22. This ship measures________that one.
A. as twice as long B. as twice long as
C. twice long as D. twice as long as
23.The story sounds _______.
A. to be true B. as true C. being true D. true
24.These oranges taste _______.
A. good B. well C. to be good D. to be well
25.John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes ________.
A. open B. to be opened C. to open D. opening
26.What he said sounds_______.
A. nicely B. pleasantly C. friendly D. wonderfully
27.We don't care if a hunting dog smells _______, but we really don't want him to smell _______.
A. well; well B. bad; bad C. well; badly D. badly; bad
28. ---Mum, I think I'm _______ to get back to school.
---Not really, my dear. You'd better stay at home for another day or two.
A. so well B. so good
C. well enough D. good enough
29.________ box cannot be lifted by a boy of five.
A. So a heavy B. So heavy a
C. A such heavy D. Such heavy a
30._________,I went to the railway station to see my friend off.
A. After eating quickly my dinner B. After my quickly eating dinner
C. After eating my dinner quickly D. After eating my quickly dinner
31. It is a good way for you to memorize new words by seeing them ________.
A. properly B. repeatedly C. clearly D. usually
32.It is well known that he has a _________ memory.
A. comfortable B. remarkable C. reasonable D. visible
33.Look! The room is ________ lighted and full of guests.
A. brilliantly B. clearly C. warmly D. constantly
34. This question is _________ easy.
A. completely B. widely C. fairly D. mostly
35.I bought a shirt because it was good in quality and _________ in price.
A. reasonable B. valuable C. comfortable D. enjoyable
36. The patient's progress was encouraging as he could _________ get out of bed without help.
A. nearly B. only C. hardly D. badly
37._________,the medical team is made up of twelve doctors,
A. Altogether B. Entirely C. Completely D. Wholly
38.Good technique in medicine means less pain and fewer death and,_________,it is our duty to master it.
A. altogether B. therefore C. otherwise D. however
39.She is ________ to leave as soon as possible.
A. hurried B. anxious C. worried D. nervous
40.If you are _________ about Australian cities, just read the book written by Dr. Johnson.
A. interested B. anxious C. upset D. curious
41.Their cheerful voices showed that they were having a _________ discussion, (,上海)
A. noisy B. serious C. complete D. friendly
42.Alice laid her baby on the sofa _________ and wrapped it in a blanket. (,上海)
A. silently B. tenderly C. friendly D. comfortably
43.Fred is second to none in maths in our class, but believe it or not, he ________passed the last exam.
A. easily B. hardly C. actually D. successfully
44.Our bodies are strengthened by taking exercise. _________ our minds are developed by learning.
A. Probably B. likely C. Similarly D. Generally
45.hese oranges taste ________.
A. good B. well C. to be good D. to be well
46.What he said sounds _________.
A. nicely B. pleasantly C. friendly D. wonderfully
47.The students are _________ young people between the ages of sixteen and twenty.
A. most B. almost C. mostly D. at most
48.－－Excuse me, is this Mr. Brown's office?
－－I'm sorry, but Mr. Brown _________ works here. He left about three weeks ago.
A. not now B. no more C. not still D. no longer
49. －－Will you give this message to Mr. White, please?
－－Sorry, I can't. He ________.
A. doesn't any more work here B. doesn't any longer work here
C. doesn't work any more here D. doesn't work here any longer
50.――How _________ was Tom driving when the policeman stopped him?
――Eighty miles an hour.
A. rapid B. long C. far D. fast
51.How________can you finish the drawing?
A. often B. soon C. long D. rapid
52."________ have you been away from home?"
"I have been away from home for five months."
A. How much B. What time C. How long D. When
53. When Smith was a young man, he stayed in Paris for ________.
A. some times B. some time C. sometimes D. sometime
54. It was ________ late to catch a bus after the party; therefore we called a taxi.
A. too very B. much too C. too much D. far
55. Those T-shirts are usually $ 35 each, but today they have a _________ price of $19 in the Shopping Center.
A. regular B. special C. cheap D. particular
56. A piece of_________ music will make you happy.
A. fond B. pleased C. merry D. glad
57. After the president made an official announcement, she expressed her _______ opinion.
A. personal B. private C. single D. individual
58.This town has________bridge.
A.a stone old fine B.an old stone fine
C.a fine old stone D.an old fine stone
59.It is a beautiful car , but it is not _________the price that I paid for it.
A.cost B.worthy C.worth D.valuable
60._________temptle you visited yesterday was constructed by the ancient
Chinese.
A.The eight-centuries-old B.The eight-century’s-old
C.The old-eight-centuries D.The eight-century-old

参考答案：
1.D 2.B 3.A 4.D 5.A 6.D 7.D 8.A 9.C 10.C 11.A 12.C 13.A 14.A 15.D 16.A 17.C 18.C 19.A 20.B 21.C 22.D 23.B 24.A 25.A 26.C 27.D 28.C 29.B 30.C 31.B 32.B 33.A 34.C 35.A 36.A 37.A 38.B 38.B 39.B 40.D 41.D 42.B 43.B 44.C 45.A 46.C 47.C 48.D 49.D 50.D 51.B 52.C 53.B 54.B 55.B 56.C 57.A 58.C 59.C 60.D


第七章 冠词
第一节 真题精析
1. ____ recent report stated that the number of Spanish speakers in the U.S. would be higher than the number of English speakers by ____ year 2090. 【05北京春考】
A. A; the B. A; 不填
C. The; 不填 D. The; a
2. If you buy more than ten, they knock 20 pence off ______.【全国】
A. a price B. price
C. the price D. prices
3. -- John, there is________ Mr. Wilson on the phone for you.
--I'm in bath. 【全国】
A. a; the B. the; a C. a; 不填 D. the; 不填
4. Tom owns _______larger collection of _______ books than any other student in our class. 【江苏】
A. the; 不填 B. a; 不填 C. a; the D. 不填; the
5. The Wilsons live in _____ A-shaped house near the coast. It is _____ 17th century cottage. 【浙江卷】
A. the , / B. an, the C. /, the D. an, a
6. For a long time they walked without saying ______ word. Jim was the first to break _____silence. 【湖南卷】
A. the; a B. a; the C. a; 不填 D. the; 不填
7. While he was investigating ways to improve the telescope, Newton made ______ discovery which completely changed ______ man’s understanding of colour. 【广东卷】
A. a…不填 B. a…the C. 不填…the D. the…a
8．It is ________world of wonders, world where anything can happen. 【福建卷】
A．a ;the B．a; a C．the ; a D．不填；不填
9．When you finish reading the book， you will have better understanding of life. 【辽宁卷】
A．a; the B．the; a C．不填; the D．a; 不填
10. When he left college, he got a job as reporter in a newspaper office. 【天津卷】
A. 不填；a B. 不填；the C. a; the D. the; the
11. The most important thing about cotton in history is____ part that it played in ______Industrial Revolution. 【重庆卷】
A. 不填；不填 B. the；不填 C. the; the D. a; the
12. ____ on-going division between English-speaking Canadians and French-speaking
Canadians is ____ major concern of the country.【北京】
A. The; 不填 B. The; a
C. An; the D. An; 不填
13. When you come here for your holiday next time, don’t go to _______ hotel; I can find you_______ bed in my flat. 【全国】
A. the; a B. the; 不填 C. a; the D. a; 不填
14. The sign reads “In case of fire, break the glass and push red button.”
A．不填；a B．不填；the C．the; the D．a; a 【NMET】
15. I earn 10 dollars hour as supermarket cashier on Saturdays .
【上海】
A．a …an B．the …a C．an …a D．an…the
16.Our neighbor has ____ours. 【北京】
B. as a big house as B. as big a house as
C. the same big house as D. a house the same big as
17. Jumping out of ______airplane at ten thousand feet is quite________ exciting experience. 【NMET】
A. 不填; the B. 不填; an C. an; an D. the; the
18.One way to understand thousands of new words is to gain good knowledge of basic word formation. 【上海】
A./ B. the C. a D. one
19. The warmth of _____ sweater will of course be determined by the sort of ____ wool used. 【NMET】
A. the, the B. the, 不填 C. 不填, the D. 不填, 不填
20.A bullet hit the solider and he was wounded in _______ leg. 【上海】
A. a B. one C. the D. his
21. Most animals have little connection with ________animals of _________different kind unless they kill them for food. 【NMET】
　 A．the ; a B．不填 ; a　　 C．the ; the D．不填 ; the
22. Paper money was in _____use in China when Marco Polo visited the country in_________ thirteenth century. 【NMET】
　 A. the；不填 　 B. the；the 　　 C.不填；the 　 D.不填；不填
23. — Have you seen______ pen? I left it here this morning.
　 —Is it _____black one? I think I saw it somewhere. 【NMET】
　 A. a; the B. the; the C. the; a D. a; a
24. Many people agree that　　knowledge of English is a must in_____ international trade today. 【NMET】
　 A. a; 不填　　　 B. the; an　　 C. the; the　　　　D. 不填; the
25. —I'd like　　information about the management of your hotel, please.
　 —Well, you could have_____ word with the manager. He might be helpful. 【NMET】
　 A. some; a　　 B. an; some　　 C. some; some　　 D. an; a
26. She is ____ newcomer to ____ chemistry but she has already made some important discoveries. 【MET】
A. the ; the　　 B. the ; 不填　 C. a; 不填　　　 　D. a; the
【答案与解析】
1. A 该题考查冠词的用法。第一空是指最近的一份报告泛指；第二空the year是指2090特指故选A。句意：一份最近的报告陈述在2090年前美国说西班牙语的人数要比说英语的人数要多。
2. C该题考查冠词的用法。此处的price价格是不可数名词特指，故加定冠词the。句意：如果你买十个以上，他们降价20%。
3. A 该题考查冠词的用法。不定冠词a或an用在姓名前或Mr./ Mrs. / Ms. +姓氏，表示“某一个、某位”有不肯定的意味。in the bath意为：在洗澡。句意：约翰，有一个叫威尔逊的先生在电话上找你。”“我在洗澡。”
4. B 该题考查冠词的用法。第一个空用不定冠词加比较级加than any other表示最高级的用法；第二个空是可数名词复数表示类指的用法，不加冠词。句意：汤姆收藏的书在我班最多。
5. D 该题考查冠词的用法。第一空关键是A-shaped的读音， A读字母的名称音，此处是泛指故选an； 第二个空此处还是泛指，选a。句意：威尔逊夫妇住在一处A字形的房子里。该房是一间十七世纪的乡村小别墅。
6. B 该题考查冠词的使用。word当作“简短的话”解时，前面一般用不定冠词，silence在此是特指当时他们之间的沉默。是习惯用语。句意：他们走了很长时间，一句话也没说。吉姆这时首先打破了沉默。
7. A 该题考查冠词的用法。make a discovery为习惯用语，意为：做出发现。man's understanding of colour，名词前面有物主代词故不用冠词。句意：在牛顿研究改良望远镜时，他做出了一个彻底改变人类对颜色理解的发现。
8．B该题是考查冠词的用法。句意：这是一个神奇的世界，一个任何事都可能发生的世界。据题意，得知在这里world是泛指，故选择B.
9．D该题考查冠词的用法。a understanding of意为：对……的理解。Life为不可数名词，泛指不加冠词。句意：你读完这本书时，你对生活将会有更好的理解。
10. A该题考查冠词的用法。leave college为习惯用语不加冠词，意为:大学毕业；reporter为可数名词，泛指职业，故加不定冠词。句意：当他大学毕业时，他在一家报社当了记者。
11. C 该题考查冠词的用法。part 后面有定语从句that it played是特指，Industrial Revolution业是特指，故都须加定冠词the。句意：棉花在历史上最重要的是它在工业革命中所起的作用。
12. B 该题考查冠词的用法。据题意：日益加剧的讲英语的和讲法语的加拿大人之间的分歧是一件该国家主要关注的事。division在此时特指说英语的和说法语的加拿大人之间的分歧，故用定冠词；a major concern是指一件所关注的事。故用不定冠词。
13. A 该题是考查冠词类指的用法。可数名词的类指可以在前面加定冠词、不定冠词或者是复数形式。go to the hotel意为：去住旅馆，第二个空find you a bed找铺位，即表一个还表示类指。句意：下次你来这度假时，别住旅馆了，我家能给你安排住处。
14. B 该题考查冠词的用法。fire当“火灾”讲为不可数名词，此处fire又是泛指因此不加定冠词；在这里的red button是特指，故加定冠词。句意：那个牌子上写着“万一失火，打碎此玻璃，然后按这个红色按钮。
15.C 考查冠词得基本用法，第一空是在元音之前用不定冠词an，第二空填不定冠a。句意：我星期六做商场的收银员每小时挣10美元。
16.B 该题考查冠词的位置。副词as, too, how, so在修饰限定名词的形容词时，放在不定冠词的前面，即：as（too, how, so）＋形容词＋a/an+名词。因此该题选B。题意：我们邻居的房子和我们的一样大。
17. C 该题考查冠词特指与泛指的辨析。题意：在几千英尺的高处从一架飞机里跳出来是一项十分刺激的体验。可数名词表示泛指，之前应用不定冠词，题中 airplane和 exciting是非常重要的信息词，它们的第一个音节是元音因素，其冠词应是an。
18.C 考查冠词的用法。knowledge属于兼类名词，作不可数名词时表示抽象概念或物质，作可数名词时表示具体事物，此题中knowledge被两个定语修饰将其具体化，成为可数名词，故选择C。题意：理解成千上万生词的一种方法就是掌握基本构词法。
19. B 该题考查冠词表示种类的用法。本题中毛衣“sweater”是可数名词，在此表示一类事物，在它前面要加定冠词。表种类有三种用法，即“a sweater”、“the sweater”和“sweaters”，因此可排除选项C、D。wool为不可数名词，表示一类,不加冠词。the sort of wool泛指羊毛类。
20.C 考查冠词的用法。在表示与人体密切相关的事物前使用定冠词。正确答案为C。句意：一颗子弹打中了那个士兵，他的腿部受伤。
21. B 该题考查冠词表示种类的用法。句意是“多数动物与别的动物没有多少联系，除非它们以其作为食物而捕杀。”题中有两个animals, 第二个animals与第一个animals一样都是泛指表示一类，前面不用冠词。of a kind 意为“同一类的”；of a different kind泛指为“另一类的”，前面要用不定冠词“a”。
22. C 该题考查习惯用语及序数词前冠词的用法。句意：“13世纪马可·波罗来中国时，中国正在使用纸币。”in use是习惯用语，意为“在使用中”, 不加冠词。类似的“in+零冠词＋名词”短语：in hospital， in fear， in prison等；thirteenth 是序数词，前面加the。
23. D 该题考查冠词在特定情景区分泛指和特指的能力。题意为“你看到一支钢笔吗？今天上午我把它放在这里的。”“是一支黑色钢笔吗？我好像在什么地方见过。”第一次提到某事，用不定冠词a；后面用it作它的替代词。在答语中提及笔的颜色属泛指，因为两个人都没有明确说出是哪一支钢笔。
24. A该题考查句意的理解和冠词的用法。句意：“很多人承认在今天的国际贸易中了解英语知识是必不可少的。”knowledge是作不可数名词，没有复数形式，不和不定冠词连用，但后接定语of English，使其具体化，要用不定冠词。a knowledge of；have a+形容词＋knowledge，表示某方面的知识。international trade 是抽象名词,意为“国际贸易”前面不加任何冠词。
25. A 该题考查冠词与习惯表达。have a word with sb意为：与某人商谈，为固定表达；information为不可数名词，前面不能加冠词，只能用some。句意：---我想了解一下你们宾馆的管理情况。---好吧，你可以和经理谈谈，他会帮你的。
26. C 该题考查对句意的理解和冠词的使用。 “一名新生”是泛指，因此要用不定冠词，chemistry，（化学）是学科名，前面一般用零冠词。句意：他在化学方面虽是新手，但已经有了一些重大发明。
第二节 考点归纳
冠词是一种虚词,本身不能单独使用,通常放在一个名词的前面,帮助说明该名词的词义。 冠词有两种： 定冠词和不定冠词。《年全国考试说明》附录 语法项目表中对冠词的考查：冠词的一般用法。纵观历年高考试题，试题中出现的考点主要有：冠词的位置；冠词的最基本的用法，名词分类情况，理解泛指与类指、特指与专指的区别；冠词的习惯用法。
一、冠词的基本用法
在学习冠词的用法时，必须明确特指与泛指的概念，特指是大家都知道的所指的事物或内容；泛指是指不明确、不特别指明的或者一类中任何具有代表性的人或事物。名词前用哪一个冠词、用还是不用冠词通常取决于名词的类别和意义。也就是名词可数还是不可数、单数还是复数、特指还是泛指。它们的关系可以用下表表示：
冠词 意义
用法举例

名词类别

特 指
泛 指
表类别
表示“一个(些)”
可数名词单数
the book
a book/an idea
a book/an idea
可数名词复数
the books
books
some books
不可数名词
the water
water
some water
1、在可数名词单数前用定冠词或不定冠词
A computer is an electronic device.计算机是电子装置。（不定冠词表示类指）
That is the place where Lincoln was born.那里是林肯诞生的地方。（定冠词表示特指）
2、复数名词前可用定冠词或零冠词
Beyond the stars, the astronauts saw nothing but space.在星星上方，宇航员除了太空外什么也看不到。（定冠词表示特指）
Most animals have little connection with animals of a different kind unless they kill them for food. 多数动物与别的动物没有多少联系，除非它们以其作为食物而捕杀。（零冠词表示泛指）
3、不可数名词前可用定冠词或零冠词
The sign reads “In case of fire, break the glass and push the red button.” 万一失火，打碎此玻璃，然后按这个红色按钮。(零冠词表示泛指)
The water in that lake is badly polluted.那个湖里面的水被严重污染了。
4、专用名词前用零冠词
Mr. Tailor will visit Japan next week.泰勒先生下周将访问日本。（Mr. Tailor是专用名词前用零冠词）
New York is one of the largest cities in the world.纽约是世界上最大的城市之一。（New York是专用名词前用零冠词）
二、冠词的位置
（一）放在名词之或定语之前
一般说来冠词与名词连用应放在名词之前，若名词有其它定语，也应放在定语之前。
That’s a hat ,not a cat .那是帽子，不是猫。
She was an excellent engineer.她是一位出色的工程师。
The short-wave radio is the most expensive of all.这部短波收音机是所有当中最贵的一部。
（二）放在某些定语之后
1．单数可数名词被such, many, half, what等修饰时，不定冠词放在这些词之后。
There is such a book in English on my desk.我书桌上有一本这样的英语书。
What a long way it is from Beijing to London! 从北京到伦敦是多么远的路程啊! (此时的what当“多么“讲，引导感叹句不作为疑问词)
2．当单数可数名词前作定语的形容词被程度副词as, how, however, so, too, that, this等修饰时，不定冠词置于形容词之后。
Our neighbor has as big a house as ours.我们邻居的房子和我们的一样大。
How interesting a lecture was given by the speaker!演说者作了一次多么生动的演讲！
3．在由as，though引导的让步状语从句的表语前置句型中，不定冠词应放在形容词后面。
Young a man though he is ,he knows a lot about the world.尽管他很年轻，但对这个世界却了解得很多。
Brave a child as he is ,he trembles at the sight of a tiger.他虽然是个勇敢的孩子，但一见到老虎就发抖。
4． 副词quite, rather修饰的形容词作定语时，不定冠词可置于quite，rather之前或它们之后。置于其前语气较强。
He is rather a clever boy .
或He is a rather clever boy.他是一个相当聪明的男孩子。
注意：若名词前无形容词修饰，不定冠词则须置于quite, rather之后。
Mr. Brown is quite a scholar.布朗先生是个大学者。
It’s rather a pity.这令人相当遗憾。
5. 当定冠词the与all, half, both, double等词连用修饰名词时，定冠词要放在这些词之后。
We talked and laughed all the morning.整个早上我们都在谈笑。
Half the pears were eaten.有一半的梨被吃掉了。
6．当定冠词与表示倍数twice, three times、分数one-third, three-fifths的词等一起修饰名词时，需要放在这些词之后。
One-third of the villagers were well educated.三分之一的村民曾受过良好的教育。
Paper produced every year is three times the weight of the worlds production of vehicles.每年生产的纸的产量是世界生产汽车总重量的三倍。
7. 当much, exactly等词修饰the same时，the放在这些词之后。
You talked much the same as she did.你说话和她一样。
I want exactly the same book as yours.我就要和你的一样的书。
三、冠词的习惯用法
（一）不定冠词的用法
1．不定冠词与单数可数名词连用，表示某一类人或事物，亦可泛指某类人或事物中的“任何一个”或表示数量“一”。
A teacher must love his students .教师必须爱学生。
Rome wasn't built in a day.（谚）罗马不是一天建成的。
Here is a letter for you.这儿有你一封信。
注意：不定冠词和定冠词皆可表示类属，但不定冠词强调的是个别，定冠词强调的是类别；不定冠词相当于every，定冠词相当于all。
2．不定冠词用在序数词前，表示“再一”“又一”。
I asked her a third time, but she hadn't answered once yet.我第三次问她，她却一次也没回答。
Lucy had to buy a second hat.露西必须再买一顶帽子。
3．不定冠词用在“of +a(n)+（可以限定类别或数量的）名词”结构中，表示“同一”、“相同”、“一样”，说明事物的同一性质、特征、大小或程度等。这一结构在句中作表语或后置定语。
The people in this country are of a mind.这个国家的人们同心协力。
His shoes and mine are of a size.他的鞋和我的鞋同码。
4．不定冠词表示单位价格、速度、比率等，意为“每一（个）”，相当于each, every或per。语气比each, every或per弱。
The car is speeding up 200 kilometres an hour.汽车正以每小时200公里的速度飞驰。
The rice cost one dollars a pound.大米每磅一美元。
5．如果两个或两个以上的形容词或名词共有一个不定冠词，那么这两个形容词修饰的是同一人或物，两个名词也指同一人或物。
She bought a red and blue pencil.她买了一支红蓝铅笔。
She bought a red and a blue pencil.她买了一支红铅笔和一支蓝铅笔。
6．有些名词通常成对出现（被视为一体、一套），一般只用一个冠词。
He passed me a knife and fork.他递给我一副刀叉。
There is a horse and cart by the roadside.路边有一套马车。
7．不定冠词可用在专有名词前，使其普通化。
①用在姓名前或Mr./Mrs./Ms.+ 姓氏前，表示“某一个”、“某位”，又不肯定的意味；也可以表示“一位”，指某家庭或姓氏的一员。
A Mr. Smith is here to see you.这儿有一位史密斯先生要见你。
His wife is an Edison.他妻子是爱迪生家族的。
②用在地名、国名等专有名词前，表示某时的情况或某种样子。
The town is called a Shanghai of this area.该城被称为本地区的上海。
He would never think of such a New York.他绝不会想到这样一个纽约。
8．不定冠词用在物质名词或抽象名词前，使其个体化，表示某一具体情况或动作或某一类物质。
①不定冠词用在物质名词如coffee, food, tea, fog, rain, snow, wind等前，表示“一阵、一份、一类、一场”等。
What a heavy rain!好大的雨啊！
The waiter brought me a soup.侍者给我拿来一份汤。
②不定冠词用在一些表示情绪的不可数名词如disappointment, feeling, honour, inspiration, joy, pity, pleasure, shame, surprise等前，表示“一种、一类”心理情感。
It is a pleasure to have a chat with you .和你交谈是件快事。
Oh, John. What a pleasant surprise you give us!啊，约翰！你给我们带来了多么大的惊喜！
③不定冠词用在表示某一品质的具体行动、人或东西的不可数名词如danger, difficulty, disappointment, failure, favor, help, success, wonder等前，在表示“一种……人或物”。
Thank you ,sir. You have done me a favor.谢谢先生，你帮了我的忙。
He is a success.他取得了成功。(他是一个成功者。)
The meeting is a success.会议取得了成功。(这是一次成功的会议。)
④不定冠词用在不可数名词education, history, knowledge, population, time, world等前，表述其某一部分或某一方面的内容、概念。其中 have a history/ knowledge/ population...可视为固定搭配。
Wouldn't it be a wonderful world if all nations lived in peace with one another.如果所有的国家相互和平共处，世界难道不是更美好的么！
Many people agree that a knowledge of English is a must in international trade today.
很多人承认在今天的国际贸易中了解英语知识是必不可少的。
⑤不定冠词用在复数抽象名词前表示“大约”，或用在表示时间、款项的复数名词前，表示一个整体单位（整体概念）。
I have a good 20 dollars in my pocket.我的口袋里有整整20美元钱。
He will have a busy two weeks.他要忙碌两周。
9．用于“a(n) +名词+of + a(n) + 名词”结构中
①前面的名词表示的是后边名词的性质或特征，意为“像……一样的，是属某一类的”。这种结构中的a(n)不能换成one，但有变体。
a mountain of a wave 滔天巨浪 a palace of house 宫殿般的住宅
a hell of a life 地狱般的生活 a lamb of temper 羔羊般的温顺
an angel of a girl 天仙般的少女 a treasure of sun 宝贝儿子
a pig of a fellow 猪一样蠢的家伙 a mouse of a girl 胆怯的女孩
a lion of a man 雄狮般勇敢的人 a death of cold 极度寒冷
a skeleton of a woman骨瘦如柴的女人 a boy of a girl男孩似的女孩
He had a honey of an idea.他有一个绝妙的主意。
She is a flower of a girl.她是个像花一样美的姑娘。
②这种结构第一个名词前也可以有形容词、形容词性的物主代词、或the, that, these, those, some；有时候第二个名词前可加形容词。
She got the devil of a toothache yesterday.她昨天牙痛的厉害。
He lived a hell of a long way.他住得非常远。
③如果第一个结构的of前用了sort，of 后的名词就不再加a(n).
He is a little rat sort of fellow.他是一个像老鼠一样的家伙。
John is a pig sort of fellow.约翰蠢的像猪一样。
④下面结构则表示“有点儿”。
The room is a bit a mess.房间有点儿乱。
The question cam as a bit of shock at first.这个问题起初有点使人吃惊。
10．具有动作意义的抽象名词在与动词have, take, make, give, let out等构成短语表示一种短暂性的动作时，此抽象名词前的冠词一般不可缺少。
have a look看一看 have a walk 散步
have a rest 休息 have a test 测试
have a try 试一试 have a bath洗澡
have a break休息 have a swim 游泳
have a good time玩得高兴 take a look 看一看
take a walk散步 take a swim游泳
take a rest 休息 take a bath洗澡
take a taxi打的 give a laugh 大笑
give a smile 笑一笑 give a shout大喊
give a talk 讲话 give a whistle吹口哨
let out a cry 大喊
注意：have(take)+ a + 动作名词与动词同义，是一种通俗说法，语气显得自然。
11． 用在固定短语中。
①与时间和方式有关的
a while/ moment/ minute一会，just a minute/moment稍后 ，a waste of 浪费、白费，a moment ago一会前，at a blow 一下子；as a matter of fact其实，all of a sudden突然，after a while/moment/minute一会后，as a rule照常，通常，at a discount打折扣，at a loss 不知所措 ，at a distance在远处，as a whole总的看来，as a result结果，for a while一会儿，in a sense在某种意义上，in a hurry匆忙，in a passion发脾气，in an instant一会后，in a way 有几分，in a word总而言之 ，of an age同年，of a size大小相同，once in a while 不时地，once upon a time从前， three meals a day一日三餐，twice a week一周两次，with a view to 鉴于，考虑到，with a firm hand坚决地 ，with a smile微笑着，with a will热情地
②与一些常用动词构成的搭配。
catch(a)cold感冒do a good deed做好事get a cold感冒get in a word插话 give a concert举行音乐会go out for a walk去散步have a cold 感冒have a cough咳嗽have a fever发烧 have a headache头疼have a pain疼痛have a say in 对……有发言权keep an eye on 照看，留意 make a name for oneself 出名make a face做鬼脸 make a fuss大惊小怪make an effort努力 make a living谋生make a mistake犯错误 make a noise喧闹 make a speech演讲make a start开始make an apology道歉make it a rule制定规则keep an eye on留意 pay a visit访问take a seat就坐take a message for捎口信lend sb. a hand帮助 do sb a favour看在某人的面子上，帮忙
Will you do me a favour, please?你帮我个忙好么？
I’m afraid Mr. Brown isn’t in. Would you like to leave a message?恐怕布朗先生不在，请你留言好吗？
注意：由于make a face/mistake等词组中的名词是可数的，因而它们也有其复数形式make faces/mistakes等，但也有结构习惯上只仅以复数形式出现。
Frank is the kind of person whom people like to make friends with.弗兰克是喜欢交友的人。
John shook hands with Henry when they met at the airport.约翰和亨利在机场见面时相互握手。
12． A，an的区别
名词前面用a还使用an，不是看其后的起首字母是元音字母还是辅音字母，而是看其后的起首音节音素。,a用于辅音音素开头的名词前面，an用于元音音素开头的名词前面。
①h再on, our, eir前不发音，故用an。
She is an honest girl.她是一个诚实的姑娘。
He is an heir at law.他是法定继承人。
②u发自身音/ju:/时，用a，因为[j]是半元音，属于辅音，发元音时用an。
He is an inexperienced man just coming out of a university.他是刚从大学里出来的没有经验的人。
It’s a useless tool.这是没用的工具。
③once 和one起首音节音素是半元音，故前用a。
They made a one-side decision.他们做出了片面的决定。
She was a once chairman of the committee.她曾是该委员会主席。
④eu和ew在词首时，发音是/ju:/，故用a。
This is a European country.这是一个欧洲国家。
Sometimes it is necessary to use a euphemism.有时候使用委婉语是很必要的。
⑤英语的26个字母常用于缩略语中，在A, E, F, H, I, L, M, N, O, R, S, X前药用an，其余的用a。
There an “f”in the word “flag”.再flag这个单词里面有一个f。
He is an A student in our school.他在我校是一名优等生。
13．不定冠词a(n)与数词one的比较。
不定冠词a(n)与数词one有时可以互换，但并不是在任何情况下都行。a(n)不强调数量，而one确是强调数量，它相对于two, three, four等数词而言，暗示是一个而不是两个或三个。
①表示数目“一”时，在与表示“数字、时间、重量、距离、长度、金钱”的名词连用时；以及一些习惯用语中二者可以换用。
One/A fourth of the students came to the gathering.四分之一的学生参加了聚会。
A/One hundred people are there.100人在哪里。
②用在表姓氏的专有名词前表示“有一个、某一个”时可以换用，单用a时表姓氏的专有名词前必须有称号、称呼、尊称等，用one时可以不带。
A/One Mr. Smith told me the news.一个施密斯先生的人告诉的我这个消息。
One Bob is expecting your reply.一个叫鲍勃人在等你的答复。
③在“of + a(n) +名词”表示“一致、同一”的结构中可以换用。
The rooms are of a/one size.这些房子一样大。
The two boys are of an/one age.这两个男孩一样大。
④在“not one + 名词”与“not a +名词”的结构中，可以换用。
Not one/a word was spoken.说的不少。
Not one/a pond was wasted.浪费很大。
注意：在后面又of短语表示范围，要用one，不能用a；not one可以单独使用，而not a 不可以单独使用。
Not one of them can answer the question.他们中不止一个能回答这个问题。
Not even a window was unbroken. Not one.坏了不止一扇窗户。不止一扇。
⑤在表示事物之间的对比时，只能用one不能用a(n)。
To say is one thing, to do is another.说是一回事；做又是另一回事。
I have three sisters, but one brother.我有三个姐姐，但只有一个哥哥。
⑥表示“其中之一、第一”；运算习惯、强调数目时只能用one,不能用a(n)。
One of the best ways to keep friends is to return it.最好的维系友情的方式之一就是礼尚往来。
Once one is one.一乘一等于一。
There is only one student in the classroom.教室里只有一个学生。
⑦在表是一个特定的但又未指明的时间段时，只能用one意为“某一”， 不能用a(n)。
I remember seeing her one winter in Beijing.我记得有一年冬天在北京见过她。
He left one morning in September.他在九月的一个早晨离开的。
⑧在表示一类泛指时只能用a(n)，不能用one。
A rolling eye, a roving heart.别久情亦疏。
A whale is a mammal, not a fish.鲸是哺乳动物，不是鱼。
（二）定冠词的用法
1．姓氏的复数形式之前使用定冠词，表一家人或夫妇俩。
The Browns are going to London for their holiday.布朗一家要去伦敦度假。
2．用在表示单位的名词前，有时具有every, each或per的含义。
They are paid by the week.他们按周计酬。
Meat is sold by the catty.肉按斤卖。
3．用于上文提过的人或物之前，指谈话者双方都知道的人或物（熟知或心照不宣）。
He bought a book yesterday. The book is very interesting.他昨天买了一本书，这本书很有趣。
Let's meet at the airport.我们在机场碰头吧。
4． 用在可数名词单数前，表示一类人或物。
The telephone was invented in 1976.电话发明于1876年。
The whale is a huge animal.鲸鱼是巨大的动物。
5．用在表示世界上“独一二”的事物的名词前。
the sun 太阳 the earth 地球 the moon月球 the sky天空 the atmosphere大气
注意：若这类名词前有描绘性定语修饰，则可加不定冠词。
a risen sun 升起的太阳 a bright moon一轮明月 a blue sky蔚蓝的天空
6．序数词、形容词最高级（包括特指“两者中较……”）及方位词前常用定冠词the。
Lucy is the cleverer of the twins.这对双胞胎中露茜比较聪明。
Of the two shirts, I'd like to choose the less expensive one.这两件衬衣中，我愿选便宜的。
7．用在某些形容词或过去分词连用，使其名词化，代表一类人、物或某种抽象的概念。作主语时谓语动词一般用复数。
the young年轻人 the old老人 the poor穷人 the living 活着的
The handicapped need our help.残疾人需要我们的帮助。
The learned are modest.有学问的人总是很谦虚。
8．演奏乐器名词前，通常加定冠词。
play the piano弹钢琴 play the violin拉小提琴play the flute吹笛子 play the guitar弹吉它
9．用于逢“十”的复数数词这前，表示世纪中的几十年代或人的约略年龄。
It is not rare in the 90s the people in their fifties are going to university for further education.90年代五十多岁的人到大学进修不稀奇。
10．在“beat/hit/knock/pat/strike sb.+in/on the+部位”及“catch/ grasp/ pull/ take/ seize sb.+by the+部位”的句型中或在“be blind/wounded/hurt…in the+部位” 的句型中的介词短语中，指有关者的身体或衣着的一部分。
Bob hit the man in the face.鲍勃打了那人的脸。
The PLA man grasped the enemy by the collar.解放军战士抓住敌人的衣领。
11．在the more...the more...句型中的the不可省略，the起副词的作用。
The more, the better.多多益善。
The more you listen to English, the easier it becomes.英语听得越多，它就越容易听懂。
12．用在表是方向、方位的名词前。
①在介词短语中、方向或方位的名词前要用定冠词。
Birds come back from the south in spring.春天，鸟儿从南方返回。
We should think of the future.我们应当想想未来。
②方位名词大写，指某些国家或世界的某一部分时，前要用定冠词。
The North is colder than the South.北方比南方冷。
They arrived the South Pole at last.他们最终到达了南极。
（18）
13．专有名词前一般不加定冠词，但在下列情况下通常要用定冠词the。
①表示江河湖海、山脉群岛、海湾海峡等的地理名词前。
the Huanghe River黄河 the West Lake西湖
the Pacific Ocean太平洋 the Alps阿尔卑斯山
the English Channel英吉利海峡 the Taiwan Straits台湾海峡
注意：有的湖泊前习惯上不用定冠词。
Lake Baikal贝加尔湖 Silver Lake银湖 Lake Ontario 安大略湖
②含有普通名词与其它词构成的专有名词，比如某些国名、组织、机构、学校、建筑物、报纸杂志、会议条约等。
the People's Republic of China 中华人民共和国 the United Kingdom联合王国
the United Nations联合国 the Great Hall of people 人民大会堂
the White House白宫 the Great Wall长城
the Times泰晤士报 the People's Daily人民日报
the University of Utah尤他州立大学
14．如果两个名词指两个人或物，通常没个名词前都要加冠词；如果两个名词指同一个人或物，一般只用一个冠词。
He sent her the red and the white roses.他送给她红玫瑰和白玫瑰。（两种）
He sent her the red and white roses.他送给她红白相间的玫瑰。（一种）
15．用在固定短语中。
①与时间、地点有关的
all the time一直； 始终 all the year around一年到头
at the age of在多少岁时 at the same time同时
at the beginning of开始 at the end of在……末
by the end of在……结束前 in the end最后
in the beginning开始 in the daytime白天
in the afternoon/evening/morning下午（晚上、早晨）
the day before yesterday前天 the day after tomorrow后天
the other day前些日子 at the bottom of在……底部
at the edge of在……边缘 at the foot of在……脚下
at/in/on the corner of在角上 by the side of在……旁边
in the direction of向……方向 in the distance远处
in the middle of中间 in the sky空中
in/on the street在大街上 in/on/to the east of在……东面
on the left/right在……右边 on the ground在地上
on the way to在去……路上 on the other side of在对面
⑵)其他较固定的搭配：
at the top of one's voice大声 by the way顺便说一下
in the darkness在黑暗中 in the form of以……形式
on/over the radio通过收音机 under the leadership of在……领导下
with the help of在……帮助下 break the law犯法
form the habit of doing sth.养成……习惯join the army/league参军、入团
keep the balance of nature保持生态平衡listen to the radio听收音机
make the bed收拾床铺 make the best use of充分利用
put sb. to the trouble of doing sth.麻烦某人干某事
take the side of支持 tell the truth...说实话
What's the difference between...?之间有什么区别……
What's the matter with...?怎么了
What's the population/height/length/weight of...?人口、高度、长度、重量多少？
巧记：使用定冠词口诀
沙漠、河流与群山，列岛、海峡与海湾，阶级、党派、国家名，组织团体和机关，方位、朝代、独一词，
会议、文件及报刊，木器、建筑、海洋群，定冠词来不能删。
（三）零冠词的用法
1、泛指的复数名词表示一类人（或物）或者表示不定量的人（或物）时，一般不使用冠词。
They are teachers.他们是教师。
He had to sell vegetables to make a living.他只得以卖菜谋生。
2、在介词后表示抽象概念的名词前。
He was in prison now.他在坐牢。
He is at University.他在大学读书。
3、在“形容词+of + 表示身体部位的单数名词”结构中。
He is a stout man, red of face.他是脸色红润，非常强壮。
4、在单数类名词变为物质名词或抽象名词时。
She likes chicken very much.她喜欢吃鸡。
5、单纯表示三餐、四季、学科、节假日、球类或棋类方面的名词前不用冠词。
We often have lunch at 12:00.
I don't like playing football, but I like playing chess.
He likes English.
The English language is not so easy to master.
6、单数名词前已有指示代词、物主代词修饰时，表示独一无二的职位、官衔的名词在句中作表语、同位语或补足语时不再加冠词。例如：
My friend/A friend of mine came to see me last week.
He is head of the English Department.(系主任只有一个)
7、 man, mankind表示“人类”；word表示“消息”或“通知”时，习惯上不加冠词。
Man will conquer nature.
Word came that I was wanted on the phone.
8、 系动词 turn后通常接零冠词单数名词。例如：
One of the boys turned thief/became a thief.
9、由as/though引导的倒装结构中，习惯上使用零冠词单数名词。例如：
Child as/though he is,he knows a lot.
10、在某些独立结构中，单数名词前一般不用冠词。
The famous detective was sitting in a chair, pipe in mouth.那个著名的侦探坐在椅子上，嘴里叼着烟斗。
The teacher entered the classroom, book in hand.老师拿着书进了教室。
11、序数词前不用冠词的四种情况
① 序数词作副词使用时不用冠词。
You should first read the questions before you answer them. 在回答前首先阅读问题。
First read fast to get a general idea. Second read in detail.首先快速阅读掌握大意，其次仔细阅读掌握细节。
② 序数词作名词使用，表示“名次”时，不用冠词。
The computers are all first.这些电脑均是一等奖。
The city is second with a population of 1,000,000 in the province.这个城市有一百万人口在本省名列第二。
③ 序数词和名词构成的复合形容词前不用冠词。
They have got first-hand information.他们已经掌握了第一手的资料。
Don’t buy second-hand car.不要卖二手车。
④ 序数词表示街道名词前不用冠词。
He lives in Twenty-second Street.他住在22号大街。
Smith is on Sixth Avenue.施密斯在第6街。
12、某些固定短语中无冠词
①在介词或连词连接的两个相同、相对或关系密切的一些固定词组中：
all day and all night; day and night; day by day; arm in arm; east and west; face to face; father and son; husband and wife; hand in hand; heart and soul; man and woman; one by one; little by little; shoulder to shoulder; side by side; step by step; time and time,etc.
②与时间、地点、方式或状态有关的一些词组中：
after graduation/liberation; all night long; at dinner; at first; at last; at night; at noon; at once; at present; at war; at work; from time to time; for sale; in life; in need; in need of; in time; in time of; on duty; on sale; on show; on strike; on time; on watch
at hand; in bed; in camp; in public; in space; in town; on top of; at/in peace with; beyond reach of; out of reach; within reach; in colour; in character; in debt; in fact; in half/into halves; in honour of; in line; in order; in price; in rags; in operation; in return; in search of; in use; for example; out of breath; out of danger; out of order; out of sight; on guard; on fire; without pride; under construction/ repair,etc.
巧记零冠词：独一职位在某地，用作表、补、同位语；独立主格作状语；By短语表方式；Man字一词意“人类”；对比含义两名词；系词turn接表语；新闻语体及标题；具体意义变抽象；含有as/though的倒装句；人名、地名、国一词；抽象、物质不特指；月份、星期、节假日；学科、语言、称呼语；颜色、病名、五感觉；棋类、球类、三餐词；复数形式表类别；固定词组、惯用语。一律使用零冠词。
第三节 巩固提高

1. This is______house where we once lived.
A.the B.this C.that D.a
2. Which is______country,Canada or Australia?
A.a large B.larger C.a larger D.the larger
3. ----If you don't like the red coat, take the blue one.
----OK, but do you have______size?The one is a bit tight for me.
A.a big B.a bigger C.the big D.the bigger
4. He greeted me with______Good-morning!and led me to the director’s office.
A.the B.a C.an D.one
5. Please pay attention to your spelling.You’ve dropped______“m”here.
A.an B.the C./ D.a
6. Oh,John.______________you give us!
A.How a pleasant surprise B.How pleasant surprise
C.What a pleasant surprise D.What pleasant surprise
7.We waited_________for the bus.
A.long time B.a long time C.the long time D.some long time
8. Will you_______me a favour,please?
A.give B.make C.do D.doing
9. ______sun rises in _______rest.
A.The;the　B.The;不填 C.A;the　D.不填;不填
10. When you do fine,close work,such as reading or embroidering, raise your eyes_____ and look into the distance.
A.once in a while B.once for a while
C.once at a while D.once upon a while
11. I’m afraid Mr Brown isn’t in.Would you like to_______a message?
A.give B.leave C.carry D.take
12. Frank is the kind of person whom people like to______.
A.make friend with B.make friends of
C.make friends D.make friends with
13. John_______Henry when they met at the airport.
A.shakes hand with B.shakes hands with
C.shake hand with D.shook hands with
14.________ box cannot be lifted by a boy of five.
A. So a heavy B. So heavy a
C. A such heavy D. Such heavy a
15. ________from Beijing to London!
A. How long way it is B. What long way is it
C. How long way is it D. What a long way it is
16.----Where is Jack?
----I think he is still in_______bed,but he might just be in______ bathroom.
A.不填；不填 B.the;the C.the;不填 D.不填;the
17.________friends Betty had made there were all invited to her birthday party.
A.Few of B.Few C.The few D.A few
18.Beyond______stars,the astronauts saw nothing but_______space.
A.the;不填 B.不填;the C.不填;不填 D.the;the
19.Summers in_______ south of France are for_______ most part dry and sunny.
A.(不填);a B.the;(不填) C.(不填);(不填) D.the;the
20. Alexander Graham Bell invented_______telephone in 1876.
A.不填 B.a C.the D.one
21.My father told me he was soon going to visit________.
A.the United State B.the United States C.United States D.United State
22. Alice is fond of playing______piano while Henry is interested in listening to ______ music.
A.不填;the B.不填；不填 C.the;不填 D.the;the
23. After watching______TV,she played_______violin for an hour.
A.不填；不填 B.the;the C.the;不填 D.不填；the
24. ______cave that George has discovered in his lifetime is near Alps.
A.Hundredth B.The hundred C.The hundredth D.A hundredth
25. Who is________of you three?
A.older B.oldest C.the oldest
26.John has three sisters.Mary is the______of the three.
A.most cleverest B.more clever C.cleverest D.cleverer
27. The salesman showed her several bags and she chose______one as she didn't want to spend too much money on it.
A.the less expensive B.less expensive
C.the least expensive D.least expensive
28. ---Where’s_______nearest bookstore?
---There’s one at_______end of the street.
A.the;an B.a;the C.the;the D.a;an
29. About_______of the workers in that steel works are young people.
A.third-fifths B.three-fifths C.three-fives D.three-fifth
30. _____will make a trip around the world during the coming Christmas.
A.The Evans B.The Evans' C.The Evanses D.Evanses'
31. ---Who did you spend last weekend with?
---_______.
A.Palmer’s B.The Palmers’ C.The Palmers D.The Palmer’s
32. Of the two shirts,I'd like to choose_______one.
A.the less expensive B.the most expensive
C.less expensive D.most expensive
33. If the manager had to choose between the two,he would say John was______choice.
A.good B.the best C.better D.the better
34._______the temperature is,_______water turns into steam.
A.The high;the fast B.Higher;Faster
C.The more high;the faster D.The higher;the faster
35.It's believed that______you work,______result you'll get.
A.the harder;the better B.the more hard;the most better
C.the harder;a better D.more hard;more better
36.A bullet hit the soldier and he was wounded in______leg.
A.a B.one C.the D.his
37. It is not rare in_______the people in______fifties are going to university for further education.
A.90s;the B.the 90s;(不填) C.90s;their D.the 90s;their
38. He looked quite healthy though he was________.
A.in seventy B.in his seventy C.at seventies D.at the age of seventy
39. Paper produced every year is_______the worlds production of vehicles.
A.the three times weight of B.three times the weight of
C.as three times heavy as D.three times as heavier as
40.Many people are still in________habit of writing sill things in_______public places.
A.the;the B.(不填);(不填) C.the;(不填) D.(不填);the
41.Five years ago her brother was_____university student of____physics.
A.a;the B.an;the C.an；不填 D.a;不填
42.He is a student of________.
A.Class First B.the Class One C.Class One D.First Class
43. That table is made of_______.
A.a wood B.some wood C.the wood D.wood
44.________food you've cooked!
A.How a nice B.How nice C.What a nice D.What nice
45._______we have today!
A.A fine weather B.What a fine weather
C.How a fine weather D.What fine weather
46.__________terrible weather we've been having these days!
A.What B.What a C.How D.How
47. Father went to his doctor for______about his heart trouble.
A.an advice B.advice C.advices D.the advices
48.In Hangzhou Mr Green was so struck by________beauty of________nature that he stayed for another night.
A.(不填);(不填) B.(不填);the C.the;(不填) D.the;the
49. After watching______TV,she played_______violin for an hour.
A.不填；不填 B.the;the C.the; 不填 D. 不填;the
50.There is a desk by the window. On_______desk there is_____exercise book.
　A.a;the 　　B.the;the 　　C.an;a 　　D.the;an
51.There is_______"h"in the word "honest."
　A.a 　　B.the 　　C.an 　　D.不填
52.They went to_______Summer Palace yesterday and stayed there for_______day.
　A.the;a 　　B.the;the 　　C.不填;a 　　D.the;不填
53.It's________pity you won't be back before I leave.
　A.the 　　B.a 　　C.an 　　D.不填
54.Lincoln was elected__________ President of _________United States in 1860.
A.the;the 　　B.不填;the　　C.a;不填　D.不填;不填
55.She is going to play_______piano at the concert this evening.
　　A.a 　　B.an 　　C.the 　　D.不填
56.Most boys like playing_______football.
　　A.a 　　B.an 　　C.the 　　D.不填
57.Let's go and watch the children play______chess.
　A.a 　　B.an 　　C.the 　　D.不填
58._____elephant is bigger than________ horse
　 A.不填;不填 　　B.an;a　　C.An;a　　D.The;a
59.Is Tom going to have_______X-ray check?
　 A.a 　　B.an 　　C.the 　　D.不填
60.They have_________rice for________lunch every day.
　 A.不填;不填　B.the;the　C.the;a　D.不填;the
参考答案：1.A 2.D 3.B 4.B 5.A 6.C 7.B 8.C 9.A 10.A 11.B 12.D 13.D 14.B 15.D 16.D 17.C 18.A 19.D 20.C 21.B 22.C 23.D 25.C 26.C 27.C 28.C 29.B 30.C 31.C 32.A 33.D 34.D 35.A 36.C 37.D 38.D 39.B 40.C 41.D 42.C 43.D 44.D 45.D 46.A 47.B 48.C 49.D 50.D 51.C 52.A 53.B 54.B 55.C 56.D 57.D 58.C 59.B 60.A


第八章 动词与动词短语
第一节 真题精析
I.动词
1. - How about eight o' clock outside the cinema?
- That _______ me fine. 【全国】
A. fits B. meets C. satisfies D. suits
2. The evening news comes on at seven o'clock and ______ only thirty minutes.【全国】
A. keeps B. continues
C. finishes D. lasts
3. A man is being questioned in relation to the ________ murder last night. 【江苏】
A. advised B. attended C. attempted D. admitted
4. If you are feeling so tired, perhaps a little sleep would _____.【浙江卷】
A. act B. help C. serve D. last
5. They've _____ us $150,000 for the house. Shall we take it? 【湖南卷】
A. provided B. supplied C. shown D. offered
6. All the employees except the manager to work online at home. 【广东卷】
A. encourages B. encourage C. is encouraged D. are encouraged
7．—How do you we go to Beijing for our holidays?
—I think we’d better fly there. It’s much more comfortable. 【福建卷】
A．insist B．want C．suppose D．suggest
8．John was late for the business meeting because his flight had been by a heavy storm. 【辽宁卷】
A．kept B．stopped C．slowed D．delayed
9. Happy birthday, Alice ! So you have twenty-one already ! 【天津卷】
A. become B. turned C. grown D. passed
10. They see you as something of a worrier, ______problems which don’t exist and crossing bridges long before you come to them. 【重庆卷】
A. settling B. discovering C. seeing D. designing
11. Hospital staff burst into cheers after doctors completed a 20-hours operation to have __________ one-year-old twins at the head. 【上海卷】
A. isolated B. separated C. divided C. removed
12. After the trainer was sure that the whale could look after itself, he ________it into the sea. 【上海卷】
A. transported B. unloaded C. released D. handled
13. Some people like dirking coffee, for it has _______ effects. 【上海卷】
A. promoting B. stimulating C. enhancing D. encouraging
14. The teacher wrote an example on the blackboard to ________ to point. 【上海卷】
A. illustrate B. suggest C. express D. recognize
15. If anybody calls, tell them I’m out, and ask them to their name and address.
A．pass B．write C．take D．leave 【NMET】
16. Tony is the guidebook, looking for information about Japan, where he will travel soon. 【上海】
A．tracing B．skipping C．inspecting D．scanning
17．Some passengers complain that it usually so long to fill in travel insurance
documents. 【上海】
A．costs B．takes C．spends D．spares
18．Her talent and experience her to the respect of her colleagues. 【上海】
A．permitted B．qualified C．deserved D．entitled
19． The taxi driver often reminds passengers to ____their belongings when they leave the car.
A. keep B. catch C. hold D. take 【NMET】
20. Mary finally Bruce as her life-long companion. 【上海】
A. received B. accepted C. made D. honored
21. Go and join in the party. it to me to do the washing-up. 【上海】
A. Get B. Remain C. Leave D. Send
22. Whatever rank you may be in, it would be wrong to the law into your own hands. 【上海】
A. bring B. hold C. take D. seize
23. ---What shall we start?
---Let’s ______ it 8:30. Is that all right? 【北京】
A. set B. meet C. make D. take
24. ---Mummy, can I put the peaches on the cupboard?
---No, dear. They don’t _____well. Put them in the fridge instead. 【北京】
A. keep B. fit C. get D. last
25. As we joined the big crowd I got _____ from my friends. 【NMET】
A. separated B. spared C. lost D. missed
26. Alice trusts you; only you can her to give up the foolish idea. 【上海】
A. suggest B. attract C. tempt D. persuade
27. Her brother to leave her in the dark room alone when she disobeyed his order. 【上海】
A. declared B. threatened C. warned D. exclaimed
28. When climbing the hill John was knocked unconscious by an rolling stone. 【上海】
A. untouched B. unexpected C. unfamiliar D. unbelievable
29. Her son, to whom she was so , went abroad ten years ago. 【上海】
A. Loved B. cared C. devoted D. affected
30. Let Harry play with your toys as well , Clare —you must learn to _______.【NMET】
　　A．support B．care　 　 C．spare D．share
31. －－Do you think the Stars will beat the Bulls?
　 －－Yes. They have better players, so I＿＿＿＿＿them to win. 【NMET】
　　A. hope 　　　　B. prefer 　　　　 C. expect 　　　　　 D. want
32. ＿＿＿＿＿him and then try to copy what he does．【NMET】
　　A. Mind　　　　 B. Glance at　　 C. Stared at　　　 D. Watch
33. They _____ the train until it disappeared in the distance. 【NMET】
A. saw B. watched C. noticed D. observed
34. I love to go to the seaside in summer. It　　good to lie in the sun or swim in the cool sea. 【NMET】
　　A. does　　　　 B. feels 　　 C. gets　　　　　 D. makes
35. —What did you think of her speech?
　 —She　　for one hour but didn't　　much. 【NMET】
　 A. spoke; speak B. spoke; say 　 C. said; speak　　 D. said; say
36. You're　　your time trying to persuade him; he'll never join us. 【NMET】
　 A. spending　 B. wasting　　 C. losing　　　　 D. missing
37. All the leading newspapers　　the trade talks between China and the United States.
　 A. reported　　 B. printed 　 C. announced　　　 D. published【NMET】
38. I don't know the restaurant, but it's  ______to be quite a good one. 【MET】
　　A. said　　　　 B. told　　 C. spoken　　　　　 D. talked
【答案与解析】
1. D 该题是考查动词辨析。fit是指：能适合某些条件、环境、目的或要求,有“吻合”之意。suit是指：适合；中……的意。据题意：“8点在电影院门口怎么样？”“那我很适合。”得知，这里不只是指尺寸合适。
2. D 该题考查动词辨析。last意为：continue in time; go on: 继续在时间上持续，继续。句意：晚间新闻7点开始，持续30分钟。故选D。 keep意为：保持，继续不断；finish意为：.完成，结束；continue意为：To go on with a particular action or in a particular condition; persist 继续，继续某一特定行为或保持某一特定情况。 不合题意。
3. C 该题考查动词辨析的能力。attempted murder意为：企图谋杀。句意：一位男子因涉嫌企图谋杀正在接受审问。
4. B 该题考查习动词辨析。据题意：如果你感到实在累了，也许睡一会有用。故选B. help意为：有用。
5.D 该题是考查动词辨析。offer意为：提供；跟双宾语，即offer sb. sth.。后面还有Shall we take it?故选D。句意：他们为我们提供了十五万美金买房子，我们要么？provided sb with sth/provide sth for sb；supply sb with sth/supply sth to sb；show虽然跟双宾语但意义不合题意。
6. D 该题考查动词语态与主谓一致。encourage sb to do sth为固定用法，意为：鼓励某人干某事。此处用被动语态，主语是employees为复数，谓语动词用复数，故选择D。句意：鼓励除了经理以外所有的职工在家在线工作。
7．D该题考查动词辨析。从第二句话得知这是建议，故选D。句意：“你建议我们怎样去北京度假？”“我认为我们最好坐飞机去。这样更方便。”
8．D 该题考查动词的辨析。关键词是late，由此得知后面应是delayed意为：耽误，延误。句意：约翰业务会议迟到了，因为他的航班被暴风雨延误了。
9. B 该题考查动词辨析。根据Happy birthday, Alice !得知B最佳。turn意为：To reach and pass (a certain age, for example)到达或过了（例如，一定的年龄）。其他become变成，成为，变得；grown成长，渐渐变得，增长；增高；pass经过，变化，超过，等都比全面，不合适。句意：爱丽丝，生日快乐！你已经21岁了！
10. C 该题根据句意选词。句意：他们把他看作杞人忧天的人。（自找烦恼的人，幻想一些不存在的问题，和不可能发生的事。）关键是which don’t exist决定了要选择“想象，幻想”。故选seeing。其他不合题意。
11. B 考查动词的词义辨析。句意“当医生经过20小时的手术把一岁的孪生儿的头部分离时，医院的全体工作人员举杯欢庆”。isolated“隔离，孤独”;separated“分离，分开”；divided“分成几份”，removed“离开，远离”，B符合句子意思要求。
12. C 考查动词的词义辨析。句子的意思为“训练者在保证鲸可以自己照顾自己之后，把它放归大海”。Transported“运输，传送”，unloaded“卸，摆脱……负担”，released“释放，放弃”，handled“触摸，搬运，处理”，C符合句子意思要求。
13. B考查动词词义辨析。句子意思为“很多人喜欢和咖啡，因为它有刺激作用”。promoting “促进的，提升的”， stimulating“刺激的，有刺激性的”，enhancing“提高的，增强的”，encouraging“奖励的，可奖励的”。
14. A 动词词义辨析，句子的意思为“老师在黑板上写了一个例子阐明观点”。Illustrate“举例说明，阐明”，suggest“建议，暗示，表明”，express“表示，表达”，recognize“认可，承认，认出”。
15． D 该题考查动词的使用。leave 意为：give or deposit, as for use or information, upon one's departure or in one's absence 留下某人离开或不在时给予或存放以备使用或告知某事leave one’s name and address意为：留下姓名和地址。这是习惯用语。句意：如果有人打电话，告诉他我出去了，请他留下姓名和地址。
16.D 考查动词的词义辨析，trace追踪.探索。skip跳.蹦，inspecting检查.视察，scanning匆匆的略看.扫视，句子的意思为“托尼正在浏览那导游手册，寻找有关日本的信息，他不久将去那里旅游，D为正确答案。
17.B 辨析动词的用法，It takes sb sometime to do sth是一个固定结构。句意：有些乘客抱怨填写旅行保险文件要花费很长时间。
18.D 考查动词的词义辨析，permit允许，许可，qualify使…有资格，deserve应该得到；值得。entitle给予权利,以….为名.经常使用的形式为entitle sb to do sth或entitle sb to sth因此,D为正确答案
19．D 该题动词的辨析与使用能力。句意：出租汽车司机提醒顾客临下车时带走他们的物品。keep意为：保存；catch意为： 抓住；hold 意为：拿住；take意为：拿, 拿走。据题意take 最合适。take one’s belongings意为:带好自己的物品。
20.B 辨析动词的词义及用法，received（收到）.accept（接受）含有主观成分。make（使）不能与as连用。honoured（授予荣誉），选择终生伴侣而不是授予荣誉，因此B为最佳选项。
21.C 考查动词的用法，get（使）remain（剩下.依然）leave（使留下，交给，遗留），send（送.寄.派），句子意思是“去参加晚会吧，把这些碗盘留给我洗。”get与 remain意思不符，send与此句的语言环境不相协调。因此C为正确答案。
22.C考查动词的词义辨析及搭配。take the law into one’s own hand意思为“无视法律而私行惩治。”
23. C 该题考查动词搭配的用法。“Make it +时间”是习惯搭配，用以确定做
某事的时间。句意：--我们什么时候出发？--定在8：30。行么？
24.A 该题考查使用动词的能力。keep意为：store存放；fit意为：合适；使合适使成为合适的大小和形状；get意为：获得, 变成；last意为：continue in time，go on: 继续在时间上持续。据题意：--妈妈，我把桃子放在厨子上行么？--不要，孩子。它们不能保鲜。把它们方到冰箱里。
25． A 该题考查动词短语搭配。该题中的关键词是from，四个选项中只有separate能与from搭配，意为：与……分开。句意：当我们进入人群时，我和我的朋友被分开了。
26.D Suggest意为“建议”。attract意思为“吸引”，tempt意思为“劝诱.勾引”persuade“说服”，强调劝说的结果，本句的意思为“爱丽丝相信你，只有能说服她放弃这愚蠢的想法。”D符合意思要求。
27.B 句意为“她哥威胁她如果她不执行他的命令就把她一个关在黑暗的屋子里”declare（宣布.宣告）.exclaim（叫喊.惊叫）后不接动词不定式作宾语。warn（警告）后接动词不定式的复合结构做宾语，threaten（威胁）可接动词不定式作宾语，B符合意思要求。
28. B untouched（没有触及的） unexpected（意想不到的）unfamiliar（不熟悉的）unbelievable（难以置信的）句意为“约翰在爬山的时候，被一块滚石砸得失去了知觉。B符合意思要求。
29．C loved（热爱的）， cared（关心的），devoted（热爱的，非常忠实的）常与to搭配，affected（矫饰的.造作的.不自然的）。句意为“她热爱的儿子，十年前去了国外。”在关系代词前的to就标志C为最佳答案。
31．D 该题考查动词的词义辨析。support意为：支撑，支持，赡养；care意为：关心，喜欢，照顾；spare意为：吝惜，省掉，抽出；share意为：分享，共有。据题意：让哈里斯也玩你的玩具，克莱尔，你必须学会分享。这是教育孩子要和别人分享自己的玩具，故选D。
31． C该题考查动词的词义辨析。题意：“你认为明星队会打败公牛队吗？”“会的。他们有更好的队员，所以我预料他们会赢。”根据better player，可知后面的意义为“所以我预料他们会赢”。在四个供选动词中，hope意为：希望，不能用于hope sb to do sth；prefer意为：更喜欢want意为：想要。但从说话者的语气判断是对未来事情的期盼，不合题意；唯expect有“预料”之意。
32．D 该题考查动词用法辨析。mind意为：注意, 留意,介意；glance at意为：匆匆看一下；stare at意为：盯着看, 凝视，往往表示由于吃惊而瞪大眼睛看；watch意为：注视，题意：注意观察他，然后试着照他做的去做。watch有持续动作的意义，可以表示较长时间的观看。
33．B 该题考查动词用法辨析。saw意为：看见，强调看的结果；notice意为：注意到，留心；observe 意为：观察, 观测； watch意为：注视，有持续动作的意义。题意：他们注视着火车直到消失在远方。故watch为最佳选择。
34． B 该题考查动词用法辨析。该题的关键词是good为形容词，因此决定其前面的动词为系动词，feel为系动词，do, get ,make都是行为动词，用副词来修饰。该题题意：夏天我喜欢到海边去，躺在阳光下或在凉爽的海水里游泳我感到无比愉快。
35． B 该题考查动词语义辨析。speak 作不及物动词，意为：说，发言, 演讲；speak作及物动词时意为：讲(某种语言)，后接某种语言作宾语。say作及物动词，意为：说，讲，后接宾语。据题意：“你认为她的讲演怎么样？” “她讲了一小时，但并没说出多少（事）。”“她讲了一小时”，应用speak不及物动词；“但并没说出多少（事）。”应用say 及物动词。
36． B 该题考查动词短语词义辨析。waste time doing sth 意为：浪费时间干某事。spend time doing sth意为：花费时间干某事。该题的关键在于：he will never join us.它决定了应用wasting。句意：你劝他是浪费时间，他绝对不会加入我们（这边的）。
37． A 该题考查动词语义辨析。句意：各大主要报纸都报道了中美两国贸易谈判的消息。report 意 为：报导；print意为：印刷, 出版；announce意为： 宣布, 通告；publish意为：出版，刊印。报纸上的报道只能用report。
38． A 该题考查固定表达。句中it是形式主语，不定式是真正主语。It’s said意思是“据说……”。 句意：我不了解那家饭店，但据说是一家很好的饭店。
II.动词短语
1. The Internet has brought big changes in the way we work. 【05春考北京】
A. about B. out C. back D. up
2. The forest guards often find campfires that have not been ______ completely.【全国】
A. turned down B. put out
C. put away D. turned over
3. In some western countries, demand for graduates from MBA courses has _____.
【全国】
A. turned down B. turned over C. fallen down D. fallen over
4. The man insisted________ a taxi for me even though I told him I lived nearby.
【江苏】
A. find B. to find C. on finding D. in finding
5. It's ten years since the scientist _______on his life's work of discovering the valuable chemical. 【江苏-29】
A. made for B. set out C. took off D. turned up
6. We wanted to get home before dark, but it didn’t quite____ as planned. 【浙江卷】
A. make out B. turn out C. go on C. come up
7. He accidentally _____he had quarreled with his wife and that he hadn't been home for a couple of weeks. 【湖南卷】
A. let out B. took care C. made sure D. made out
8. Helen always helps her mother even though going to school ______ most of her day. 【广东卷】
A. takes up B. makes up C. saves up D. puts up
9．It is certain that he will__________ his business to his son when he gets old. 【福建卷】
A．take over B．think over C．hand over D．go over
10．The final examination is coming up soon. It’s time for us to our studies. 【辽宁卷】
A．get down to B．get out C．get back for D．get over
11. It was not a serious illness, and she soon it. 【天津卷】
A. got over B. got on with C. got around D. got out of
12. Before the war broke out, many people ________in safe places possessions they could not take with them. 【重庆卷】
A. threw away B. put away C. gave away D. carried away
13. To keep healthy, Professor Johnson________ cycling as a regular form of exercise after he retired. 【上海卷】
A. took up B. caught on C. carried out D. made for
14. I don't ____ rock 'n' roll. It's much too noisy for my taste.【北京】
A. go after B. go away with
C. go into D. go in for
15. You can take anything from the shelf and read, but please _______the books when you've finished with them. 【全国】
A. put on B. put down　　 C. put back D. put off
16. News reports say peace talks between the two countries with no agreement reached.
A．have broken down B．have broken out C．have broken in D．have broken up 【NMET】
17．The engine of the ship was out of order and the bad weather the helplessness of the crew at sea . 【上海】
A．added to B．resulted from C．turned out D．made up
18. Don’t mention that at the beginning of the story, or it may _____the shocking ending. 【北京】
A. give away B. give out C. give up D. give off
19. We thought of selling this old furniture. But we’ve decided to _____it. It might be valuable.
A. hold on to B. keep up with C. turn to D. look after 【NMET】
20.Can you make a sentence to the meaning of the phrase? 【上海】
A. show off B. turn out C. bring out D. bake in
21. This mother had thought it would be good for his character to _____ from home and earn some money on his own. 【北京】
A. run away B. take away C. keep away D. get away
22. We didn’t plan our art exhibition like that but it ____ very well.
A. worked out B. tried out C. went on D. carried on 【NMET】
23.I’m planning to hold a party in the open air, but I can no guarantees because it the weather. 【上海】
A. links with B. depends on C. connects to D. decides on
24. Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the lights happened to _____.
A. be put up B. give in C. be turned on D. go out 【NMET】
25. She_________ his number in the phone book to make sure that she had got it right.
　A. looked up B. looked for C. picked out D. picked up【NMET】
26. It is wise to have some money　　for old age. 【NMET】
　A. put away　　 B. kept up　　 C. given away　　 D. laid up
27. I can hardly hear the radio. Would you please　　? 【NMET】
　A. turn it on　 B. turn it down C. turn it up　　　 D. turn it off
答案与解析
1. A 该题考查动词短语的用法。bring about意为：引起，致使，造成，达成；bring out意为：揭露，显示，解释；出版，演出 ，说出，暴露；bring back回忆，使忆起，使返回，归还，带回来，恢复，还原；bring up养育，提出，教养，使突然停止，提升。据题意：因特网改变了我们的工作方式。此处指带来变化，故A最佳。
2. B该题考查短语动词的用法。turn down拒绝；put out扑灭；put away放好， 储存…备用；turned over考虑，把…交给警方。据题意，应该是扑灭campfires故选B。句意：森林警察经常发现没有完全被扑灭的营火。
3. C该题是中考查短语动词的辨析。A. turned down拒绝 B. turned over打翻，移交给，翻身C. fallen down下降，倒下，跪拜D. fallen over脸朝下跌倒。据题意：在一些西方国家，对工商管理硕士毕业生的需求已经下降了。故选C。
4. C 该题考查动词搭配的能力。insist on doing sth 是习惯搭配，意为：坚持做某事。句意：虽然我对他说我住在附近，但是那位男士坚持为我找出租车。
5. B 该题考查短语动词的用法。set out意为：着手做，开始干；take off意为：拿掉，取消，脱衣，起飞；turn up意为：找到，出现，突然发生；make for意为：(尤指匆匆地)走向，有利于，倾向于，导致，向前进，有助于。据题意：那位科学家十年前就开始了他毕生发现那种昂贵的化学药品的工作了。应选择B。
6．B 该题考查短语动词的辨析。make out意为：书写，好不容易做成功，理解，辨认出；turn out意为：证明是，结果，发展为；go on 意为：继续下去，发生；come up意为：走近，发芽，发生，被提出，上升，出现。据题意；我们本想天黑前到家，但是结果没像计划的那样。应该选择B。
7.A 该题考查短语动词的使用。let out意为：泄露。符合题意。句意：他无意中说出了他和他老婆吵了架 并且两周没回家了。took care意为：当心；made sure意为：确定，确信，证实；made out意为：书写，说明，设法应付，理解。都不符合题意。
8. A该题考查短语动词的用法。take up意为：占(地方)，费(时间)，占据；makes up意为：弥补，虚构，缝制，整理，包装，和解，编辑，化妆；saves up意为：储蓄，贮存；puts up意为：举起，抬起，进行，提供，表现出，建造，提名，推举。关键词most of her day，由此选择A。题意：海伦总是帮助妈妈，即使上学占了她大部分时间。
9．C该题考查短语动词的用法。take over接收，接管；think over仔细考虑，重新考虑；hand over移交；go over仔细检查，润色，复习。据题意C最合适。句意：他老了时，把生意转交给他儿子这是肯定的。
10．A该题考查短语动词的用法。据题意此处指开始认真学习，故选A. get down to意为：开始认真考虑，符合题意。get out意为：出去，离开，逃脱，泄露；get back for意为：回来，恢复；get over意为：爬过，克服，熬过，恢复，原谅。不符合题意。句意：期末考试即将来临。到了我们开始认真学习的时候了。
11. A 该题考查短语的用法。根据题意应当选择“痊愈；康复”，因此选择 A. got over。got on with意为：继续(做某事)，与…和睦相处；got around意为：避免，说服，走动，传开来；got out of意为：从…之中获得…，避免，使说出。不合题意。句意：病情不严重，她很快就康复了。
12. B该题是考查短语动词的用法。关键词是in safe places，据此可以判断此处选择“收藏，放好”。题意：战争爆发前，很多人把带不走的财产藏在安全的地方。threw away扔掉，丢弃；gave away送掉，分发，放弃，泄露；carried away运走，使失去自制力。都不合题意。
13. A 动词短语意义辨析。句子意思为“为了保持健康，约翰教授退休后把骑自行车作为正常的锻炼形式”。took up“开始从事”，caught on“理解，了解”，carried out“执行”，made for“有利于……，促进，袭击”。
14. D 该题考查短语动词的用法。go in for意为：酷爱；喜欢。据题意：我不喜欢摇滚音乐。我感觉它太吵了。go after意为：追求；go away with意为：带走, 拐逃；go into意为：进入，探究。不合题意。
15. C 该题考查动词短语的辨析。一个中心动词put加不同的小词。put on意为：假装；增加；表演，演出，上演（戏剧）；穿上；put down意为：戴上；写下；记下 ；击败；平定；取缔；put back意为：拨回；推迟；延期；搁置；拖延；put off意为：延期；推迟。据题意：你可以从书架上拿任何书读，但是你读完后请你把它们放回原处。故选C。
16． A该题考查动词短语的用法。break down意为：失败； 落空；毁掉；拆除；损坏; 瓦解; 崩溃break in意为：闯入，破门而入 ；打断，插嘴；失去控制 break out意为：发生; 爆发；逃出; 突围 break up意为：打碎, 破碎, 分裂,衰落, 分解, 变坏, 驱散。据题意：有消息报道那两个国家的和平谈判没达成任何协议而失败。该题应选break down。
17.A．考查动词短语的用法。add to 增加，result from起因于，发生。turn out结果是…出现，make up 编造.组成，句子意思为“……恶劣的天气有增加了海上船员的无望”，因此A为正确答案。
18．A该题考查动词短语的辨析。give away意为：泄露(秘密), 暴露，送掉, 分发, 放弃, 泄露, 出卖, 让步, 陷下；give out意为：分发, 发出(气味、热等), 发表, 用尽, 精疲力竭；give up意为：放弃(念头、希望等), 停止, 抛弃, 认输；give off意为：发出(蒸汽、光等)，长出（枝、杈等）。据题意：故事开始不要提这件事，否则你会泄漏玄妙的结尾。推断该题应选答案A。
19. A 该题在特定语言环境中考查动词短语的语义辨析。hold on to sth意为：“保住”；“ 保留”“抓住”； keep up with 意为：“保持地位”；“赶上跟上”；turn to意为：“转向” “求助”，“变成”；look after 意为：“照看”“料理”。空后的it指代this old furniture，but 转折语气说明我们又决定不卖它了，故选A. hold on to意为“留下来”。题意：我们本想把旧家具卖掉，可是我们还是决定继续保留下它。这家具说不定挺值钱的。
20.C 考查动词短语，show off（炫耀）turn out（出席.证明为）bring out（说明.阐明），take in（吸收），句子意思为“你能造一个句子来说明这个短语的意思吗？因此bring out符合要求。
21.D 该题考查动词短语的辨析。A. run away 意为：离家出走，尤指私奔潜逃 B. take away 意为： 拿走；夺走； 带走 C. keep away 意为： 避开D. get away意为： 离开, 出发 ，把...送走。据题意：他妈妈认为让他离开家自己挣钱，会对他的性格养成有好处。此处既不是指“私奔潜逃”，也不是指“避开”，更不是“拿走；夺走； 带走”，而是指“离开，把...送走”。
22.A 该题考查动词短语语义辨析。work out意为：设计出，计算出，解决，产 生某种结果；try out意为：(采用前)严密试验，考验；go on意为：继续下去，过去，发生，进行；carry on 意为：继续开展，坚持。题意：我们原本没有计划那样搞艺展，但效果不错。work out一般与plan 搭配，有“产生某种结果，有预期的结 果之意”。又如：I hope that the plan works out satisfactorily。（我希望那计划有令人满意的结果。）
23. B link with（连接.接合） depend on（依赖.依靠），connect to（连接.连结） decide on （下决心.决定），句意为“我计划举行露天晚会，但我不能保证，因为这要取决于天气。B符合意思要求。
24. D该题考查动词短语的词义辨析。put up意为：举起, 抬起give in意为： 屈服, 让步turn on意为： 打开(自来水、电灯、收音机) go out意为：熄灭。题意：没人注 意到小偷溜进房子因为恰巧灯熄了。在这里“熄灭”并不强调被动而是强调自然熄灯。故go out为最佳答案。
25.A 该题考查动词短语的语义辨析。look up意为：向上看, 查寻, 查阅；look for 意为：寻找，期待；pick out意为：挑选；pick up意为： 捡起，获得。据题意：“她在电话簿里查看他的号码来核实她的号码是否准确。”选项中只有look up意为：查寻，符合题意。
26. A 该题考查动词短语的语义辨析。put away意为：放好, 储存...备用keep up意为：不低落，维持，继续；give away意为：送掉，分发，放弃；lay up意为：贮存，搁置。该题题意：为晚年存点钱是明智的。本句意为：储存钱以备老来所用，put away选项最佳。
27. C 该题考查动词短语的语义辨析。turn on 拧开(自来水、电灯、收音机)； turn down (使) 翻下来 ，调低, 关小(灯光) ，拒绝；turn up向上翻，开大， 扭亮(灯火等)，露面, 发生,出现；turn off关(自来水、电灯、收音机等) 。题中的hardly hear是关键词：几乎听不到。故断定后句应将音量放大。句意：我听不到收音机的声音，请你把音量调大点。
第二节 考点归纳
一、动词的分类
从其含义来分，动词可分为行为动词(notional verb)、连系动词(link verb)、情态动词(modal verb)和助动词(auxiliary verb)四类:
类别
特点
举例
行
为
动
词
及物动词
有完整的意义，能独立作谓语，可以有宾语，可以有被动语态
tell, ask, learn, produce, develop, leave,join
不及物动词
有完整的意义，能独立作谓语，不带宾语，没有被动语态
go, come, run, rise, wait, look
状态动词
表示相对静止的状态
belong, contain, exist,love
动作动词
非延续性动词
表示短暂动作不能持续，不能同表示一段时间的状语连用
Arrive, finish, lend, open,start,leave,marry,die
延续性动词
动作可以持续，可以同表示一段时间的状语连用
Work, stay, sleep
连
系
动
词
状态和特征
表示具有某种性质、特征和出于某种状态
sit, smell, live, sound, mean, feel, seem, appear, taste, awake, remain, stand
变化
表示动词的动作和过程所产生的结果或状态
go, grow, prove, turn, fall, become, come, turn out
持续状态
表示某种持续的状态
rest, stand, lie, continue, keep, stay, burn
情态动词
表示说话人对所说行为的看法，必须与其他动词一起构成谓语。
shall， will can， may， must
助动词
助动词本身没有意义，不能独立作谓语，必须与其他动词一起构成谓语。表现于否定、疑问、强调以及时态、语态、语气、人称和数等特征。
be, do, does, did, have, has, shall, will,
1、及物动词
及物动词可以有宾语，可以由被动语态，如make, build, open等。
Watch him and then try to copy what he does．注意观看他，然后试着照他做的去做。
I don't know the restaurant, but it's said to be quite a good one. 我不了解那家饭店，但据说是一家很好的饭店。
2、不及物动词
She ran faster than him.她比他跑得快。
She spoke for one hour but didn't say much. “她讲了一小时，但并没说出多少（事）。
3、动作动词
（1）活动动词
这类动词表示各种活动，可用于进行时态，如：do, play, ask, drink, rain等。
The children were playing with a ball. 孩子们在玩球。
（2）过程动词
这类动词表示情况的改变，可用于进行时态，如turn, become, grow, change等。
Nothing will change him, and he will always be the same.什么也改变不了他,他始终是那个样子。
注意：非延续性动词不能同表示一段时间的状语连用。
He has joined the club for a long time.(误)
He has been a member of the club for a long time.他加入俱乐部很长时间了。（正）
4、状态动词
状态动词表示非活动性的静止状态，不用于进行时态。但这些动词如果转义成为动态动词时可以用进行时态。
（1）感官动词
see, feel, hear, taste, smell等，这类动词表示不自觉的、无意义的活动。
I heard a loud noise. 我听见一声巨响。
（2）心理、情感、状态动词
believe, consider, desire, dislike, doubt, forget, fear, hate, hope, imagine, know, like, love, mind, object, prefer, remember, suppose, think, understand, want, wish, worship, assume, care, envy, expect, regret, feel(=think), find, mean, notice, interest等，不用进行时。
I hope that fortune may smile upon you.我希望幸运之神会向你微笑。
I regret to say I cannot come. 很抱歉，我不能来了。
（3）拥有、关系动词
belong to , consist of, contain, cost, deserve, equal, observe, fit, hold, equal, include, involve, lack, matter, need, owe, own, remain, require, apply, to, differ, stand for, have, exist, depend on, benefit from等，不用于进行时态。
That book belongs to me. 那本书属于我。
He holds an important position at the bank. 他在这家银行里担任一个重要的职务。
5、心理使动词
所谓心理使动词是指那些使人产生某种心理反应、心理活动的动词。这类动词大都有“使”的意思，但不是使役动词，是表示使人感到怎样，使之产生某种（喜悦、恐怖、沮丧等）心理活动。主语一般是物(偶尔可以是人)，宾语只能是人；均有-ed和-ing形式，可以作定语和表语，动词的-ed形式作定语和表语时，主语或被其修饰的此应是表示人的名词。-ing形式作定语和表语时，主语或被其修饰的词应是表示物的名词；被动语态中，使动者多由at, with, in about引导；-ed和-ing形式状态意味强，有些已经形容词化了，能用rather, more, very, quite等副词修饰，且同feel, seem等动词连用。
（1）表示激动、喜悦、满意
excite, thrill, flatter, fascinate, encourage, delight, please, strike, satisfy, interest等。
She was flattered at the invitation.受到邀请她受宠若惊。
The story about a hero excited the little boys very much.一个英雄的故事使小男孩们兴奋不已。
（2）表示惊讶、困惑
puzzle, frighten, bewilder, surprise, shock, horrify, confuse, astonish, upset, disappoint, amaze
This letter puzzles me. 这封信使我迷惑不解.
His anger surprised me - I had thought he was a calm person.他的愤怒使我很惊讶，我原来以为他是个冷静的人。
（3）表示烦躁、厌恶
bore, distress, worry, depress, bother, annoy, irritate, trouble, tire
I'm bored with this job. 我对这件工作厌烦了。
6、连系动词
连系动词本身有词义，但须与表语结合充当谓语动词。连系动词有三种词汇意义。
（1）表示某种持续的状态
常用词：rest, stand, lie, continue, keep, stay, burn等。
Keep quiet， please! 请安静！
The same remark stands good.这句话同样有效。
How can you stay so cool, calm and collected after such a hot argument?这样一场激烈的争论过后，你怎么还能保持如此心平气和,镇静自若?
（2）表示具有某种性质、特征和出于某种状态。
常用词：sit, smell, live, sound, mean, feel, seem, appear, taste, awake, remain, stand等。
I love to go to the seaside in summer. It feels good to lie in the sun or swim in the cool sea. 夏天我喜欢到海边去，躺在阳光下或在凉爽的海水里游泳我感到无比愉快。
The man seemed ill. 这个人好像病了。
（3）表示动词的动作和过程所产生的结果或状态。
常用动词：go, grow, prove, turn, fall, become, come, turn out等。
His wishes have come true.他的愿望变成了现实。
She became a doctor after graduation.毕业后她当了一名医生。
7、系动词的五种语法结构
（1）系动词+形容词
常用词：come, sound, look, feel, smell, fall, sit, turn, remain, taste, keep, prove, grow, go, seem, stand, 等。
The bread has gone bad.面包坏了。
This tea tastes sweet.这茶的味道很香。
（2）系动词+名词
常用词：seem, prove, remain, become, turn, fall等。
Peter became a judge but John remained a fisherman. 彼得当了法官，但约翰仍然是个渔民。
He turned teacher.他当老师了。（turn跟名词作表语，名词前不加冠词）
（3）系动词+分词
常用词：come, become, get, feel, look, prove, seem, appear, grow, pass, remain, get 等。
He looked worried today.今天她看上去很着急。
（4）系动词+介词短语
常用词：sound, appear, smell, keep, prove, remain等。
The man appeared at ease.那个人看上去很安逸。
（5）系动词+副词
常用词：keep, prove, continue等。
They kept together in the struggle.他们在战斗中紧密团结。
二、动词的基本形式
英语动词有四种基本形式，现在式、过去式、过去分词和-ing形式四种形式。
1、现在式
现在式包括动词原形和动词的单数第三人称（-s/-es）形式。
（1）动词原形即前面不带to的动词不定式形式。如：be， get， study， love等
（2）动词单数第三人称（-s/-es）形式，即当主语是第三人称单数时，动词的几种形式。如：helps， makes， leaves等。具体变化规则及构成如下表：
规则
动词原形
第三人称单数形式
一般动词的词尾加-s(清辅音后读[s]，浊辅音或元音后读[z])
help
make
get
ride
swim
leave
know
play
helps
makes
gets
rides
swims
leaves
knows
plays
以字母s， x， ch， sh或o结尾的动词加-es（读[iz]，词尾已有e，只加-s）
guess
fix
teach
wash
go
close
guesses
fixes
teaches
washes
goes
closes
以辅音字母加y结尾的动词，先变y为i，再加-es（读[z]）
fly
carry
study
files
carries
studies
2、动词的过去式和过去分词形式
分为规则[-ed]和不规则两种。规则动词（regular verb）的过去式和过去分词的构成是在动词原形后加-ed，其构成规则及变化如下：


在清辅音后读[t]
在元音和浊辅音后读[d]
在辅音t、d后读[id]
在动词后加-ed
worked finished helped
followed stayed called entered
wanted rested
以-e结尾的动词加-d
hoped liked
joked
agreed believed lived changed

以辅音字母ty结尾的动词先将y变i再加-ed

carried
tried
studied


以重读闭音节或r音节结尾而末尾只有一个辅音字母的动词，双写辅音字母后再加-ed
clapped
stopped
planned
preferred
referred
regretted
permitted
admitted
个别双音节动词，尽管重音在第一个音节，但也要双写末尾的辅音字母，然后再加-ed。如：travel-travelled， total-totalled， level-levelled. 但请注意，美国英语不双写。如：travel-traveled.至于不规则动词的过去式和过去分词的构成是不规则的，必须熟记。
3、动词的-ing形式
由动词原形词尾加-ing构成。其构成方法如下表：
规则
原形
-ing
一般在原形末尾加-ing
go
ask
study
going
asking
studying
以不发音的e结尾的动词先去掉e，再加-ing
write
take
become
writing
taking
becoming
以重读闭音节结尾的动词如末尾只有一个辅音字母，应先双写这个字母，再加-ing
get
sit
put
run
begin
getting
sitting
putting
running
beginning
（1）动词结尾为辅音字母r时，加-ing ，r在此必须发音。
enter['ent ] —entering['int riη]
answer['a:ns ]—answering['a:ns riη]
（2）send， think， accept等动词是闭音节或重读闭音节结尾，但词尾有一个以上的辅音字母，这个辅音字母不双写，应直接加-ing，如：sending， thinking， accepting。
（3）少数以-ie结尾的动词，需将-ie变为-y，再加-ing。
die—dying tie—tying lie—lying
三、短语动词：由两个或两个以上单词构成。短语动词常有以下几种组合：
1、动词+副词
动词+away, back, out, ahead, forward, aside, up, on, over, off等构成的动词短语，如：set up, put on, give up, bring out, make out等。
（1）“及物动词+副词”相当于一个及物动词；如果其宾语是名词，则既可插在动词和副词之间。也可放在副词后面；若其宾语为人称代词，则须把宾语置于动词和副词之间，其后必须有宾语。常见的短语：
back up支持，blow up炸毁，call off取消，bring up抚养，cut off切断carry out执行，give away送掉，分发，放弃，泄露，出卖，让步，陷下，find out 查明，hand in上交，give up放弃，look up查找，hand out分发，make up构成，make out认出，point out指出，pick up拣起，put forward提出，put off取消，ring up打电话，put on穿上，set off出发，see off送行，set up建立，set aside留出，宣告无效，take off脱下，take in吸收，受骗
（2）“不及物动词+副词”相当于一个不及物动词，这种动词结构不能接宾语，也不用于被动语态。常见的短语：
break down毁掉，制服，压倒，停顿，倒塌，中止，come to 苏醒，die away逐渐消失，drop out退出，give in让步，grow up长大，knock off停工，look out当心，pass away去世，run out 耗尽，show off炫耀，turn up出现，fall through失败，fall out争吵，pass out死，不复存在，blow over结束，come off成功，look up改进，有起色，come out开花，make off逃跑，fall back后退，make up 和好，fall off下降，catch on理解，pull up停下,crop up 发生，出现
2、动词+介词
动词+at, for, from, into, of, to , with等，构成的动词短语总是介词型的。这类动词相当于一个及物动词，宾语只能放在介词后面，不能放在动词与介词之间。常见的短语：
act on按……采取行动， account for 说明，apply for申请，amount to 等于，believe in信仰，attend to关照，break through冲破，break into闯入，come across遇见，consist of由……组成，deal with对付，处理，do without废除，improve upon改进，insist on坚持，complain of(about)抱怨，look after照料，look into 调查，object to反对，operate on手术，read of 读到，approve of赞成，满意，dream of梦到，conceive of想象，add to增加，adjust to适应，admit to承认，allow for允许，agree on(with, to)同意，aim at瞄准，argue about争辩，arrange for安排，ask for要求，call on 访问，agree on对...达成协议； 对...取得一致意见，care for喜欢，concentrate on集中，contribute to贡献，hear of(about)听说，hope for 希望，insist on 坚持，listen to听， work on从事于, 致力于， go over复习，speak of说起， think about考虑，think of考虑，关心，想起， refer to查阅，提到，谈到，打听，break into破门而入，侵占，rely on依靠，provide for提供，pay for付款，live on靠……生存等。
3、动词+副词+介词
这类结构的短语动词相当于一个及物动词。
常见的短语： catch up with 赶上，go in for从事，come down with患病，look down upon轻视，date back to追溯到，look up to 尊敬，get away with逃避惩罚，keep away from，避免，get along with/get on with，与……相处 break away from脱离，stand up for包围，支持，go on with 继续，put up with忍受，live up to 不负于，实现，sit in on旁听，look forward to期望，watch out for 留神，make up for补偿，check up on核对，调查，run out of用光，come in for得到，受到，check out of 付账离开，drop out of 推出，get away with成功，逃避，fill in for代替，get through理解，打通电话，come up to 达到，符合，listen in to听广播，get back at报仇，hold on to 抓住，keep up with跟上，come up with得出，get through with完成，cut down on减少，read up to 专攻，研究，do away with废除，break in on打扰，get down to认真从事，look in on访问，看望，face up to 面对， look out for警惕，turn out for 出席等。
4、动词+名词（+介词）
这类短语动词相当于及物动词，需要跟宾语，既可以作谓语动词，也可以作非谓语动词，这类短语动词大多可以构成被动语态，而且常有两种构成方式：把短语动词中的名词作为被动语态的主语；把短语动词后的介词宾语作为被动语态的主语。
常见的短语：catch sight of看见，draw one’s attention吸引……注意力，get rid of摆脱，make much of重视，keep an eye on留意，lay foundation for为……打基础，make fun of取笑，keep pace with赶上，make use of利用，lay hold of抓住，pay attention to注意，lay emphasis(stress) on强调，take care of照顾，make a mess of 弄糟，take part in 参加，make mention of 提到，find fault with 挑毛病，make a fool of愚弄，give rise to引起，set fire to放火，lose sight of看不见，make friends with交友，take account of考虑，put an end to 结束，take head of 注意，take advantage of利用，take hold of抓住，take notice of注意到，take exception of开除等。
5、be+形容词+介词：
be sure of(about)确定，be fond of喜欢 ， be used to习惯， be worthy of值得等。
He is fond of music.他喜欢音乐。
I have been used to the life her.我已经习惯这里的生活了。
第三节 巩固提高
1. The airplane _________ in the hills.
A. hit B. crashed C. smashed D. struck
2. Students are expected to _________ their classes regularly.
A. present B. go C. attend D. follow
3. The ball went over the fence and the football player asked a boy to _________ it.
A. bring B. take C. fetch D. give
4. Winter is coming; poor Jack has to______ money from his brother to buy a coat.
A. borrow B. tend C. keep D. ask
5. Mr. Brown is ________ a bit pale today.
A. being B. appearing C. seeming D. looking
6. I can hardly _________ the difference between these two words.
A. point B. speak C. talk D. tell
7. ---Do you like Chicago?
---It’s big and frightening, but I lived there for a while and I _____it.
A. used B. am using C. used to D. got used to
8. Would you please ________ from smoking while the lecture is in progress?
A. avoid B. refrain C. stop D. keep yourself
9. Nowadays, more and more people have ________ smoking.
A. given in B. given to C. given up D. given out
10. Mary tried her best to ________ the lessons she had missed.
A. make up B. catch up C. look up D. make up for
11. This boy is determined to ________ bad habits.
A. break in B. break away from
C. break out D. break up
12. To _______ with, I’d like to tell you some good news.
A. get B. make C. begin D. take
13. The news of his death made all of us ________ sad.
A. have B. to be C. show D. feel
14. His father died and _________ them a lot of money.
A. sent B. gave C. left D. offered
15. She has the ability to _________ properly with the complicated situations.
A. solve B. keep in touch C. deal D. get along
16. What would you do if he ________ his own opinion?
A. insisted to B. stuck to C. truck to D. believed to
17. The bus stopped here only to _______ passengers.
A. get off B. get on C. pick up D. put on

18. The money he spent on books _______ more than $ 800 last year.
A. added to B. added up C. added up to D. added up for
19. It’s time to sleep. Please ________ the light.
A. put off B. turn off C. turn over D. set off
20. I ________ English a useful tool in the study of science.
A. discover B. feel C. find D. find out
21. I can tell you the phone number if you want to _______
A. call at her B. call her up C. call on her D. call her out
22. The cake _______ sweet. -
A. eats B. tastes C. is tasted D. is eaten
23. He _______ a League member for three years.
A. has become B. became C. has joined D. has been
24. I _______my cap at the barber’s.
A. leave B. left C. forgot D. forget
25. I can ________ because there is enough time left.
A. take my time B. spend my time C. pass the time D. take the times
26. If you _______ the truth, you've nothing to fear.
A. devote to B. stick to C. go on with D. ask for

27. Would you ________ her to go to the park with us?
A. permit B. agree C. let D. have
28. The panel ________ a conclusion only after days of discussion.
A. achieved B. reached C. attained D. arrived
29. He ________ to work out the problem by himself.
A. made his beat B. tried his best
C. did his attention D. put his heart
30. Herry ________ after the long journey on horseback.
A. wore out B. was worn out C. was tired of D. was tired of
31. I have something to tell you, but you must ________ from others.
A. remain it B. keep it C. leave it D. prevent it
32. The clock ________ seven when we were having breakfast.
A. hit B. rang C. beat D. struck
33. The spy was ________ in the early morning.
A. to hang B. hung C. hang D. hanged -
34. Last month they _______ to build the bridge and by this weekend they’ 11 have completed the work.
A. set up B. set out C. set against D. set off
35. The old engine ________ smoking terribly.
A. gave off B. came out C. sent up D. sent out
36. When water boils, it _________ much vapor.
A. send out B. gives off C. carries out D. gives away
37. Little Hans was an orphan. He was _______ by a businessman.
A. feed up B. put up C. lived on D. brought up
38. Two hours ago your wife ________ and let me tell you she would go home late.
A. called up B. called on C. called for D. called out
39. Children ________ good food if they are to be healthy.
A. serve B. need C. receive D. have
40. She received my letter, but she refused to _________ my gift.
A. gain B. receive C. get D. accept
41. Whenever they had trouble in English, they would ________ the professor.
A. refer to B. look up C. turn to D. meet with
42. We were told that the bridge _______ by the flood.
A. had been pushed away B. had been pushed down
C. had been washed away D. had been run away
43. The young man was ________ by the beauty of Miss Maria.
A. hit B. struck C. hurt D. beaten
44. He had done a good deed. Though he came home very late without eating any meal he didn't ______.
A. regret B. trouble C. mind D. worry
45. They've ________ to work still harder than ever before.
A. made up their minds B. made up their mind
C. made up their idea D. made up their thought
46. She still sat there and was __________in thought.
A. losing B. thinking C. lost D. wondering
47. The old man fell to the ground and ________ his leg.
A. hurt B. struck C. hit D. wounded
48. Freda stood in front of the flowers to have her photo ________
A. made B. put C. taken D. placed
49. The man was ________ after he had stayed in prison for three years.
A. set off B. set free C. set out D. set back
50. Although most of them were against his plan, he still ________ it.
A. prevented from changing B. refused to change
C. got rid of D. persuaded to change
51. Lucia ________ the idea of going abroad after graduation.
A. gave up B. threw away C. kept away D. gave off
52. The doctor ________ my pulse and told me there was nothing wrong with my heart. -
A. took B. felt C. touched D. pressed
53. The street is often ________ people, especially on Sundays.
A, gathered in B. crowed of C. crowded with D. collected in
54. He has another reason that ________ strange.
A. listens B. is listened C. is heard D. sounds
55. I ________ the boy not to touch the electric wire, but he didn't listen to me. I A. persuaded B. taught C. warned D. suggested
56. “Shall I _______ you, Bob?”
“No, thank you, mum. I'll _______ myself.”
A. put on, wear B. wear, wear C. dress, dress D. dress, put on .1
57. If you are to win the game, you'll have to ________
A. go out all B. go out C. all go out D. go all out ~J.
58. Dick ________ a suggestion that we should have a party this weekend. A. put down B. put off C. put up D. put forward
59. Mary will have to work even harder to ________ the days she was ill. A. make up for B. take on C. step up D. live up to
60. This morning I thought it was going to rain but it has ________ fine. A. come out B. turned out C. stood up D. brought out
参考答案：1.B 2.C 3.C 4.A 5.D 6.D 7.D 8.B 9.D 10.D 11.B 12.C 13.D 14.C 15.C 16.C 17.C 18.C 19.B 20.C 21.B 22.B 23.D 24.B 25.A 26.A 27.A 28.B 29.B 30.B 31.B 32.D 33.D 34.B 35.A 36.B 37.D 38.A39.B 40.B 41.C 42.C 43.B 44.C 45.A 46.C 47.A 48.C 49.B 50.B 51.A 52.B 53.C 54.D 55.C 56.C 57.D 58.D 59.A 60.

第八章 动词与动词短语
第一节 真题精析
I.动词
1. - How about eight o' clock outside the cinema?
- That _______ me fine. 【全国】
A. fits B. meets C. satisfies D. suits
2. The evening news comes on at seven o'clock and ______ only thirty minutes.【全国】
A. keeps B. continues
C. finishes D. lasts
3. A man is being questioned in relation to the ________ murder last night. 【江苏】
A. advised B. attended C. attempted D. admitted
4. If you are feeling so tired, perhaps a little sleep would _____.【浙江卷】
A. act B. help C. serve D. last
5. They've _____ us $150,000 for the house. Shall we take it? 【湖南卷】
A. provided B. supplied C. shown D. offered
6. All the employees except the manager to work online at home. 【广东卷】
A. encourages B. encourage C. is encouraged D. are encouraged
7．—How do you we go to Beijing for our holidays?
—I think we’d better fly there. It’s much more comfortable. 【福建卷】
A．insist B．want C．suppose D．suggest
8．John was late for the business meeting because his flight had been by a heavy storm. 【辽宁卷】
A．kept B．stopped C．slowed D．delayed
9. Happy birthday, Alice ! So you have twenty-one already ! 【天津卷】
A. become B. turned C. grown D. passed
10. They see you as something of a worrier, ______problems which don’t exist and crossing bridges long before you come to them. 【重庆卷】
A. settling B. discovering C. seeing D. designing
11. Hospital staff burst into cheers after doctors completed a 20-hours operation to have __________ one-year-old twins at the head. 【上海卷】
A. isolated B. separated C. divided C. removed
12. After the trainer was sure that the whale could look after itself, he ________it into the sea. 【上海卷】
A. transported B. unloaded C. released D. handled
13. Some people like dirking coffee, for it has _______ effects. 【上海卷】
A. promoting B. stimulating C. enhancing D. encouraging
14. The teacher wrote an example on the blackboard to ________ to point. 【上海卷】
A. illustrate B. suggest C. express D. recognize
15. If anybody calls, tell them I’m out, and ask them to their name and address.
A．pass B．write C．take D．leave 【NMET】
16. Tony is the guidebook, looking for information about Japan, where he will travel soon. 【上海】
A．tracing B．skipping C．inspecting D．scanning
17．Some passengers complain that it usually so long to fill in travel insurance
documents. 【上海】
A．costs B．takes C．spends D．spares
18．Her talent and experience her to the respect of her colleagues. 【上海】
A．permitted B．qualified C．deserved D．entitled
19． The taxi driver often reminds passengers to ____their belongings when they leave the car.
A. keep B. catch C. hold D. take 【NMET】
20. Mary finally Bruce as her life-long companion. 【上海】
A. received B. accepted C. made D. honored
21. Go and join in the party. it to me to do the washing-up. 【上海】
A. Get B. Remain C. Leave D. Send
22. Whatever rank you may be in, it would be wrong to the law into your own hands. 【上海】
A. bring B. hold C. take D. seize
23. ---What shall we start?
---Let’s ______ it 8:30. Is that all right? 【北京】
A. set B. meet C. make D. take
24. ---Mummy, can I put the peaches on the cupboard?
---No, dear. They don’t _____well. Put them in the fridge instead. 【北京】
A. keep B. fit C. get D. last
25. As we joined the big crowd I got _____ from my friends. 【NMET】
A. separated B. spared C. lost D. missed
26. Alice trusts you; only you can her to give up the foolish idea. 【上海】
B. suggest B. attract C. tempt D. persuade
27. Her brother to leave her in the dark room alone when she disobeyed his order. 【上海】
A. declared B. threatened C. warned D. exclaimed
28. When climbing the hill John was knocked unconscious by an rolling stone. 【上海】
B. untouched B. unexpected C. unfamiliar D. unbelievable
29. Her son, to whom she was so , went abroad ten years ago. 【上海】
A. Loved B. cared C. devoted D. affected
30. Let Harry play with your toys as well , Clare —you must learn to _______.【NMET】
　　A．support B．care　 　 C．spare D．share
31. －－Do you think the Stars will beat the Bulls?
　 －－Yes. They have better players, so I＿＿＿＿＿them to win. 【NMET】
　　A. hope 　　　　B. prefer 　　　　 C. expect 　　　　　 D. want
32. ＿＿＿＿＿him and then try to copy what he does．【NMET】
　　A. Mind　　　　 B. Glance at　　 C. Stared at　　　 D. Watch
33. They _____ the train until it disappeared in the distance. 【NMET】
A. saw B. watched C. noticed D. observed
34. I love to go to the seaside in summer. It　　good to lie in the sun or swim in the cool sea. 【NMET】
　　A. does　　　　 B. feels 　　 C. gets　　　　　 D. makes
35. —What did you think of her speech?
　 —She　　for one hour but didn't　　much. 【NMET】
　 A. spoke; speak B. spoke; say 　 C. said; speak　　 D. said; say
36. You're　　your time trying to persuade him; he'll never join us. 【NMET】
　 A. spending　 B. wasting　　 C. losing　　　　 D. missing
37. All the leading newspapers　　the trade talks between China and the United States.
　 A. reported　　 B. printed 　 C. announced　　　 D. published【NMET】
38. I don't know the restaurant, but it's  ______to be quite a good one. 【MET】
　　A. said　　　　 B. told　　 C. spoken　　　　　 D. talked
【答案与解析】
1. D 该题是考查动词辨析。fit是指：能适合某些条件、环境、目的或要求,有“吻合”之意。suit是指：适合；中……的意。据题意：“8点在电影院门口怎么样？”“那我很适合。”得知，这里不只是指尺寸合适。
2. D 该题考查动词辨析。last意为：continue in time; go on: 继续在时间上持续，继续。句意：晚间新闻7点开始，持续30分钟。故选D。 keep意为：保持，继续不断；finish意为：.完成，结束；continue意为：To go on with a particular action or in a particular condition; persist 继续，继续某一特定行为或保持某一特定情况。 不合题意。
3. C 该题考查动词辨析的能力。attempted murder意为：企图谋杀。句意：一位男子因涉嫌企图谋杀正在接受审问。
4. B 该题考查习动词辨析。据题意：如果你感到实在累了，也许睡一会有用。故选B. help意为：有用。
5.D 该题是考查动词辨析。offer意为：提供；跟双宾语，即offer sb. sth.。后面还有Shall we take it?故选D。句意：他们为我们提供了十五万美金买房子，我们要么？provided sb with sth/provide sth for sb；supply sb with sth/supply sth to sb；show虽然跟双宾语但意义不合题意。
6. D 该题考查动词语态与主谓一致。encourage sb to do sth为固定用法，意为：鼓励某人干某事。此处用被动语态，主语是employees为复数，谓语动词用复数，故选择D。句意：鼓励除了经理以外所有的职工在家在线工作。
7．D该题考查动词辨析。从第二句话得知这是建议，故选D。句意：“你建议我们怎样去北京度假？”“我认为我们最好坐飞机去。这样更方便。”
8．D 该题考查动词的辨析。关键词是late，由此得知后面应是delayed意为：耽误，延误。句意：约翰业务会议迟到了，因为他的航班被暴风雨延误了。
9. B 该题考查动词辨析。根据Happy birthday, Alice !得知B最佳。turn意为：To reach and pass (a certain age, for example)到达或过了（例如，一定的年龄）。其他become变成，成为，变得；grown成长，渐渐变得，增长；增高；pass经过，变化，超过，等都比全面，不合适。句意：爱丽丝，生日快乐！你已经21岁了！
10. C 该题根据句意选词。句意：他们把他看作杞人忧天的人。（自找烦恼的人，幻想一些不存在的问题，和不可能发生的事。）关键是which don’t exist决定了要选择“想象，幻想”。故选seeing。其他不合题意。
11. B 考查动词的词义辨析。句意“当医生经过20小时的手术把一岁的孪生儿的头部分离时，医院的全体工作人员举杯欢庆”。isolated“隔离，孤独”;separated“分离，分开”；divided“分成几份”，removed“离开，远离”，B符合句子意思要求。
12. C 考查动词的词义辨析。句子的意思为“训练者在保证鲸可以自己照顾自己之后，把它放归大海”。Transported“运输，传送”，unloaded“卸，摆脱……负担”，released“释放，放弃”，handled“触摸，搬运，处理”，C符合句子意思要求。
13. B考查动词词义辨析。句子意思为“很多人喜欢和咖啡，因为它有刺激作用”。promoting “促进的，提升的”， stimulating“刺激的，有刺激性的”，enhancing“提高的，增强的”，encouraging“奖励的，可奖励的”。
14. A 动词词义辨析，句子的意思为“老师在黑板上写了一个例子阐明观点”。Illustrate“举例说明，阐明”，suggest“建议，暗示，表明”，express“表示，表达”，recognize“认可，承认，认出”。
15． D 该题考查动词的使用。leave 意为：give or deposit, as for use or information, upon one's departure or in one's absence 留下某人离开或不在时给予或存放以备使用或告知某事leave one’s name and address意为：留下姓名和地址。这是习惯用语。句意：如果有人打电话，告诉他我出去了，请他留下姓名和地址。
16.D 考查动词的词义辨析，trace追踪.探索。skip跳.蹦，inspecting检查.视察，scanning匆匆的略看.扫视，句子的意思为“托尼正在浏览那导游手册，寻找有关日本的信息，他不久将去那里旅游，D为正确答案。
17.B 辨析动词的用法，It takes sb sometime to do sth是一个固定结构。句意：有些乘客抱怨填写旅行保险文件要花费很长时间。
18.D 考查动词的词义辨析，permit允许，许可，qualify使…有资格，deserve应该得到；值得。entitle给予权利,以….为名.经常使用的形式为entitle sb to do sth或entitle sb to sth因此,D为正确答案
19．D 该题动词的辨析与使用能力。句意：出租汽车司机提醒顾客临下车时带走他们的物品。keep意为：保存；catch意为： 抓住；hold 意为：拿住；take意为：拿, 拿走。据题意take 最合适。take one’s belongings意为:带好自己的物品。
20.B 辨析动词的词义及用法，received（收到）.accept（接受）含有主观成分。make（使）不能与as连用。honoured（授予荣誉），选择终生伴侣而不是授予荣誉，因此B为最佳选项。
21.C 考查动词的用法，get（使）remain（剩下.依然）leave（使留下，交给，遗留），send（送.寄.派），句子意思是“去参加晚会吧，把这些碗盘留给我洗。”get与 remain意思不符，send与此句的语言环境不相协调。因此C为正确答案。
22.C考查动词的词义辨析及搭配。take the law into one’s own hand意思为“无视法律而私行惩治。”
23. C 该题考查动词搭配的用法。“Make it +时间”是习惯搭配，用以确定做
某事的时间。句意：--我们什么时候出发？--定在8：30。行么？
24.A 该题考查使用动词的能力。keep意为：store存放；fit意为：合适；使合适使成为合适的大小和形状；get意为：获得, 变成；last意为：continue in time，go on: 继续在时间上持续。据题意：--妈妈，我把桃子放在厨子上行么？--不要，孩子。它们不能保鲜。把它们方到冰箱里。
25． A 该题考查动词短语搭配。该题中的关键词是from，四个选项中只有separate能与from搭配，意为：与……分开。句意：当我们进入人群时，我和我的朋友被分开了。
26.D Suggest意为“建议”。attract意思为“吸引”，tempt意思为“劝诱.勾引”persuade“说服”，强调劝说的结果，本句的意思为“爱丽丝相信你，只有能说服她放弃这愚蠢的想法。”D符合意思要求。
27.B 句意为“她哥威胁她如果她不执行他的命令就把她一个关在黑暗的屋子里”declare（宣布.宣告）.exclaim（叫喊.惊叫）后不接动词不定式作宾语。warn（警告）后接动词不定式的复合结构做宾语，threaten（威胁）可接动词不定式作宾语，B符合意思要求。
28. B untouched（没有触及的） unexpected（意想不到的）unfamiliar（不熟悉的）unbelievable（难以置信的）句意为“约翰在爬山的时候，被一块滚石砸得失去了知觉。B符合意思要求。
29．C loved（热爱的）， cared（关心的），devoted（热爱的，非常忠实的）常与to搭配，affected（矫饰的.造作的.不自然的）。句意为“她热爱的儿子，十年前去了国外。”在关系代词前的to就标志C为最佳答案。
31．D 该题考查动词的词义辨析。support意为：支撑，支持，赡养；care意为：关心，喜欢，照顾；spare意为：吝惜，省掉，抽出；share意为：分享，共有。据题意：让哈里斯也玩你的玩具，克莱尔，你必须学会分享。这是教育孩子要和别人分享自己的玩具，故选D。
31． C该题考查动词的词义辨析。题意：“你认为明星队会打败公牛队吗？”“会的。他们有更好的队员，所以我预料他们会赢。”根据better player，可知后面的意义为“所以我预料他们会赢”。在四个供选动词中，hope意为：希望，不能用于hope sb to do sth；prefer意为：更喜欢want意为：想要。但从说话者的语气判断是对未来事情的期盼，不合题意；唯expect有“预料”之意。
32．D 该题考查动词用法辨析。mind意为：注意, 留意,介意；glance at意为：匆匆看一下；stare at意为：盯着看, 凝视，往往表示由于吃惊而瞪大眼睛看；watch意为：注视，题意：注意观察他，然后试着照他做的去做。watch有持续动作的意义，可以表示较长时间的观看。
33．B 该题考查动词用法辨析。saw意为：看见，强调看的结果；notice意为：注意到，留心；observe 意为：观察, 观测； watch意为：注视，有持续动作的意义。题意：他们注视着火车直到消失在远方。故watch为最佳选择。
34． B 该题考查动词用法辨析。该题的关键词是good为形容词，因此决定其前面的动词为系动词，feel为系动词，do, get ,make都是行为动词，用副词来修饰。该题题意：夏天我喜欢到海边去，躺在阳光下或在凉爽的海水里游泳我感到无比愉快。
35． B 该题考查动词语义辨析。speak 作不及物动词，意为：说，发言, 演讲；speak作及物动词时意为：讲(某种语言)，后接某种语言作宾语。say作及物动词，意为：说，讲，后接宾语。据题意：“你认为她的讲演怎么样？” “她讲了一小时，但并没说出多少（事）。”“她讲了一小时”，应用speak不及物动词；“但并没说出多少（事）。”应用say 及物动词。
36． B 该题考查动词短语词义辨析。waste time doing sth 意为：浪费时间干某事。spend time doing sth意为：花费时间干某事。该题的关键在于：he will never join us.它决定了应用wasting。句意：你劝他是浪费时间，他绝对不会加入我们（这边的）。
37． A 该题考查动词语义辨析。句意：各大主要报纸都报道了中美两国贸易谈判的消息。report 意 为：报导；print意为：印刷, 出版；announce意为： 宣布, 通告；publish意为：出版，刊印。报纸上的报道只能用report。
38． A 该题考查固定表达。句中it是形式主语，不定式是真正主语。It’s said意思是“据说……”。 句意：我不了解那家饭店，但据说是一家很好的饭店。
II.动词短语
1. The Internet has brought big changes in the way we work. 【05春考北京】
A. about B. out C. back D. up
2. The forest guards often find campfires that have not been ______ completely.【全国】
A. turned down B. put out
C. put away D. turned over
4. In some western countries, demand for graduates from MBA courses has _____.
【全国】
A. turned down B. turned over C. fallen down D. fallen over
4. The man insisted________ a taxi for me even though I told him I lived nearby.
【江苏】
A. find B. to find C. on finding D. in finding
5. It's ten years since the scientist _______on his life's work of discovering the valuable chemical. 【江苏-29】
A. made for B. set out C. took off D. turned up
6. We wanted to get home before dark, but it didn’t quite____ as planned. 【浙江卷】
A. make out B. turn out C. go on C. come up
7. He accidentally _____he had quarreled with his wife and that he hadn't been home for a couple of weeks. 【湖南卷】
A. let out B. took care C. made sure D. made out
8. Helen always helps her mother even though going to school ______ most of her day. 【广东卷】
A. takes up B. makes up C. saves up D. puts up
9．It is certain that he will__________ his business to his son when he gets old. 【福建卷】
A．take over B．think over C．hand over D．go over
10．The final examination is coming up soon. It’s time for us to our studies. 【辽宁卷】
A．get down to B．get out C．get back for D．get over
11. It was not a serious illness, and she soon it. 【天津卷】
A. got over B. got on with C. got around D. got out of
12. Before the war broke out, many people ________in safe places possessions they could not take with them. 【重庆卷】
A. threw away B. put away C. gave away D. carried away
13. To keep healthy, Professor Johnson________ cycling as a regular form of exercise after he retired. 【上海卷】
A. took up B. caught on C. carried out D. made for
14. I don't ____ rock 'n' roll. It's much too noisy for my taste.【北京】
A. go after B. go away with
C. go into D. go in for
15. You can take anything from the shelf and read, but please _______the books when you've finished with them. 【全国】
A. put on B. put down　　 C. put back D. put off
16. News reports say peace talks between the two countries with no agreement reached.
A．have broken down B．have broken out C．have broken in D．have broken up 【NMET】
17．The engine of the ship was out of order and the bad weather the helplessness of the crew at sea . 【上海】
A．added to B．resulted from C．turned out D．made up
18. Don’t mention that at the beginning of the story, or it may _____the shocking ending. 【北京】
A. give away B. give out C. give up D. give off
19. We thought of selling this old furniture. But we’ve decided to _____it. It might be valuable.
A. hold on to B. keep up with C. turn to D. look after 【NMET】
20.Can you make a sentence to the meaning of the phrase? 【上海】
A. show off B. turn out C. bring out D. bake in
21. This mother had thought it would be good for his character to _____ from home and earn some money on his own. 【北京】
A. run away B. take away C. keep away D. get away
22. We didn’t plan our art exhibition like that but it ____ very well.
A. worked out B. tried out C. went on D. carried on 【NMET】
23.I’m planning to hold a party in the open air, but I can no guarantees because it the weather. 【上海】
A. links with B. depends on C. connects to D. decides on
24. Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the lights happened to _____.
A. be put up B. give in C. be turned on D. go out 【NMET】
25. She_________ his number in the phone book to make sure that she had got it right.
　A. looked up B. looked for C. picked out D. picked up【NMET】
26. It is wise to have some money　　for old age. 【NMET】
　A. put away　　 B. kept up　　 C. given away　　 D. laid up
27. I can hardly hear the radio. Would you please　　? 【NMET】
　A. turn it on　 B. turn it down C. turn it up　　　 D. turn it off
答案与解析
1. A 该题考查动词短语的用法。bring about意为：引起，致使，造成，达成；bring out意为：揭露，显示，解释；出版，演出 ，说出，暴露；bring back回忆，使忆起，使返回，归还，带回来，恢复，还原；bring up养育，提出，教养，使突然停止，提升。据题意：因特网改变了我们的工作方式。此处指带来变化，故A最佳。
2. B该题考查短语动词的用法。turn down拒绝；put out扑灭；put away放好， 储存…备用；turned over考虑，把…交给警方。据题意，应该是扑灭campfires故选B。句意：森林警察经常发现没有完全被扑灭的营火。
3. C该题是中考查短语动词的辨析。A. turned down拒绝 B. turned over打翻，移交给，翻身C. fallen down下降，倒下，跪拜D. fallen over脸朝下跌倒。据题意：在一些西方国家，对工商管理硕士毕业生的需求已经下降了。故选C。
4. C 该题考查动词搭配的能力。insist on doing sth 是习惯搭配，意为：坚持做某事。句意：虽然我对他说我住在附近，但是那位男士坚持为我找出租车。
5. B 该题考查短语动词的用法。set out意为：着手做，开始干；take off意为：拿掉，取消，脱衣，起飞；turn up意为：找到，出现，突然发生；make for意为：(尤指匆匆地)走向，有利于，倾向于，导致，向前进，有助于。据题意：那位科学家十年前就开始了他毕生发现那种昂贵的化学药品的工作了。应选择B。
6．B 该题考查短语动词的辨析。make out意为：书写，好不容易做成功，理解，辨认出；turn out意为：证明是，结果，发展为；go on 意为：继续下去，发生；come up意为：走近，发芽，发生，被提出，上升，出现。据题意；我们本想天黑前到家，但是结果没像计划的那样。应该选择B。
7.A 该题考查短语动词的使用。let out意为：泄露。符合题意。句意：他无意中说出了他和他老婆吵了架 并且两周没回家了。took care意为：当心；made sure意为：确定，确信，证实；made out意为：书写，说明，设法应付，理解。都不符合题意。
8. A该题考查短语动词的用法。take up意为：占(地方)，费(时间)，占据；makes up意为：弥补，虚构，缝制，整理，包装，和解，编辑，化妆；saves up意为：储蓄，贮存；puts up意为：举起，抬起，进行，提供，表现出，建造，提名，推举。关键词most of her day，由此选择A。题意：海伦总是帮助妈妈，即使上学占了她大部分时间。
9．C该题考查短语动词的用法。take over接收，接管；think over仔细考虑，重新考虑；hand over移交；go over仔细检查，润色，复习。据题意C最合适。句意：他老了时，把生意转交给他儿子这是肯定的。
10．A该题考查短语动词的用法。据题意此处指开始认真学习，故选A. get down to意为：开始认真考虑，符合题意。get out意为：出去，离开，逃脱，泄露；get back for意为：回来，恢复；get over意为：爬过，克服，熬过，恢复，原谅。不符合题意。句意：期末考试即将来临。到了我们开始认真学习的时候了。
11. A 该题考查短语的用法。根据题意应当选择“痊愈；康复”，因此选择 A. got over。got on with意为：继续(做某事)，与…和睦相处；got around意为：避免，说服，走动，传开来；got out of意为：从…之中获得…，避免，使说出。不合题意。句意：病情不严重，她很快就康复了。
12. B该题是考查短语动词的用法。关键词是in safe places，据此可以判断此处选择“收藏，放好”。题意：战争爆发前，很多人把带不走的财产藏在安全的地方。threw away扔掉，丢弃；gave away送掉，分发，放弃，泄露；carried away运走，使失去自制力。都不合题意。
13. A 动词短语意义辨析。句子意思为“为了保持健康，约翰教授退休后把骑自行车作为正常的锻炼形式”。took up“开始从事”，caught on“理解，了解”，carried out“执行”，made for“有利于……，促进，袭击”。
14. D 该题考查短语动词的用法。go in for意为：酷爱；喜欢。据题意：我不喜欢摇滚音乐。我感觉它太吵了。go after意为：追求；go away with意为：带走, 拐逃；go into意为：进入，探究。不合题意。
15. C 该题考查动词短语的辨析。一个中心动词put加不同的小词。put on意为：假装；增加；表演，演出，上演（戏剧）；穿上；put down意为：戴上；写下；记下 ；击败；平定；取缔；put back意为：拨回；推迟；延期；搁置；拖延；put off意为：延期；推迟。据题意：你可以从书架上拿任何书读，但是你读完后请你把它们放回原处。故选C。
16． A该题考查动词短语的用法。break down意为：失败； 落空；毁掉；拆除；损坏; 瓦解; 崩溃break in意为：闯入，破门而入 ；打断，插嘴；失去控制 break out意为：发生; 爆发；逃出; 突围 break up意为：打碎, 破碎, 分裂,衰落, 分解, 变坏, 驱散。据题意：有消息报道那两个国家的和平谈判没达成任何协议而失败。该题应选break down。
17.A．考查动词短语的用法。add to 增加，result from起因于，发生。turn out结果是…出现，make up 编造.组成，句子意思为“……恶劣的天气有增加了海上船员的无望”，因此A为正确答案。
18．A该题考查动词短语的辨析。give away意为：泄露(秘密), 暴露，送掉, 分发, 放弃, 泄露, 出卖, 让步, 陷下；give out意为：分发, 发出(气味、热等), 发表, 用尽, 精疲力竭；give up意为：放弃(念头、希望等), 停止, 抛弃, 认输；give off意为：发出(蒸汽、光等)，长出（枝、杈等）。据题意：故事开始不要提这件事，否则你会泄漏玄妙的结尾。推断该题应选答案A。
19. A 该题在特定语言环境中考查动词短语的语义辨析。hold on to sth意为：“保住”；“ 保留”“抓住”； keep up with 意为：“保持地位”；“赶上跟上”；turn to意为：“转向” “求助”，“变成”；look after 意为：“照看”“料理”。空后的it指代this old furniture，but 转折语气说明我们又决定不卖它了，故选A. hold on to意为“留下来”。题意：我们本想把旧家具卖掉，可是我们还是决定继续保留下它。这家具说不定挺值钱的。
20.C 考查动词短语，show off（炫耀）turn out（出席.证明为）bring out（说明.阐明），take in（吸收），句子意思为“你能造一个句子来说明这个短语的意思吗？因此bring out符合要求。
21.D 该题考查动词短语的辨析。A. run away 意为：离家出走，尤指私奔潜逃 B. take away 意为： 拿走；夺走； 带走 C. keep away 意为： 避开D. get away意为： 离开, 出发 ，把...送走。据题意：他妈妈认为让他离开家自己挣钱，会对他的性格养成有好处。此处既不是指“私奔潜逃”，也不是指“避开”，更不是“拿走；夺走； 带走”，而是指“离开，把...送走”。
22.A 该题考查动词短语语义辨析。work out意为：设计出，计算出，解决，产 生某种结果；try out意为：(采用前)严密试验，考验；go on意为：继续下去，过去，发生，进行；carry on 意为：继续开展，坚持。题意：我们原本没有计划那样搞艺展，但效果不错。work out一般与plan 搭配，有“产生某种结果，有预期的结 果之意”。又如：I hope that the plan works out satisfactorily。（我希望那计划有令人满意的结果。）
23. B link with（连接.接合） depend on（依赖.依靠），connect to（连接.连结） decide on （下决心.决定），句意为“我计划举行露天晚会，但我不能保证，因为这要取决于天气。B符合意思要求。
24. D该题考查动词短语的词义辨析。put up意为：举起, 抬起give in意为： 屈服, 让步turn on意为： 打开(自来水、电灯、收音机) go out意为：熄灭。题意：没人注 意到小偷溜进房子因为恰巧灯熄了。在这里“熄灭”并不强调被动而是强调自然熄灯。故go out为最佳答案。
25.A 该题考查动词短语的语义辨析。look up意为：向上看, 查寻, 查阅；look for 意为：寻找，期待；pick out意为：挑选；pick up意为： 捡起，获得。据题意：“她在电话簿里查看他的号码来核实她的号码是否准确。”选项中只有look up意为：查寻，符合题意。
26. A 该题考查动词短语的语义辨析。put away意为：放好, 储存...备用keep up意为：不低落，维持，继续；give away意为：送掉，分发，放弃；lay up意为：贮存，搁置。该题题意：为晚年存点钱是明智的。本句意为：储存钱以备老来所用，put away选项最佳。
27. C 该题考查动词短语的语义辨析。turn on 拧开(自来水、电灯、收音机)； turn down (使) 翻下来 ，调低, 关小(灯光) ，拒绝；turn up向上翻，开大， 扭亮(灯火等)，露面, 发生,出现；turn off关(自来水、电灯、收音机等) 。题中的hardly hear是关键词：几乎听不到。故断定后句应将音量放大。句意：我听不到收音机的声音，请你把音量调大点。

第二节 考点归纳
一、动词的分类
从其含义来分，动词可分为行为动词(notional verb)、连系动词(link verb)、情态动词(modal verb)和助动词(auxiliary verb)四类:
类别
特点
举例
行
为
动
词
及物动词
有完整的意义，能独立作谓语，可以有宾语，可以有被动语态
tell, ask, learn, produce, develop, leave,join
不及物动词
有完整的意义，能独立作谓语，不带宾语，没有被动语态
go, come, run, rise, wait, look
状态动词
表示相对静止的状态
belong, contain, exist,love
动作动词
非延续性动词
表示短暂动作不能持续，不能同表示一段时间的状语连用
Arrive, finish, lend, open,start,leave,marry,die
延续性动词
动作可以持续，可以同表示一段时间的状语连用
Work, stay, sleep
连
系
动
词
状态和特征
表示具有某种性质、特征和出于某种状态
sit, smell, live, sound, mean, feel, seem, appear, taste, awake, remain, stand
变化
表示动词的动作和过程所产生的结果或状态
go, grow, prove, turn, fall, become, come, turn out
持续状态
表示某种持续的状态
rest, stand, lie, continue, keep, stay, burn
情态动词
表示说话人对所说行为的看法，必须与其他动词一起构成谓语。
shall， will can， may， must
助动词
助动词本身没有意义，不能独立作谓语，必须与其他动词一起构成谓语。表现于否定、疑问、强调以及时态、语态、语气、人称和数等特征。
be, do, does, did, have, has, shall, will,
1、及物动词
及物动词可以有宾语，可以由被动语态，如make, build, open等。
Watch him and then try to copy what he does．注意观看他，然后试着照他做的去做。
I don't know the restaurant, but it's said to be quite a good one. 我不了解那家饭店，但据说是一家很好的饭店。
2、不及物动词
She ran faster than him.她比他跑得快。
She spoke for one hour but didn't say much. “她讲了一小时，但并没说出多少（事）。
3、动作动词
（1）活动动词
这类动词表示各种活动，可用于进行时态，如：do, play, ask, drink, rain等。
The children were playing with a ball. 孩子们在玩球。
（2）过程动词
这类动词表示情况的改变，可用于进行时态，如turn, become, grow, change等。
Nothing will change him, and he will always be the same.什么也改变不了他,他始终是那个样子。
注意：非延续性动词不能同表示一段时间的状语连用。
He has joined the club for a long time.(误)
He has been a member of the club for a long time.他加入俱乐部很长时间了。（正）
4、状态动词
状态动词表示非活动性的静止状态，不用于进行时态。但这些动词如果转义成为动态动词时可以用进行时态。
（1）感官动词
see, feel, hear, taste, smell等，这类动词表示不自觉的、无意义的活动。
I heard a loud noise. 我听见一声巨响。
（2）心理、情感、状态动词
believe, consider, desire, dislike, doubt, forget, fear, hate, hope, imagine, know, like, love, mind, object, prefer, remember, suppose, think, understand, want, wish, worship, assume, care, envy, expect, regret, feel(=think), find, mean, notice, interest等，不用进行时。
I hope that fortune may smile upon you.我希望幸运之神会向你微笑。
I regret to say I cannot come. 很抱歉，我不能来了。
（3）拥有、关系动词
belong to , consist of, contain, cost, deserve, equal, observe, fit, hold, equal, include, involve, lack, matter, need, owe, own, remain, require, apply, to, differ, stand for, have, exist, depend on, benefit from等，不用于进行时态。
That book belongs to me. 那本书属于我。
He holds an important position at the bank. 他在这家银行里担任一个重要的职务。
5、心理使动词
所谓心理使动词是指那些使人产生某种心理反应、心理活动的动词。这类动词大都有“使”的意思，但不是使役动词，是表示使人感到怎样，使之产生某种（喜悦、恐怖、沮丧等）心理活动。主语一般是物(偶尔可以是人)，宾语只能是人；均有-ed和-ing形式，可以作定语和表语，动词的-ed形式作定语和表语时，主语或被其修饰的此应是表示人的名词。-ing形式作定语和表语时，主语或被其修饰的词应是表示物的名词；被动语态中，使动者多由at, with, in about引导；-ed和-ing形式状态意味强，有些已经形容词化了，能用rather, more, very, quite等副词修饰，且同feel, seem等动词连用。
（1）表示激动、喜悦、满意
excite, thrill, flatter, fascinate, encourage, delight, please, strike, satisfy, interest等。
She was flattered at the invitation.受到邀请她受宠若惊。
The story about a hero excited the little boys very much.一个英雄的故事使小男孩们兴奋不已。
（2）表示惊讶、困惑
puzzle, frighten, bewilder, surprise, shock, horrify, confuse, astonish, upset, disappoint, amaze
This letter puzzles me. 这封信使我迷惑不解.
His anger surprised me - I had thought he was a calm person.他的愤怒使我很惊讶，我原来以为他是个冷静的人。
（3）表示烦躁、厌恶
bore, distress, worry, depress, bother, annoy, irritate, trouble, tire
I'm bored with this job. 我对这件工作厌烦了。
6、连系动词
连系动词本身有词义，但须与表语结合充当谓语动词。连系动词有三种词汇意义。
（1）表示某种持续的状态
常用词：rest, stand, lie, continue, keep, stay, burn等。
Keep quiet， please! 请安静！
The same remark stands good.这句话同样有效。
How can you stay so cool, calm and collected after such a hot argument?这样一场激烈的争论过后，你怎么还能保持如此心平气和,镇静自若?
（2）表示具有某种性质、特征和出于某种状态。
常用词：sit, smell, live, sound, mean, feel, seem, appear, taste, awake, remain, stand等。
I love to go to the seaside in summer. It feels good to lie in the sun or swim in the cool sea. 夏天我喜欢到海边去，躺在阳光下或在凉爽的海水里游泳我感到无比愉快。
The man seemed ill. 这个人好像病了。
（3）表示动词的动作和过程所产生的结果或状态。
常用动词：go, grow, prove, turn, fall, become, come, turn out等。
His wishes have come true.他的愿望变成了现实。
She became a doctor after graduation.毕业后她当了一名医生。
7、系动词的五种语法结构
（1）系动词+形容词
常用词：come, sound, look, feel, smell, fall, sit, turn, remain, taste, keep, prove, grow, go, seem, stand, 等。
The bread has gone bad.面包坏了。
This tea tastes sweet.这茶的味道很香。
（2）系动词+名词
常用词：seem, prove, remain, become, turn, fall等。
Peter became a judge but John remained a fisherman. 彼得当了法官，但约翰仍然是个渔民。
He turned teacher.他当老师了。（turn跟名词作表语，名词前不加冠词）
（3）系动词+分词
常用词：come, become, get, feel, look, prove, seem, appear, grow, pass, remain, get 等。
He looked worried today.今天她看上去很着急。
（4）系动词+介词短语
常用词：sound, appear, smell, keep, prove, remain等。
The man appeared at ease.那个人看上去很安逸。
（5）系动词+副词
常用词：keep, prove, continue等。
They kept together in the struggle.他们在战斗中紧密团结。
二、动词的基本形式
英语动词有四种基本形式，现在式、过去式、过去分词和-ing形式四种形式。
1、现在式
现在式包括动词原形和动词的单数第三人称（-s/-es）形式。
（1）动词原形即前面不带to的动词不定式形式。如：be， get， study， love等
（2）动词单数第三人称（-s/-es）形式，即当主语是第三人称单数时，动词的几种形式。如：helps， makes， leaves等。具体变化规则及构成如下表：
规则
动词原形
第三人称单数形式
一般动词的词尾加-s(清辅音后读[s]，浊辅音或元音后读[z])
help
make
get
ride
swim
leave
know
play
helps
makes
gets
rides
swims
leaves
knows
plays
以字母s， x， ch， sh或o结尾的动词加-es（读[iz]，词尾已有e，只加-s）
guess
fix
teach
wash
go
close
guesses
fixes
teaches
washes
goes
closes
以辅音字母加y结尾的动词，先变y为i，再加-es（读[z]）
fly
carry
study
files
carries
studies
2、动词的过去式和过去分词形式
分为规则[-ed]和不规则两种。规则动词（regular verb）的过去式和过去分词的构成是在动词原形后加-ed，其构成规则及变化如下：


在清辅音后读[t]
在元音和浊辅音后读[d]
在辅音t、d后读[id]
在动词后加-ed
worked finished helped
followed stayed called entered
wanted rested
以-e结尾的动词加-d
hoped liked
joked
agreed believed lived changed

以辅音字母ty结尾的动词先将y变i再加-ed

carried
tried
studied


以重读闭音节或r音节结尾而末尾只有一个辅音字母的动词，双写辅音字母后再加-ed
clapped
stopped
planned
preferred
referred
regretted
permitted
admitted
个别双音节动词，尽管重音在第一个音节，但也要双写末尾的辅音字母，然后再加-ed。如：travel-travelled， total-totalled， level-levelled. 但请注意，美国英语不双写。如：travel-traveled.至于不规则动词的过去式和过去分词的构成是不规则的，必须熟记。
3、动词的-ing形式
由动词原形词尾加-ing构成。其构成方法如下表：
规则
原形
-ing
一般在原形末尾加-ing
go
ask
study
going
asking
studying
以不发音的e结尾的动词先去掉e，再加-ing
write
take
become
writing
taking
becoming
以重读闭音节结尾的动词如末尾只有一个辅音字母，应先双写这个字母，再加-ing
get
sit
put
run
begin
getting
sitting
putting
running
beginning
（1）动词结尾为辅音字母r时，加-ing ，r在此必须发音。
enter['ent ] —entering['int riη]
answer['a:ns ]—answering['a:ns riη]
（2）send， think， accept等动词是闭音节或重读闭音节结尾，但词尾有一个以上的辅音字母，这个辅音字母不双写，应直接加-ing，如：sending， thinking， accepting。
（3）少数以-ie结尾的动词，需将-ie变为-y，再加-ing。
die—dying tie—tying lie—lying
三、短语动词：由两个或两个以上单词构成。短语动词常有以下几种组合：
1、动词+副词
动词+away, back, out, ahead, forward, aside, up, on, over, off等构成的动词短语，如：set up, put on, give up, bring out, make out等。
（1）“及物动词+副词”相当于一个及物动词；如果其宾语是名词，则既可插在动词和副词之间。也可放在副词后面；若其宾语为人称代词，则须把宾语置于动词和副词之间，其后必须有宾语。常见的短语：
back up支持，blow up炸毁，call off取消，bring up抚养，cut off切断carry out执行，give away送掉，分发，放弃，泄露，出卖，让步，陷下，find out 查明，hand in上交，give up放弃，look up查找，hand out分发，make up构成，make out认出，point out指出，pick up拣起，put forward提出，put off取消，ring up打电话，put on穿上，set off出发，see off送行，set up建立，set aside留出，宣告无效，take off脱下，take in吸收，受骗
（2）“不及物动词+副词”相当于一个不及物动词，这种动词结构不能接宾语，也不用于被动语态。常见的短语：
break down毁掉，制服，压倒，停顿，倒塌，中止，come to 苏醒，die away逐渐消失，drop out退出，give in让步，grow up长大，knock off停工，look out当心，pass away去世，run out 耗尽，show off炫耀，turn up出现，fall through失败，fall out争吵，pass out死，不复存在，blow over结束，come off成功，look up改进，有起色，come out开花，make off逃跑，fall back后退，make up 和好，fall off下降，catch on理解，pull up停下,crop up 发生，出现
2、动词+介词
动词+at, for, from, into, of, to , with等，构成的动词短语总是介词型的。这类动词相当于一个及物动词，宾语只能放在介词后面，不能放在动词与介词之间。常见的短语：
act on按……采取行动， account for 说明，apply for申请，amount to 等于，believe in信仰，attend to关照，break through冲破，break into闯入，come across遇见，consist of由……组成，deal with对付，处理，do without废除，improve upon改进，insist on坚持，complain of(about)抱怨，look after照料，look into 调查，object to反对，operate on手术，read of 读到，approve of赞成，满意，dream of梦到，conceive of想象，add to增加，adjust to适应，admit to承认，allow for允许，agree on(with, to)同意，aim at瞄准，argue about争辩，arrange for安排，ask for要求，call on 访问，agree on对...达成协议； 对...取得一致意见，care for喜欢，concentrate on集中，contribute to贡献，hear of(about)听说，hope for 希望，insist on 坚持，listen to听， work on从事于, 致力于， go over复习，speak of说起， think about考虑，think of考虑，关心，想起， refer to查阅，提到，谈到，打听，break into破门而入，侵占，rely on依靠，provide for提供，pay for付款，live on靠……生存等。
3、动词+副词+介词
这类结构的短语动词相当于一个及物动词。
常见的短语： catch up with 赶上，go in for从事，come down with患病，look down upon轻视，date back to追溯到，look up to 尊敬，get away with逃避惩罚，keep away from，避免，get along with/get on with，与……相处 break away from脱离，stand up for包围，支持，go on with 继续，put up with忍受，live up to 不负于，实现，sit in on旁听，look forward to期望，watch out for 留神，make up for补偿，check up on核对，调查，run out of用光，come in for得到，受到，check out of 付账离开，drop out of 推出，get away with成功，逃避，fill in for代替，get through理解，打通电话，come up to 达到，符合，listen in to听广播，get back at报仇，hold on to 抓住，keep up with跟上，come up with得出，get through with完成，cut down on减少，read up to 专攻，研究，do away with废除，break in on打扰，get down to认真从事，look in on访问，看望，face up to 面对， look out for警惕，turn out for 出席等。
4、动词+名词（+介词）
这类短语动词相当于及物动词，需要跟宾语，既可以作谓语动词，也可以作非谓语动词，这类短语动词大多可以构成被动语态，而且常有两种构成方式：把短语动词中的名词作为被动语态的主语；把短语动词后的介词宾语作为被动语态的主语。
常见的短语：catch sight of看见，draw one’s attention吸引……注意力，get rid of摆脱，make much of重视，keep an eye on留意，lay foundation for为……打基础，make fun of取笑，keep pace with赶上，make use of利用，lay hold of抓住，pay attention to注意，lay emphasis(stress) on强调，take care of照顾，make a mess of 弄糟，take part in 参加，make mention of 提到，find fault with 挑毛病，make a fool of愚弄，give rise to引起，set fire to放火，lose sight of看不见，make friends with交友，take account of考虑，put an end to 结束，take head of 注意，take advantage of利用，take hold of抓住，take notice of注意到，take exception of开除等。
5、be+形容词+介词：
be sure of(about)确定，be fond of喜欢 ， be used to习惯， be worthy of值得等。
He is fond of music.他喜欢音乐。
I have been used to the life her.我已经习惯这里的生活了。
第三节 巩固提高
1. The airplane _________ in the hills.
A. hit B. crashed C. smashed D. struck
2. Students are expected to _________ their classes regularly.
A. present B. go C. attend D. follow
3. The ball went over the fence and the football player asked a boy to _________ it.
A. bring B. take C. fetch D. give
4. Winter is coming; poor Jack has to______ money from his brother to buy a coat.
A. borrow B. tend C. keep D. ask
5. Mr. Brown is ________ a bit pale today.
A. being B. appearing C. seeming D. looking
6. I can hardly _________ the difference between these two words.
A. point B. speak C. talk D. tell
7. ---Do you like Chicago?
---It’s big and frightening, but I lived there for a while and I _____it.
A. used B. am using C. used to D. got used to
8. Would you please ________ from smoking while the lecture is in progress?
A. avoid B. refrain C. stop D. keep yourself
9. Nowadays, more and more people have ________ smoking.
A. given in B. given to C. given up D. given out
10. Mary tried her best to ________ the lessons she had missed.
A. make up B. catch up C. look up D. make up for
11. This boy is determined to ________ bad habits.
A. break in B. break away from
C. break out D. break up
12. To _______ with, I’d like to tell you some good news.
A. get B. make C. begin D. take
13. The news of his death made all of us ________ sad.
A. have B. to be C. show D. feel
14. His father died and _________ them a lot of money.
A. sent B. gave C. left D. offered
15. She has the ability to _________ properly with the complicated situations.
A. solve B. keep in touch C. deal D. get along
16. What would you do if he ________ his own opinion?
A. insisted to B. stuck to C. truck to D. believed to
17. The bus stopped here only to _______ passengers.
A. get off B. get on C. pick up D. put on

18. The money he spent on books _______ more than $ 800 last year.
A. added to B. added up C. added up to D. added up for
19. It’s time to sleep. Please ________ the light.
A. put off B. turn off C. turn over D. set off
20. I ________ English a useful tool in the study of science.
A. discover B. feel C. find D. find out
21. I can tell you the phone number if you want to _______
A. call at her B. call her up C. call on her D. call her out
22. The cake _______ sweet.
A. eats B. tastes C. is tasted D. is eaten
23. He _______ a League member for three years.
A. has become B. became C. has joined D. has been
24. I _______my cap at the barber’s.
A. leave B. left C. forgot D. forget
25. I can ________ because there is enough time left.
A. take my time B. spend my time C. pass the time D. take the times
26. If you _______ the truth, you've nothing to fear.
A. devote to B. stick to C. go on with D. ask for

27. Would you ________ her to go to the park with us?
A. permit B. agree C. let D. have
28. The panel ________ a conclusion only after days of discussion.
A. achieved B. reached C. attained D. arrived
29. He ________ to work out the problem by himself.
A. made his beat B. tried his best
C. did his attention D. put his heart
30. Herry ________ after the long journey on horseback.
A. wore out B. was worn out C. was tired of D. was tired of
31. I have something to tell you, but you must ________ from others.
A. remain it B. keep it C. leave it D. prevent it
32. The clock ________ seven when we were having breakfast.
A. hit B. rang C. beat D. struck
33. The spy was ________ in the early morning.
A. to hang B. hung C. hang D. hanged -
34. Last month they _______ to build the bridge and by this weekend they’ 11 have completed the work.
A. set up B. set out C. set against D. set off
35. The old engine ________ smoking terribly.
A. gave off B. came out C. sent up D. sent out
36. When water boils, it _________ much vapor.
A. send out B. gives off C. carries out D. gives away
37. Little Hans was an orphan. He was _______ by a businessman.
A. feed up B. put up C. lived on D. brought up
38. Two hours ago your wife ________ and let me tell you she would go home late.
A. called up B. called on C. called for D. called out
39. Children ________ good food if they are to be healthy.
A. serve B. need C. receive D. have
40. She received my letter, but she refused to _________ my gift.
A. gain B. receive C. get D. accept
41. Whenever they had trouble in English, they would ________ the professor.
A. refer to B. look up C. turn to D. meet with
42. We were told that the bridge _______ by the flood.
A. had been pushed away B. had been pushed down
C. had been washed away D. had been run away
43. The young man was ________ by the beauty of Miss Maria.
A. hit B. struck C. hurt D. beaten
44. He had done a good deed. Though he came home very late without eating any meal he didn't ______.
A. regret B. trouble C. mind D. worry
45. They've ________ to work still harder than ever before.
A. made up their minds B. made up their mind
C. made up their idea D. made up their thought
46. She still sat there and was __________in thought.
A. losing B. thinking C. lost D. wondering
47. The old man fell to the ground and ________ his leg.
A. hurt B. struck C. hit D. wounded
48. Freda stood in front of the flowers to have her photo ________
A. made B. put C. taken D. placed
49. The man was ________ after he had stayed in prison for three years.
A. set off B. set free C. set out D. set back
50. Although most of them were against his plan, he still ________ it.
A. prevented from changing B. refused to change
C. got rid of D. persuaded to change
51. Lucia ________ the idea of going abroad after graduation.
A. gave up B. threw away C. kept away D. gave off
52. The doctor ________ my pulse and told me there was nothing wrong with my heart.
A. took B. felt C. touched D. pressed
53. The street is often ________ people, especially on Sundays.
A, gathered in B. crowed of C. crowded with D. collected in
54. He has another reason that ________ strange.
A. listens B. is listened C. is heard D. sounds
55. I ________ the boy not to touch the electric wire, but he didn't listen to me.
A. persuaded B. taught C. warned D. suggested
56. “Shall I _______ you, Bob?”
“No, thank you, mum. I'll _______ myself.”
A. put on, wear B. wear, wear C. dress, dress D. dress, put on .
57. If you are to win the game, you'll have to ________
A. go out all B. go out C. all go out D. go all out .
58. Dick ________ a suggestion that we should have a party this weekend.
A. put down B. put off C. put up D. put forward
59. Mary will have to work even harder to ________ the days she was ill.
A. make up for B. take on C. step up D. live up to
60. This morning I thought it was going to rain but it has ________ fine.
A. come out B. turned out C. stood up D. brought out
参考答案：1.B 2.C 3.C 4.A 5.D 6.D 7.D 8.B 9.D 10.D 11.B 12.C 13.D 14.C 15.C 16.C 17.C 18.C 19.B 20.C 21.B 22.B 23.D 24.B 25.A 26.A 27.A 28.B 29.B 30.B 31.B 32.D 33.D 34.B 35.A 36.B 37.D 38.A39.B 40.B 41.C 42.C 43.B 44.C 45.A 46.C 47.A 48.C 49.B 50.B 51.A 52.B 53.C 54.D 55.C 56.C 57.D 58.D 59.A 60.

第九章 动词时态与语态
第一节 真题精析
1. When Mark opened the door, he saw a woman standing there. He ____ her before. 【05北京春】
A. never saw B. had never seen
C. never sees D. has never seen
2. After a fire broke out in the lab, a lot of equipment
A. is damaged B. had damaged
C. damaged D. was damaged
3. My mind wasn't on what he was saying so I' m afraid I ______ half of it. 【全国】
A. was missing B. had missed　　 C. will miss D. missed
4. - Has Sam finished his homework today?
- I have no idea. He ______ it this morning. 【全国】
A. did B. has done
C. was doing D. had done
5. I ______ you not to move my dictionary -- now I can’t find it.【全国】
A. asked B. ask
C. was asking D. had asked
6. According to the art dealer, the painting ______ to go for at least a million dollars. 【全国】
A. is expected B. expects
C. expected D. is expecting
— The window is dirty.
— I know. It _____ for weeks. 【全国】
A. hasn’t cleaned B. didn’t clean C. wasn’t cleaned D. hasn’t been cleaned
8.-- Thank goodness, you're here! What ______ you?
-- Traffic jam. 【全国】
A. keeps B. is keeping C. had kept D. kept
9. The house could fall down soon if no one_______ some quick repair work.
【全国】
A. has done B. is doing C. does D. had done
10. More patients ___________ in hospital this year than last year. 【江苏】
A. treated B. have treated C. had been treated D. have been treated
11. Sales of CDs have greatly increased since the early 1990s, when people _____to enjoy the advantages of this new technology. 【江苏】
A. begin B. began C. have begun D. had begun
12. The discussion ____ alive when an interesting topic was brought in. 【浙江】
A. was coming B. had come C. has come D. came
13. Because the shop _____, all the T-shirts are sold at half price. 【浙江】
A. has closed down B. closed down
C. is closing down D. had closed down
14. Turn on the television or open a magazine and you ______ advertisements showing happy families. 【湖南】
A. will often see B. often see C. are often seeing D. have often seen
15. ---- I hear Jane has gone to the Holy Island for her holiday.
---- Oh, how nice! Do you know when she ______ ? 【湖南】
A. was leaving B. had left C. has left D. left
16．—You were out when I dropped in at your house.
—Oh ,I _______ for a friend from England at the airport.【福建】
A．was waiting B．had waited C．am waiting D．have waited
17．She has set a new record, that is, the sales of her latest book ________ 50 million. 【福建】
A．have reached B．has reached C．are reaching D．had reached
18．It is said in the book that Thomas Edison (1847-1931) the world leading inventor for sixty years. 【辽宁】
A．would be B．has been C．had been D．was
19. — What were you doing when Tony phoned you?
 — I had just finished my work and to take a shower. 【天津】
A. had started B. started C. have started D. was starting
20. The crazy fans ______patiently for two hours, and they would wait till the movie star arrived. 【重庆】
A. were waiting B. had been waiting
C. had waited D. would wait
21.She ______her hairstyle in her hometown before she came to Chongqing for a better job. 【重庆】
A. would change B. has changed C. changed D. was changing
22. The first use of atomic weapons was in 1945 and their power ______ increased enormously ever since. 【上海】
A. is B. was C. has been D. had been
23. The number of deaths form heart disease will be reduced greatly if people _______ to eat more fruit and vegetables. 【上海】
A. persuade B. will persuade C. be persuaded C. are persuaded
24. —What’s that terrible noise?
—The neighbors ____ for a party.【北京】
A. have prepared B. are preparing
C. prepare D. will prepare
25. Now that she is out of a job, Lucy ____ going back to school, but she hasn’t decided yet.【北京】
A. had considered B. has been considering
C. considered D. is going to consider
26. The mayor of Beijing says that all construction work for the Beijing Olympics
___ by . 【北京】
A. has been completed B. has completed
C. will have been completed D. will have completed
27. The teacher, with 6 girls and 8 boys of her class, ____ visiting a museum when the earthquake struck. 【北京】
A. was B. were
C. had been D. would be
28. Let’s keep to the point or we _______ any decisions. 【全国】
A. will never reach B. have never reached
C. never reach D. never reached
29. Sarah, hurry up. I'm afraid you can't have time to ______ before the party.
【全国】
A. get changed B. get change
C. get changing D. get to change
30. All morning as she waited for the medical report from the doctor, her nervousness.
A．has grown B．is growing C．grew D．had grown【NMET】
31. Why don’t you put the meat in the fridge? It will fresh for several days. 【NMET】
A．be stayed B．stay C．be staying D．have stayed
32．I thought Jim would say something about his school report, but he it. 【上海】
A．doesn’t mention B．hadn’t mentioned C．didn’t mention D．hasn’t mentioned
33. At this time tomorrow _____over the Atlantic. 【北京】
A. we’re going to fly B. we’ll be flying
C. we’ll fly D. we’re to fly
34. The news came as no surprise to me. I _____for some time that the factory was going to shut down. 【北京】
A. had known B. knew C. known D. know
35. – You haven’t said a word about my new coat, Brenda. Do you like it? 【NMET】
– I’m sorry I___ anything about it sooner. I certainly think it’s pretty on you.
A. wasn’t saying B. don’t say C. won’t say D. didn’t say
36. I wonder why Jenny ____us recently. We should have heard from her by now. 【NMET】
A. hasn’t written B. doesn’t write C. won’t write D. hadn’t written
37.He will have learned English for eight years by the time he from the university next year. 【上海】
A. will graduate B. will have graduated C. graduates D. is to graduate
38.I feel it is your husband who for the spoiled child. 【上海】
A. is to blame B. is going to blame C. is to be blamed D. should blame
39.—Will you go skiing with me this winter vacation?
--It . 【上海】
A. all depend B. all depends C. is all depended D. is all depending
40.The little girl ______ her heart out because she ______ her toy bear and believed she wasn’t ever going to find it.【北京】
A. had cried ; lost B. cried; had lost
C. has cried , has lost D. cries; has lost
41.---Excuse me, sir. Would you do me a favor?
---Of course. What is it?
---I _____ if you could tell me how to fill out this form. 【北京】
A. had wondered B. was wondering C. would wonder D. did wonder
42. Be careful when you cross this very busy street. If not, you may _____ run over by a car. 【北京】
A. have B. get C. become D. turn
43. I _____ ping-pong quite well, but I haven’t had time to play since the new year.
A. will play B. have played C. played D. play 【NMET】
44. Selecting a mobile phone for personal use is no easy task because technology ______ so rapidly. 【NMET】
A. is changing B. has changed C. will have changed D. will change
45. Visitors ____ not to touch the exhibits. 【NMET】
A. will request B. request C. are requesting D. are requested
46. The reporter said that the UFO ________east to west when he saw it. 【NMET】
　A．was travelling B．travelled
　C．had been traveling D．was to travel.
47. ---How are you today?
　 ---Oh , I ___________as ill as I do now for a very long time. 【NMET】
　A．didn't fell B．wasn't feeling　　 C．don't fell D．haven't felt
48. ---You've left the light on.
　--- Oh , so I have. ________and turn it off. 【NMET】
　A．I'll go B．I've gone 　　 C．I go D．I'm going
49. The price＿＿＿＿＿,but I doubt whether it will remain so. 【NMET】
　A. went down　　 B. will go down　 C. has gone down 　 D. was going down
50. －－Hey, look where you are going?
　 －－Oh, I'm terribly sorry.＿＿＿＿＿．【NMET】
　A. I'm not noticing　　　　　　　　 B.I wasn't noticing
　C. I haven't noticing　　　　　　　 D.I don't noticing
51. --Nancy is not coming tonight.
--But she _____!【NMET】
A. promises B. promised C. will promise D. had promised
52. Shirley ___a book about China last year but I don't know whether she has finished it.
A. has written B. wrote C. had written D. was writing 【NMET】
53. --Hi, Tracy, you look tired.
--I am tired. I _____the living room all day. 【NMET】
A. painted B. had painted C. have been painting D. have painted
54. I first met Lisa three years ago. She ______at a radio shop at the time. 【NMET】
　A. has worked B. was working C. had been working D. had worked
55. - Is this raincoat yours? 【NMET】
- No, mine _______there behind the door.
A. is hanging B. has hung C. hangs D. hung
56. - Who is Jerry Cooper? 【NMET】
　 - _______? I saw you shaking hands with him at the meeting.
　A. Don't you meet him yet B. Hadn't you met him yet
　C. Didn't you meet him yet D. Haven't you met him yet
57. - Alice, why didn't you come yesterday? 【NMET】
　　- I _____, but I had an unexpected visitor.
　A. had B. would C. was going to D. did
58. —　　my glasses? 【NMET】
　 —Yes, I saw them on your bed a minute ago.
　A. Do you see　 B. Had you seen　 C. Would you see　　D. Have you seen
59. Helen _____her keys in the office so she had to wait until her husband　　home.
　A. has left; comes　 　 B. left; had come　　 【NMET】
C. had left; came　　 D. had left; would come
60. —Can I help you, sir? 【NMET】
　 —Yes. I bought this radio here yesterday, but it　　.
　A. didn't work　　 B. won't work
　C. can't work　　　　 D. doesn't work
61. ---　　the sports meet might be put off. 【NMET】
　 ---Yes, it all depends on the weather.
　A. I've been told　　　　　　 B. I've told
　C. I'm told　　　　　　　　　 D.I told
62. As she　　the newspaper, Granny　　asleep. 【NMET】
　A. read; was falling　 B. was reading; fell
　C. was reading; was falling 　 D. read; fell
63. You don't need to describe her. I　　her several times. 【NMET】
　A. had met　　 B. have met　　　 C. met　　　　　 D. meet
64. I don't think Jim saw me; he　　into space. 【NMET】
　A. just stared　　　　　　　 B. was just staring
　C. has just stared　　　　　 D. had just stared
65. ---Your phone number again? I　　quite catch it. 【NMET】
　 --- It's 9568442.
　A. didn't　　 B. couldn't　　　 C. don't　　　　 D. can't
66. —I'm sorry to keep you waiting. 【MET】
　 —Oh, not at all. I ______ here only a few minutes.
　A. have been   　 B. had been 　　 C. was　　　　　　 D. will be
67. —Do you like the material? 【MET】
　 —Yes, it ______ very soft.
　A. is feeling　 B. felt 　　 C. feels　　　　　　D. is felt
68. I don't really work here; I ______ until the new secretary arrives. 【MET】
　A. just help out　　　　　　　　　　 B. have just helped out
　C. am just helping out　　　　　　　 D. will just help out
69. I need one more stamp before my collection ______. 【MET】
　A. has completed　 B. completes 　　C. has been completed　D. is completed
70. —Can I join your club, Dad? 【MET】
　 —You can when you ______ a bit older.
　A. get　　　　　 B. will get 　　 C. are getting　　　D. will have got
71. She set out soon after dark ______ home an hour later. 【NMET】
　A. arriving　　 B. to arrive 　　 C. having arrived　 D. and arrived
72. I can't see any coffee in this cupboard. _______?【05北京春】
A. Has it all been finished B. Was it all finished
C. Has it all fished D. Did it all finish
73. ____ my sister three times today but her line was always busy. 【05北京春】
A. I'd phoned B. I've been phoning
C. I've phoned D. I was phoning

【答案与解析】
1. B 该题是根据交际情景考查时态的用法。根据he saw和before得知是指在此之前从未见过。故用过去完成时。句意：当马克开门时他发现一个妇女站在那里。他以前从未见过她。
2. D 该题是根据交际情景考查时态与语态的用法。根据After a fire broke out得知是过去的情况，equipment与damage是被动关系。句意：实验室失火后，许多设备被破坏了。
3. D 该题是在交际情景中考查时态的用法。据句意：我没注意他说的话，因此他说的话我一半没听见。我没听见这个动作，是强调过去的事实。故用过去时态。
4. C该题根据交际情景考查动词时态的用法。第一句问今天做完作业没有，问结果；他今天早晨（过去某段时间内）还在做（正在进行的动作）应当用过去进行时态。句意：“萨姆今天做完作业了吗？”“我不知道。他今天早晨还在作呢。”
5. A该题根据交际情景考查动词时态的用法。从句子后半部now I can’t find it得知(ask)请求这个动作与现在对照，是发生在过去的事。句意：我刚才不让你动我的字典。现在找不到了。
6. A该题根据交际情景考查动词被动语态的用法。expect sth/ sb to do 为习惯用语，此处主语是the painting，应该用被动语态。句意：根据艺术经销商的话，这幅油画有望获利至少一百万美金。
7. D该题是根据交际情景中考查动词时态与语态。关键词for weeks，考虑现在完成时，表示到目前为止的结果，好几周不擦了；窗户与擦的关系是被动关系，故被动语态。句意；“窗户很脏了。”“我知道。好几周不擦了。”
8. D 该题根据交际情景考查动词时态。从第一句话Thank goodness, you're here!和答语Traffic jam得知是问过去的事，因此用过去时态。句意：“谢天谢地，你终于来了！什么是把你挡住了。”“交通阻塞。”
9. C 该题根据交际情景考查动词时态。关键是对could fall down soon的理解，此处表示将来的可能性，因此从句中选择一般现在时态表示将来的事实。句意：如果没人修理，这幢房子可能不久就倒塌了。
10．D 该题根据交际情景考查动词时态与语态的用法。首先patients与treated关系是被动关系，一次选择被动语态，此处强调现在的结果，没有“过去之过去”的意思，故选现在完成时态。句意：入院治病的病人今年比去年多。
11．B 该题根据交际情景考查动词时态的用法。该题根据前面的the early 1990s得知when引导的定语从句中应该用过去时态。句意：自90年代早期CD的销售就大增，当时人们开始享受这项新技术所带来的便利。
12. D 该题根据交际情景考查动词时态的用法。根据when引导的从句的时态为过去时，断定主句中为过去时。句意：当一个有趣的话题引出时，讨论活跃起来。
13. C 该题根据交际情景考查动词时态的用法。根据主句的时态得知从句用将来时态。此处使用现在进行时表示较近的将来。句意：因为商店要歇业，所以所有的T恤衫都半价销售。
14.A 该题考查交际情景中时态和语态的应用。这是“祈使句+and+句子”的句型。and 分句中一般用现在将来时态，主语是see动作的执行者要用主动语态。句意：打开电视或翻开杂志，你经常会看到表现幸福家庭的广告。
15. D 该题考查交际情景中动词时态的用法。据题意：“我听说简到Holy Island度假去了？”“啊，真好！你知道她什么时候走的？”走，是过去的事实，因此用过去时态。
16．A 该题是根据交际情景考查动词时态的用法。该题是强调在过去某一时间（你来我家时）正在进行的动作（在机场等人），用过去进行时。句意：“我顺路去你家时，你不在家。”“啊，我在机场等从英国来的朋友。”
17．A该题是根据交际情景考查动词时态的用法。前部分永乐现在完成是表结果，后半部分说销售达到五千万，也是表结果。故选现在完成时。句意： 她创造了一项新纪录，也就是说，她的新书的销售达到了五千万。
18．D该题根据交际情景考查动词的时态。爱迪生是最主要的发明家这是一个过去客观事实，故选择一般过去时。句意：这本书上说托马斯·爱迪生（1847-1931）是六十年来世界上最主要的发明家。
19. D该题根据交际情景考查动词时态。问的是What were you doing when Tony phoned you，过去进行时，答语说had just finished my work正准备take a shower。句意：“我给打电话时你在干什么？”“我刚干完活，正准备洗澡。”
20. B该题是根据交际情景考查动词的时态。the movie star arrived是过去时，等待是在此之前发生，故选过去完成时。句意：那些狂热的影迷耐心地等了两个小时了，他们将一直等到影星的到来。
21. C该题是根据交际情景考查动词的时态。（改变发型）强调过去的一个事实句意：她来重庆找好工作前在家乡把发型改了。
22. C 考查动词的时态。Ever since是现在完成时的时态标志，因此，C为正确答案。句意：第一次使用原子弹是在1945年，从那时到现在，原子弹的威力有了巨大的增强。
23. D 考查动词的时态与语态。主句使用将来时，从句应该使用一般现在时；根据句子的意思people与persuade之间是动宾关系，因此，正确答案为D。句意：如果说服人们多吃水果蔬菜，那么死于心脏病的人数将会大大降低。
24. B 该题是在交际情境中考查动词时态的用法。第一句话问：那是怎么那么喧闹？第二句：邻居这在准备聚会。故用现在进行时态。
25. B 该题是在交际情境中考查动词时态的用法。根据句意应选完成进行时，表示过去的动作（考虑返校学习）持续到现在（还没有决定）今后还有可能进行的动作。句意：既然露西失业了，她一直在考虑返校读书，但她还没有定下来。
26. C 该题是在交际情境中考查动词时态的用法。关键词says和by 。据题意：该题是表示在将来某一时间（）以前，已经完成的动作（完成建设工作）用将来完成是表达。句意：北京市长说北京奥运会的建设工程要在年前完成。
27. A 该题是在交际情境中考查动词时态和主谓一致的用法。据题意得知是指在过去某一时间（地震发生时）正在进行的动作，用过去进行时态；The teacher是中心词，with 6 girls and 8 boys of her class是限定语，根据语法一致原则判断。句意：地震发生时，那位老师和6个女生8个男生正在参观博物馆。
28. A 该题是在交际用语中对时态的考查。这是“祈使句+ or+ 句子”的句型。Or句子中应用将来时态。句意：我们应当紧扣主题，否则我们永远也做不出决定。
29. A 该题考查get-型的被动语态。构成：用“get+及物动词的过去分词”构成，其中get相当于be动词，起助动词的作用。用法：get-型被动语态可用于突然发生、未曾预料的事态；或用于“最后终于”出现的某种事态。句意：莎拉，快点。恐怕晚会前你没时间换装了。
30. C 该题在特定语言环境中考查动词时态的使用。前面是由as引导的时间状语从句表示伴随，而从句又使用了一般过去时态，因此主句选用一般过去时态最佳。句意：整个早上，当她等待医生的医学报告时，她神经越来越紧张。
31. B该题在特定语言环境中考查动词语态的用法。stay在此处是系动词，表示某种持续状态，在使用时不能用被动语态，用一般现在时、过去时或将来时态。故选B。句意：为什么不把肉放在冰箱里？它可以保鲜好几天。
32.C 考查动词的时态，此处是陈述过去所发生的事情，因此选择C。
33．B该题考查动词时态的用法。该题的关键在于At this time tomorrow，这是典型的将来进行时的时间状语，将来进行时是表示将来某个时刻正在进行或持续的动作。题意：明天此时我们正在飞越大西洋的上空。
34.A该题考查动词时态的用法。The news came as no surprise to me这是过去的时间，说话的人得知工厂倒闭的消息在此之前发生，故采用过去完成时。题意：听到这个消息我并不感到吃惊。工厂要倒闭这件事我早就知道了。
35. D 该题在特定语境中考查动词时态的运用。该题的关键词是sooner意为“提早，抢先”。参与对话的一方穿了新上衣，他（她）要对方作出评价；对方之所以道歉，是因为没有早些给予评价。显然，B、C项时态不对；评价只需要一句话，无须用过去进行时。故答案D正确。句意：“你对我的新装还没说怎么样呢，喜欢吗？”“对不起，我还没来得及。我认为你穿上当然好看。”
36. A 该题考查动词现在完成时态的用法。关键词“recently，should have heard from 和by now”都表明到目前为止，虽然应该来信了，却仍然没有来。因此，用现在完成时态强调对现在造成的影响或结果。句意：我想知道詹尼最近为什么没有写信来。到现在早该收到他的信了。
37.C 考查动词的时态。主句动词使用将来时，在表示将来时的从句中动词应使用一般现在时代替将来时。
38.A 考查blame一词的用法，be to blame意思为“应受谴责.应负责任”
39.B 考查depend一词在口语中的运用。It all depends意思为“视情况而定。”
40.B 该题考查动词时态的用法。句中的关键词and believed是过去时态，一般来讲，一个句子中应该尽量保持时态一致。该题题干是：主句+ because引导原因状语从句+and引导的并列句。故选过去时态。题意：那个小女孩哭得很伤心，因为她把玩具熊丢了并认为再也找不回来了。
41．B 该题考查时态的用法。像wonder，hope，think 等表示心理的动词用于进行时表示委婉的请求。从语言环境看，表示说话人在过去某一段时间内一直在考虑的问题，故选过去进行时。句意：--打扰了,先生。你能帮我个忙么？--当然。什么事？--我一直在想你是否能告诉我怎样填这张表。
42. B该题考查动词被动语态的用法。get+ 过去分词构成被动语态的用法，get+ 过去分词构成被动语态常用于会话中表示使主语感到困难或处于不利地位情况；或表示进入某状态的事实，没有期间的概念。句意：过马路是要小心。否则，你会被汽车撞到。
43. D 该题考查动词一般现在时态的用法。据题意得知，乒乓球打得好不好，是表示的现在客观事实所以用一般现在时。句意：我乒乓球打得很好，但自从新年以来我一直没有时间打。
44. A 该题考查动词现在进行时的用法。通过is no easy task (一般现在时) 我们可以排除C项的will have changed和D项的will change。B项是干扰项，因为has changed(现在完成时)与现在有关。据题意得知，之所以个人使用的电话难以选购，是因为技术在不断变化，而且很快。指这个变化不是已经结束，而是在不断进行，故用现在进行时态。句意：因科技在不断变化，所以选择个人使用的移动电话并不是一件容易事。
45. D 该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。本题关键词是request ，request意为：请求, 要求，用语request sb to do sth故应用被动语态，根据语意语境可知用一般现在时态，参观者应是被要求不能做某事。故答案应为D。句意：要求参观者不可触摸展品。
46. A 该题考查动词时态的用法。根据前后理解，The reporter说的是“when he saw it”这点上正在进行的动作，因此用过去进行时。句意：那位记者说他看见UFO时，它正由东向西飞行。
47. D 该题考查动词时态的用法。关键词for a long time ，用现在完成时表示动作发生在过去（病了），但表示对现在产生结果和影响（这样难受）。说话人是运用as…as和现在完成时来强调自己今天感觉不好。句意：“你今天感觉好吗？” “好长一段时间以来，我没有像今天这样难受了”。
48. A 该题考查动词时态的用法。据题意：“你忘了关灯了。”“噢，那我马上去关。”应该用将来时态。I’ll go and do something意为:去做某事。I’m going虽然表示将来但是不能和后边的turn it off 连用。
49. C 该题考查动词时态的用法。该题的关键在于 “but whether it will remain so”由此可判断出价位已定，强调对现在造成的影响或结果，所以用现在完成时态。句意：价格已经下跌，但我怀疑这能持续多长时间。
50. B 该题考查动词时态的用法。从look where you are going？得知说话人对刚才的事情进行指责，答语人向别人道歉并说明事情发生的理由或借口，故用过去进行时态表达。句意：“喂，看你向哪走？”“噢，实在对不起，我刚才没留神。”
51. B 该题考查动词时态的用法。据题意：“南希今晚不来了。”“但是她曾经答应要来的！”。题中一人说Nancy不来了，另一人非常吃惊（用感叹句），说她答应过（要来的）。可见promised是过去的动作，是过去曾许下的诺言，理所当然要用一般过去时。
52. D 该题考查动词时态的用法。该题的关键在于last year 和I don’t know whether she has finished。last year表明是过去一段时间，I don’t know whether she has finished表明过去的一年直到现在，这本书到目前是否已完成不得而知，故用过去进行时态。句意：舍利去年在写一本有关中国的书，但我不知道他是否完成。
53. C 该题考查动词时态的用法。Tracy显得疲惫是因为她全天（all day）一直在粉刷房间。粉刷房间这一动作从早上开始一直在进行，可能还要进行下去。也可能刚刚停止，所以本题用现在完成进行时。句意：“你好，Tracy！你看上去很疲劳。”“全天我一直在刷房子。”
54. B 该题考查过去进行时的用法。根据第一句用一般过去时和第二句中的时间状语at the time可知第二句应使用过去进行时。过去进行时用来表示过去某一时刻或某一段时间内正在发生的动作。该题题意：我第一次遇见丽莎是三年前。她那时在一家无线电商店工作。
55. A 该题考查动词时态的用法。hang用作不及物动词，意为“悬着, 垂下”，主语一般是悬着或垂下的物或人；用作及物动词意为“悬挂”，主语一般是执行“悬挂”人或 物。根据上下文判断，动作发生在此刻，用现在进行时态表示正悬挂在那里。句意：“这件雨衣是你的吗？”“不是，我的挂在门后边。”
56. D 该题考查动词时态的用法。从该题的关键语“I saw you shaking hands…”得知,问的是结果，故用现在完成时态。句意：“杰利·库普是谁?”“你难道没见过他？我刚才开会时还见你们握手呢。”
57. C 该题考查动词时态的用法。该题的关键在于“but I had an unexpected visitor。”从这句话得知，我打算要来。表示过去的打算用was going to 而不用would，would 表示过去将来。句意：“Alice，你昨天怎么没来？”“我打算来，但是突然来了个不速之客。”
58. D 该题考查动词时态的用法。据题意：“你看见我的眼镜了么？”“是的，我刚才看见在你的床上。”该问句问的结果，希望对方能知道眼镜的位置，故用现在完成时态。
59. C 该题考查动词时态的用法。通过had to wait我们可以看出，事情发生在过去。那么“忘了钥匙”的动作就发生在过去的过去。因此，在第一个空格里，就应该用过去完成时；“来到家”的动作虽然在had to wait之后，在以until引导的时间状语从句里，往往一般过去时来表示过去将来时，所以答案应该是C。句意：海伦把钥匙忘到办公室里了，因此她不得不等她丈夫回来。
60. D 该题考查动词时态的用法。从Can I help you ？和I bought this radio here yesterday得知这是在商店，告知服务员昨天买的收音机出了毛病，不能使用。“不能使用”强调的是客观事实，故用一般现在时态来表达。句意：“你需要帮忙么？”“是的，我昨天在这里买的这台收音机，但它有问题。”
61. A 该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。据题意：“别人告诉我运动会可能延期举行。”“是，这完全取决于天气。”因为tell要接双宾语，即：tell sb sth。故要用被动语态。“别人告诉我……”这里强调结果,故应选择一般现在完成时态。
62. B 该题考查动词时态的用法。据题意：奶奶读报的时候睡着了。“奶奶睡着了”强调过去事实，用过去时态表示过去的事实；“她读报的时候”强调伴随的动作和过程，用过去时态表示。as引导时间状语从句表示伴随时，如果从句中的谓语动词是延续性动词一般用进行时态，短暂性动词一般用一般时态。
63. B 该题考查动词时态的用法。该题的关键词是several times表示的是meet的结果和对现在的影响。故用一般现在完成时态。题意：你没必要描述她，我见过他好几次了。
64.B 该题考查动词时态的用法。该题强调在过去某点（Jim didn’t see me）正在进行（was just staring space）的动作，所以用过去进行时态。句意：我想吉姆没看见我；他当时正在凝视天空
65.A 该题考查动词时态与助动词的用法。据题意：——请你再把电话号码说一遍好吗？我刚才没听清楚。——9568442。没听清楚对方的话强调的是一种过去的事实，请求重复，并不是指没有能力听清楚对方的话。故选didn’t表示过去的事实,不能选couldn’t 表示能力。
66. A 该题考查动词时态的用法。关键词only a few minutes是从“到这里”的时间算起到现在几分钟，强调现在仍然在这里这个结果。故用现在完成时态。句意：-—对不起，让你久等了。-— 噢，没关系。我刚来几分钟。
67.C 该题考查动词时态的用法。关键词是soft为形容词，意为：柔软的，从其得知要用一般现在时表示事物存在的状态。题意：—你喜欢这种料子吗？— 喜欢，这种料子摸上去很柔软。
68. C 该题考查动词时态的用法。该题的关键在于I don't really work here,其言外之意我在这里只是暂时帮忙，并且表明我实际上正在这里上班。上班上到the new secretary arrives。因此，该题要选择现在进行时态。因此，既不能用一般现在时态表示经常性动作，也不能用一般将来时，因为表达不了暂时帮忙之意，还不能用完成时表示完成或结果。题意：我其实不在这上班；我只是暂时在这帮忙，直到来了新秘书。
69. D 该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。该题的关键词是：need, collection和complete。 collection 是complete动作的承受者，因此用被动语态。before 从句中complete的动作必须在主句谓语动词need one more stamp动作之后发生，故从句中用一般现在时态表示将来。如果从句中的动作在主句谓语动词动作之前发生，从句中用现在完成时态表示将来完成。
70.A 该题考查一般现在时表示将来的用法。在when引导的时间状语从句中，用一般现在时表示将来。故选A。句意：—我能加入你的俱乐部吗，爸爸？—等你长大了就可以。
71.D 该题考查动词时态的用法。关键词是and，它连接的平行结构中的两个并列谓语动词set out 与arrived，因此时态要保持一致。题意：她天黑后不久出发，并在一个小时后到家。
72. A该题是根据交际情景考查时态与语态的用法。 I can't see any coffee in this cupboard.提供现在的情景，coffee与finish是被动关系，此处问的是结果，故选A。句意：我在厨子里没找到咖啡。都喝完了吗？
73. C该题是根据交际情景考查时态的用法。根据three times today得知此处是说明结果。her line was always busy是说明过去事实。句意：今天我给我姐姐打了三次电话但都占线。
第二节 考点归纳
一、动词时态
用来表示动作或状态发生时间的各种动作形式成为动词的时态。英语中共有16种时态。时态的考查是历年高考热点，每年都有2―4道单选题，短文改错中也常考时态。《年全国考试说明》附录 语法项目表列了八项：1）一般现在时2）一般过去时3）一般将来时4）现在进行时5）过去进行时6）现在完成时7）过去完成时8）过去将来时。时态题主要考查者的8种时态的形式及用法，有时也靠查现在完成进行时和过去完成进行时等其他几种时态。
时态与每一种类型相结合，组成了英语动词的整个时态体系。现以write为例列表如下：


一般式
完成式
进行式

完成进行式

现

在


Write

writes

have
written
has

am
is writing
are
have
been writing
has

过
去


wrote

had written
was
｝ writing
were

had been writing

将
来



shall
｝write
will

shall
｝have written
will


shall
｝be writing
will

shall
｝have been writing
will


过
去
将
来



should
｝write
would

should
｝have written
would

should
｝be writing
would


should
｝have been writing
would

（一）一般现在时
一般现在时常以动词原形表示，但当主语是第三人称单数时，应用动词的单数第三人称形式。一般现在时主要有以下几种用法：
1、一般现在时表示现在经常发生或习惯性的行为或状态，常与usually, always, every day, twice a week, seldom, sometimes等时间状语连用。
He always sleeps with the windows open.他总是开着窗子睡觉。
2、一般现在时表示主语的性格、特征、能力等。
He works hard .他工作很努力
Does he like sports? 他爱好运动吗？
3、一般现在时表示客观事实或普遍真理，也用在格言中。
The sun rises in the east.太阳从东方升起。
4、在时间、条件、比较等状语从句中表将来的动作
在由when, if, after, before, as, as soon as, the minute, the next time, in case, though, till, until, unless, so long as, where, whatever, whenever等引导的状语从句中，常用一般现在时代替将来时，但应注意，主句的谓语动词必须用一般将来时。
The volleyball match will be put off if it rains. 如果下雨，排球赛将推迟。
When they leave school, they will go to college.中学毕业后，他们去上大学。
5、表示安排或计划好的将来动作，通常限于表示"运动"的动词，如：go, come, leave, start等。
The train starts at 10 o' clock in the morning.火车在上午10点发车。
I'll come to see you before you go.你走之前我来看你。
（二）一般过去时
一般过去时表示过去某个时间发生的动作或状态，常和表示过去的时间连用，yesterday, last night, in 1990, two days ago等。也表示过去经常或反复发生的动作，常和often, always等表示频度的时间状语连用。
1、表示过去某个特定时间发生的动作或状态，常有明确的时间状语，如yesterday，last night, some years ago，in1890等，以及由when等引导的时间状语从句。
Tom didn't come to class yesterday.汤姆昨天没来上课。
We went to dance last night.昨晚我们去跳舞了。
2、表示过去某一段时间内经常或反复发生的动作常与often，usually，seldom等表示频度的副词连用。
When I was in the countryside, I often called on my old friends there.我在乡村里，经常去拜访那里的朋友。
3、在条件、时间状语从句中，常用一般过去时代替过去将来时。
They said they would let us know if they heard any news about him.他们说如果听到什么关于他的消息，就通知我们。
4、表示虚拟语气
这一用法只适用于某些特定的句型，表示现在或将来的非真实、主观意图或愿望。
If only I had a better memory.要是我的记忆力好一点就好了。
If it rained tomorrow, the match would be put off.要是明天下雨，比赛就会延期举行。
（三）一般将来时
1、一般将来时表示将来某个时间要发生的动作或存在的状态，常与表示将来的时间状语连用，如tomorrow, in the future, next year等。一般将来时由“助动词will/shall+动词原形”构成。
He will come to see you the day after tomorrow.后天他要来看你。
We won't be free this afternoon.今天下午我们没空。
2、一般将来时的其他表达法
（1）“be going to+动词原形”表将来
① 这种结构表示打算、计划、决定要做的事或肯定要发生的事。
They are going to meet outside the school gate.他们打算在校门口见面。
② 还可表示说话人根据已有的事实或迹象，认为某事即将发生、肯定会发生或可能出现的情况。
I think I'm going to die. 我想我要死了。(现在生命垂危)
Look at the cloud. It’s going to rain.瞧那乌云，天要下雨了。(乌云密布，使我断定天要下雨)
③这种结构表示“肯定、预测，注定会”。在这种情况下可以和“think, hope, want, believe, like”等表示静态的动词连用。
He failed in the exam; he knew he was going to when he looked at the test paper.他没考及格，他一看试卷就知道考不及格。
The voters aren’t going to like him.选民们不会喜欢他的。
“be about to+动词原形”表将来
（2）“be about to+动词原形”表示打算或据安排即将发生的动作。它不与表示时间的副词或其他时间状语连用。
The English evening is about to start.英语晚会即将开始。
（3）“be to+动词原形”表示约定的、计划中的或按职责、义务要求要发生的动作，这种动作通常是人的意志所能控制的，或用于征求意见。
There's to be a slide show this afternoon.今天下午要放幻灯。
You are to hand in your papers by 10 o'clock.到10点你得交上试卷。
（4）用现在进行时来表示将来
现在进行时表示按计划、安排即将发生的动作，这一结构常用于表示位置转移的动词，如come , go , leave, start ,move, arrive等，还有join, play, eat, work, return, take, wear, stay, sleep, meet等。常与表示将来的时间状语连用。
I'm leaving for Tibet on Sunday.星期天我要去西藏。
When are you going back to your factory? 你什么时候回工厂？
He is not coming.他不来了。
They are arriving tomorrow afternoon.他们明天下午到达。
（5）一般现在时表示将来
用一般现在时表示根据规定预计要发生、安排或计划好的将来的动作。这一结构常用于表示位置转移的动词，如come, go, leave, start, begin, sail, return, stop, end, open, stay等。
The plane starts at 8 o'clock in the morning.飞机上午8点起飞。
When does the show begin?展览什么时候开始？
（四）现在进行时
现在进行时由“助动词be（is/am/are）+ v-ing”构成。它的用法如下：
1、表示说话人说话时正在进行的动作，它不涉及该动作的发生和结果，译成汉语“正在”，这一用法常和表示此刻的时间状语连用，如now, at this time, at present，at the moment等。
I'm doing my homework now. 我现在正在做作业。
It's raining hard.天正在下雨。
2、表示现阶段但并非眼下正在进行着的动作，这种动作常与表示一段的时间状语连用，如these days , this week等。
He is writing a novel now.目前他在写一本小说。
He is learning English at college.他在大学学英语。
I’m sleeping in the sofa because my parents have come for the weekend.我睡沙发是因为我父母来度周末。
3、表示将来的动作
表示某个按最近的计划或安排将要进行的动作，或即将开始或进行的动作。常用的这类词go, come, leave, stay, start, arrive, land, meet, move, return, stay, stop, do, dine等，通常要与表示将来的时间状语连用，以区别此刻正在进行的动作。
He is coming to see you tomorrow.他明天要来看你。
His sister is leaving for Hong Kong tomorrow.他姐姐明天动身去香港。
4、表达褒贬等感情色彩
和always ,forever, continually, constantly, instantly, continuously等频度副词连用，表示经常、反复发生的动作，不强调动作的进行性。表达厌烦、愤怒、抱怨、赞扬等情感。
He is constantly leaving his things about.他时常乱丢东西。（表责怪）
She is always changing her clothes.她老是换衣服。（表责怪）
He is always working hard.他总是学习很用功。（表赞赏）
They’re forever quarrelling about something.他们老是为某件事争吵。(不满)
5、wonder, hope, think 等表示心理的动词用于进行时可以表示婉转的语气
I’m wondering if I may come a little late.我在想我能不能晚来一会儿。
I’m hoping you’ll give us some suggestions.我很希望你给我们一些建议。
（五）过去进行时
过去进行时表示过去某一时刻或某段时间正在进行的动作。构成过去进行时常由“助动词be的过去时was/were+现在分词”构成。用法如下：
1、表示过去某一时刻正在或过去某段时间正在进行的动作。动作发生的特定时间常用一个短语或时间状语从句来表明。
It was raining at 6 o'clock this morning.今早六点钟时正在下雨。
I was living in my teacher's house when I was in middle school.上中学时，我住在老师家里。
注意：在含有时间状语从句的复合句中，延续时间较长的动作用过去进行时，另一个动作用一般过去时。如果表示两个延续动作在过去某一时刻同时进行，而不考虑动作的先后长短，则主句和从句的谓语动词都用过去进行时。
When I entered the room, she was sitting at her desk.我进屋的时候，她正坐在书桌前面。
The students were reading while the teacher was grading their homework.学生们在看书，而老师在批改他们的家庭作业。
2、用来描写故事发生的背景
在口语或记叙文中，可以用过去进行时表示的持续动作作为背景，以此引出由一般过去时表示的新动作。
It was a dark night. The wind was blowing hard and the rain was falling heavily. A young woman suddenly appeared on the river bank.一个漆黑的夜晚，狂风大作，大雨倾盆，一位年轻的妇女突然出现在河岸上。
He was just falling asleep when there was a loud knock at the door.他刚要人睡，这时突然有人很响地敲门。
3、代替过去将来时
用于come, go ,leave, start, stay, arrive等表位置转移的动词，以表示过去将要发生的动作。
They wanted to know when we were leaving for Shanghai.他们想知道我们什么时候去上海。
She asked me whether he was starting the next day.她问我他是否第二天就走。
4、表达褒贬等感情色彩
过去进行时也可以和always，constantly，continually，forever等连用，表示说话人的主观感情，如赞扬、不满、厌烦等。
He was always trying out new ideas.他总是试验一些新的设想。
He was forever complaining about something.他老是怨这怨那。
5、wonder, hope, think，want 等表示心理的动词用于进行时可以表示婉转的语气
---Excuse me, sir. Would you do me a favor? --打扰了,先生。你能帮我个忙吗？
---Of course. What is it? --当然。什么事？
---I was wondering if you could tell me how to fill out this form. --我一直在想你是否能告诉我怎样填这张表。
-What were you wanting?你要什么？
- I was hoping you would help me with the work.我希望你能帮我做这项工作。
（六）现在完成时
现在完成时由“助动词have/has+过去分词”构成。现在完成时的用法如下：
1、表示发生在过去的动作或存在的状态到说话时刚刚完成或结束，通常使用不具有延续意义的动词，arrive, become, begin, break等。这种用法可带有迄今意义的时间状语，如up to now, so far, already, not...yet等。也可带有包括现在时间在内的时间状语，如now, recently, in the past few years, just等。
I have already posted the photoes.我已经把照片寄出了。
I have just finished my work.我刚刚完成工作。
2、表示从过去某时开始一直延续到现在的动作或状态，也许还将继续下去。这种用法通常用于具有延续意义的动词，如live, stay, work等，并带有表示时间段的状语或迄今意义的时间的状语，如for, since等。
They have lived in Beijing since .他们自从年以来就住在北京。
My brother has been ill for two days. 我弟弟病了两天了。
注意：表示短暂的动作动词或状态动词不能用于这种用法，如arrive, come, go, leave等。如，不能说：She has come to our school for 2 years.
3、表示到现在为止的一段时间内重复发生的动作。常与often, always 等连用。
He has been late for class every morning this week.这个星期他每天早晨都迟到。
My father has always gone to work by bike.我爸爸一向骑车上班。
4、用于时间、条件状语从句中，表示将来要完成的动作或一个动作先于另一个动作。
He will be back before I have finished my work.我完成工作之前他会回来的。
Don’t get off the bus before it has stopped.车未停稳请勿下车。
5、用在“It(This) is(will be ) the first/second/third…time+ that从句”中
在这种从句中，当主句动词为is/will be时，that-从句的动词用现在完成时，that 可以省略。主句中的主语还可用this, this evening等; 这种结构中的first也可用其他序数词；time也可由其他名词替代。
This is the first time I have been here.这是我第一次来这里。
It'll be the first time I've spoken in public.这将是我第一次当众讲话。
6、 “It (This)is the best( worst, most interesting等) + 名词+从句”结构中的从句要求用现在完成时
This is the best film I’ve ever seen.这是我所看过得最好的一部电影。
This is the most interesting novel he has ever written.这是他写得最好的一部小说。
7、现在完成时可以表示反问的语气（与when连用）或感情色彩
- Who is Jerry Cooper? 杰利·库珀是谁呀？
- Haven't you met him yet? I saw you shaking hands with him at the meeting. 你还没见过他？我看见你和他在开会时握手了。
Now you’ve done it.你这下可闯祸了。
When have I been treated like this?我什么时候吃这一套？
8、现在完成时与一般过去时的区别
现在完成时与一般过去时都表示完成的动作，但现在完成时强调这一动作对现在造成的影响或结果，强调的是现在的情况，所以它不能和表示过去的时间状语连用，如yesterday, last night, three weeks ago, in1990等。而一般过去时则表示过去的动作或状态，和现在不发生关系，它可以和表示过去的时间状语连用。
I have seen the film.我看过这部电影。（我了解这部电影的内容）
I saw the film last week.我上星期看了这个电影。（只说明上星期看了这个电影，不涉及现在的情况）
He has lived here since 1972.1972年以来他一直住在这里。（他现在还住在这里）
He lived here in 1972.1972年他们住在这里。（不涉及到现在是否还住在这里）
9、使用现在完成时应注意的几点
（1）现在完成时不能和明确表示过去的时间状语(如yesterday, last week, in 1976, two days ago, just now等)连用，但可以和下列不确定的时间状语连用，如never, ever, always, yet, already, before, just, lately, so far, recently等。
She has already come.她已经来了。
I have met him before.我以前曾见过他。
So far , no man has travelled farther than the moon.至今尚未有人到过比月球更远的地方。
（2）现在完成时还可以和表示从过去某时刻延续到现在 (包括现在在内)的时间状语连用。如today，this year，these days，this morning等。
It has been hot this summer. 今年夏天一直很热。(说话时仍是夏天)
I have written two letters this morning. 今天上午我写了两封信。(说话时仍是上午)
（3）表示短暂意义的动词，如open，go，come，die，leave，arrive，begin， return，stop等，不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。如要表达"他离开这儿已经3年了"这一意思时，不能说" He has left here for three years. "而要把其中的动词换为延续性动词或用其他表达法。如上句可用下列方式表达:
He has been away from here for three years.
He left here three years ago.
It is three years since he left here.
（4）have/has been to表示到过某个地方，而have/has gone to表示已经去了某处。
He has been to the Great Wall.他到过长城。(现在他已不在长城)
He has gone to the Great Wall.他去长城了。(现在他不在此地)
（七）过去完成时
过去完成时由“助动词had+过去分词”构成。用法如下：
1、过去完成时表示过去某一时间或动作以前已经发生或完成了的动作。它表示动作发生的时间是“过去的过去”。表示过去某一时间可用by, before等构成的短语，也可用when, before，after，until等引导的从句或通过上下文表示。
By the time he was twelve, Edison had begun to make a living by himself.12岁时，爱迪生就开始自己谋生。
When we got to the cinema, the film had already begun.当我们到达电影院时，电影已经开始了。
2、表示动作在过去某一时间之前开始，一直延续到过去的这一时间，而且还可能继续下去的动作，常和for, since构成的短语或引导的从句连用。
The news came as no surprise to me. I had known for some time that the factory was going to shut down. 听到这个消息我并不感到吃惊。工厂要倒闭这件事我早就知道了。
By the time I left the school, he had taught the class for 3 years.到我毕业时，他已经教那个班三年了。
3、用于表示与过去事实相反的虚拟条件从句或as if从句中表示与过去事实相反
If he had seen you yesterday, he would have asked you about it.假如他昨天看到你，他就会问你这件事了。
Had I known that you wanted the book , I would have sent it.如果我知道你要这本书，我会送来的。
4、放在像said，told，asked，thought，wondered等过去时动词的后面，表示在这些动作发生之前已经发生了的事情。
My friend told me that he had passed the exam.我的朋友告诉我，他已通过了考试。
He asked me whether I had seen the film the night before.他问我头一天晚上是否看过那部电影。
She wondered who had left the door open.她想知道谁让门敞着的。
5、用在 "It was the first/second/third…time that…”句型中，that引导的定语从句要用过去完成时。
This was the first time they had met in thirty-nine years. 这是39年里他们第一次见面。
It was the first time we had spoken together. 这是我们第一次在一起说话。
6、intend, mean, hope, want, plan, suppose, expect, think等动词的过去完成时，表示过去未曾实现的设想、意图或希望等，含有某种惋惜。
I had intended to call on you yesterday, but I had an unexpected visitor.我本来昨天打算要去看你，但我来了个不速之客。
We had meant to tell her the news but found that she wasn’t in.我们本想把这个消息告诉她的，但发现她不在家。
7、过去完成时常用结构有“hardly, scarcely, barely … when, no sooner… than等副词的句子里。
She hardly had gone to bed when the bell rang.他刚睡下铃就响了。
No sooner had they left the building than a bomb exploded.他们刚刚离开大楼，一颗炸弹就爆炸了。
（八）过去将来时
过去将来时一般由 “助动词would(第二、三人称)/should(第一人称)+动词原形”构成。不论什么人称，美国英语皆可用would。用法如下：
1、表示对过去某一时间点而言将要发生的动作或存在的状态。常用于宾语从句中。
I thought they would come to help me.我认为他们会来帮我的。
He said he would wait for us at the bus stop.他说他要在车站等我们。
2、表示过去的某种习惯行为
He would sit for hours doing nothing.过去他常常坐几个钟头什么事也不做。
He would come to see us on Sundays.过去星期天他经常来看望我们。
3、过去将来时的其它表达法
（1）was/were going to
①表示过去的打算和意图
He was going to start work the following week.他打算下星期开始工作。（打算）
②表示没有实现的打算和意图
He was going to come last night, but it rained.他打算昨晚来，但下雨了。(没实现)
I thought the film was going to be interesting.我想这部电影会很有趣的。（结果不是）
I was going to, but I had an unexpected visitor.我打算来的，但我家来了个不速之客。
（2）was/were to+动词原形
这种结构通常指过去的计划安排或注定要发生的事情。如果计划的动作没有实现，要用动词的完成式。
At that time he did not know that quitting the job was to become the turning point in his life.( 注定要发生的事情)那时他不知道辞职将会成为他生活的转折点。
She said she was to take up the position.(表示打算)他说他打算上任。
She said she was to have taken up the position.( 计划但未能实现) 他说他本打算上任。
（3）was/were about to＋动词原形
was/were about to＋动词原形，表示过去即将发生的事。
The meeting was about to be held the following day.会议打算第二天开。
（4）表示位置转移的动词 (如go，come，leave，start等)的过去进行时，表示按照过去的计划安排将在过去将来发生的事情。
I didn't know you were coming.我不知道你会来。
（九）其他时态
以上为考试大纲附录里要求的八种基本时态，新课标要求的除上述八种外还有：现在完成进行时和将来进行时等其他几种时态。高考中曾涉及到将来完成时和过去完成进行时，下列作简要介绍：
1、现在完成进行时
现在完成进行时由“助动词have/hasbeen+ -ing形式”构成。用法如下：
（1）现在完成进行时表示过去的动作持续到现在并有可能延续下去的动作。常和for，since引导的时间状语连用。
-Hi, Tracy, you look tired. 你好，特蕾西！你看上去很疲劳。
-I am tired. I have been painting the living room all day.我很累。我刷了一整天房子。
They have been living here for 10 years. 他们住在这里十年了。
（2）表示一个动作从过去某时开始，一直延续到说话时候刚结束。
I have been waiting you for about one hour.我等你大约一个小时了。(说话时"等"的动作刚结束)
She has been working all night long.她工作了一夜。
（3）表示重复（只断断续续，而非一直不停）
We’ve been discussing the matter several times this year.我们今年已数次讨论那件事。
I have been saying goodbye to some friends today.我今天同好几个朋友告了别。
（4）现在完成时与现在完成进行时的比较
A. 现在完成时表示到现在为止已经完成，或者在过去曾经发生过的动作；现在完成时往往表示仍将继续下去的动作。
I have written an article.我写了一篇文章。（已完成）
I have been writing an article.我一直在写一篇文章。（还在写）
B.当现在完成进行时表示刚刚结束时，现在完成时强调动作的结果，现在完成进行时则强调动作在不久以前持续进行的情景，并带有感色彩。
Now we have cleaned the room; we can move the things in .现在房子打扫好了，我们可以往里搬东西了。（强调打扫完了的结果）
—You look so tired. What have you been doing?你看起来很累，你干什么了？
—I've been playing football.我踢足球了。（强调不久前踢球的情景）
2、将来进行时
将来进行时由“助动词shall/will+be+v-ing”构成，用法如下:
（1）表示将来某一时刻或某段时间正在发生的动作，常与this time tomorrow, at 4 o’clock tomorrow afternoon等时间状语连用。
I'll be visiting professor Li at 2 this afternoon.今天下午2点我将拜访李教授。
At this time tomorrow we’ll be flying over the Atlantic. 明天此时我们正在飞越大西洋的上空。
（2）表示一种已经决定或肯定的动作或情况，或表示某动作将在按计划发生而未完成。
We shall be having a meeting in a minute.我们一会儿就要开会。
Will you be seeing Mr.Wang this evening? 今晚你会见王先生吗？
3、将来完成时
将来完成时表示将来某一时间之前已经完成的动作。将来完成时由“shall /will +have +v-ed”构成。用法如下：
（1）将来完成时表示将来某一时间或动作发生之前已经完成的动作，通常与before或by连用。
Before long, he will have forgotten all about it.不久他就会全忘记的。
By the end of this month , we'll have studied 10 units.到这月末，我们将学完10单元。
（2）表示持续到将来某一时间的动作或状态,这动作或状态也可能将继续进行下去。
When they move here next month, we'll have lived in the city for 5 years.下月他们搬到这里时，我们已住在该市五年了。
By the end of this month we shall have been here for two years.到这个月底，我们就已经来这里两年了。
（3）表示对现在或将来可能完成动作的推测
She will have arrived by now.她这是可能已经到了。
It is seven. He will have got up.现在7点，他可能已经起床了
4、过去完成进行时
过去完成进行时主要表示过去某一时间以前一直在进行的动作。过去完成进行时由“助动词had+ been+ v-ing”构成。
（1）过去完成进行时表示动作在过去某一时间之前开始并延续到过去这一时间。这一动作可能己经停止也可能还在进行。
She told me that she had been studying French for 5 years.她告诉我她己经学习法语5年了。（仍继续）
She told me that she had been waiting for me for an hour.她告诉我她己经等我一个钟头了。（不再继续）
He had been studying English before entering the college.他在上大学之前一直在学英语。
（2）表示反复的动作、企图、情绪、最近的情况
You had been giving me everything.你对我真是有求必应。（感激）
I had been studying the meaning of the poem.我一直在研究这首诗。（我还没懂）
（十）确定时态的技巧
1、从句子本身附带的时间状语来确定时态。
时态与时间状语一般遵循以下几条原则：
（1）句中若有every day, every Friday afternoon, twice a week, often, always, usually等类似的时间状语时，句子多用一般现在时。
⑴They usually_______ TV in the evening.
A. watch B. will watch C. are watching D. watches
⑵Miss Gao ______English on the radio every morning.
A. had studied B. studies C. study
答案：⑴A ⑵B。
（2）句中若有yesterday, last month, in , two years ago, before liberation等类似的时间状语时，句子多用一般过去时。
⑴I _____her to bring my book to school yesterday.
A. told B. tell C. am telling D. have told
⑵My sister _______middle school half a year ago.
A. will finish B. finishes C. finished
答案：⑴A ⑵C。
（3）句中若有tomorrow, next week, when spring comes, if we have time等类似的时间状语(或从句)时，句子(或主句)多用一般将来时。
⑴If it doesn’t rain tomorrow, we________(visit)the Great Wall.
⑵There_______(be)a film in our school tomorrow evening.
答案：⑴shall(will)visit ⑵will be。
（4）句中若有for two years, in the past ten years, since 1990, already, just, yet等类似的时间状语(或从句)时，句子(或主句)多用现在完成时。
⑴Zhao Lan ______already ______in this school for two years.
A. was/studying B. will/study C. has/studied D. are/studying
⑵The two old men ______each other since 1970.
A. didn’t see B. don’t see C. haven’t seen D. won’t see
答案：⑴C ⑵C。
（5）句中若有at ten last night, the whole evening, this time yesterday, when he came in等类似的时间状语(或从句)时，10 句子(或主句)多用过去进行时。
⑴They_______(have)a meeting at ten yesterday morning.
⑵We________(talk)about the film when he came in.
答案：⑴were having ⑵were talking。
（6）句中若有by , by the end of last term, two weeks before, before he came here等类似的时间状语(或从句)时，句子(或主句)多用过去完成时。
⑴By the end of the match, they_______(kick)four goals.
⑵He_______(learn)two thousand Chinese words before he came to the school.
答案：⑴had kicked ⑵had learnt。
（7）句中若有时间状语now或提示词 Look!, Listen!, Be quiet!, Hurry!等时，句子多用现在进行时。
⑴Be quiet! The child__________.
A. sleeps B. slept C. is sleeping
⑵Look!The children______kites over there.
A. flew B. fly C. are flying
⑶ Listen, please. Who_____noises in the next room.
A. is making B. makes C. making
答案：⑴C (2)C (3)A。
2、从时态呼应规则来确定时态。
⑴Do you know where__________now?
A. he lives B. does he live C. he lived D. did he live
⑵I______an old friend of mine when I______in the street yesterday afternoon?
A. met/was walking B. was meeting/walked
C. was meeting/was walking D. met/walked
⑶She says that she _______to Beijing next week.
A. has gone B. will go C. goes
答案：⑴A (2)A(3)B。
二、动词的语态
语态是动词的一种形式，用来说明主语和谓语的关系。英语的动词可分为主动语态(active voice)和被动语态(passive voice)。主动语态表示主语是动作的执行者，被动语态表示主语是动作的承受者。主动语态和被动语态可以相互转化。《年全国统一考试大纲》语法项目表中列出的是对动词的被动语态考查，考查范围：1）一般现在时的被动语态2）一般过去时的被动语态3）一般将来时的被动语态4）现在进行时的被动语态5）现在完成时的被动语态6）带情态动词的被动语态。
（一）被动语态构成
被动语态表示句子的主语是动作的承受者，也就是动作的对象，一般说来只有及物动词才有被动语态。其构成为“be+及物动词的过去分词”。助动词be有人称、数和时态的变化，其变化规则与be作为连系动词时完全一样。现以动词see为例列表如下：
式
时

一般式

进行式

完成式
现在时
am
is seen
are
am
is being seen
are
has
been seen
have
过去时
was
seen
were
was
being seen
were

had been seen
将来时
shall
seen
will

shall
have been seen
will
过去将来时
should
be seen
would


注意：含有情态动词的谓语变化为被动语态时，由“情态动词（can, may must, have to等）+be +动词的-ed形式。含有“be going to , be to, used to, be about to”等结构的复合谓语变为被动语态时，其构成为“be going to （be to, used to, be about to）+ be +动词的-ed形式”构成。
（二）被动语态的适用范围
1、当我们不知道谁是动作的执行者，或者没有必要指出谁是动作的执行者时。这时不用by短语。
This jacket is made of cotton. 这件上衣是棉料的。
2、为了强调动作的承受者时
Visitors are requested not to touch the exhibits. 要求参观者不可触摸展品。
3、出于策略、委婉、礼貌等不提出动作的执行者
You are said to be active recently. 据说你最近很活跃。
常用于如下短语：
It’s not known that… ……不得而知 It’s said that… 据说……
It’s reported that… 据报道…… It’s not decided that…尚未决定
It’s believed that… 据认为…… It’s announced that…据宣布……
（三）主动语态变为被动语态
主动语态变为被动语态要遵循以下原则：主动句中的宾语变为被动结构的主语（如果是人称代词，宾格变为主格）；把主动句中的谓语变为被动结构；主动句中的主语变为by介词短语（如果是人称代，主格变为宾格），有时介词短语可省去。
1、含有单个宾语的主动句变为被动句
在一般情况下，将主动句中的宾语变为被动句的主语，动词变为被动语态，主动句的主语变为by的宾语，但是短语可以不要。
Everyone likes the book. (active voice)大家都喜欢这本书。
→The book is liked by everyone. (passive voice)这本书受大家喜欢。
He wrote a letter. (active voice)他写了一封信。
→A letter was written by him. (passive voice)他写了一封信。
2、含有复合宾语的主动句变为被动句
有些动词后面可以跟“宾语+补足语”结构，这种结构被称作复合宾语。含复合宾语的主动结构变为被动结构时，只将主动结构中的宾语变为被动结构中的主语，宾语补足语保留不动，这时它就成了主语补足语。可以充当宾语补足语的有名词、形容词、动词不定式、V-ing和V-ed等。
（1）行为动词
They advised her to take the medicine. (active voice)他们劝她吃这种药。
→She was advised to take the medicine. (passive voice)她被劝告吃这种药。
They named the boy John. (active voice)他们给这男孩取名约翰。
→The boy was named John. (passive voice)这男孩被取名为约翰。
（2）感官动词和使役动词跟不定式作宾补时
在主动句中，动词不定式做感官动词（see, watch, hear等）和使役动词（make ,have）的宾语补足语，通常省去动词不定式符号to。但改为被动结构后，要把省略了to再加上。
They made him go there alone. 他们让他自己去那里。
→He was made to go there alone. 他被迫自己去那里。
注意：动词是let时，其被动结构中不定式仍不带to。
They let John go. 他们让约翰走。
→John was let go. 约翰不得不走。
3、含有双宾语的主动句变为被动句
①直接宾语是名词、代词时
有些动词（give, tell, buy等）在句中做谓语时可有两个宾语（直接宾语和间接宾语），又称双宾语。含双宾语的主动结构变为被动结构时，可以将其中一个宾语变为主语，另一个保留不动。一般是将主动结构的间接宾语变为被动结构的主语。当直接宾语变为被动结构的主语时，间接宾语前应加介词to（有时可以省去）或for。
She gave me the book. (active voice)她给了我这本书。
→I was given the book. (passive voice)有人送给我一本书
→The book was given to me. (passive voice)。这本书是别人送的。
注意：被动句中两个间接宾语对比时，其前的介词to不可省略。
This apple is given to me, not to you. 这个苹果是给我的，不是给你的。
②直接宾语是从句时
如果直接宾语是从句时，一般只能构成以间接宾语为主语的被动句。
Someone told me where the accident had happened. （passive voice）有人告诉我事故是在何处发生的。
→I was told where the accident had happened. (passive voice)我被告知事故在何处发生。
4、带宾语从句的主动句换为被动句
（1）带宾语从句的主动句换为被动句时，通常用it作为被动结构的形式主语。
We believed that he was ill. 我们相信他病了。
→It was believed that he was ill. 都相信他病了。
（2）带宾语从句的主动句换为被动句时，可以改为不定式结构
He said the play was very interesting. 他说这台戏剧很有趣。
→The play was said to be very interesting. 据说这台戏剧很有趣。
5、带有情态动词或be going to的主动句换为被动句
如果主动句带有情态动词或be going to(be about to, be to, used to, have to )等，在变为被动句时，情态动词或be going to等不变，只是后面的主动词变为被动语态。
He is going to give me a book. 他打算给我一本书。
→I am going to be given a book. 有人打算给我一本书。
We must take measures to stop pollution. 我们必须采取措施制止污染。
→Measures must be taken to stop pollution. 必须采取措施制止污染。
（三）被动结构的时态
被动语态的时态是由be的不同时态+及物动词的-ed形式来构成的
1、一般现在时
一般现在时的被动结构是由“be的一般现在时（am/is/are）+及物动词的-ed形式”构成。
Football is played all over the world. 全世界都踢足球。
2、一般过去式
一般过去式的被动结构是由“be的一般过去式（was/were）+及物动词的-ed形式” 构成。
The building was built in 1559. 这座建筑是1559年建成的。
3、一般将来时
一般将来时的被动结构是由“be的一般将来时（shall/will be）+及物动词的-ed形式” 构成。
More factories will be built in my hometown. 我们家乡会建更多的工厂。
4、现在进行时
现在进行时的被动结构是由“be的现在进行时（am/is/are being）+及物动词的-ed形式” 构成。
The life of the milu is being studied at present. 目前人们正在研究麋鹿的生活习惯。
A teaching building is being built now. 现在正建造一座教学大楼。
5、现在完成时
现在完成时的被动语态是由“be的现在进行时（has/have been）+及物动词的-ed形式” 构成。
All the preparations for the task have been completed and we're ready to start. 任务的准备工作业已完成，我么们准备开始。
6、过去进行时
过去进行时的被动语态是由“be的过去进行时（was/were being）+及物动词的-ed形式” 构成。
When I got there a new road was being built by them. 我到那里时，他们正在建一条新路。
7、过去完成时
过去完成时的被动语态是由“be的过去完成时（had been）+及物动词的-ed形式” 构成。
He asked me how many English words had been learned by that year. 他问我到那年我学了多少英语单词。
8、含有情态动词或be going to 的被动语态
含有情态动词的被动结构是由“情态动词或be going to(be about to, used to, be to, have to等)+be+及物动词的-ed形式” 构成。
This bike can be mended in two hours. 两个小时内可修好该自行车。
They have to be given a lot of money. 必须给他们很多钱。
9、短语动词的被动语态
通常只有及物动词才有被动语态，但有些短语动词相当于及物动词，可以有被动语态，但短语动词是一个不可分隔的整体，变为被动语态时不可去掉构成短语动词的介词或副词。
Have you sent for the doctor?你派人去请医生了吗?
→Has the doctor been sent for?派人去请医生了吗?
注意：主动结构的谓语动词为“不及物动词+名词+介词”构成的及物的短语动词时，通常把它看成一个整体。但也可将这类短语动词本身的名词用作主语，构成被动语态，尤其是在名词前有定语修饰时。
Good care must be taken of the babies particularly while they are ill. 必须仔细照料这些孩子，尤其是在他们生病时。
You should pay more attention to your pronunciation. 你应当注意你的发音。
→More attention should be paid to your pronunciation. 注意你的发音。
（四）Get型被动语态
被动语态的基本形式是由“be+及物动词的过去分词”构成的。但在现代英语中大量地出现了由“get+及物动词的过去分词”构成的被动语态，这叫get-型被动语态。get-型被动语态中的过去分词数量有限，通常为单个的动词或比较简单的动词短语。
1、get+及物动词的过去分词
get常同marry, beat, break, damage, tear, strike, hurt, paint, invite, repair, dress, pay, wound等动词的-ed形式连用，构成被动语态。这种结构一般指动作的结果而非动作本身，常指“最后终于，突然发生”等意义。
Be careful when you cross this very busy street．If not，you may get run over by a car．过马路是要小心。否则，你会被汽车撞到。
He got wounded in the battle. 他在战斗中受伤了。
The boy got hurt on his way home from work. 男孩在回家的路上受伤了。
2、get-型被动语态一般不宜用在含有双宾语的结构中，也不宜与see, hear, watch, listen to等感官动词构成被动语态。
The old man was offered a large sum of money. （正）有人给了这位老人一大笔钱。
The old man got offered a large sum of money. ( 误)
3、get-型被动语态有时有言外之意或具有感情色彩
He got taught a lesson. 他被教训了一顿。（有“活该”之意）
How did the window get closed. 窗户怎么关上了？（有“不该关上”之意）
4、get-型被动语态有时表示开始进入某种状态，而be+动词的-ed形式只表示存在的状态。
She got tired. 她感到累了。（有开始感到疲劳的含义）
She was tired. (只表示“她累了”)
（五）主动形式表示被动意义
1、既是及物又是不及物的动词
一些既是及物又是不及物的动词。如read, write, sell, open, shut, begin, wash, wear, cut, lock, play, pack, strike, split, act, draw, iron, dry, eat heat, clean等；此类动词常接副词作状语（有些可以不加）。
Books of this kind sell well. 这本书很畅销。
The door won't shut. 门关不上。
2、系动词
系动词look, feel, taste, sound, smell, prove, seem, appear等。此类动词常接形容词作表语。
-Do you like the material?你喜欢这块面料吗？
-Yes, it feels very soft. 喜欢，手感不错。
The dish tastes good. 这菜味道不错。
3、need等词后面常接主动的-ing分词形式
need, want, require，stand, take, won’t bear, repay, deserve等词后面常接主动的-ing分词形式，表示被动意义。在这种情况下，句子的主语在逻辑上是-ing分词的宾语。
Your hair needs cutting. 你的头发需要理。
The room wants cleaning everyday. 这个房间需要每天打扫。
The point deserves mentioning. 这一点值得提。
The rules take some learning. 这规则需要下点功夫学。
That won’t bear thinking of. 那不堪想象。
4、某些表语的形容词后，用不定式主动表示被动
当动词不定式作表语形容词（如形容词easy, difficult, hard等）的状语，又与句子的主语构成动宾关系时，动词不定式的主动形式表示被动含义。
This question is difficult to answer. 这个问题很那回答。
The room is comfortable to live in. 这屋子住起来很舒服。
5、某些作宾补的形容词后，用不定式主动表示被动
当动词不定式作宾补形容词（如形容词easy, difficult, hard等）的状语，又与句子的宾语构成动宾关系时，动词不定式的主动形式表示被动含义。
We find the man hard to get along with. 我们发现这个人很难相处。
I think English easy to learn. 我发现英语很好学。
6、不定式作定语
不定式作定语与前面的名词或代词有动宾关系时，动词不定式的主动形式表示被动含义。
I have a lot of work to do this week. 本周我有很多工作要做。
Have you got anything to say at the meeting?会上你有时说吗？
7、be worth doing结构
在be worth doing结构中，-ing分词形式表示被动含义。句子的主语在逻辑上是-ing分词的宾语。
-What do you think of the book?你认为这本书怎么样？
-Oh, excellent. It's worth reading a second time. 很好，值得再读一遍。
The film is worth seeing. 这部电影值得看。
（六）不宜用被动语态的动词
英语中并非所有动宾结构的句子都能改为被动语态。现将不宜改为被动语态的句子类型举例说明如下：
1、当have, cost, fit, last, hold等表示状态的及物动词作谓语时
Our village has twenty tractors. 我们村有20台拖拉机。
The hall can hold people. 这个大厅能盛人。
The war lasted four years. 这场战争持续了4年。
2、当某些及物动词（如leave, enter, join,等）的宾语是表示处所、地点或组织时
The students entered the classroom one by one. 学生门陆续地进了教室。
My brother joined the Party two years ago. 我哥哥2年前入了党。
My father left his hometown five years ago. 我父亲5年前离开了家乡。
3、当主动句中有表示数量、长度、大小或程度等的词或词组作宾语，但此宾语在意义上相当于状语时
Each stone weighs as much as two and a half tons. 每块石头重达两吨半。
He ran ten miles without rest. 他一气跑了10英里路。
4、当表示行为、方式的宾语在意义上相当于状语时
We do our best to speak more English. 我们尽量多讲英语。
He spoke that way his father had spoken just now. 他学着他父亲刚才的样子讲话。
5、当句子的宾语和谓语是一个不可分割的整体时
We Chinese always keep words. 我们中国人说话是算数的。
We had a rest for a while. 我们休息了一会。
6、当句子的宾语是反身代词时
He can dress himself. 他能自己穿衣服。
Help yourself to the dishes. 随便吃菜。
7、当句子的宾语为相互代词时
We learned from and helped each other. 我们互相学习互相帮助。
For years the three sisters looked after one another. 多年来仨姐妹互相照顾。
8、当句子的宾语是同源宾语时
The Browns live a happy life. 布朗一家过着幸福的生活。
He died a glorious death in the battle. 他在战斗中光荣牺牲。
9、当句子的宾语为行为者（主语）身体上某一部分时。
I couldn’t believe my eyes when I saw him still alive. 看到他还活着，我简直不相信自己的眼睛。
He hurt his foot by jumping over a fence. 他跨越栅栏时伤了脚。
10、某些动词+介词的惯用词组也不能变为被动句
The book belongs to me. 这本书是我的。
The group consists of seven members. 这个小组由7名成员组成。
11、当句子的宾语是动名词或动名词短语时。
He likes studying English. 他喜欢学习英语
I looked forward to seeing him. 我盼着去看望他。
12、当句子的宾语是动词不定式或动词不定式短语时
I wish to go there myself. 我想亲自去那里一趟。
He promised to come and help us. 他答应来帮我们。
注意：少数以不定式（短语）做宾语的动词（如agree, feel, decide, think等）可以变为被动句，但不能以不定式（短语）直接做被动句的主语，而要借助it为先行主语，将不定式（短语）置于谓语动词之后。
He has decided to go and study abroad.
→It has been decided(by him)to go and study abroad. 他已决定出国留学。
They think it important to study a foreign language.
→It is thought important (for them)to study a foreign language. 他们认为学习外语很重要。
第三节 巩固提高



1. 1.Hello! I _______ you _______ in London. How long have you been here?
A. don't know; were B. hasn't known; are
C. haven't known; are D. didn't know; were
2. Old McDonald gave up smoking for a while, but soon _______ to his old ways.
A. returned B. returns C. was returning D. had returned
3.---You're drinking too much.
---Only at home. No one _______ me but you.
A. is seeing B. had seen C. sees D. saw
4.The water will be further polluted unless some measures________.
A. will be taken B. are taken C. were taken D. had been taken
5. ---We could have walked to the station, it was so near.
---Yes. A taxi _______ at all necessary.
A. wasn't B. hadn't been C. couldn't be D. won't be
6.I'll begin the dictation when you _______ ready.
A. shall be B. will be C. are D. have been
7.The volleyball match will be put off if it ________.
A. will rain B. rains C. rained D. is raining
8.The new secretary is supposed to report to the manager as soon as he_______.
A. will arrive B. arrives C. is going to arrive D. is arriving
9.---Oh, ifs you! I________you.
---I've just had my hair cut, and I'm wearing new glasses.
A. didn't recognize B. hadn't recognized
C. haven't recognized D. don't recognize
10.Tom _______ into the house when no one _______.
A. slipped; was looking B. had slipped; looked
C. slipped; had looked D. was slipping; looked
11.The last time I _______ Jane, she _______ cotton in the fields.
A. had seen; was picking B. saw; picked
C. had seen; picked D. saw; was picking
12.Mary _______ a dress when she cut her finger.
A. made B. is making C. was making D. makes
13.---Do you know our town at all?
---No, this is the first time I ________ here.
A. was B. have been C. came D. am coming
14.---We haven't heard from Jane for a long time.
---What do you suppose _______ to her?
A. was happening B. to happen
C. has happened D. having happened
15.When I was at college I _______ three foreign languages, but I _______ all except a few words of each.
A. spoke; had forgotten B. spoke; have forgotten
C. had spoken; had forgotten D. had spoken; have forgotten
16. When Jack arrived he learned Mary _______ for almost an hour.
A. had gone B. had set off
C. had left D. had been away
17. The students ________ busily when Miss Brown went to get a book she________ in the office.
A. had written; left B. were writing; has left
C. had written; had left D. were writing; had left
18. His eyes shone brightly when he finally received the magazine he________.
A. had long been expected B. had long expected
C. has long expected D. was long expected
19. They asked me to have a drink with them and said it was at least ten years since I ________ a good drink.
A. had enjoyed B. was enjoying
C. enjoyed D. had been enjoying
20. That dinner was the most expensive meal we ________.
A. would have B. have had
C. had never had D. had ever had
21.If a man ______succeed, he must work as hard as he can.
A. will B. is to C. is going to D. should
22.We were all surprised when he made it clear that he______office soon.
A. leaves B. would leave C. left D. had left
23.---What were you doing when he came to see you?
---I had just put on my overcoat and _______ to visit a friend of mine.
A. leaving B. was left C. left D. was leaving
24.In some parts of the world, tea ______with milk and sugar.
A. is serving B. is served C. serves D. served
25. The water will be further polluted unless some measures______.
A. will be taken B. are taken C. were taken D. had been taken
26. Doctors ________ in every part of the world.
A. need B. are needing C. are needed D. wilt need
27. I ________ ten minutes to decide whether I should reject the offer.
A. gave B. was given C. was giving D. has given
28. If city noises_______from increasing, people________ shout to be heard even at dinner table 20 years from now.
A. are not kept; will have to B. are not kept; have to
C. do not keep; will have to D. not keep; have to
29. No permission has _________for anybody to enter the building.
A. been given B. given C. to give D. be giving
30. ---Have you moved into the new house?
---Not yet. The rooms_______.
A. are being painted B. are painting C. are painted D. are having painted
31. All the preparations for the task _______ and we're ready to start.
A. completed B. complete
C. had been completed D. have been completed
32. Shortly after we________,a waiter came over to our table with a smile.
A.seated B.were seated C.sat ourselves D.took places
33.I promise that the matter will ________.
A. be taken care B. be taken care of
C. take care D. taken care of
34.Good care must __._.____ babies particularly white they are ill.
A. take B. take of C. be taken D. be taken of
35.The police found that the house _______ and a lot of things _______.
A. has broken into; has been stolen
B. had been broken into; had been stolen
C. has been broken into; stolen
D. had been broken into; stolen
36.Great changes _______ in the city, and a lot of factories ________.
A. have been taken place; have been set up
B. have taken place; have been set up
C. have taken place; have set up
D. were taken place; were set up
37.---Why does Lingling look so unhappy?
---She has _______ by her classmates.
A. laughed B. laughed at C. been laughed D. been laughed at
38. ----What do you think of the book?
　 ----Oh, excellent. It's worth _______ a second time.
A. to read B. to be read C. reading 　 D. being read
39. Books of this kind________well.
A.sell B.sells C.are sold D.is sold
40.The manager is supposed to announce the result as soon as he______.
A.arrives B.will arrive C.is going to arrive D.is arriving
41.The moment you______him, please ask him to come.
A.will see B.saw C.see D.sees
42.______you______the 6:30 news on the radio?
A.Have；listen to B.Were；listening to C.Did；listen toD.Had；listened to
43.He______to work there though he didn't like to.
A.wanted B.was wanted C.was wanting D.had wanted
44.He______anyone the minute he______they needed help.
A.would help;saw B.helped;saw C.will help;sees D.helps;sees
45.That dinner was the most expensive meal we .
A.would have B.had had
C.had never had D.had ever had
46.Hello.I you in London.How long have you been here?
A.don't know; were B.hadn't known; are
C.haven't known; are D.didn't know; were
47.My brother while he his bike and hurt himself.
A.fell ; was riding B.fell; were riding
C.had fallen; rode D.had fallen;was riding
48.—Do you know our town at all?
—No, this is the first time I here.
A.was B.have been C.came D.am coming
49.We will go and plant trees if it tomorrow.
A.won't rain B.doesn't rain
C.didn't rain D.wouldn't rain
50.You should finish the work before he here.
A.left B.leaves C.is leaving D.will leave
51. ----Where is your money?
----My money was_______.
　A. robbed　 B. lost　　 C. not here no more　 D. stolen
52. The washing machine _______by the engineer right now.
　A. repaired　 B. is being repaired　
C. is repaired　 D. is going to be repaired
53. Shortly afterwards, I noticed to my satisfaction that their work _______.
A. was been improved B. was being improved
C. had being improved D. would be improved
54. They believed that by using computers the production of their factory_____.
　A. will greatly increase　　 　　 B. would greatly increase
　C. has greatly increased　　 　　 D. would be greatly increased
55. The Anti-Japanese War _______in 1937.
　A. was broken out B. broke out　　 C. was broken　 D. was happened
56. "Don't be worried. The doctor_______".
　A. has sent for B. was sent for　　 C. will send for D. has been sent for
57. Motors _______by electricity.
　A. make to run　　 B. are made run　 C. were made running　D. are made to run
58. Because of the patient's health,_______.
A. he was advised by the doctor to lose weight
B. losing weight was advised him by doctor
　C. the doctor's advice was to him losing weight
D. lose weight was what the doctor advised
59. This hospital _______in three months.
　A. is completed B. had been completed
C. will be completed D. will complete.
60. All the farmers were made ______from morning till night by the landlord.
　 A. to work 　　 B. work 　　 C. working 　　D. worked
61. One's success cannot always _______in terms of money.
　 A. being measured　 B. to measure　　 C. to be measured　D. be measured
62. The exhibition is worthy _______again.
　 A. to see　　　　 B. of seeing　　 C. of being seen 　D. seeing
63. As the time went on, his theory_______ to be true.
　 A. proved　　 B. is proved　　 C. is to prove　 D. was proved
64. The leather jacket _______at a high price last winter.
　 A. sold　 　　 B. was sold　　 C. has been sold　　 D. had sold
65. ----How are things getting on?
----All that can be done_______.
　 A. has been done　 B. have been done　C. has done　　　D. have done
66. It is said that the library_______80 years ago.
　 A. has set up　 B. was built up　　C. had been set up　　 D. was set up
67. The first fire _______by lightening.
　 A. can't have caused　　　　 　 B. may have been caused
　 C. should be caused　　　　 　　 D. ought to have caused
68. It is said that the cinema can_______1,500 people.
　 A. seat　　 B. be seated　　 C. costs　　 D. takes
69. ----Why are you staying so late at school?
　 ----Well, there is a lot of work that_______by tomorrow morning.
　 A. must being finished　　　 　 B. needs to be finished
　 C. must to be finished　　　 　　 D. needs to finish
70. The baby is about_______and can't_______by herself.
　A. 10 months old; leave　　 　　 B. 10-month-old; be left
　C. 10 months old; be left　 　　 D. 10-month-old; leave
参考答案：1.D 2.A 3.C 4.B 5.A 6.C 7.B 8.B 9.A 10.A 11.D 12.C 13.C 14.C 15.B 16.D 17.D 18.B 19.A 20.D 21.B 22.B 23.D 24.B 25.B 26.C 27.B 28.A 29.A 30.A 31.D 32.B 33.B 34.D 35.D 36.B 37.D 38.C 39.A 40.A 41.C 42.C 43.B 44.A 45.D 46.D 47.A 48.B4 9.B 50.B 51.D 52.B 53.B 54.D 55.B 56.D 57.D 58.A 59.C 60.A 61.D 62.C 63.A 64.B 65.A 66.D 67.B 68.A 69.B 60.C

第十章 非谓语动词
第一节 真题精析
1.____ with a difficult situation, Arnold decided to ask his boss for advice. 【05北京春考】
A. To face B. Having faced C. Faced D. Facing
2. “We can’t go out in this weather,” said Bob, ______ out of the window.
【全国】
A. looking B. to look
C. looked D. having looked
3. Helen had to shout _____ above the sound of the music. 【全国】
A. making herself hear B. to make herself hear
C. making herself heard D. to make herself heard
4. Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures _____ in your mind instead of before your eyes. 【全国】
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
5. It shames me to say it, but I told a lie when________ at the meeting by my boss.
【全国】
A. questioning B. having questioned C. questioned D. to be questioned
6. Alice returned from the manager's office,_________ me that the boss wanted to see me at once. 【全国】
A. having told B. tells C. to tell D. telling
7. The old man, ____________abroad for twenty years, is on the way back to his motherland. 【江苏】
A. to work B. working C. to have worked D. having worked
8. Linda worked for the Minnesota Manufacturing and Mining Company, ____ as 3M.【浙江卷】
A. knowing B. known C. being known D. to be known
9. You were silly not ____ you car. 【湖南卷】
A. to lock B. to have locked C. locking D. having locked
10. ______ the programme, they have to stay there for another two weeks. 【广东卷】
A. Not completing B. Not completed C. Not having completed D. Having not completed
11. If you are planning to spend your money having fun this week, better ______ it—you’ve got some big bills coming. 【广东卷】
A. forget B. forgot C. forgetting D. to forget
12．The news reporters hurried to the airport ,only________ the film stars had left. 【福建卷】
A．to tell B．to be told C．telling D．told
13．Having been ill in bed for nearly a month, he had a hard time________ the exam. 【福建卷】
A．pass B．to pass C．passed D．passing
14．I don’t know whether you happen , but I’m going to study in the U.S.A. this September. 【辽宁卷】
A．to be heard B．to be hearing C．to hear D．to have heard
15． by the beauty of nature, the girl from London decided to spend another two days on the farm. 【辽宁卷】
A．Attracting B．Attracted C．To be attracted D．Having attracted

16. Don’t leave the water while you brush your teeth. 【天津卷】
A. run B. running C. being run D. to run
17. Laws that punish parents for their little children’s actions against the laws get parents_____. 【重庆卷】
A. worried B. to worry C. worrying D. worry
18. According to a recent U.S. survey, children spent up to 25 hours a week _________ TV. 【上海卷】
A. to watch B. to watching C. watching D. watch
19. The flu is believed _______ by viruses that like to reproduce in the cells inside the human nose and throat. 【上海卷】
A. causing B. being caused C. to be caused D. be have caused

20. The flowers ____ sweet in the botanic garden attract the visitors to the beauty of nature. 【上海卷】
A. to smell B. smelling C. smelt D. to be smelt
21. The disc, digitally ______ in the studio, sounded fantastic at the party that night. 【上海卷】
A. recorded B. recording C. to be recorded C. having recorded
22. Having been attacked by terrorists, ________.【上海卷】
A. doctors cane to their rescue B. the tall building collapsed
C. an emergency measure was taken D. warnings were given to tourists
23. My advisor encouraged ____ a summer course to improve my writing skills.【北京】
A. for me taking B. me taking
C. for me to take D. me to take
24. ____ in the queue for half an hour, Tom suddenly realized that he had left his wallet at home. 【北京】
A. To wait B. Have waited
C. Having waited D. To have waited
25.When flint _______ to the market, these products enjoyed great success.
【全国】
A. introducing B. introduced
C. introduce D. being introduced
26. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found in the kitchen. 【NMET】
A．smoke B．smoking C．to smoke D．smoked
27．It is believed that if a book is , it will surely the reader . 【上海】
A．interested …interest B．interesting …be interested
C．interested …be interesting D．interesting…interest
28．The discovery of new evidence led to . 【上海】
A．the thief having caught B．catch the thief
C．the thief being caught D．the thief to be caught
29．An army spokesman stressed that all the soldiers had been ordered clear warnings before firing any shots . 【上海】
A．to issue B．being issued C．to have issued D．to be issued
30.The teacher asked us ______so much noise. 【北京】
A. don’t make B .not make C. not making D. not to make
31._____ time, he’ll make a first-class tennis player. 【北京】
A. Having given B. To give C. Giving D. Given
32. Having a trip abroad is certainly good for the old couple, but it remains _____whether they will enjoy it. 【NMET】
A. to see B. to be seen C. seeing D. seen
33. In order to gain a bigger share in the international market, many state-run companies are striving their products more competitive. 【上海】
A. to make B. making C. to have made D. having made
34.Though _____ money, his parents ,managed to send him to university. 【上海】
A. lacked B. lacking of C. lacking D. lacked in
35.Don’t use words , expressions, or phrases only to people with specific knowledge. 【上海】
A. being known B. having been known
C. to be known D. known
36. to sunlight for too much time will do harm to one’s skin. 【上海】
A. Exposed B. Having exposed C. Being exposed D. After being exposed
37.-- How do you deal with the disagreement between the company and the customers?
--The key _____ the problem is to meet the demand ____ by the customers. 【北京】
A. to solving; making B. to solving, made
C. to solve; making C. to solve, made
38. It is said in Australia there is more land than the government knows______. 【NMET】
A. it what to do with B. what to do it with
C. what to do with it D. to do what with it
39.______ such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river.
A. Having suffered B. Suffering C. To suffer D. Suffered【NMET】
40. I've worked with children before , so I know what ________in my new job. 【NMET】
　A．expected B．to expect 　　 C．to be expecting D．expects
41. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see _______the next year.
　A．carry out B．carrying out　　 C．carried out D．to carry out【NMET】42. Robert is said______ abroad. but I don't know what country he studied in. 【NMET】
　A. to have studied 　　　　　　　　 B. to study
　C．to be studying 　　　　　　　　D．to have been studying
43.The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, _________it more difficult.
　A. not make　　　 B. not to make 　 C. not making 　　　D. do not make【NMET】
44. When I got back home I saw a message pinned to the door_________ "Sorry to miss you；will call later." 【NMET】
　A. read 　　　　　 B. reads　　　　　 C. to read 　　　　D. reading
45. Cleaning women in big cities usually get _____by the hour. 【NMET】
A. pay B. paying C. paid D. to pay
46. European football is played in 80 countries, _____it the most popular sport in the world.
A. making B. makes C. made D. to make【NMET】
47. I would love ____ to the party last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a report.
A. to go B. to have gone C. going D. having gone 【NMET】
48. The Olympic Games, _______in 776 B.C., did not include women players until 1912.
　A. first playing B. to be first played
C. first played D. to be first playing【NMET】
49. The patient was warned　　oily food after the operation. 【NMET】
　A. to eat not　　　 B. eating not　　 C. not to eat　　 D. not eating
50. 　　in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him. 【NMET】
　A. Losing　　　 B. Having lost C. Lost　 　　　 D. To lose
51. Paul doesn't have to be made　　.He always works hard. 【NMET】
　A. learn　　　 B. to learn　　　 C. learned　　　 D. learning
52. —You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting. 【NMET】
　 —Well, now I regret　　that.
　A. to do　 　 B. to be doing 　 C. to have done　 D. having done
53. We agreed　　here but so far she hasn't turned up yet. 【NMET】
　A. having met　 B. meeting　 C. to meet　　　　 D. to have met
54. Rather than ______ on a crowded bus, he always prefers______ a bicycle. 【MET】
　A. ride; ride　　　 B. riding; ride　 C. ride; to ride　 D. to ride; riding
55. The missing boys were last seen ______ near the river. 【MET】
　A. playing　　 B. to be playing C. play　　　　　 D. to play
56. The visiting Minister expressed his satisfaction with the talks, ______ that he had enjoyed his stay here. 【MET】
　A. having added　　 B. to add　　 C. adding 　　　　 D. added
57. The first textbooks ______ for teaching English as a foreign language came out in the 16th century. 【MET】
　A. having written　 B. to be written　 C. being written　　 D. written
58.—I must apologize for ______ ahead of time. 【MET】
　 —That's all right.
　A. letting you not know　　　　　　　 B. not letting you know
　C. letting you know not　　　　　　　 D. letting not you know

【答案与解析】
1. C该题考查非谓语动词的用法。Arnold与face是被动关系，此处faced with a difficult situation作状语，故选C。句意：面对困境，阿诺德决定向老板请教。
2. A该题考查非谓语动词的用法。主语和look是主动关系，此处表示伴随。句意：鲍勃看着窗外说到：“这种天气我们不能出去。”
3. D 该题考查非谓语动词的用法。据题意此处时表示目的故选不定式；herself 和hear的关系是被动关系，故选heard。句意：海伦不得不喊得比音乐声大，想让大家听到她说话。
4. C该题考查非谓语动词的用法。此处是分词作定语，pictures和form的关系是主动关系，故选C，同时强调和谓语动作同时发生。句意：读书和看电视是两种不同的体验；（读书）是在大脑中形成图像，而不是在你眼前（看电视）。
5. C 该题考查非谓语动词的用法。此处是连词“when+分词”作状语，主语I和question的关系是被动关系，故选择C。其实，by my boss这也是一个重要的启示。句意：说起这件事我很惭愧，但在会上老板问我时我撒谎了。
6. D 该题考查非谓语动词的用法。句子主语Alice是tell动作的执行者，returned和tell动作几乎同时发生，因此选择telling。句意：爱丽丝从经理办公室回来，告诉我老板要立即见我。
7. D 该题考查非谓语动词。关键词for twenty years，因此此处是强调work动作在is on the way back之前发生，故选现在分词的完成形式。句意：这位老人在国外工作20年后踏上了返回祖国的路。
8. B 该题考查非谓语动词作状语的用法。Linda和know as …的关系是被动关系，故选B。句意：琳达在明尼苏达制造业矿业公司工作，都知道她是三老板。
9. B 该题是考查非谓语动词的用法。不定式的完成形式表示不定式的动作在谓语动词之前发生。因为没锁车才傻。句意：你太傻了怎么没锁车。
10. C该题考查非谓语动词的用法。据题意此处强调 not complete的动作发生于stay之前，故选完成形式。Not放在分词前面。句意：节目未完成，他们不得不在这里再住两周。
11. A该题考查动词形式的用法。better= had better后接动词原形。句意：如果你打算这周花钱玩，你最好别想了。你的一些大的账单要到。
12．B 该题考查非谓语动词的用法。关键词only。only+不定式表示未预料到的结果，此时tell和reporter是被动关系，故选B。句意：新闻记者们匆匆忙忙地赶到机场，却被告知电影明星在已离开。
13．D该题考查动词形式的用法。have a good/hard time doing sth为习惯用语。句意：病了近一个月了，他艰难地通过了考试。
14．D该题考查非谓语动词的形式。从句意分析强调hear的动作在know之前发生，you和hear的关系是主动关系，因此选择D。句意:我不知道你是否已经听说了，我今年九月要去美国学习。
15．B该题考查非谓语动词的作状语。主语the girl和Attract是被动关系，因此选择过去分词，表示被动与完成。句意：为大自然的美所吸引，这位伦敦姑娘决定在农场上再呆两天。
16. B该题考查非谓语动词的用法。water和run的关系是主动关系，故选B。句意：你刷牙时不要让水一直流。
17. A该题考查非谓语动词的用法。parents和worry是被动关系，故选过去分词。句意：惩罚父母对他们的孩子违法行为的法律令父母们担忧。
18. C 考查非谓语动词的用法。spend后面可以接some time/ money on something或者(in) doing something 做宾语。句意：根据美国最近的一次调查表明，孩子每周用高达25个小时看电视。
19. C 考查非谓语动词的用法。“名词+ be+ believed （said,reported）+不定式”相当于“It’s believed(said, reported) that…”,可以看作一个句型。flu与cause之间是一种动宾关系，所以应该用动词不定式的被动形式，因此，C正确。句意：流感被认为是由在人类鼻腔和喉腔细胞内繁殖的病毒引起的。
20. B 考查非谓语动词的用法。非谓语动词形式在这里作定语修饰the flowers，smell作不及物动词，与flowers之间构成主谓关系，因此，B正确。句意：植物园内芳香四溢的花吸引游客们享受自然的美。
21. A考查非谓语动词的用法。disc与record是被动关系。过去分词作定语表示过去与被动的含义，动词不定式作定语通常表示将来的含义，因此，A正确。句意：用数码技术录制的光盘在那晚的晚会上听起来很迷人。
22. B 考查非谓语动词的用法。本题的关键是应该知道分词的逻辑主语应该与句子的主语相同，having been attacked的对象应该是the tall building，因此，B为正确答案。句意：受到恐怖分子攻击后，那座大楼倒塌了。
23. D 该题考查不定式作宾语补足语的用法。encourage sb. to do sth.为习惯用语，意为：鼓励某人做某事。句意：我的导师鼓励我去上暑期班来提高写作技能。
24. C 该题考查非谓语动词的用法。考查时间先后关系，wait的动作在realize之前发生故选现在分词的完成形式。句意：排队等了半小时后，汤姆突然意识到他把钱包落到家里了。
25.B该题考查非谓语动词的用法。Introduce是及物动词，flint和introduce关系是被动关系，故选过去分词。句意：燧石投放市场，这种产品很成功。
26. B该题考查非谓语动词作主语补足语的用法。在这里cook是smoke的动作执行者，故选现在分词作主语补足语。句意：如果发现厨师在厨房里抽烟，他会被立即解雇。
27.D 考查interest一词的不同形式有不同的用法，interest作名词的意思是“兴趣、利益”，作动词意思是“使人感兴趣”，interested 表示的是“感兴趣”的心理状态，interesting 意思是“有趣的”表示特点或特性，因此D正确。
28.C 考查动词短语与动名词的用法，lead to 导致，后接名词或动名词，the thief与catch之间形成一种动宾关系，因此动名词要用被动语态，正确答案为C。
29.A 考查非谓语动词，order后应使用动词不定式，动词不定式里的动词issue与soldiers之间是一个动宾关系，所以用动词不定式的主动语态，并且issue的动作不会先于order发生，因此选择A。
30.D 该题考查非谓语动词否定的用法。非谓语动词否定是用not来构成，ask后接不定式构成复合宾语，即ask sb to do sth 或者ask sb not to do sth，故选答案D。题意：老师叫我们不要大声喧哗。
31.D 该题考查非谓语动词的用法。从四个选项一眼就能看出这是考查非谓语动词作状语的用法，在看一下句子主语为he，与give的关系是被动关系，故选答案D过去分词作状语，表示被动。题意：如果给他时间，他会成为一流的羽毛球运动员。
32.B 该题考查动词不定式。后一句中的第一个it 是形式主语,其真正主语是whether they will enjoy it , 第二个it 是指上句中的 having a trip abroad .这对老夫妇是否enjoy having a trip abroad 还需要进一步查明，用将来时态的被动语态，即remains to be seen ，故答案为B。句意：对老两口来说出国旅游固然好，可是这还要看他们是否喜欢
33. A 考查动词的非谓语动词。动词不定式座目的状语。strive一词的用法：strive to do sth或strive for sth意思为“努力做某事”。句意：为了在国际市场上取得更大的份额，许多国际公司正在努力使自己的产品具有竞争性。
34.C 考查分词的用法。分词短语作状语时，有时前面可用一个连词，表示强调或出于表达需要，常用的连词有：when, while, after, if, though, unless, as if 等。
35.D 考查分词作定语的用法，分词与其修饰的名词形成一种逻辑上的动宾关系，故选用过去分词，D为正确答案。
36.C 考查动名词的用法。句子意思为“皮肤暴露的时间太久，将对皮肤有害。”expose与skin是一种动宾关系，所填入的成分在句中做主语，因此，应选用动名词的被动语态形式。C为正确答案。
37.B该题考查非谓语动词。该题的关键词是key为名词意为：关键；要害，后接介词to+名词活动名词；另外，the demand后接分词短语作定语，demand是make动作的承受着，表被动，故选答案B。句意：--你怎样处理公司与顾客之间的不和？--处理这个问题的关键是满足顾客的要求。
38. C 该题考查疑问词后加不定式短语的用法。do with 和 疑问词what 连用是习惯用语，do with 的宾语是上半句中的land in Australia, 即代词 it ，整个what to do with it 又 作know 宾语，故 C 项是正确的。句意：听说澳大利亚所需处理的土地，比政府所知的还要多。
39. A该题考查动词的非谓语动词v-ing作时间状语形式。该题题干中有逗号，而且句子主语是分词动作的执行者，故应考虑不同的非谓语形式在表达意思上的差异，从而作出选择。该句的意思是“河流已经遭受如此严重的污染，现在要想清理也许太晚了”。后面句子的动作发生在前面动词 suffer行为之后，因此，所设空中应该选用表示“已经完成”状态的v-ing的完成体—— Having suffered （选项 A）。另外，already 也起到提示与限制作用。
40. B 该题考查疑问词后加不定式短语的用法。疑问词后加不定式短语可以作宾语与表语，该题关键词what。I don’t know what to expect.句意：我以前和孩子一起工作过，所以我知道在新工作中期待什么。
41. C该题考查过去分词作宾补的用法。过去分词carried out在句子中作see的宾语补足语。这个句子较复杂，但只要把句子结构还原，就一目了然。the plan在句子中是定语从句的先行词，在定语从句that they would like to see 中作宾语，所以还原后变成they would like to see the plan carried out的形式。因此可以很容易选出正确答案C。句意：经理们讨论了他们要在下一年实施的这个计划。
42. A 该题考查动词不定式的用法。be said 后接动词不定式，从“what country he studied in ” 得知study abroad在said之前发生，所以用不定式的完成形式。句意：据说Robert已出国学习，但我不知他在哪个国家。
43. B 该题考查两个并列动词不定式短语作表语的用法。句意：新技术的目的是使生活变得更简单而不是使之更复杂。to make life easier 和not to make life more difficult是并列的结构作表语。
44. D 该题考查现在分词作后置定语的用法。从句子成分分析，前面有逗号分开，又没有连词连接， 故此处要用非谓语动词。message 是read动作的执行者故应当选现在分词。C项to read为不定式作状语，通常表示目的、结果或原因，用在此处不妥。上面写着一般用read和say这两个动词。句意：我回家时看到门上别着一个纸条上面写着：“很遗憾没有见到你，以后再来拜访。”
45. C 该题考查过去分词作表语的用法。get在此相当于系动词后接过去分词作表语,还表示被动意义。get paid 意为：报酬。句意：大城市的妇女清洁工通常按小时计酬。
46. A 该题考查现在分词作状语的用法。题意“踢欧式足球在80个国家盛行，这使它成为世界上最流行的体育运动”。 两部分有逗号又没有连词连接，应用非谓语动词作状语。空白处不能选谓语动词，故B两项不可取。C为过去分词表示被动，与题意不符，又因D项为不定式，不定式通常表示目的或出乎预料的结果不能作伴随状语。选项A为现在分词短语作状语，表示伴随状况。该句中的making 相当于which makes。
47. B 该题考查非谓语动词作宾语的用法。love doing 指一贯喜欢做某事；would/should love/ like to do sth. 虚拟语气句，用来陈述自己的愿望，表示“想要做某事”。因有last night 和work extra hours to finish a report.故使用would love to have gone来表示谓语动词的动作在加班之前发生。句意：昨晚我很想去晚会的，但为了完成报告不得不加班。
48. C 该题考查过去分词作后置定语的用法。the Olympic Games与play之间为被动关系，故play作用被动形式，时间状语in 776 B. C.表示动作已经完成，故用过去分词短语作定语相当于非限制性定语从句。to be first played属于不定式被动式，它表示该动作在谓语动词之后发生，与时间状语in 776 B. C. 相矛盾。句意：公元前776年开始举行的奥林匹克运动会直到1912年才允许妇女参加。
49. C 该题考查动词不定式作主补的用法。关键词是动词warn，warn意为：警告，用于warn sb to do sth 结构中，用于被动语态是以不定式作其主语补足语，不定式的否定式是not to do…，所以本题答案为C。句意：病人被警告术后不能吃油腻的东西。
50. C 该题考查分词短语作状语的用法。lose oneself ；be lost in thought是动词lose的一种 固定用法，意为“陷入沉思之中”。两部分有逗号又没有连词，应用非谓语动词作状语，以说明险些撞到汽车上的原因，根据过去分词表示被动的原则， be lost in thought 又是固定结构，故用过去分词lost。题意：他陷入了沉思，险些撞到他前面汽车上。
51. B 该题考查动词不定式作宾补的用法。在英语中，使役动词make, let, have和感官动词see, hear, feel等后面的复合宾语中的不定式均不带to，但是改成被动句后，不定式前的to就不能省略，所以本题答案为B。句意：没必要强迫保罗学习，他总是很努力。
52.D 该题考查非谓语动词作宾语的用法。regret doing sth意为：后悔干了某事，表明动作已完 成；regret to do sth意为：为去干某事后悔，表明当时还未做。例如：I regret to say that you can’t go with me.据第一句话得知raise objection at the meeting动作已完成,故选 动名词。句意：“你真勇敢在会上提出反对意见。”“噢，我现在真为此事儿后悔。”
53. C 该题考查动词不定式作宾语的用法。该题的关键词是agree其后跟不定式作宾语。选项D虽 属不定式，但不定式的完成式表示动作已发生，与hasn’t turned up yet 相矛盾，所以不能选D。只能跟不定式作宾语的动词还有：afford，ask，beg，choose，decide，determine，hope，offer，want，manage，plan，refuse，pretend，promise，wish等。agree作不及物动词还有下列结构：agree with sb/what one said同意某人的意见或者所说的话；agree to sth（plan ，opinion etc）同意某事（计划，观点等）；agree on/upon sth就某事达成共识。句意：我同意在这里碰面但她到现在还没露面。
54.C 该题考查动词不定式的用法。prefer to do rather than do 为习惯用语，该题中的rather than提前表示强调，后接动词原形；prefer 后接to do。题意：他宁愿骑自行车也不愿乘坐拥挤的公共汽车。
55. C 该题考查非谓语动词作宾补的区别。感官动词hear，listen to，see，watch，notice，feel等其后的宾补可以是现在分词也可以是不定式。现在分词表示动作正在进行，不定式表示动作已经完成。该题的关键是last seen，据此play的动作是当时正在发生的动作，故选C。题意：最后找到那个丢失的孩子时，他正在河边玩耍。
56. C 该题考查现在分词作状语的用法。该题的关键在于有逗号分开，但没有连词，故选分词，且句子主语又是add动作的执行者，故选现在分词作伴随状语。句意：来访的总理表示对这次会谈满意，并补充说他在这儿过得很愉快。
57. D 该题考查现在分词短语作定语的用法。textbook是write动作的承受者，又后面有in the 16th century过去时间状语，故用过去分词表示被动与完成。句意：为英语教学编写的第一套教科书出台于16世纪。
58. B 本题考查动名词的否定式的用法。动名词的否定式，其否定词not应放在动名词之前构成，not doing。句意：“因事前没告诉你我必须向你道歉。”“没关系。”
第二节 考点归纳
非谓语动词就是在句子中不能单独作谓语的动词，这样的动词没有人称和数的变化。它包括动词的不定式、V-ing和V-ed三种形式。非谓语动词具有双重性质，它既有动词性质，又有非动词性质。具有名词、形容词、副词的特征，因此在句中除了不能作谓语外，可以作主语、宾语、表语、宾语补足语和主语补足语、定语、状语。非谓语动词不能作谓语，因此不能借助于助动词或情态动词否定，但是它可以借助于not或never来实现对他的否定。非谓语动词不能作谓语，因此在语法上不能有主语，但由于它们表示的是动作，在意思上是可以有主语的，这个主语可称为逻辑主语（the Logical Subject）。逻辑主语与非谓语动词之间的主谓关系是我们选用非谓语动词的主动式还是被动式的依据，如果逻辑主语是动作的执行者，选用主动形式；如果是动作的承受者，则选用被动形式。
一、动词不定式
动词不定式(infinitive)是动词的一种非限定形式，即非谓语动词形式，它有两种形式：一种是“to + 动词原形”构成（to- infinitive）；另一种是不带to的不定式,即动词原形(bare- infinitive)。所有行为动词都有不定式形式，其否定式是在不定式前加not。动词不定式（或不定式短语）没有人称和数的变化，在句子中不能作谓语。
（一）动词不定式的时态和语态
动词不定式有一般式、进行式、完成式、完成进行式四种时态变化形式，一般式和完成式有被动语态变化形式。

主动语态
被动语态
一般式
to write
to be written
进行式
to be writing

完成式
to have written
to have been written
完成进行式
to have been writing

1、不定式的时态意义
不定式的时态是以句中谓语动词的时间为依据的
（1）一般式表示的动作或状态通常发生在谓语动词之后或同时发生。
They made plans to live in Paris. 他们计划住在巴黎。（to live 发生在 made plans之后）
（2）进行式表示其动作正在进行，与谓语动词发生的动作同时进行。
He pretended to be listening to me carefully. 他假装认真地听我讲。
注意：不定式的进行式常同may, might, can, could, must, need, ought to, should, will, would 等情态动词连用，表示“可能、应当或想必”正在进行的动作。
You oughtn’t to be talking so much. 你不应该说这么多。
He might be reading a novel at that time. 那时他可能正在读小说。
（3）不定式的完成时表达下列意义：
A. 不定式的完成式所表示的动作或状态发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前。
I am sorry to have kept you waiting. 对不起，让你久等了。
（to have kept发生在I am sorry所表示的时间之前）
She is said to have just completed a novel. 据说她刚完成一部小说。
（to have just completed a novel发生在She is said所表示的时间之前）
B. 用在intended, expected, meant, hoped, promised, planned, wished, thought, desired, was, were等词后，不定式的完成式表示未曾实现的愿望、期待、想法、打算或计划等。to have + 过去分词表示动作， to have been表示状态。
I meant to have done the work before Sunday. 我本想星期天前完成这项工作。（没完成）
I was to have been a doctor. 我本打算当个医生。（没当成）
I intended to have come to see you.我本打算来看你的。(但没来)
C.用在seem, appear, thing, consider, believe等后，表示一个动作先于另一个动作发生。
I seem to have seen her somewhere before.以前我好像在那见过她。（see在seem之前发生）
He was believed to have been a reporter.都认为他从前干过记者。
D. 在should(would) like 或should(would)have like后用不定式完成式表示没有实现的愿望。
I should like to have gone with her.我多么愿意和她一起去。（但没去）
I would like to have seen her face when she read the letter.我真想见到她读信时的表情。（但没看到）
（4）不定式的完成进行式表示动作在谓语动词之前发生，而且一直进行着。
He was happy to have been staying with his uncle.他很高兴一直跟他叔叔住在一起。
He looked too young to have been publishing books for six years.他看上去很年轻，不像已经出版了6年书的人。
（5） come + 不定式表示一个动作发生的过程
He will come to understand it in the end.他最终会懂得的。
Later he came to be a famous painter.后来他成了著名的画家。
2、动词不定式的被动语态
如果不定式的逻辑主语是不定式动作的执行者不定式用主动式；如果不定式的逻辑主语是不定式动作的承受者时，不定式用被动语态。
The doctor recommended the room to be aired. 医生建议让房间透透气。
The sports meeting on the weekend has to be put off. 周末的运动会被迫推迟。
3、意义上被动形式上主动的不定式
（1） 在“there be+主语”中，不定式用作定语修饰名词或代词，并同所修饰的名词或代词是逻辑上的动宾关系。
There is no time to lose. 一点时间也不能浪费了。
（2）在“名词（代词）＋ be easy(difficult, fit等形容词) ＋ 不定式”结构中，有时尽管主语是动作的承受者，不定式在意义上是被动，形式上却是主动，这时可以看成省略了动词逻辑主语for us, for me , for you 等。
The book is difficult to read. 这本书很难读懂。
He is not easy to get on well with. 他不易相处。
（3）如果不定式逻辑主语是不定式动作的执行者，不定式和它修饰的名词虽然在逻辑上有动宾关系，也必须用主动形式，因为逻辑主语同不定式的关系更为直接。
We’ve got plenty to eat.我们有足够的东西吃。（句子主语We在逻辑上是不定式to eat动作的执行者，不定式to eat和它修饰的名词plenty在逻辑上是动宾关系，用主动形式表示被动意义。）
（4）在too… to 和enough to 结构中，不定式可用主动语态表示被动意义。
The box is too heavy to carry.这个箱子太重了搬不动。
（5）blame的不定式作表语时，用主动语态和被动语态表示被动的意义，但含义不同。
You were to blame. （= you are at fault.）这该怪你。
You were to be blamed.(= You are going to be blamed.)你要受到指责。
（6）something, little, what, much, a great deal等作句子主语，表语为to do时，不定式可用主动语态表示被动意义。
A great deal of work remains to do.还有很多工作要做。
What is to do tomorrow? 明天干什么？
（二）动词不定式的句法功能
动词不定式具有名词、形容词和副词的特征，因此在句中可以作主语、表语、宾语补足语、定语和状语。
1、 不定式作主语
不定式及不定式短语作主语时，为了平衡句子结构，可用it作形式主语，而把真正的不定式后置。
To make a plan first is a good idea. 先制订计划是个好办法。
It is a good idea to make a plan first . 首先制订一个计划是一个好主意。
在下列情况下只宜采用it作形式主语
（1）在疑问句或感叹句中作主语的不定式。
How important it is to master a foreign language!掌握一门外语是多么重要啊!
（2） 当句中谓语动词不是be, seem, appear等连系动词时。
It took us 20 minutes to get to the station. 赶到车站花了我们20分钟。
（3） 在“it +be + adj. + of + sb. +不定式”结构中。
It's very nice of you to help me with my work. 帮我的工作，你真是太好了。
2、不定式作表语
（1）主语、表语都是不定式，前者是条件，后者是目的或结果。
To learn a language is to use it. 学语言是为了使用语言。
To be kind to the enemy is to be cruel to the people. 对敌人仁慈就是对人民残酷。
（2）主语是duty, plan, wish, hope, idea, purpose等名词。
His wish was to become a scientist. 他的愿望是当一名科学家。
To the doctor ,the most important thing is to save people's lives. 对医生来说，最重要的事是拯救人们的生命。
（3）表示时态发展的结果、预期的结果、不幸的命运或预言。
You are to die at 98.你会98岁去世。
Man is to live a better life in the next century.人类在下一世纪会生活的更好。
（4）表示“同意、安排、命令、决定、劝告、意愿 、禁止”等。
They are to marry next week.（安排）他们下周结婚。
Nobody is to know.（禁止）不应让任何人知道。
You must be patient and persistent if you are to succeed.（愿望）要想成功，就必须有耐力，有毅力。
（5）主语是what引导的名词性从句。
What surprised me most is to see him beaten black and blue. 使我吃惊的是看到他被打得遍体鳞伤。
What is important at present is to save lives.目前救人要紧。
3、不定式作宾语
（1）有些及物动词常跟不定式作宾语，如agree, afford, arrange, ask, begin , decide, forget, hope, like , start , want, wish等。也可用来作形容词的宾语，如able, afraid, anxious, careful, content, determined, eager, foolish, free, glad, inclined, likely, pleased, prepared, ready, slow, sure, sorry, willing等。
She wanted to borrow my bike. 她想借我的自行车。
The boys and girls are anxious to learn how to swim. 孩子们渴望学会游泳。
（2）不定式作宾语时，句子的主语是不定式的逻辑主语，与不定式动词的关系是主动关系，但有时不定式和主语却是动宾关系。
English is not difficult to learn.英语不难学。
（3）feel, find, judge, make, think, believe, consider等动词后如果是不定式作宾语，后面有宾语补足语时，将真正的宾语不定式放在补足语的后面，而将形式宾语it放在补语之前。
He found it hard to learn maths.他发现数学很难学。
I think it our duty to support the elder.我认为赡养老人是我们的义务。
4、不定式作定语
不定式作定语时，需放在它所修饰的名词或代词之后。它与所修饰的名词或代词有下列关系：
（1）动宾关系
如果不定式的动词是不及物动词，和所修饰名词搭配的介词不能省略。
Have you got anything to say?你有什么要说的吗？
He had no room to live in.他没房子住。
（2）主谓关系
He is always the first to come and last to leave.他总是第一个来，最后一个走。
The next train to arrive is from Washington.下一列到站的火车是从华盛顿开来的。
（3）同位语关系
The farmers thought of ways to protect their crops. 农民们想出保护庄稼的办法。
He had the wish to be an artist. 他愿意当艺术家。
5、不定式作状语
不定式作状语时，常表示目的、结果、原因、条件等，通常放在它所修饰的动词之后。
（1）表目的
不定式作目的状语时，其动作发生在谓语动词之后，一般放在句子后部。但如要表示强调，也可以位于句首，前面可加in order,不定式作目的状语时其否定必须用in order not +不定式，或so as not ＋不定式。in order to 引出的不定式可置于句首或句中，so as not＋不定式不能放在句首，只能放在句中。
He stopped to have a rest. 他停下来休息。（目的）
To search for gold, many people went to California. 为了寻找金子，许多人去了加利福尼亚。（目的）
I often read China Daily so as to improve my reading. 我常读《中国日报》以提高我的阅读。（目的）
We often listen to English broadcasts to/in order to/so as to get listening training. 我们经常听英语广播，以增强听力训练。
（2）表示结果
A. 形容词如right, polite, crazy, generous, good, greedy, kind, selfish, silly, splendid, nice, unselfish, unkind等对人进行表扬或批评，后接不定式表示结果，不定式的逻辑主语也就是句子主语。
He is very polite to show us the way.他很有礼貌给我们指路。
He is silly to say so. 他这么说太傻了。
B. 不定式和only连用，表示未预料到的结果。
He woke up only to find himself famous. 他一觉醒来，竟发现自己成名了。
The thief broke into the house only to find it empty. 小偷闯进屋子，却发现是空的。
C.在so… as to, such …as to, enough to等结构中的不定式皆表示结果。
He is too young to join the army. 他太年轻了，不能参军。
He is so careless as to forget his pen.她太粗心了，以至于把钢笔忘了带。
D.“too …to”表示结果意为：太……而不能……，但有时不含否定意义。
He is too excited to sleep. 他太激动了，不能入睡。（否定）
We are only too pleased to work together with you. 我们同你一起工作，真是太高兴了。（肯定）
You are too ready to find out fault with others. 你太好挑剔别人了。（肯定）
(3)表示原因，其逻辑主语是句子的主语。
She wept to see him in such a terrible state.她看到他这种可怕的样子就哭了。
(4)表示条件
动词不定式有时也可以表示条件，一般置于句首，否定不定式表示条件多置于句尾，这时谓语动词常含有will, shall, should, would, can, must等。
To hear him talk, you would think he owned the whole world. 要是听他讲话，你会认为整个世界都是他的。
(5)表明说话人的态度， 在句中作独立成份。
To tell the truth, this all Greek to me.说实话，我对此一窍不通。
To make a long story short, he became bankrupt.简单的说，他破产了。
To be true, we can do it well.当然，我们能做好。
除此之外还有：
to be brief 简而言之、to be exact 精确的说、to be frank with you老实对你说 、to be plain 老实说 、to put it straight直截了当、to bring the story short长话短说、to return to my subject言归正传、to change the subject换一个话题、to use his own words用自己的话说、to make matter worse更糟的是、to give him his due公正地说、strange to say奇怪地说、to say nothing of姑且不讲、to conclude总之、to crown all更好（坏）的是、to be honest直率地说、to start /begin with首先、to do him justice说句公道话、to sum up总之，总而言之等。这些短语大都位于句首，偶尔位于句中或句尾，需要用逗号和其他成份隔开。但表示“更不用说”的几个短语一般要放在句尾，如to say nothing of, not to say, not to mention, not to speak of, let alone, much less, much more 等。
6、不定式作宾语补足语和主语补足语
动词believe, consider, declare, find, prove, suppose, feel, think等后面常跟to be 不定式作宾补。有时to be 可以省略。这类不定式改为被动语态后就变成了主语补足语。感官动词如feel, see, hear, watch, notice, observe, listen to, look at 等以及使役动词make, have, let 等在跟不定式作宾语补足语时省略不定式符号to。但在转换成被动语态时要加上to。
We believe her (to be) innocent.我们相信她无罪。
He was heard to sing next door.有人听见他在隔壁唱过歌。
She made the boy go to bed early.她让那个男孩早睡觉。
The boy was made to go to bed early.那个男孩被迫早睡觉。
（三）动词不定式的否定式
不定式的否定式由“not+动词不定式”构成。
Tell him not to be late. 告诉他不要迟到。
The policeman told the boys not to play in the street. 那位警察告诉那些男孩们不要在街上玩。
（四）动词不定式的复合结构
1、for+名词或代词+不定式
不定式的复合结构由“for+名词或代词+不定式”构成。这个名词或代词形式上是for的宾语，而意义上是不定式的逻辑主语。这种结构可在句子中作主语、宾语、表语、定语、状语等。如：
It is necessary for us to learn from each other. 我们相互学习是必要的。（主语）
I think it a good idea for her to study medicine. 我认为她学医是个好主意。（宾语）
The engine is for you to repair. 这台发动机归你修。（表语）
The lake is a good place for you to swim in. 这湖是你游泳的好地方。（定语）
I spoke slowly for them to make notes. 我讲得很慢以便让他们作笔记。（状语）
2、“It is + 形容词＋X ＋代词（名词）＋不定式”句型——用of 还是用for
（1） 如果句中的形容词表示人物特征或品质，常同of搭配构成“It is + 形容词＋of＋代词（名词）＋不定式”句型。如： bold ，brave, careful, careless, considerate, cruel, rude, generous, :right，wrong, kind，nice，good，polite，clever，wise， foolish, silly等。这是一个带有感情色彩的不定式结构， 表示好意时，具有“对……不胜感激”的意思；表示坏的意思时，含有“真是太……，真是……透了”的意思。
It is kind of you to help me.你帮助我真是太好了。
It was foolish of us to do so.我们这样做真是太傻了。
这一结构均可改为“主语＋be＋形容词＋不定式”但无感情色彩。
You are kind to help.你帮我很好。
We are foolish to do so.我们这样做傻。
（2）表示事物性质的形容词如easy, difficult, hard, important, impossible, possible, safe, dangerous, necessary常同for 搭配，构成“It is + 形容词＋for＋代词（名词）＋不定式”句型。这类形容词同for后的名词或代词关系不密切，没有意义上的主表关系，但与句中的不定式结构关系密切，有意义上的主表关系。
It’s difficult for me to work out the problem.我要算出这道题目太难了。
It’s very important for students to learn English well.对于学生们来说，学好英语是很重要的。
注意：这类形容词easy, convenient, dangerous, difficult, lazy, weak, hard, important, impossible, possible, safe, necessary, troublesome等，一般不能用于“人称代词（it除外）＋be＋形容词＋不定式”结构中。试比较：
It is impossible for me to finish it today.我今天不可能完成这项工作。
不能用I am impossible to finish it today.
Come and see me whenever it is convenient to you.方便的时候来看我。
（五）动词不定式和疑问词连用
(1) 关系词+动词不定式
动词不定式可以和疑问代词：who, what, which 及疑问副词：when, where, how, why等连用，构成不定式短语，在句中作主语、宾语、表语等成份。如：
Who to do the work has not been decided yet. 谁干这项工作尚未决定。（主语）
He showed me how to use a computer. 他向我示范了一下怎样使用计算机。（宾语）
(2) “with + whom/which + 不定式”结构
“with + whom/which + 不定式”结构是一种简洁的表达方式，指人时用whom，指物时用which，这种结构中的with有时可以是by, through, on, from等。这种结构通常用作后置定语。
She had only 15 dollars with which to buy her husband a gift. 她只有15美元，用它来给她丈夫买礼物。
She is a nice woman with whom to work.她是一个很好的工作同伴。
He opened the north window from which（where） to enjoy the distant hill. 他打开北窗，从那里可以欣赏到远处山的景色。
（六）不带to的不定式的用法
不定式除了与助动词（be going to, be to 等除外）、情态动词（ought to, used to等除外）连用时不带to外，下面几种情况通常也不带to：
(1) 当两个或两个以上的不定式具有同等功能时，往往由and，or，than等连接，只用在第一个不定式前，第二个(之后的)不定式可以省略to。
It is easier to praise people than criticize them.表扬人比批评人容易。
注意：但有时为了强调对比，可以在每个不定式之前重复to。
I’m really puzzled what to think or to say.我真不知道该怎么想怎么说。
（2）对照或对比之意时两个不定式如果有对照或对比之意时不可省略to
To be or not to be – that is the question.是生还是死，这是问题所在。
I came not to scold but to praise you.我不是来骂你的而是来夸你的。
（3）在had better, had best, would rather… than, rather than, would sooner, would sooner… than, cannot but, cannot help but等结构中后面不用to
He would rather die than give in.他宁死不屈。
I cannot but admire his courage.我不能不钦佩他的勇敢。
（4）Why(not)后不能带to
这种结构的肯定式表示不满或委婉的批评，否定句则表示指责。
Why worry about such trifle? 为何为琐事烦心？
Why not think of something you can do.为什么不想个你能干的事呢?
（5）在feel, hear, notice, observe, see, watch等感官司动词后，have, make, let等使役动词后作宾语补足语时，不定式不带to。如：
He notices a thief slip into the house. 他注意到一个小偷溜进了房子。
（6）在动词help后，作宾语或宾语补足语时，to可带可不带。如：
Shall I help (you to )carry the box?我帮着（你）拿箱了好吗？
Will you help me(to)move the table?请帮我搬一下桌子好吗？
（7）在某些介词后
介词except， but，besides之后跟不定式作宾语时，如果介词前有动词do及其变化形式时，不定式省略to。
I'll do anything but help the boy with his lessons. 除了帮那孩子做功课外，我什么都干。（省去）
He wanted nothing except to stay here. 除了留在这里，他什么都不要。（to不可省去）
What do you like to do besides swim? 除了游泳，你还爱好什么?
（8）在“come(go)+不定式”结构中，不定式一般省去to，特别是在美国口语中更为常见。第一个动词表示“来”、“去”这个动作，第二个动词表示“来”、“去”的目的。
Go fetch your notebook..去把你的日记本拿来。
Come sit with me.来跟我坐在一起。
（ 9）在实义动词dare之后
在实义动词dare之后作宾语的不定式，在否定句中有时也可省略to。
I don't dare(to)ask her.我不敢问她。
He didn’t dare(to)go.他不敢去
（10） 某些固定搭配中
在make believe, let go, hear tell(say), go hang等固定搭配中不用to。
We’ll have to make do with what we have now.我们要设法应付我们目前的情况。
He made believe he was innocent. 他假装清白。
（11） 主语是all或者是what引导的从句，主语受only, first, one, least 或形容词的最高级修饰，且主语从句中包含有do或其变形，不定式做表语，动词不定式常可省略to。
All you need to do now is have a good rest.现在你需要的是好好休息。
What he did to the matter was keep silent.对此事他所做的就是保持缄默。
（12）在“try(go,come,etc.)and”结构中，and之后的不定式常常省去to。
I’ll try and remember the matter.我一定记着那件事。
I hope you will go and see the patient.我希望你去看看那个病人。
Come and see us.请来看看我们。
（12） 当主语是以动词say作谓语的定语从句所修饰的all时，作表语的不定式常常省略to。如：
All they said is hurry up, please. 他们只是说赶快。
What he said is work hard.他只说要努力工作。
二、动词的-ing形式
动词的-ing形式包括了传统语法中所说的动名词(gerund)和现在分词(present participle)。所有行为动词都有-ing形式。情态动词和助动词（除be，have外）没有动名词形式。动词的-ing形式仍保留有动词的许多特征，可以有自己的逻辑主语、宾语、状语。动词的-ing形式连同其后面的宾语或状语，一起构成了动词的-ing形式短语。同时动词的-ing形式词又具有名词、形容词、副词的特性，可以在句中充当主语、宾语、表语、定语、宾语补足语和状语等成份。
（一）动词不定式的时态和语态
动词的-ing形式有主动和被动两种语态，也有一般式、完成式和完成进行式之分，它们是以谓语动词发生的时间为依据的。现以write为例列表如下：

主动语态
被动语态
一般式
writing
being written
完成式
having written
having been written
完成进行式
having been writing

1、时态
（1）一般式
一般式所表示的动作或状态与谓语动词所表示的动作或状态几乎同时发生或发生在谓语动词之后。
My wife hates smoking. 我妻了憎恨抽烟。
I saw them playing under a big tree. 看见他们正在大树下玩。（同时）
Working hard，you'll be successful. 努力工作你就会成功。（稍前）
We met an accident, causing the delay. 我们遇到了车祸，所以晚了。（稍后）
（2）完成式
完成式所表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前。
She didn't remember having met him before. 她不记得从前见过他了。
Not having received a reply, he decided to write again. 没有收到回信，他决定再写一封。
（3）完成进行式
完成进行式表示其动作在谓动词之前己经开始，一直持续到谓语动词发生时为止，且有可能仍在继续的动作。
I was satisfied for his having been looking after me day and night. 他日夜照料我，我很满意。
Forgive me for my having been troubling you. 原谅我打扰了你。
2、动词的-ing形式的语态
动词的-ing形式有主动和被动两种形式，主动式通常表示它的逻辑主语是其动作的执行者；被动式通常表示逻辑主语是动作的承受者时。
（1） 主动语态
Walking in the street yesterday afternoon, he came across Mr. Smith.昨天他在大街上散步时遇到了史密斯先生。
His often coming late made his boss very angry.他经常迟到使他的老板很恼火。
（2）被动语态
动词的-ing形式的被动语态分为一般式和完成式两种。一般式(being done)表示一个被动动作正在进行，或与谓语动词的动作同时发生；完成式(having been done)表示一个被动动作发生在谓语动词的动作之前。
I noticed the boy being beaten by his mother. 我注意到那男孩挨他母亲的打。
Having been cheated many times, she now believes in nobody. 由于多次受骗，所以她现在对任何人都不信任。
（3）-动词的-ing形式主动式表被动含义
在形容词worth之后的动名词，用主动形式表达被动含义在动词want, need, require后跟动名词的主动形式表达被动含义，当然这几个动词也可以跟不定式的被动形式去表达此意。。
The film is well worth reading. 这部电影很值得看。
This sentence needs improving. = This sentence needs to be improved.这个句子需要改。
The room requires cleaning. =The room requires to be cleaned. 房间需要打扫了。
（二）动词-ing形式的否定式
动词-ing形式的否定是在动名词前加not或never。
I'm sorry for not finishing my task on time. 对不起没有准时完成任务。
Not knowing his telephone number, she had some difficulty getting in touch with Bill. 因为不知道比尔的电话号码，她和他联系遇到了困难。
（三）动词-ing形式的复合结构
动词-ing形式的复合结构是由名词所有格或形容词性物主代词加动词-ing构成。名词所有格或形容词性物主代词是动名词的逻辑主语。
I would appreciate your calling back this afternoon. 你今天下午给我打电话我很感激。
What worried the child most was his not being allowed to visit his mother in the hospital.最让那个孩子担心的是不让他到医院看她妈妈。
We are looking forward to the doctor's coming to see her. 我们都盼着医生来给她看病。
注意：在口语或非正式文体中，如果-ing形式的复合结构作宾语，可用名词的所有格或普通格，也可用代词宾格或形容词性物主代词;如果作主语，就只能用名词所有格或形容词性物主代词。
I can hardly imagine Peter sailing across the Atlantic Ocean in five days. 我不能想象皮特五天内横渡大西洋。
How about the two of us taking a walk down the garden? 我们俩在公园散步怎么样？
（四)动词的-ing形式的句法功能
1、动词的-ing形式作主语
Walking is a good form of exercise for both young and old.散步是一种老幼皆宜的锻炼形式。
动词的-ing形式作主语时，为了平衡句子结构，也可用it作形式主语而把动名词置后。在use, good, pity, bore, time, fun, hard, funny, nice, odd, worth, difficult, worthwhile, interesting, tiring, better, enjoyable, pointless, crazy, terrible等名词或形容词作表语时，可用it作形式主语，把作主语的-ing形式倒置。
It is important controlling costs at a newspaper. 控制报纸的费用是重要的。
It is pleasant working with you. 跟你在一起工作是令人愉快的。
2、动词的-ing形式作宾语
（1）作动词宾语
只跟动词的-ing作宾语的动词有：admit（承认）,advise(见一)， appreciate（感谢）,avoid（避免），consider（考虑），delay（推迟），deny (否认)，dislike （不喜欢），enjoy（喜爱），escape（逃脱），excuse(原谅)，fancy(想象)，finish（完成），forgive(原谅，宽恕), imagine（想象），keep (on)（保持），mind（介意），miss（错过），practise（练习），risk(冒险)，suggest（建议），give up（放弃），can't help（禁不住），cannot stand（不能容忍）等。
He admitted taking the watch.他承认拿了手表。
He disliked fighting in any form.他不喜欢任何形式的打架斗殴。
（2）作介词宾语。
He studied ways of keeping seeds.他研究了种子的保存方法。
3、动词的-ing形式作表语
（1）说明主语的内容，表语和主语可以互换位置，相当于不定式。
Seeing is believing. 眼见为实。
Her job was looking after the children. 她的工作是照看孩子。
（2）说明主语的性质或特征。
The music is exciting. 这首音乐令人兴奋。
The film is very moving and exciting. 这部电影很动人很使人振奋。
4、动词的-ing形式作定语
（1）动词的-ing形式作定语说明所修饰中心词的用途，表示“供作……之用”(used for)的意思。
No one is allowed to speak aloud in the reading room.阅览室不准大声喧哗。
This is a shop dealing with walking sticks.这是一家出售手杖的商店。
（2）动词的-ing形式作定语说明所修饰中心词的性质，表示“……的”意思。
Do you know the boy lying under the big tree?你认识那个躺在树下的男孩吗？
注意：动词的-ing形式作定语的分词如果是单个词，一般放在它所修饰的名词之前；如果是分词短语，则放在它所修饰的名词之后，相当于一个定语从句，可以相互转化。
Two days later I received a letter offering me the job =which offered me the job.两天后我收到同意给我这份工作的来信。
The boy standing there is a classmate of mine.= The boy who is standing there is a classmate of mine.站在那儿的那个男孩是我的一个同学。
5、动词的-ing形式作宾语补足语或主语补足语
动词的-ing形式一般在感觉、感官动词和使役、致使役动词后作宾语补足语表示正在进行的主动意义。这样的句子由主动语态变为被动语态时，其中的宾语补足语就变成了主语补足语。。
（1）感觉、感官动词后作宾语补足语或主语补足语，这类动词有find，feel，hear，listen to，look at，notice，observe，see，smell，watch等。
His father saw him sitting on some eggs.他父亲看见他坐在鸡蛋上面。
（2）使役、致使役动词后作宾语补足语或主语补足语，这类动词有catch, get，have, leave，set，start, keep等。
He tried to start the machine running. 他试图使机器开动起来。
6、动词的-ing形式作状语
动词的-ing形式作状语时，用来进一步说明谓语动词的动作，或者说明整个句子所表达的概念，其逻辑主语通常应与句子的主语一致，即句子的主语就是动词的-ing形式这一动作的执行者。在意义上可表示时间、原因、方式、伴随、条件、结果、目的、让步等，这时它相当于一个状语从句。它的位置比较灵活，可以置于句首、句中或句尾，有时用逗号分开，有时也不用。一般用作时间、原因、条件状语时，这些短语通常位于句子的句首；当用作方式、结果、伴随状语时，通常位于句末。
（1）作时间状语时相当于when或while引导的从句。若两个动作同时发生，可在分词前用when或while表示强调。如果表示强调或-ing的动作紧接着谓语动词动作之后发生，动词的-ing形式应放句尾；如果表示强调或-ing的动作发生在着谓语动词动作之前，动词的-ing形式应放句首。
Having finished their work, they had a rest. 完成了工作之后，他们休息。
（2）作原因状语时相当于as, since, because引导的从句。这类状语多方在前半部。
Being ill(=Because she was ill),she went home. 由于病了，她回家了。
Not knowing what to do, he turned to the teacher for help.不知道该怎样做，他去向老师求助。
（3）作方式、伴随状语时不能用状语从句替换，但可以改成并列句。
She sat at the desk reading a newspaper. = She sat at the desk and read a newspaper.她坐在桌边读报纸。
（4）作条件状语时相当于if, unless引导的从句。常见的词由supposing, considering等。这类状语多方在前半部。
Working hard(=If you work hard)，you'll succeed. 努力工作，你会成功的。
Turning to the right(=If you turn to the right), you will find a path leading to his cottage.向左转你会找到通往他的茅舍的小路。
（5）作结果状语时相当于so, so that等引导的从句。这类状语常放在后半部。
She died, leaving nothing but debts. 她死了，除了债什么也没留下。
（6）作让步状语时相当于though, even if等引导的从句。这类状语多方在前半部。
Admitting what she said(Although I admitted what she said, I still think she hasn’t tried her best.尽管承认她说的话，我仍然认为她没尽最大努力。
（7）动词的-ing形式作状语时前面有时可以用一个连词表示强调或出于表达需要。常用的连词有：when, while, after, before, if, though, whether, unless, as if 等。
Whether sleeping or waking, he was not at ease.不管睡着还是醒着，他心都不安。
Though being ill, he would not take a rest.虽然病了，他仍不愿休息。
7、动词的-ing形式构成的独立主格结构
（1）名词(代词)+动词的-ing形式
名词(代词)+动词的-ing形式作状语。它一般位于句首，在这种结构中，前面的名词或代词是动词的-ing的逻辑主语，即动作的执行者，它表示主动意义。可表示时间、条件、原因、伴随状况等。
Mary coming back, they discussed it together.玛丽回来后，他们一起讨论那件事。
Weather permitting, we shall go there on foot.天气允许的话，我们将步行前往。
（2）There + being 结构
这种结构多放在句首，其中being不可省略。
There being nothing to do, we played games.没有什么可做，我们玩起了游戏。
There being no customers, they closed the store.因为没有顾客，他们的店关了门。
（3）with+宾语+动词的-ing形式独立主格结构
with/ without+宾语+动词的-ing形式独立主格结构在句中作伴随状语或定语。
He fell asleep with the light burning.他开着灯睡着了。
（五）动词的-ing形式与不定式的区别。
1、作主语时，动词的-ing形式通常表示一种抽象的动作概念，即泛指某种行为或动作；而不定式作主语通常表示具体动作或具体意义。
It’s no use crying over split milk.牛奶打翻哭也无用。
It’s an honour for me to be invited to the party.我很荣幸被邀请参加这个晚会。
2、作宾语时
（1） 动词的-ing形式表示笼统和抽象意义，而不定式则表示某个具体动作。
I like collecting stamps. 我喜欢集邮。（指一般、抽象的行为）
Would you like to swim today?你今天想去游泳吗？（指今天这次具体的动作）
（2）动词的-ing形式所表示的动作的逻辑主语可能是句子里的名词或代词，也可能是他人或物；而不定式的逻辑主语通常是句子里的一个名词或代词。
She hates smoking. 她憎恶抽烟。（smoking的逻辑主语是他人）
She hates to trouble you. 她不愿麻烦你。（she是不定式的逻辑主语）
（3）有些动词如remember, forget, regret等，接不定式和动词-ing形式意义不同。动词-ing形式表示动作发生在上述动词之前；不定式表示的动作发生在上述动词之后。
remember doing sth. /to do sth. （记得干过某事/记住要做某事）
forget doing sth. /to do sth. （忘记过去干过某事/忘记要做某事）
regret doing sth. /to do sth. （懊悔干过某事/为要做某事而不安）
I regret accepting your advice.我真后悔听了你的建议。（accepting发生在regret之前）
I regret to tell you that I won’t accept your advice.我十分遗憾地告诉你，我不准备接受你的意见。（to tell发生在regret之后）
I remember putting the books on the shelf.我记得曾把书放在书架上。（已经做过）
Remember to put the books on the shelf.记住要把书放在书架上。（还没做）
I forgot paying the money.我已付过钱，却忘记了。(付过钱)
I forgot to pay the money. 我忘了付钱。(没有付钱)
（4）stop后跟-ing形式短语作宾语，表示停下手头正在干的事；stop后跟不定式，不定式不是宾语而是目的状语，表示停下手头正在干的事去干另外一件事。
She stopped to have a rest. 她停下来休息。（不定式用来表目的）
She stopped talking. 她停止了讲话。（停止原来正在进行的动作）
She stopped to watch TV.她停下来，开始看电视。（不定式用来表目的）
She stopped watching TV.她停止看电视。（停止原来正在进行的动作）
（5） try后接不定式时，意为“努力，设法”；try后接-ing形式时，意为“试，试用”。
We must try to get everything done in time.我们必须设法及时把一切搞好。
Let’s try doing the work some other way.我们用别的方法做这工作试试。
（6） go on后跟-ing形式表示“继续去做同一件事”，后跟不定式表示“干完一件事接着去干另一件事”。
The teacher went on explaining the problem after the break.休息过后，老师继续讲解那个问题。(继续原来的动作)
After finishing studying the text we went on to do the exercise.学完课文之后，我们接着做练习。（做另一件事）
（7）mean后接不定式时，意为“决意，打算”；mean后接-ing形式时，意为“意味着，表明”。
I didn’t mean to make you angry.我并不想叫你生气。(打算)
Your plan would mean spending hours.你的计划意为着要花费几个小时。(意味着)
（8）有些及物动词可跟动名词也可跟不定式作宾语，意义没有什么区别。如：begin, start, continue, hate, prefer等。
When did you start to learn/learning English? 你什么时候开始学的英语？
They continued to do/doing their homework. 他们继续做他们的作业。
（9）有些及物动词后面只能跟动词不定式作宾语，如want（想要），hope（希望），wish（愿望），promise（许诺），intend(打算), decide(决定)，expect（盼望），manage（设法），try(尽力)，pretend（假装），mean（打算）等。
I wish to pass the exam. 但愿我能考试及格。
They managed to send him to school. 他们设法送他去上学。
She promised to buy me a pen. 她许诺给我买一支钢笔。
（10） 有些及物动词后面只能跟动名词作宾语而不跟不定式。（详参动词的-ing形式作宾语）
I enjoy learning English. 我喜欢英语。
We should follow the teacher's advice and avoid making mistakes. 我们应该听从老师的建议，避免出错误。
3、作定语
动词的-ing形式和不定式在表示时间方面的差别。
动词的-ing形式 表示的是正在进行，而不定式表示的是将来的动作。
The meeting being held now is very important.现在正在召开的会议非常重要。
The meeting to be held next week is very important.下周举行的会议非常重要。
4、动词的-ing形式作宾语补足语或主语补足语
（1）感官动词feel, hear, notice, see, watch, observe等动词后面既可跟不带to的不定式，也可跟动词的-ing形式作宾语补足语，但含义不同。动词的-ing形式强调动作正在进行，而不定式则强调动作己经完成的全部过程。
I watched her crossing the road. 我看见她正在过马路。（动作正在进行）
I watched her cross the road. 我看她过了马路。（动作己完成）
I heard someone knocking at the door. 我听见有人敲门。（动作正在进行）
I heard someone fall. 我听见有人跌倒了。（动作己完成）
（2）have表“使、叫、让”等含义时，后面跟不带to的不定式，表示一次性动作；而接动词的-ing形式作宾补时，常表示反复或持续性动作。
Please have him come early. 请让他早来。(表示一次性动作)
I had her waiting for me. 我让她一直等我。(表示反复或持续性动作)
（六）常见动词的-ing形式
1、动词的-ing形式+介词
这类动词的-ing形式有些是及物动词，有些是不及物动词，为固定说法，有些已经转化为介词短语。这类词有：according to 根据，judging from从……判断，talking of谈到，allowing for考虑到，coming to 论及(说道)，getting back to回到，not expecting包括，leaving … on one side抛开……不谈，taking all things together通盘考虑，talking all things in consideration全盘考虑，setting aside除开，viewing it from this point从这点来讲
2、副词+speaking
generally speaking 总地说来，frankly speaking坦率地说， roughly speaking粗略地说，honestly speaking诚实地说，properly speaking恰当地说，strictly speaking严格地说
三、动词的-ed形式
动词的-ed分词是一种非谓语动词，即传统语法中所说的过去分词(past participle)，兼有动词和形容词、副词的特征与自己的状语一起构成份词短语，在句子中可以充当表语、定语、状语、补语等成份。它只有一般式表示完成和被动的动作，没有完成式，也没有主动语态。规则动词的过去分词由动词原形加-ed构成，不规则的过去分词没有统一的构成规则。
（一）动词的-ed形式的句法功能
1、作表语
作表语时，说明主语所处的状态，表示情感的动词的ed形式常见有disappointed(失望的)，astonished(惊讶的)，excited(激动的)，interested(感兴趣的)，frightened(害怕的)，moved(感动的)，pleased（高兴的）， puzzled （不解的），satisfied(满足的)，surprised(惊奇的)，touched （感动的），worried（担忧的）等。这类此都有“被怎样了的”意义”表示主语的状态，主语一般是人。
He is gone.他走了。
I was not satisfied with the result.我对那个结果感到不满意。
2、作定语
（1）动词的-ed形式作定语表示被动与完成，其逻辑主语就是它所修饰的中心词,是它动作的承受者。作定语的过去分词如果是单个词，一般放在名词的前面。如果是过去分词短语，要放在名词的后面，相当于一个含有被动语态的定语从句。
Japan is a developed country.日本是一个发达国家。
The largest collection ever found in England was one of about 200,000 silver pennies. (=which were ever found…)曾经在英国发掘的最大的一批硬币有大约20万枚银便士。
（2）表示情感的动词的ed形式作定语
表示情感的动词的ed形式常见有disappointed(失望的)，astonished(惊讶的)，excited(激动的)，interested(感兴趣的)，frightened(害怕的)，moved(感动的)，pleased（高兴的）， puzzled （不解的），satisfied(满足的)，surprised(惊奇的)，touched （感动的），worried（担忧的）等。这类此都有“被怎样了的”意义”表示中心词的状态，中心词一般是人。
The excited football fans were singing in loud voices.那些兴奋的球迷在高声唱歌。
The frightened child kept trembling all the time.那个被吓坏的男孩一直在发抖。
（3）己完全形容词化动词的ed形式作定语
有些动词的ed形式己完全形容词化，作前置定语时，其含义与同形的作后置定语的动词的ed形式不完全相同。
I’m going to buy some used books tomorrow. 明天我要去买一些旧书。（旧的）
The books used are still new now . 用过的书现在仍然很新。（用）
3、作宾语补足语
动词的-ed形式作宾语补足语时，它前面的宾语就是它的逻辑主语；如果主动句改为被动句，宾语补足语则变成了主语补足语。动词的-ed形式一般在感觉、感官动词和使役、致使役动词后作宾语补足语表示已经完成的被动意义。
（1）感觉、感官动词后作宾语补足语或主语补足语，这类动词有find，feel，hear，listen to，look at，notice，observe，see，smell，watch等。
We found the door locked. 我们发现门锁上了。（宾补）
（2）使役、致使役动词后作宾语补足语或主语补足语，这类动词有catch, get，have, leave，set，start, keep等。
She had her foot injured in the fall. 她跌倒了，脚受了伤。
（3）“have/get sth.+-ed分词作宾补”的不同含义
“have/get sth.+-ed分词作宾补”归纳起来有3种不同含义:
A.表示让/叫别人(为自己)做某事。
Mrs Brown was much disappointed to see the washing machine she had had repaired went wrong. 布朗太太看到她请人修的洗衣机坏了非常失望。
He's going to have his hair cut.他要去理发。
B.表示"使完成某事"，可以是别人完成，也可以是自己参与完成。如:
In that year he had a hundred yuan saved. 那一年他积蓄了100元。
C.表示"遭遇某事"，常指不幸之事。
She had her house damaged in the storm. 她的房屋在暴风雨中毁坏了。
4、作状语
动词的-ing形式作状语。
动词的-ed形式作状语时，用来进一步说明谓语动词的动作或状态，其逻辑主语通常应与句子的主语一致，即句子的主语就是动词的-ed形式这一动作的承受者。在意义上可表示时间、原因、方式、伴随、条件、让步等，这时它相当于一个状语从句。它的位置比较灵活，可以置于句首、句中或句尾，有时用逗号分开，有时也不用。一般用作时间、原因、条件状语时，这些短语通常位于句子的句首；当用作方式、结果、伴随状语时，通常位于句末。
Shot in the leg(=When he was shot in the leg), he continued to fire back with his gun.当他的腿被击中了后，他仍继续还击。
Lost in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him. 他陷入了沉思，险些撞到他前面汽车上。
He turned away disappointed. (=He was disappointed and turned away.)他非常失望地走了。
Given another chance(=If I am given another chance), I will do it much better.如果再给我一次机会，我会干得更好。
Born a free man（Though he was born a free man）, he was now in chains.他生来是个自由人，现在却戴上了镣铐。
注意：动词的-ed形式作状语时,前面有时可以用一个连词，表示强调或出于表达需要。常用的连词有：when, while, after, before, if, though, whether, unless, as if 等。
If followed, he would eat all the food in the house.如果被允许，他会把家里的食物全吃了。
When asked why he did it, he said nothing.当问到他为什么做这件事时，他什么也没说。
5、动词的-ed形式构成的独立主格结构
（1） 名词(代词)+动词的-ed形式构成的独立主格结构
这种结构多用来表示行为方式或伴随状况，有时用来表示时间、原因、条件等。这时-ed分词与前面的名词通格或代词主格是被动的逻辑主谓关系。
The question settled, the meeting was over. 问题解决后，会议结束了。
He rushed into the room, his face covered with sweat.他满脸是汗跑了进来。
His work finished, he prepared to go home.干完活后，他就准备回家。
（2） with+宾语+动词的-ed形式独立主格结构
这种结构多用来表示伴随情况。
He was lying with his eyes shut. 他躺在那里，眼睛闭着。
With his home-work finished ahead of time, he began to use his computer to write his diary.他提前把作业做完了，接着就开始用电脑写日记。
（三）动词的-ing形式与动词的-ed形式的区别
动词的-ing形式与动词的-ed形式的区别主要表现在语态和时间概念上。
1、语态上不同：动词的-ing形式（除被动式外）表示主动意思；而及物动词的动词的-ed形式表示被动意义。
Who is the girl standing over there? 站在那里的小女孩是谁呀？（主动）
What is the language spoken in Australia?澳大利亚讲什么语言？（被动）
Seen from the hill , the city looks beautiful.从山上望去，这座城市很美。（被动）
Seeing from the hill, you will see the city beautiful. 从山上望去，你会看到美丽的城市。（主动）
2、时间概念上的不同：动词的-ing形式表示正在进行的动作；而动词的-ed形式表示己经完成的动作。
the changing world正在变化的世界 the changed world己经变化了的世界
the rising sun冉冉升起的太阳 the risen sun 已经升起的太阳
a developing country发展中国家 a developed country发达国家
boiling water正在开的水 boiled water己经开了的水
四、不定式、动词的-ing形式和动词的-ed形式的区别
不定式表示未来的或后于谓语动词的动作；动词的-ing形式表示正在进行的动作或与谓语动作同时进行的动作；动词的-ed形式表示己经完成的动作。
I've been invited to the party to be held next Sunday. 我己经被邀请参加下星期天举行的聚会。
He lived in the house facing(which faced)the street. 他住在朝大街的房子里。
America is a developed country. 美国是发达国家。
The building to be built next week will be a teaching building. 下周开建的楼将用作教学楼。
The building being built now will be a teaching building. 正在建的楼将用作教学楼。
The building built 10 years ago is being rebuilt now. 十年前间的搂着在改建。
第三节 巩固提高
1.---The light in the office is on.
---Oh,I forget_______.
A.turning it off B.turn it off
C.to turn it off D.having turned it off
2.Is______necessary to complete the design before National Day?
A.this B.that C.it D.he
3.Is_______possible to fly to the moon in a spaceship?
A.now B.man C.that D.it
4. When and where to build the new factory_______yet.
A.is not not decided B.are not decided
C.has not decided D.have not decided
5.I_______to believe that God could make me enter a university.
A.reject B.require C.resist D.refuse
6.The little time we have together we try_______wisely.
A.spending it B.to spend it C.to spend D.spending that
7. They knew her very well. They had seen her ________ up from childhood.
A. grow B. grew C. was growing D. to grow
8. I'll try to get her _______the doctor.
A. see B. seeing C. to see D. for seeing
9. The waiter was made ________ to the guest.
A. apologize B. apologizing
C. to apologize D. to be apologizing
10. As you've never been there before, I'll have someone ________you the way.
A. to show B. show C. showing D. showed
11.I’ll get her______the door.
A.see B.seeing C.to see D.for seeing
12. Charles Babbage is generally considered__________the first computer.
A. to invent B. inventing C. to have invented D. having invented
13.Though he had often made his little sister _______, today he was made _______ by his little sister.
A. cry; to cry B. crying; crying C. cry; cry D. to cry; cry
14. John was made _______ the truck for a week as a punishment.
A. to wash B. washing C. wash D. to be washing
15. There are five pairs ________, but I'm at a loss which to buy.
A. to be chosen B. to choose from
C. to choose D. for choosing
16.When I handed the report to John, he said that George was the person_______.
A. to send B. for sending it
C. to send it to D. for sending it to
17.The question was_______to take the children to the theatre or to leave them at home.
A.how B.however C.if D.whether
18.She searched the top of the hill and stopped _______ on a big rock by the side of the path.
A. to have rested B. resting C. to rest D. rest
19.Tom kept quiet about the accident ________ lose his job.
A. so not as to B. so as not to
C. so as to not D. not so as to
20.The chair looks rather hard, but in fact, it is very comfortable to________.
A. sit B. sit on C. be sat D. be sat on
21.---Mum, why do you always make me eat an egg every day?
---________ enough protein and nutrition as you are growing up.
A. Get B. Getting C. To get D. To be getting
22. Mr. Smith warned his daughter _______ after drinking.
A. never to drive B. to never drive
C. never driving D. never drive
23. To fetch water before breakfast seemed to me a rule ________.
A. to never break B. never to be broken
C. never to have broken D. never to be breaking
24. Tell him ________ the window.
A. to shut not B. not to shut C. to not shut D. not shut
25. Last summer I took a course on ________.
A. how to make dresses B. how dresses to make
C. how to be made dresses D. how dresses to be made
26. When and where to build the new factory _______ yet.
A. is not decided B. are not decided
C. has not decided D. have not decided
27. There are so many kinds of tape recorders on sale that I can't make up my mind ________ to buy.
A. what B. which C. how D. where
28. ---Have you decided when _______?
---Yes, tomorrow morning.
A. to leave B. to be leaving
C. will you leave D. are you leaving
29. No one told her _______.
A. what to do B. what she does
C. to do what D. what she to do
30. Little Jim should love ______ to the theatre this evening.
A. to be taken B. to take C. being taken D. taking
31. One ought _____ for what one hasn't done.
A. not to be punished B. to not be punished
C. to not punished D. not be punished
32. This page needs______again.
A. being checked B. checked C. to check D. to be checked
33. He claimed ______ in the super market when he was doing shopping yesterday.
A. being badly treated B. treating badly
C. to be treated badly D. to have been badly treated
34. Charles Babbage is generally considered _______ the first computer.
A. to invent B. inventing
C. to have invented D. having invented
35.It was foolish _______ you to give up what you rightly owned.
A. for B. of C. about D. from
36.---I usually go there by train.
---Why not _______ by boat for a change?
A. to try going B. trying to go
C. to try and go D. try going
37.Children at the beginning of this century _________ a lot and ________themselves greatly even without television.
A. used to read; enjoy B. used to read; enjoyed
C. were used to reading; enjoy D. were used to read; enjoying
38.---Shall we go skating or stay at home?
---Which ______ do yourself?
A. do you rather B. would you rather
C. will you rather D. should you rather
39.----Does your brother intended to study German?
----Yes, he intends _______.
A./ B.to C.so D.that
40. Most of the artists _______ to the party were from South Africa.
A. invited B. to invite C. being invited D. had been invited
41. The computer centre, _______ last year, is very popular among the students in this school.
A. open B. opening C. having opened D. opened
42. As soon as she enter the room, she caught sight of the flowers_____ by her mother.
A.buying B.being bought C.were bought D.bought
43.---Good morning. Can I help you?
---I'd tike to have the package _______, madam.
A. be weighed B. to be weighed C. to weigh D. weighed
44.The speaker raised his voice but still couldn't make himself ________.
A. hear B. to hear C. hearing D. heard
45. Mrs Brown was much disappointed to see the washing machine she had had_______went wrong.
A. it B. it repaired C. repaired D. to be repaired
46．He didn't keep on asking me the time any longer as he had had his watch_______.
A. to repair B. repaired C. repairing D. repair
47. _______ some officials, Napoleon inspected his army.
A. Followed B. Followed by
C. Being followed D. Having been followed by
48. The murderer was brought in, with his hand _______ behind his back.
A. being tied B. having tied C. to be tied D. tied
49.---What do you think made Mary so upset?
---________he new bicycle.
A.As she lost B.Lost
C.Losing D.Because of losing
50.______is a good form of exercise for both young and old.
A.The walk B.Walking C.To walk D.Walk
51.Once your business becomes international, ________constantly will be part of your life.
A.you fly B.your flight C.flight D.flying
52.We enjoy________very much because it is good to our health.
A.swim B.to swim C.swimming D.to be swimming
53.---Let me tell you something about the journalists.
---Don’t you remember_______me the story yesterday?
A.told B.telling C.to tell D.to have told
54.The library needs_______,but it will have to wait until Sunday.
A.to prepare B.preparing C.prepared D.was preparing
55.She looks forward every spring to_______the flower-lined garden.
A.visit B.paying a visit C.walk in D.walking in
56.---What are you going to do this afternoon?
---I’m thinking of_______to visit my aunt.
A.go B.going C.having gone D.my going
57.---I usually go there by train.
---Why not_______by boat for a change.
A.to try going B.trying to go C.to try and go D.try going
58.Do you remember_______me at a party last year.
A.meet B.to meet C.meeting D.met.
59.The secretary worked late into the night,_______ a long speech for the president.
A.to prepare B.preparing C.prepared D.was preparing
60.Europen football is palyed in 80 countries, _______it the most popular sport in the world.
A.making B.makes C.made D.is make
61.“Can’t you read?”Mary said_______to the notice.
A.angrily pointing B.and point angrily
C.angrily pointed D.and angrily pointing
62. Do you know the boy ______under the big tree?
A. lay B. lain C. laying D. lying
63. The lady said she would buy a gift for her daughter with the _________.
A. 20 dollars remained B. 20 dollars to remain
C.remained20dotlars D. remaining 20 dollars
64. There was a terrible noise _______ the sudden burst of light.
A. followed B. following C. to be followed D. being followed
65._______ his telephone number, she had some difficulty getting in touch with Bill. A. Not knowing B. Knowing not
C. Not having known D. Having not known
66. I would appreciate ______ back this afternoon.
A. you to call B. you call C. your calling D. you're calling
67. I can hardly imagine Peter_______ across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.
A. sail B. to sail C. sailing D. to have sailed
68. How about the two of us______ a walk down the garden?
A. to take B. take C. taking D. to be taking
69. Tom insisted _______ to to the party.
A. on me to come B. on my coming
C. me to come D. me coming
70. She didn't remember _______ him before.
A. having met B. have met C. to meet D. to have met
71. _______areply, he decided to write again.
A. Not receiving B. Receiving not
C. Not having received D. Having not received
72. He has always insisted on his ________ Dr. Turner instead of Mr. Turner.
A. been called B. called C. having called D. being called
73. Do you mind ________ alone at home?
A. Jam leaving B. Jam having left C. Jam’s being left D. Jam to be left
74. While shopping, people sometimes can't help ________ into buying something they don't really need.
A. to persuade B. persuading C. being persuaded D. be persuaded
75. ---What do you think of the book?
---Oh, excellent. Ifs worth_______a second time.
A. to read B. to be read C. reading D. being read
76. This sentence needs _______.
A. a improvement B. improve C. improving D. improved
77. She pretended ______me when I passed by.
A. not to see B. not seeing
C. to not see D. having not seen
78. John was made the truck for a week as a punishment.
A. washing B. to wash C. wash D. to be washing
79.I am afraid I forget you before.
A. to meet B. meeting C. meet D. met
80.Little Tom could do nothing but .
A. waited B. waiting C. wait D. to wait
参考答案：1.C 2.C 3.D 4.A 5.D 6.C 7.A 8.C 9.C 10.B 11.C 12.C 13.A 14.A 15.B 16.C 17.D 18.C 19.B 20.B 21.C 22.A 23.B 24.B 25.A 26.A 27.B 28.A 29.A 30.A 31.A 32.D 33.D 34.C 35.B 36.D 37.B 38.B 39.B 40.A 41.D 42.D 43.D 44.D 45.C 46.B 47.B 48.D 49.C 50.B 51.D 52.C 53.B 54.B 55.D 56.B 57.D 58.C 59.B 60.A 61.A 62.D 63.D 64.B 65.A 66.C 67.C 68.C 69.B 70.A 71.C 72.D 73.C 74.C 75.C 76.C 77.A 78.B 79.B 80.C
第十一章 助动词、情态动词和虚拟语气
1. I have lost one of my gloves. I ____ it somewhere. 【05北京春】
A. must drop B. must have dropped
C. must be dropping D. must have been dropped
2. You ______ be tired - you've only been working for an hour. 【全国】
A. must not B. won’t C. can’t D. may not
3. I often see lights in that empty house. Do you think I _____ report it to the police? 【全国】
A. should B. may C. will D. can
4. Mr. White _____ at 8:30 for the meeting, but he didn’t show up. 【全国】
A. should have arrived B. should arrive
C. should have had arrived D. should be arriving
5.--Tom graduated from college at a very young age.
--Oh, he ______have been a very smart boy then. 【全国】
A. could B. should C. might D. must
6. --- I don't mind telling you what I know.
--- You . I'm not asking you for it. 【江苏】
A. mustn't B. may not C. can't D. needn’t
7. I ____ pay Tracy a visit, but I am not sure whether I will have time this Sunday. 【浙江卷】
A. should B. might C. would D. could
8. ---- Excuse me, but I want to use your computer to type a report.
---- You ______ have my computer if you don't take care of it. 【湖南卷】
A. shan't B. might not C. needn't D. shouldn't
9.— No, I’m afraid he isn’t in. This is his secretary speaking. Can I help you?
-- ______________.【广东卷】
A. Oh, you will. B. Oh, that’s a pity.
C. I should think so. D. Well, I look forward to hearing from you.
10．—I’ll tell Mary about her new job tomorrow.
—You________ her last week. 【福建卷】
A．ought to tell B．would have told C．must tell D．should have told
11．Maybe you have been to many countries, but nowhere else such a beautiful palace. 【辽宁卷】
A．can you find B．you could find C．you can find D．could you find
12．—Mum, I've been studying English since 8 o'clock. I go out and play with Tom for a while?
—No, I'm afraid not. Besides, it’s raining outside now. 【辽宁卷】
A．Can't B．Wouldn't C．May not D．Won’t
13. — Who is the girl standing over there?
 — Well, if you know, her name is Mabel. 【天津卷】
A. may B. can C. must D. shall
14. “The interest______ be divided into five parts, according to the agreement made by both sides,” declared the judge. 【重庆卷】
A. may B. should C. must D. shall
15. Children under 12 years of age in that country ________ be under adult supervision when in a public library. 【上海卷】
A. must B. may C. can D. need
16. - Isn't that Ann's husband over there?
- No, it _______ be him. I'm sure he doesn't wear glasses. 【全国】
A. can't B. must not　　 C. won't D. may not
17. A left luggage office is a place where bags be left for a short time, especially at a railway station. 【NMET】
A．should B．can C．must D．will
18．How you say that you really understand the whole story if you have covered only part of the article ? 【上海】
A．can B．must C．need D．may
19. – Is John coming by train? 【NMET】
– He should, but he _______not. He likes driving his car.
A. must B. can C. need D. may
20.It has been announced that candidates_______remain in their seats until all the papers have been collected. 【上海】
A. can B. will C. may D. shall
21.It is hard for me to imagine what I would be doing today if I in love, at the age of seven, with the Melinda Cox Library in my hometown. 【上海】
A. wouldn’t have fallen B. had not fallen C. should fall D. were to fall
22.I was really anxious about you. You _____ home without a word. 【NMET】
A. mustn’t leave B. shouldn’t have left
C. couldn’t have left D. needn’t leave
23. --- Are you coming to Jeff's party? 【NMET】
　 --- I'm not sure . I ________go to the concert instead.
　A．must B．would　　 C．should D．might
24. －－Will you stay for lunch? 【NMET】
　 －－Sorry, _______. My brother is coming to see me.
　A. I mustn't　　　 B.I can't　　　　 C. I needn't 　　　 D.I won't
25. --I stayed at a hotel while in New York. 【NMET】
--Oh, did you? You_____ with Barbara.
A. could have stayed B. could stay
C. would stay D. must have stayed
26. --When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.
-- They _____be ready by 12:00. 【NMET】
A. can B. should C. might D. need
27. The fire spread through the hotel very quickly but everyone_______ get out. 【NMET】
　A. had to B. would C. could D. was able to
28. Johnny, you　　play with the knife, You ____ hurt yourself. 【NMET】
　A. won't; can't　　B. mustn't; may　 C. shouldn't; must　D. can't; shouldn't
29. You didn't let me drive. If we　　in turn, you　　so tired. 【NMET】
　　A. drove, didn't get 　　 B. drove; wouldn't get
　　C. were driving; wouldn't get D. had driven; wouldn't have got
30. When a pencil is partly in a glass of water, it looks as if it　　. 【NMET】
　 A. breaks　　　 B. has broken　 C. were broken　D. had been broken
31. ---There were already five people in the car but they managed to take me as well.
　 ---It　　a comfortable journey. 【NMET】
　A. can't be　 B. shouldn't be　 C. mustn't have been D. couldn't have been
32. It’s nearly seven o’clock. Jack _________be here at any moment. 【NMET】
A. must B. need C. should D. can
33. —Shall I tell John about it? 【MET】
　 —No, you ______ . I've told him already.
　A. needn't　　 B. wouldn't C. mustn't　　　　 D. shouldn't
34. I told Sally how to get here, but perhaps I ______ for her. 【MET】
　　A. had to write it out　　　　　　　 B. must have written it out
　　C. should have written it out　　　　 D. ought to write it out
35. I didn't see your sister at the meeting. If she ______ , she would have met my
　 brother. 【MET】
　　A. has come　　　　 B. did come 　　 C. came　　　　　 D. had come
【答案与解析】
1. B该题考查情态动词的用法。根据I have lost one of my gloves.得知是对过去事实的肯定推测，所以用must have done。句意：我丢了一只手套，我肯定是在某处掉了。
2. C该题根据交际情景考查情态动词的用法。后面说才干了一个小时，因此是不可能累。表示可能性的否定句用can't。句意：你不可能累，你只干了一个小时。
3. A 该题考查交际情景中情态动词的用法。should 在此表示责任或义务，意为：必须，应该。句意：我经常看见那座空房子里有灯光。你认为我该报告警察吗？
4. A 该题考查交际情景中情态动词的用法。关键词he didn't show up，表明怀特先生该来而没来。选A. should have arrived表示该做但未做。句意：怀特先生应该8:30开会；但是他还没露面。
5. B 该题根据交际情景考查情态动词的用法。第一句话：汤姆年龄很小就大学毕业。第二句话：啊，他肯定是个很聪明的孩子。根据第一句话得知第二句话是一个对过去事实的肯定的推测因此选择D. must。
6．D 该题根据交际情景考查情态动词的用法。该题的关键是I'm not asking you for it.既然没问，就没必要说。因此选择D。句意：“我不介意告诉你我知道的一切。”“你没必要。我没问你这件事。”
7. A 该题根据交际情景考查情态动词的用法。根据but后面的句子“我不敢肯定本周日是否有时间”，说明前面是应该去，故选A。句意：我该去拜访特蕾西，但是我不敢肯定本周日我是否有时间。
8.A 该题考查情态动词的用法。shall用于陈述句第二、三人称, 表示说话者的意图、警告、命令、决心等, 主语的行动受讲话者支配。句意：“对不起，我想用一下你的电脑打份报告。”“如果你不小心使用的话，你不得使用我的电脑。”
9. C该题根据交际情景考查情态动词。should 用于第一人称时表示某种条件下会产生的结果，意为：该。句意：“不，恐怕他不在。我是他的秘书，你需要帮忙么？”“我想该这样。”
10．D该题根据交际情景考查情态动词的用法。should/ought to have done表示该做而未做的事。句意：“我明天要告诉玛丽有关她的新工作的事。”“你应该上周告诉她。”
11．A该题根据交际情景考查倒装句的用法。Nowhere是否定副词放句首，要求主语谓语借助于助动词倒装。该题表示现在的时态，故选A。句意：可能你去过很多国家，但是你再也找不到如此美的地方。
12．A该题根据交际情景考查情态动词的用法。据题意，此处是表示请求允许，故选A。句意：“妈妈，我从8点就学英语。我难道不能出去和汤姆玩一会吗？”“是的，恐怕不行。还有，现在外面正下雨呢。”
13. C该题根据交际情景考查情态动词的用法。据题意和说话者的不耐烦的语气得知应当选C. must表示与说话人愿望相反及不耐烦，意为：偏要 。句意：“站在那里的姑娘是谁？”“啊，如果你偏要知道，她名叫梅布尔。”
14. D该题是根据交际情景考查情态动词的用法。shall用于第三人称, 在条约、规定、法令等文件中表示义务或规定,意为：应, 必须。句意：法官宣布:“根据双方达成的协议，息金应当分成五份。”
15. A 考查情态动词的用法。must“表示职责或义务上的要求”，意为：必须，应当。句意：“在那个国家，12岁以下的孩子在图书馆必须在成年人的监护之下。”
16. A 该题是考查情态动词的用法。根据交际情景此处是表示可能性，用于否定句中一般用can't。句意：“难道那个安的丈夫不在那里？”“不，不可能是他。我肯定他不戴眼镜。”
17. B 该题考查在特定语言环境中情态动词的用法。据题意：行李寄存处特别是在火车站短时间存放包的地方。该题中情态动词can表示许可，should意为：应该；must表示必须；will表示意愿。故选B。
18.A 考查情态动词的用法，Can在此句中是用来表示某种不满的情绪，意思为“你怎么能够说…”句意：如果你只读了这篇文章的一部分，你怎么能说你真正理解了整个故事呢？
19. D 该题考查情态动词的用法。“He likes driving his car.”是题目的关键，由此可推知他有可能不乘坐火车，may表示可能，符合原句的上下文意思。
20.D 考查情态动词的用法。shall用于二、三人称，要重读，不可缩写，表示意图、意志、允诺、命令或必然结果等。意为：必须，应，可。句意：据宣布，考生在收卷前必须坐在自己的座位上。
21.B 考查虚拟语气，在宾语从句是一个含有条件状语从句的主从复合句，其中主句叙述的是与现在事实相反的假设，从句则表示的是与过去事实相反的假设，因此B为正确答案。句意：如果我不在七岁的时候就迷恋上我们家乡的he Melinda Cox图书馆，我真不能想象我今天会做什么。
22. B 该题考查与情态动词shouldn’t have done的用法。shouldn’t have done表示不该做而做了。从句意判断你不该一句话不说就走了，故选shouldn’t have done结构。couldn't have left意为：不可能离开。题意：你真急死我了。你不该一句话也不说就离开家。
23. D 该题考查情态动词的用法。应答语中的I’m not sure. (我不能肯定)，决定了下句不是很确定的推测，因此用might意思为：“可能，也许”。must (must+be/have等表示状态的动词)语气最强，意为“一定，想必，准是”。should接近ought to，意为：“应该会，想必会”，推断往往是对别人或别的事进行的。句意：“你来参加Jeff的聚会吗？”“我不敢肯定，我可能去参加音乐会。”
24. B 该题考查情态动词的用法。据题意：“你留下来吃午饭好吗？”“对不起，我不能（留下来吃午饭），我兄弟要来看我。”该题的关键是：My brother is coming to see me.据此应用I can’t 用来表示“不能”。mustn’t 表示禁止，needn’t 意思是没必要，won’t将不，虽然用Will来提问，据题意不能用won’t来回答。
25. A该题考查情态动词＋不定式完成时的用法。情态动词＋不定式完成时表示对过去发生的事的 猜测和判断。对话双方一位说在纽约时住旅社，另一位听了颇感吃惊（Oh, did you?）说，“你本可住Barbara处”，而他没有住那儿，这要用“could+完成式不定式”来表示。句意：“我在纽约住在一家旅馆。”“是吗？你本可与巴巴拉住在一起的。”
26. B 该题考查情态动词的用法，问句中顾客发出询问，问什么时候能取照片，明天要用。回答时A、B、C项似均可。但A项过于直白肯定，没留退路； C项作答案不妥，might表示可能性用于现在时，表示对所推断的事情把握不大，本句中若使用might, 会使顾客很失望。选B项should，表示大致的推测，既回答了顾客的询问，不失礼貌，又为照片有可能尚未洗好，为顾客到时取不到留下回旋的余地。用词经过仔细推敲体现了店主的精明。句意：“我什么时候能取照片？明天12点前要用。”“明天12点前应该能冲好。”
27. D 该题考查情态动词的用法。句中连接词but表示转折，由此推理“大火虽然蔓延很快，大家还是逃了出来。”，空白处为was able to，在肯定句中当某人具有某种能力而又使用了这种能力成功地做了某事用was/were able to而不用could。句意：“虽然大火蔓延很快，使旅馆烧起来，但大家还是逃了出来”。
28.B 该题考查情态动词的用法。第一个空格处填mustn’t用于表达“制止”、“禁止”的口吻；第二个空格处用may表示“推测”，意思是“你可能会伤了自己”。句意：“杰克，你不许拿这刀子玩，那会伤着你。”
29.D 该题考查与过去相反的虚假条件句的用法。从You didn’t let me drive.可以看出是对过去的描述，根据与过去相反的虚假条件句结构，条件状语从句应用过去完成时态,主句中用 would/should/might/could have done的结构。故选D。句意：你没让我开车。如果我们轮流驾驶，你就不会感到这样疲劳了。
30. C 该题考查由as if 引导的让步状语从句和被动语态的用法。由as if 引导的让步状语从句的谓语动词应用虚拟语气，与现在相反的情况用过去时态；与过去相反的情况用过去完成时态。第一句话用了一般现在时态，因此as if 引导的让步状语从句的谓语动词应用过去时态，pencil 是break动作的承受者应用被动语态。句意：当你把一支铅笔的部分放在玻璃杯中，看上去她似乎是折断的。
31.D 该题考查情态动词的时态及其辨析。从第一句用了过去时态来判断，这是表示对过去事实的推测。“情态动词＋不定式完成式”用来表示对“过去已发生行为”的推测。在否定句中，用can’t或couldn’t have done，所以本题正确答案为D。句意：“车上本来已经有五人，但他们还是设法把我也带上.” “那次旅行不可能舒服”。
32.C 该题考查情态动词的用法。根据关键词at any moment可判断此题情态动词应表示，“可能性、推测、推论”，惟should 可表示“推论”，译为“可能, 该”，所以选C。题意：“现在快要七点了，杰克随时会到。
33.A 该题考查情态动词的用法。根据“I’ve told him already”，所提供的信息来判断，没必要告诉约翰这件事了，应选needn’t，needn’t have done 表示没必要做而做了。句意： “咱们把这件事告诉John怎么样？” “你不必了。我已经把这件事告诉他了。”
34. C 该题考查与情态动词should have done的用法。从句意判断本应给她写出来而没给她写，故用should have done结构。句意：我和萨丽说了怎样来这里，或许我应该给她写清楚。
35. D 该题考查与过去相反的虚假条件句的用法。从I didn’t see your sister可以看出是对过去的描述，根据与过去相反的虚假条件句结构，应用过去完成时态。句意：我在会上没看见你姐姐。如果她来了，他会见到我弟弟的。
第二节 考点归纳
不同的时态（一般式、进形式、完成式、将来式），不同的语态（主动、被动），不同的语气（祈使、陈述、虚拟），不同的结构（肯定、否定、疑问），以及说话者本身的态度或刊发（命令、请求、愿望、可能等），所有这些都要借助于助动词和情态动词表达出来。助动词一般没有词意，不能单独作谓语动词，除非省略句中。他们只参加时态、语态、语气或否定、疑问结构。情态动词有词义，可以用来表示说话者的语气和态度。主要的助动词和情态动词如下表：
助动词
情态动词
be(am, is, are, was, were, being, been)
can, could, be able to
have(has, had , having)
may might
shall, will(should, would)
shall, should, （ought to）will, would
do (does, did)
dare, need, must
一、助动词
助动词的主要用法助动词一般没有词意，不能单独作谓语动词。其作用在于帮助构成各种时态、语态、否定、疑问等。
（一）助动词be（am, is, are, was, were, being, been）的用法
1、 be后跟现在分词构成进行时态。
Who is playing the violin?谁在拉小提琴？
2、be后跟过去分词构成被动语态。
He was asked to do the work. 有人要他干这件工作。
3、be 后跟不定式作谓语，有如下几种情况：表示计划、安排将要发生的事；表示指示、命令，否定式表禁止；表示义务、责任等，同should；用来表示命运或注定等。
I'm to have supper with John this afternoon. 今天下午我要与约翰一起吃晚饭。
You are not to enter the room without permission. 未经允许你不能进入房间。
What is to be done?该干什么。
He was to regret the decision.他有一天会后悔做出这一决定的。
（二）助动词have(has, had, having)的用法
1、助动词have可以构成完成时或完成进行时
He has been a doctor for 10 years. 他当医生十年了。
2、和不定式构成谓语，表示客观上不得不做的事情。
-Do we missed the train?我们得立刻工作吗？
-No. We don't have to. 不，不必了。
3、do(does, did) 的用法
（1）构成疑问句或否定句
How did you know about it?你是怎样知道这件事的。
He does not smoke. 他不抽烟。
（2）用于肯定句中加强语气，意为：真的、确实、务必。
He did tell that. 他的确告诉了此事。
Do come and see us. 一定来看我们。
（3）代替前面刚出现的动词，避免重复。
-You like popular music, don't you?你喜欢流行音乐，是吧？
-Yes , I do. 是的，我喜欢。
He speaks French as fluently as she does. 他讲法语和她讲的一样流利。
（4）用于倒装句中。
Never did he pay attention to my words. 他从不注意我的话。
Only then did I understand the importance of English. 只是那时，我才了解到英语的重要。
（5）构成否定的祈使句。
Don't be so careless. 不要那么粗心。
Don’t you do that again.以后不要再做那样的事。
4、shall(should)和will(would) 的用法
（1）shall(should)用于第一人称的将来时中，单纯表示将来
I shall think it over. 我要好好考虑一下。
I rang up to tell her that I should leave for London. 我打电话告诉她我要去伦敦。
（2）will只用于第二、第三人称的将来时态中
You will have an English test tomorrow. 明天你有英语小测验。
He wanted to know when you would finish the writing. 他想知道你何时完成写作。
二、情态动词
情态动词表示说话人对某一动作或状态的态度，认为“可能、应当、必要”等等，但本身意义不完全，不能单独作谓语，必须和其他动词一起构成谓语。除ought, used, have后跟不定式外，其他情态动词一律跟动词原形。情态动词主要有：can/could, may/might, must, ought to, used to, need, dare, shall/should, will/would, have to等。
（一）情态动词的特征
（1）没有人称和数的变化。
（2）大部分情态动词有过去式：
（3）少部分情态动词没过去式或者说过去式与原形相，used to 只有过去式形式。
（4）大多数情态动词后面还可跟动词的进行时、完成时和被动式形式：
（二）情态动词表示可能与推测
情态动词
肯定式
否定式
疑问式
must
必定、必然
/
/
will
很可能、大概
不会、不该
会…吗？
would
可能性比will小
语气比won’t弱
语气比will弱
should
确定或可能有的或期待
/
/
ought to
总应该、理应（含义同should）
/
/
can
/
不可能
有可能吗？
could
可以的可能
不可能
语气比can弱
may
或许、也许、也未可知、也说不定
可能不
/
might
比may弱
比may not弱
/

教你巧学巧记:
巧记表“推测”的情态动词用法
表“推测”时，情态动词可用can,could,may,might,must。must表“一定”，只用于肯定句，其否定形式要用can’t;may(might)表“或许”，可能性较小，不用于疑问句；can表“可能”，不用于肯定句。
为方便记忆，可用一句话来记忆，即：
肯(can)不肯？妹(may)不问，妈妈(must)肯定不否问。
“肯(can)不肯”即can不用于肯定句；“妹(may)不问” 即may不用于疑问句；“妈妈(must)肯定不否问” 即must只用于肯定句,而不用于否定句和疑问句中。
（三）“情态动词+have done”用法一览表

情态动词+have done
用法
例句
must have done
表示对过去动作的肯定推测，意为：可能、一定……"，用于肯定的陈述句中。
I have not seen him for quite a long time. He must have been very busy.我很久没见他了，他一定很忙。
can have done
用于对过去动作的推测，表示"可能"，常用于否定句和疑问句
She can't have gone to work. It's Sunday.她不可能去上班，今天是星期日。
She is two hours late. What can have happened?她已经晚了两个小时，可能会发生什么事情呢?

could have done
表示对过去动作的推测，否定句和疑问句，作用和can have done相同，但表达的可能性较小或说话人更加不肯定。用于肯定句中，表示过去没有实现的可能性，表示遗憾，意为：“本来可以…”
You could have come here a little earlier.你本来可以早一点到这里来的。You could have used my car. I didn’t use it all the morning.你该用我的车，我一早晨没用。
may have done
may have done用于对过去动作的推测，表示 "或许;可能"，多用于肯定句和否定句。
She is late. She may have missed the bus.她迟到了，她可能没赶上车。
might have done
表示程度上比may更小的可能性。可以用于疑问句中。也可以表示“本应该做某事”含有轻微的责备语气。
He might have arrived home by now. Let's ring him up again.现在他可能已经到家了，我们再给他打一次电话吧。
You might have been more careful.你本来可以多加小心的。
should have done
肯定形式表示"过去应该做的事而没有做"，其否定形式表示 "过去不该做的事却做了"，含有批评的意思。
I shouldn't have ordered the equipment without asking you first.我不该预先不请示你就订购了设备。

ought to have done
肯定形式表示"过去应该做的事而没有做"，其否定形式表示 "过去不该做的事却做了"，含有批评的意思。
You ought to have paid more attention to your lessons.你本应该多注意自己的功课的。
She ought not to have kept us waiting so long.她不应该让我们等那么长时间。

needn't have done
表示 "本来不必做的事却做了"


You needn't have told that to him.你本来没有必要把那事告诉他。(实际却告诉了)
had better have done
用于时候的建议，含轻微责备的口气，意为：当时最好做了某事，其否定式表达意义相反
I would rather have started earlier. You’d better not have scold her.
would rather have done
表示“当时宁愿做了某事” 其否定式表达意义相反
I would rather have taken her advice.
（三）情态动词表示某一特定的语气
1、can用于否定句、疑问句和感叹句中，表惊异怀疑、不相信等态度。
Where can they be now?他们现在能在哪儿呢？
What can he mean?他会是什么意思？
2、must表示与说话人愿望相反及不耐烦，意为：偏要。
Why must it rain on Sunday? 偏要在星期天下雨, 讨厌!
3、may表祝愿（不能用might）。
May all our dreams come true.愿我们梦想成真。
May that day come soon. 愿这一天早日到来。
4、should与why, who, how 等连用, 表示说话人对某事不理解、感到意外、惊异等意思，意为：竟会。
Why should you be so late today?你今天怎么来的这么晚？
I don’t know why you should think that I did it. 我真不明白你凭什么认为这件事使我干的。
（四）情态动词表示委婉地语气
1、can和could
表比较委婉客气地提出请求。这时could和can没有时间上的差别，只不过用could比用can显得更加委婉客气。
-Could /Might I borrow your dictionary? 我把字典借给我可以吗？
-Yes, of course you can/may. 当然可以。
No, I’m afraid not.
注意：回答允许时肯定的回答用can，不能用could/might。
2、may和might表示许可或征询对方许可。
May I watch TV after supper?晚饭后我可以看电视吗？
He said that I might use the telephone.他说我可以用电话。
注意：征询许可时，might比may更恭敬有礼。may的否定形式为may not，但表示“不可以”、“阻止”等意思时常用must not(musn't)代替may not。
3、should用于使一个直接或直率的陈述变得婉转、谦逊，意为：可, 倒。
I should think he would like to go.我倒是认为他愿意去
I should hardly think so.我倒并不那样想。
You are mistaken, I should think so.要我说，你是搞错了。
（五）情态动词的基本用法
1、can和could表能力
（1）意为“能够会”，表示体力或脑力等方面的能力
Can you ride a bike?你能骑自行车吗？
I could run faster then. 我那时能跑得更快一些。
（2）当can和could表示能力时，有时可以用be able to替换，could表过去，can表现在，有时也可表将来，但不能与will, shall等助动词连用；be able to可以用于将来、完成等时态。
With his help, we shall be able to build the house.在他的帮助下，我们将能够建造房屋了。
（3）当我们要强调过去确实使用了某种能力时，要用was（were）able to，而不用could。was able to 表示“设法干成某事”，即succeed in doing sth.或manage to do sth.而could只表示“具备某种能力”。
He is such a good swimmer that he was able to save the two boys from drowning the other day.他是一位游泳健将，因此前些日子他救上了两名溺水男孩。
2、must和have to
（1）must表示“必须”，“应该”。否定式must not(mustn't)表示“不应该”，“不许可”，“不准”,“禁止”等。在回答带有must的问句时，否定式常用need not(needn't)或don't have to 表示“不必”，而不用must not (mustn't)。
The work must be finished as soon as possible.这件工作必须尽快完成。
You mustn't speak like that. 你不能那样说话。
（2）have to表示“必须”，“不得不”，在这个意义上与must与很接近，但must表示的是说话人的主观看法，而have to 表示的却是客观需要。have to 有更多的时态形式：现在时，过去时，将来时等，而must只有现在时形式。have to 不能代替表推测的must，但在虚拟条件句中用had had to+动词原形表示与过去相反的情况。
I have to go now. 我得走了。（客观需要）
I must go now. 我必须走。（主观看法）
I shall have to go to school tomorrow. 明天我得去上学了。
You must be joking.你一定是在开玩笑。（不能用have to）
3、shall
（1）用在疑问句中，用来征求对方意见或请求指示或向对方提出建议，用于第一、三人称。
Shall we start the meeting now?我们现在开会好吗？
Shall those books be sent over to you at once?那些书立即给你送过来吗？
（2）用于第二、三人称，表示说话者的意图、警告、命令、决心、许诺等, 主语的行动受讲话者支配。意为：必须, 应, 可
He shall suffer for this. He shall pay you what he owes you. 他必将自食其果，他欠的债一定得还。（威胁）
He shall have a bicycle for his birthday.他可以得到一架自行车作为生日礼物。
（3）在问句中, 征 询对方对于主语行动的意见(提供帮助, 提出建议、要求给予指示和征求意见), 主要用于第一、三人称。意为：… 好吗? 要不要…?
Shall I carry your bag ?我帮你拿手提包, 好吗?
Shall he come to see you ? 要不要他来看你?
（4）用于第三人称, 在条约、规定、法令等文件中表示义务或规定。意为：应, 必须
No reader shall remove a book from the library without consent of the librarian.
非经管理员同意, 读者不准把书带出图书馆。
4、、should
（1）表“劝告、建议”时，可译成“应该”，这时可用ought to替换。
You should keep your promise.你应该遵守诺言。
（2）表示委婉陈述自己的意见。
I should think you are right. 我想你是对的。
I should advise you not to go now. 我劝你现在别走。
（3）表示惊异赞叹、忧虑、惋惜、欢欣、不满等情绪。
Why should you think so?你为何这样想呢？（不满）
It's strange that it should be so hot today. 很怪，今天怎么这么热。（惊奇）
（4）表推测
意为“可能，该”，表示对现在情况、将来情况的某推测。
They should be home by now. 他们现在应当到家了。
The book you need should be in our library. 你需要的那本书我们图书馆应该有。
5、ought to
（1）ought没有人称或时态的变化，后跟带to的不定式。常译作“应该”，“应当”等，和should同义，只是口气稍重一些。其否定式为ought not to (oughtn't to )，疑问式为Ought I /you to…?
You ought to start at once你应该立刻出发。
（2）表示没有履行过去的义务时，用“ought to +完成时。
You ought to have told me about this earlier. (But you didn't)你本来应该早一点把此事告诉我。（但没有）
6、used to
used to只有一种存在形式,一般过去式。具体用法如下：
（1）在肯定句中，表示现在己经不再发生，不复存在的过去的行为和存在的状态。
He used to smoke 20 cigarettes a day. 他过去每天抽20支烟。
There used to be a building ther（5） 那里曾经有座大楼。
（2）在疑问句、否定句或强调句中，可以有两种形式：
Used you to go to work by bike?
Did you use to go to work by bike?你过去常骑车上班吗？
He usedn't to smoke as much as he does now.
John used to be very fat, didn't he/usedn't he?约翰曾经很胖，是吗。
—Used you to live in Shanghai?—你过去曾住在上海？
—Yes, I did/ I used to. —是的。
（3）used to 与would的区别：
情态动词used to 和would都可以表示过去的习惯性动作，但有下列不同点：
（1） used to 表示确定的过去时间，不需与确定的过去时间连用，而would一般与时间状语连用。used to 含有与现在相比较的意思，而would没有。
He used to get up early. 他过去常常早起。(现在不早起了)
The old man would go to the park every day to have morning exercises. 那位老人以前每天都去公园晨练。（没有与现在相比较的意思）
（2）used to 指过去反复发生或持续发生的动作，而would仅指地去反复发生的动作，不指持续发生的动作；另外，used to 即既表动作还表状态，而would只表动作不表状态，因此下列句中的used to 不能用would代替。
People used to think that the earth was flat. 人们过去认为地球是平的。
She used to be very nervous in the exam. 她以前考试常常很紧张。
（3）used to 表客观事实，would则表示一种意愿。
When he lived by the sea, he used to suffer diseases. 他住在海边时，经常有病。（used to 不能换成would）
There used to be a small village here.这里曾经有一个小村庄。
7、dare
dare作情态动词表示“敢”，主要用于否定句、疑问句和感叹句，无词形变化，单数第三人称不加-s。
（1）通常用于否定句和疑问句，其用法同其他情态动词。
She daren't even look out. 她甚至不敢向外看。
Dare you go to school by yourself?你敢独自一人去上学吗？
How dare you say I am unfair?你怎么敢说我不公平!
I dare not sleep in that room again.我再也不敢睡在那房间了。
（2）dare在句子含有否定意义或疑问意义时；在简略答语中；状语从句中。也用于肯定句中。
I hardly dare think of it. 我简直不敢想这事。
He asked me whether I dare swim across the river. 他问我是否敢游过河。
—You daren't climb that tree, dare you?你不敢爬那棵树，对吗？
—Yes , I dare. 不，我敢。
I won't allow you to swim across the river, even if you dare do it. 即使你敢，我也不愿你游过河去。
7、need
（1）表示 "必要;必须"，通常用于否定句和疑问句
Need he work so hard? 他需要这么用功吗？
You needn't worry about it. 你不必为此担忧。
I hardly need say how much we missed you. 不必说我们多么的想念你。
（2）在肯定句中，它被must或have to 取代。
—Need I come? —我需要来吗？
—Yes, you must/have to. —需要。
You needn't see him, but I must /have to. 你不必去看他，但我必须去。
（3）“need+一般式”，通常表现在和未来，有时也可指过去。
She need not come. 她不必来。（现在或将来）
We were told that we needn't do that. 我们被告知不必做那事。（过去）
8、will
（1）表意志、意愿、允诺，可用于多种人称。
I will tell you all about it. 我愿告诉你一切。（意愿）
（2）用于第二、第三人称的疑问句中，表询问或请求。
I'm going to the library. Will you go with me? 要去图书馆，你愿与我一起去吗？（询问）
Will you give him a message when you see him? 见到他时，请给他个信好吗？（请求）
（3）用于第二、三人称表推测。
That man with the book will be Mr. mith.拿书的那个人可能是史密斯先生。
（4）有时表示一种习惯性动作，常用于第三人称。
Fish will die out of water. 鱼离开水就不能活。
11、would
（1）would是will的过去式，表示过去时间的意志、意愿、决心，用于各种人称。
They said they would help us. 他们说他们愿意帮助我们。
（2）would表示说话人的意愿或向对方提出请求，语气比will婉转，仍指现在时间。
Would you like some bananas?你喜欢吃香蕉吗？
（3）表示过去习惯发生的动作(与used to有区别，见used to)。
The old worker would often go to the park to play chess. 那位老工人过去常去公园下棋。
She would come to see me now and then. 她时常来看我。
（4）表示推测。
You would be about 10 years old then. 你那时大概10岁左右。
12、had better(best)+动词原形，would rather+ 动词原形+than +动词原形,would rather+虚拟式丛句
①had better(best)+动词原形意为“最好”，否定形式had better not,疑问句把had放在主句前。这个结构用于现在时或一般将来时，通常用于所有人称。
We'd better not invite him.我们最好不要邀请他。
Better have the operation right now.你最好还是现在就动手术。
Had he better set off at once? 他马上动身的好吗？
②would rather意为“宁愿，宁可”，后接动词原形，否定式为would rather not, 疑问句把would放在主语前。Would rather…than 意为“宁愿……而不”，than后面接动词原形（不带to），would rather 后面接从句时要用虚拟式。
He would rather die than surrender. 他宁死不投降。
I would rather he stayed at home.我宁愿他呆在家中。
（六）“情态动词+be doing”的用法
1、推测或评论某动作是否正在进行
Our teacher must be correcting our exam papers.我们的老师想必在批改试卷。
He can't be working now.他不可能正在工作。
We may be playing tennis at nine tomorrow.明天九点我们可能在打网球。
2、表示“即将；将要”这类意思
I must be going now.我现在必须走了。
She may be leaving tomorrow.她可能明天离开。
3、用来表示"老是做某事"
If you really want yourself to be in good health, you must not always be smoking so much.如果你想要一个好的身体，就不该老是抽这么多烟。
（七）习惯表达
1、cannot… too/ enough表示“无论怎样…也不过分”“越…越好”。
You cannot be careful enough when crossing the street.过马路时越小心越好。
2、can’t but do 表示“不得不、只好”。
I can’t but stay at home.我只好呆在家里。
3、may well+动词原形，表示“很有可能，完全能”。相当于be likely to do。
He may well be proud of his son.他大可为儿子高兴。
4、“may as well+动词原形”表示“最好，满可以，倒不如”，相当于had better.
We may as well stay where we are.我们最好呆在原地。
You may as well tell me the truth.你还是把真相告诉我为好。
三、虚拟语气
虚拟语气是中学英语语法中较难的部分，新大纲对此不作要求，近年高考没有考查它在条件句中的用法，但高中英语新教材中出现了不少使用虚拟语气的句子，高考在考查情态动词时有涉及虚拟语气的题目，所以了解虚拟语气的用法是必要的。
虚拟语气是谓语动词的一种特殊形式，用来表达假设、主观愿望、猜测、建议、可能或空想等非真实情况。
（一）虚拟语气在非真实条件从句中的用法
情况
条件句
主句
例句
与现在事实相反
动词过去式(be用were)
would/should/could/might+动词原形
If I were you, I should do it. 如果我是你的话，我就要做这件事。
与过去事实相反
had+过去分词
would/should/could/might+ have+过去分词
You didn't let me drive. If we had driven in turn. You wouldn't have got so tired.你不让我开车，如果我们轮流开车的话，你不会这么累。
与将来事实相反
动词过去式(should/could+动词原形；were to+动词原形)
would/should/could/might+动词原形
If it were Sunday tomorrow, I should go to see a film. 明天要是星期天，我会去看场电影的。
If you were to come tomorrow, I should ask you to help me with my work.如果你明天来，我就请你帮助我做这件工作。

（二）错综时间条件句
有时主句和从句的谓语动词并不是相互呼应，这种条件句叫做混合条件句,又称为错综时间条件句。
If the doctor hadn't come, the patient would be dead by now.要是大夫不来的话，病人现在就会死去了。（条件句过去-主句将来）
If China had not been liberated, the working people would still be leading a miserable life.如果中国没被解放，劳动人民现在仍会过着悲惨的生活。（条件句过去-主句现在）
If Mary should arrive today, she must have started in future.如果玛丽今天到的话，那她一定在三天前就动身了。（条件句现在-主句过去）
（三）含蓄条件句
所谓含蓄条件句，是指if条件从句没有被明确表达出来的条件，具体分为下列几种情况：
1、通过不定式短语表示条件
You would be a fool to refuse his offer. (=If you should refuse his offer, you would be a fool.) 要是你拒绝他的建议，就太傻了。
It would be a mistake not to help him. (=It would be a mistake if we did not help him.)如果不帮助他那就会是一个错误。
2、通过介词短语表达条件
用介词without（或with no）, but for 等表示“如果没有”。
Without electricity, human life would be quite different today.要是没有点，人类今天生活将会大相径庭。
But for the storm I would have arrived much earlier. (=If it had not been for the storm…)要不是那场暴雨，我早就到达了。
3、通过连词otherwise, or, but, but that, though, once等表达条件
She came to town yesterday, otherwise/or I would not have met her. (otherwise/or =if she hadn't come…)昨天她到城里来了，不然她就不会遇见她了。
I would have attended the meeting, but I have been too busy. (=…if I had not been too busy)我本来要参加会议的，只是太忙了。
4、通过分词短语表达条件
Given more attention, the trees could have grown better. (=if they had been given more attention…)倘若给予更多的关心，这些树本来可以生长得更好的。
Supposing it should rain, we would still go. (=If it were to/should rain…)假如下雨的话，我们还是要去。
5、无词句暗示条件
Such mistakes could have been avoided.这种错误本来可以避免的。（暗示条件从句if we had been more careful）
It was so quiet, you could have heard a pin drop.是那样难过的安静，掉根针你都能听得见。（暗示条件从句if it had dropped to the ground）
（四）if的省略
如果条件从句的谓语动词中含有were，had，should，可省略连词if，把were，had，should放在主语前构成倒装。如果条件从句是否定式，倒装时只能把not放在主语之后，不能用缩写式把not放在主语之前。
Were I you (=If I were you), I would do more practice after class. 如果我是你，我会在课下多做练习。
Had you arrived (= f you had arrived) at the station ten minutes earlier, you could have caught the train. 如果你早到车站10分钟，你就赶上火车了。
Should he come (=If he should come), tell him to ring me up.他要是来了，让他给我打个电话。
（五）虚拟语气在宾语从句中的用法
1、用在动词wish之后
在动词wish后的宾语从句中，从句动词用过去时表示与现在事实相反的愿望；从句动词用过去完成时表示与过去事实相反的愿望；从句中用 “would/could+动词原形”则表示将来难以实现的愿望。
I wish I knew how to operate the machine.我要是会操作这台机器该多好啊。
We wish you had come to our English evening.我们真希望你来参加了我们的英语晚会。
I wish I would try again.我真希望能再试一次。
2、用在would rather/would sooner后的宾语从句中
would rather和would sooner可以后接一个有自己的主语的宾语从句，从句内容是宁愿他人做什么或宁愿某物怎么样。这种宾语从句中用过去时表示现在和将来的虚拟内容，用过去完成时表示过去的虚拟内容。
I wish I had seen you yesterday. 我希望昨天能见到你。
I'd rather you went home now.我倒宁愿你现在回家。
3、用在表示命令、建议等意义的动词后的宾语从句中
在表示提议、要求、命令、意愿、决定等意义的动词 (如suggest, decide, require, request, demand, propose, insist, order, prefer等)后的宾语从句中，常用 "should+动词原形"，should常被省略。
Almost all his friends suggested that he visit Mr. Johnson at once.几乎他所有的朋友都建议他去拜访约翰逊先生。
I insist that a doctor be sent for immediately.我坚持立即请医生。
（六）虚拟语气在主语从句中的用法
1、It +be+形容词+主语从句
“It +is +形容词+that引导的主语从句”句型，用动词原形或“should+动词原形”虚拟语气。常用于本句型的形容词有:necessary, important, impossible等；还有与表示提议、要求、命令等动词同源的形容词词，如 desirable(←desire), urgent(←urge), advisable(←advise), preferable(←prefer)等。
It is necessary that he listen to the radio frequently. 她很有必要常听收音机。
It is strange that he (should) have so many friends. 真奇怪，他居然有这么多的朋友。
2、It+be+过去分词+主语从句
“It +is +过去分词+that引导的主语从句”，可用“（should） +动词原形”。常用于这一句型的过去分词有：suggested, required, requested, demanded, urged, ordered, proposed, desired, advised, etc.
It is ordered that we (should) go at once. 命令我们立刻出发。
It has been decided that the meeting (should) be put off. 已决定推迟会议。
（七）虚拟语气在状语从句中的用法
1、虚拟语气在as if/as though引导的方式状语从句中的用法
虚拟语气用在as if/as though引导的方式状语从句中，谓语动词用过去时(be用 were)或"had+ 过去分词" 形式。
When a pencil is partly in a glass of water, it looks as if it were broken.如果把铅笔的部分放在盛水玻璃杯中，铅笔看上去好像断了。
It seems as if it were spring already.现在仿佛已是春天了。
2、虚拟语气在目的状语从句中的用法
再for fear that, in order that, so that, lest引导的目的状语从句中，谓语动词一般用should(could, might)+动词原形表达虚拟语气，lest引导得从句用should+动词原形,should 可以省略。
I obeyed her lest she should be angry. 我得顺着她，免得她生气。
Be careful lest you fall from that tree.要当心, 以免从树上摔下来。
（八）虚拟语气在表语从句和同位语从句的用法
在proposal, suggestion, order, requirement, desire, decision, advice, plan, necessity等表示提议、要求、命令等名词的后面的表语从句和同位语从句中，可用“动词原形”或“should +动词原形”虚拟语气。
His suggestion is that the meeting be put off. 他的建议是推迟开会。
He made the suggestion that we go by train. 他建议我们坐火车去。
（九）It is time that的虚拟形式
在“It is (high) time + that 从句”结构中，用“did 型”虚拟语气，意为“到了做某事的时间了”。意思是早该干而已经有些晚了。
在这种情形下常用过去时。见下表：
句 型
谓 语 动 词 的 虚 拟 形 式
It is(high/about)time that
动词过去式(be多用were)
It is high time that you caught the bus.是你该赶车的时候了。
It is (high) time that you went to school. 到了你上学的时间了。
（十）比较if only与only if
　　only if表示“只有”；“if only”则表示"如果……就好了"。If only也可用于陈述语气。
　I wake up only if the alarm clock rings. 只有闹钟响了，我才会醒。
　If only the alarm clock had rung.当时闹钟响就好了。
If only he comes early.　但愿他早点回来。
If only I had more money! 要是我有更多的钱就好了！
（十一）英语中有些惯用语包含着虚拟语气
1、提出请求或邀请
Would you leave a note for her!你要不要给她留张条子。
I should be grateful, if you would be kind enough to help me.如果你愿帮我，我将不胜感激。
2、提出建议或劝告
You might as well put the meeting off for a couple of days.你不妨把会议向后推迟两天。
It would be best if you didn't lend him the money.你不借给他钱那是最好。
3、表示愿望、祝愿或诅咒
Long live…! 万岁……
God bless you! 一路平安。（送别时用语）
Oh，If I knew it is only a trap.啊，我要知道这是陷阱就好了。
第三节 巩固提高
1. A computer_________think for itself, it must be told what to do.
A. can’t B. couldn't C. may not D. might not
2. Peter _______ come with us tonight, but he isn't very sure yet.
A. must B. may C. can D. will
3. ---Could I borrow your dictionary?
---Yes, of course you ________.
A. might B. will C. can D. should
4. When he was there, he _______ go to that coffee shop at the corner after work every day.
A. would B. should C. had better D. might
5. I wonder how he _______ that to the teacher.
A. dare to say B. dare saying
C. not dare say D. dared say
6. Sorry,I’m late.I_______have turned off the alarm clock and gone back to sleep again.
A.might B.should C.can D.will
7. If you really want yourself to be in good health, you must _______ always ________ so much.
A. not; be smoking B. not; have smoked
C. not; to smoke D. be not; smoking
8. I didn't hear the phone, I ________asleep.
A. must be B. must have been
C. should be D. should have been
9. Jenny _______ have kept her word. I wonder why she changed her mind.
A. must B. should C. need D. would
10. We_______ last night, but we went to the concert instead.
A. must have studied B. might study
C. should have studied D. would study
11. Tom ought not to _______ me your secret, but he meant no harm.
A. have told B. tell
C. be telling D. having told
12. He _______ you more help, even though he was very busy.
A. might have given B. might give
C. may have given D. may give
13. There was plenty of time. She _______.
A. must have hurried B. couldn't have hurried
C. must not hurry D. needn’t have hurried
14.---Do you think our basketballers played very well yesterday?
---_______.
A.They were not nervous at all B.They were still young
C.They played naturally D.They couldn’t have done better
15. The man standing over there____be Jack. He's gone to Hong Kong.
A.mustn't B.can't C.won't D.may not
16. ---If he_______, he _______ that food.
---Luckily he was sent to the hospital immediately.
A. was warned; would not take
B. had been warned; would not have taken
C. would be warned; had not taken
D. would have been warned; had not taken
17. I didn't see your sister at the meeting. If she _______, she would have met my brother.
A. has come B. did come C. came D. had come
18. Without electricity, human life________quite different today.
A. is B. will be C. would have been D. would be
19. Yesterday, Jane walked away from the discussion. Otherwise, she ________ something she would regret later.
A. had said B. said C. might say D. might have said
20. If there were no subjunctive mood, English _______ easier.
A. will be B. would have been
C. could have been D. would be
21. I wish I _______ you yesterday.
A. seen B. did see C. had seen D. were to see
22. ---The experiment has failed.
---I suggest you_______again.
A. try B. trying C. will try D. would try
23. Almost all his friends suggested _______ Mr. Johnson at once.
A. that he visits B. to his to visit
C. that he visit D. to him for visiting
24. Jane's pale face suggested that she _______ ill, and her parents suggested that she _______ a medical examination.
A. be; should have B. was; have
C. should be; had D. was; has
25. I insist that a doctor_______ immediately.
A. has been sent for B. sends for
C. will be sent for D. be sent for
26.The two strangers talked as if they _______friends for years.
A. should be B. would be C .have been D. had been
27.It is high time that you_______the bus.
A.had caught B.caught C.will catch D.catch
28. It's a great pity that you think so.
A. shall B. will C. should D. would
29. It's strange that she marry such an ugly man.
A. would B. should C. will D. shall
30. He yesterday, but he didn't.
A. should come B. should have come
C. came D. would have come
31. you please tell me your address?
A. Do B. Can C. Shall D. Would
32. I like to become an actress some day.
A. shall B. will C. should D. may
33. I rather stay at home than go to the theatre.
A. might B. would C. should D. had better
34. He the meeting , so he went to the cimemA.
A. needn't have attended B. didn't need to attend
C. didn't need attend D. needn't to have attended
35. Ann has been sick for a long time, so he pain.
A. used to B. get used to
C. became used to D. is used to
36. you mind passing me the vinegar?
A. Would B. Should C. Can D. Might
37. It is natural that he get angry with her.
A. shall B. will C. should D. would
38. However handsome he , I don't want to marry him.
A. is B. can C. may be D. maybe
39. We work hard that we succeed.
A. may B. might C. must D. could
40. I heard the news be false.
A. may B. might C. can D. had to
41. Enjoy yourself while you .
A. may B. might C. should D. must
42. -May I hand in my exercise book tomorrow?
-No , you .
A. can't B. mustn't C. won't D. had better
43. -Will you lend me the novel?
-Yes, I .
A. shall B. will C. can D. may
44. It's raining outside. You go out.
A. had better don't B. had better not to
C. would rather not to D. had better not
45. -Might I use your pen?-No, you .
A. might not B. mustn't C. won't D. needn't
46. Tell me the truth, you?
A. can B. don't C. shan't D. will
47. He his parents about his failure in the exam.
A. dares not tell B. dares not telling
C. dare not tell D. dares not to tell
48. There no hurry , need there?
A. need be B. need to be C. doesn't need D. needs
49.You_______the washing up. I would have done it for you.
　 A.needn't have done　 B.didn't need to have done
C.weren't to D.mustn't have done
50.You_______the look on his face when he won the prize.
　 A.would have seen　B.can be seen　　C.must see　 D.should have seen
51.With all the work finished, I_______to the party last night.
　 A.must go 　　B.ought to go 　　C.should have gone　D.need to go
52.If I_______out of ink, I would have finished writing the paper.
　 A.didn't run 　B.shouldn't run　　C.haven't run　　D.hadn't run
53.----Did you remind him of the meeting?
----No. If I_______home, I could have.
　 A.was 　B.had been 　　C.were 　　D.should be
54.If Henry had not pulled his cap low, he_______by the police.
　 A.might be recognized　 B.might have been recognized
　 C.would have recognized　　D.was to have been recognized
55.If we had known that she had planned to arrive today, we_______her at the bus station.
　 A.may have met 　B.might met　　C.may met　　D.might have met
56.He told me how he had given me shelter and protection without which I_______of hunger.
　 A.would be died　　B.would have died　C.would die　　D.will die
57._______today, he would get there Friday
　 A.Was he leaving　B.If he leaves　C.Were he to leave　D.If he is leaving
58.Were it not for the debts, we_______all right.
　 A.would be　B.would have been　　C.were　　　D.are
59.If he_______tomorrow, I should give him the dictionary he needs.
　 A.comes　　B.should come　　C.would come　 D.will come
60._______, we should be glad.
　 A.Were they to arrive tomorrow　　B.They were to arrive tomorrow
　 C.They would arrive tomorrow　　 D.They arrive tomorrow
61.Had electronic computer not been invented, many problems of space flight______.
　 A.could not have been solved　　B.could not be solved
　 C.can not be solved　　 D.could not have solved
62.----Why didn't anybody ring me up?
----Sorry. I lose your telephone number, otherwise, I_______long before.
　 A.had rung you up　　 B.must have rung you up
　 C.would have rung you up　　D.ought have rung you up
63.I would have invited her to the party but I_______her well.
　 A.don't know　　B.didn't know　C.doesn't know　D.hadn't known
64.It is necessary that an efficient worker_______his work on time.
　 A.finishes　　B.can finish　C.finish　　D.has finished
65.It is suggested that the job________done in another way.
A.was B.was to be C.be D.must be
66.He had an idea that we_______by bike.
A.shall go B.go C.went D.would go
67.My suggestion is that the meeting________off till tomorrow.
A.to put B.be put C.should put D.be putting
68.The young man insisted that he______nothing wrong and_____free.
A.did;set B.had done;should be set C.do;be set D.does;would be set
69.I'd rather that you______there yesterday and_____again next weekend.
A.went;should come B.should go;had come C.had gone;came D.go;come
70.If the flower had been watered,it_________now.
A.wouldn't die B.is dead C.had been dead D.will not die

参考答案：1.A 2.B 3.C 4.A 5.D 6.B 7.A 8.B 9.B 10.C 11.A 12.A 13.D 14.D 15.B 16.B 17.D 18.D 19.D 20.D 21.C 22.A 23.C 24.B 25.D 26.D 27.B 28.C 29.B 30.B 31.D 32.C 33.B 34B 35.D36.A 37.C
38.C 39.A 40.B 41.A 42.B 43.B 44.D 45.B 46.D 47.C 48.A49.A 50.D 51.C 52.D 53.B 54.B 55.D 56.B 57.C 58.A 59.B60.A 61.A 62.C 63.B 64.C 65.C 66.B 67.B 68.B 69.C 70.A
第十二章 定语从句
第一节 真题精析
1. Do you still remember the chicken farm ____ we visited three months ago? 【05北京春】
A. where B. when C. that D. what
2. The journey around the world took the old sailor nine months, _____ the sailing time was 226 days. 【全国】
A. of which B. during which C. from which D. for which
3. There are altogether eleven books on the shelf, _________five are mine.【全国】
A. on which B. in which C. of which D. from which
4. ________ is often the case, we have worked out the production plan. 【江苏】
A. Which B. When C. What D. As
5. Anyway, that evening, ____ I’ll tell you more about later, I ended up staying at Rachel’s place. 【浙江】
A. when B. where C. what D. which
6. I work in a business _________ almost everyone is waiting for a great chance. 【湖南卷】
A. how B. which C. where D. that
7．The factory produces half a million pairs of shoes every year, 80% are sold abroad. 【辽宁卷】
A．of which B．which of C．of them D．of that
8. Helen was much kinder to her youngest son than to the others, , of course, made the others envy him. 【天津卷】
A. who B. that C. what D. which
9. American women usually identify their best friend as someone _____ they can talk frequently. 【上海卷】
A. who B. as C. about which D. with whom
10. George Orwell, ____ was Eric Arthur, wrote many political novels and essays.【北京】
A. the real name B. what his real name
C. his real name D. whose real name
11. ____ is reported in the newspapers, talks between the two countries are making progress. 【北京】
A. It B. As C. That D. What
12. The English play _______ my students acted at the New Year's party was a great success. 【全国】
A. for which B. at which C. in which D. on which
13．I can think of many cases students obviously knew a lot of English words and expressions but couldn’t write a good essay . 【上海】
A．why B．which C．as D．where
14. York, ____last year, is a nice old city. 【北京】
A. that I visited B. which I visited
C. where I visited D. in which I visited
15.Alec asked the policeman he worked to contact him whenever there was an accident. 【上海】
A. with him B. who C. with whom D. whom
16. We will be shown around the city, museum, and some other places, ______ other visitors seldom go. 【北京】
A. what B. which C. where D. when
17. He’s got himself into a dangerous situation he is likely to lose control over the plane. 【上海】
A. where B. which C. while D. why
18. The film brought the hours back to me ____ I was taken good care of in that far-away village.
A. until B. that C. when D. where【NMET】
19. _____ is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month. 【NMET】
A. It B. As C. That D. what
20. Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, ________,of course, made the others unhappy. 【NMET】
　 A．who B．which　　 C．this D．what
21. Carol said the work would be done by October，_____personally I doubt very much.
　 A. it 　　　　　　B. that　　　　 C. when　　　　　 D. which【NMET】
22. After living in Paris for fifty years he returned to the small town　　he grew up as a child. 【NMET】
　 A. which　　　　 B. where　　 C. that　　　　　 D. when
23. The weather turned out to be very good, ______ was more than we could expect.
A. what　　　　　 B. which　　 C. that　　　　　　 D. it【MET】

【答案与解析】
1. C该题考查定语从句的用法。此处关系词在定语从句中作visited的宾语故选that。句意：你还记得三个月前我们去参观的养鸡场么？
2. A该题是根据交际情景中考查定语从句的用法。根据定语从句和现行词的关系选择适当的介词，还原定语从句the sailing time of the journey was 226 days.得知是从属关系，故选A.句意：环球旅行用了这位老水手9个月的时间，其中航海的时间是226天。
3. C 该题根据交际情景考查定语从句的用法。选择正确的介词，首先确定定语从句的先行词是eleven books，在看它和定语从句的关系five of eleven books are mine,是从属关系，故选C。句意：书架上有十一本书，其中五本是我的。
4．D 该题考查定语从句的用法。由as引导的非限定性定语从句修饰整个句子，可以放在句首、句中或句尾；which引导的非限定性定语从句修饰整个句子只能放在句尾。句意：像以往一样，我们已经制订出了生产计划。
5. D 该题根据交际情景考查定语从句的用法。在定语从句中关系词应当作tell的宾语，故选which。句意：反正那天晚上我最后在雷切尔那里停留了，关于那天晚上的事我以后再和你细说。
6. C 该题考查定语从句的关系词的使用。关键是对business一词的理解，business意为：商店；商行。关系词在定语从句中作状语，故选where。句意：我在一家商行工作几乎每个人都在等待时机。
7．A该提示根据交际情景考查“介词+关系代词”引导定语从句的用法。两部分有逗号无连词，由此判断是定语从句，因此选择A。句意：这家工厂每年生产50万双鞋，百分之八十的用于出口。
8. D 该题根据交际情景考查定语从句中关系代词的用法。根据句意得知是which引导的非限制性定语从句修饰整个句子。句意：海伦对她的小儿子比对其他孩子要好得多，这当然是其他孩子妒忌他了。
9. D 考查定语从句的用法。先行词为someone表示人，关系代词作介词with的宾语，talk with somebody“与……交谈”，可以将介词放在关系代词前，因此，选D。句意：美国妇女通常把最好的朋友看成能经常在一起聊天的人。
10.D 该题考查定语从句的用法。real name和 George Orwell的关系是从属关系，故选whose引导定语从句。句意：乔治．奥韦尔真名叫埃里克．亚瑟写了很多政治题材的小说与论文。
11. B 该题考查as引导非限制性定语从句修饰整个句子的用法。句意：据报纸报道，那两个国家的谈判正在进展。
12．C 该题是考查介词+ 关系代词引导定语从句的用法。关键是介词的选择，还原定语从句my students acted in the play at the New Year's party，据此应选介词in。句意：我的学生在新年晚会上演的英语剧很成功。
13.D 考查定语从句，case意思是“情形、环境”，其在定语从句中只能作状语，因此选择关系副词where。句意：我可以想出很多学生明显知道单词语短语但不能写出好论文的情况。
14．B 该题考查定语从句的用法。先行词York后面有逗号，故后面是非限制性定语从句不能选that,在定语从句中关系代词做动词visited 的宾语，因此该题选择答案B。题意：去年我访问过纽约，纽约是一个美丽的古城。
15.C 考查定语从句。he worked 是一个由with+关系代词引导的定语从句。句意：Alec要求和他一起工作的警察无论什么时候出现事故都和他联系。
16．C该题考查定语从句关系词的用法。该题的现行词是some other places，从定语从句可以看出该词在句中作状语,因此选C. where。有人将领我们参观这座城市，如学校、博 物馆以及一些别的游客很少去的地方。
17.A 考查定语从句的关系词。定语从句是一个主系表结构，situation在定语从句中只能用作地点状语。因此选择关系副词where。
18. C该题考查定语从句的用法。解本题的关键是要先找准先行词“the hours”，然后理解关系副词“when”本身在其引导的定语从句中充当时间状语。因为动词+ 副词短语接宾语时可以放在动词与副词之间也可以放在副词后面，该题可以改为下列语序The film brought back the hours _______I was taken good care of in that far-away village to me这样就一目了然。句意：这部电影把我带到在那遥远的村庄我受到呵护的时光。
19. B该题考查关系代词as引导的定语从句。在关系代词as引导的定语从句中，as指代整个句子（即没有具体的先行词），as的意思是“正如、就像”，从句可置于句前、句尾或句中（较灵活）。句意：众所周知，月球围绕地球转。
20. B该题考查which引导非限制性定语从句。该题主从句之间有逗号因此是非限制性定语从句，which 引导的定语从句修饰整个主句，指代前面这件事。题中的of course 起到干扰作用。句意：Dorothy总是高度地评价她在剧中的角色，这当然使别人不高兴。
21. D该题考查which引导非限制性定语从句。该题主从句之间有逗号因此是非限制性定语从句，which 引导的定语从句修饰整个主句，指代前面这件事。it不可引导从句；that不可引导非限制性定语从句；when不合题意。句意：卡罗说十月份要完成这项工作，我个人对此十分怀疑。
22. B该题考查定语从句的用法。先行词是the small town地点的名词，定语从句中缺少地点状语， 故用关系副词where引导的定语从句。句意：在巴黎住了50年后，他回到了孩提时代生长过的小城镇。
23. B 该题考查which引导的定语从句的用法。该题主从句之间有逗号，因此是which引导的非限制性定语从句，which引导的定语从句修饰整个主句。句意：结果是天气很好，这比我们预料的好得多。
第二节 考点归纳
在复合句中，修饰某一名词或代词，用作定语的从句叫做定语从句(attributive clause)。被定语从句所修饰的词叫做先行词(antecedent)。定语从句必须放在先行词之后。引导定语从句的关联词有关系代词who、whom、whose、which、that和关系副词when、where、why等。
一、关系代词和关系副词的功能
关系代词和关系副词功能有三个：1）用来引导定语从句，在先行词和定语从句之间起纽带作用，使二者联系起来。2）关系代词和关系副词可作定语从句的一个成分。关系代词可作主语、宾语、定语；关系副词可作状语。3）关系代词和关系副词在从句中代替在他前面的先行词。
1、作主语
关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句的谓语动词的人称和数应与先行词一致。
All that is needed is a supply of oil.所需要的是大量的油。（引导词that在句中作主语）
The foreigner who visited our class yesterday is from Canada. 昨天到我班来访的外国人来自加拿大。（引导词who在句中作主语）
2、作宾语
在定语从句里作宾语的关系代词在口语中常被省去
The noodles (that) I cooked were delicious. 我煮的面条美味可口。（引导词that，可省略）
The fish (which) we bought wes not fresh. 我们买的鱼不新鲜。（引导词which，可省略）
3、作定语
关系代词whose在定语从句中作定语用。
This is the boy whose mother is our Chinese teacher. 这就是那个男孩，他母亲是我们的语文老师。
注意：关系代词whose在从句中与它所修饰的词一起作介词宾语时，可以跟介词放在主语和从句之间。
The boss in whose company Mr. Kang worked called at the hospital. 老板到医院拜访了康先生，康先生在他的公司里工作。
4、作状语
关系副词where, when和why在定语从句中分别作地点状语、时间状语和原因状语。
I'll never forget the time when we worked on the farm. 我将永远不会忘记我们在农场工作的那段日子。
The factory where his father works is in the west of the city. 他父亲工作的那个工厂在城市的西部。
This is the reason why he came late. 这就是他来晚的理由。
二、关系代词的用法
英语中的关系代词有who，whom，whose，which，that和as。它们的用法如下：
1、who，whom的用法
who和whom指人，who在定语从句中作主语；whom在定语从句中作宾语，在限制性定语从句中可省略。在口语中可用who代替whom。
In the beginning, people who bought the tomato often got angry. 起初，买到西红柿的人常常会生气。(作主语)
The person (whom) you should write to is Mr. Ball. 你应该给他写信的人是波尔先生。(whom作宾语能省略)
His mother, whom he loved dearly, died in 1818. 他很爱你的母亲，她于1818年去世了。（whom引导非限制性定语从句，作宾语但不能省略）
2、whose的用法
whose 指人或物，在定语从句中作定语，指物时常可用of which取代。
I have a friend whose father is a mayor. 我有个朋友，他父亲是市长。
We lived in a house whose window faces south. 我们住在窗口朝南的房子里。
3、which 的用法
which指物，在定语从句中作主语和宾语，作宾语时，在限制性定语从句中可省略。
They needed a plant which didn't need as much water as rice.他们需要一种不像水稻那样需要水的作物。（作主语，不能省略）
It is used to record the tickets (which) passengers buy.它用来记录乘客所购买的车票。(作宾语，可以省略)
He came late, which we all know. 我们都知道，他来晚了。（作宾语，在非限制性定语从句中不省略）
4、that 的用法
that 多指物，有时也指人，在定语从句中作主语或宾语，指物时其用法和which大致相同，但也有区别。
All the people that come from the country work much harder. 所有来自农村的人工作都更努力。（that指人，在从句中作主语，不能省略）
She is the only person(that) I can trust. 她是我唯一可以依赖的人。（that指人，在从句中作宾语，可以省略）
5、关系代词that和which的区别
（1)相同点
这两个关系代词引导定语从句时，都可以指物；在从句中都可作主语或宾语；作宾语时都可省略。
The train that ( which ) has just left is for Shanghai.刚开的那列火车是去上海的。(作主语)
The film that(which) we saw last night is wonderful.我们昨天晚上看的电影好极了。(作宾语，可省略)
（2）用that，不用which的情况
①当先行词是不定代词all, one, few, little, everything, nothing,any, anything, little等不定代词或被它们修饰时。
Is there anything that I can do for you?有什么要我做的事吗?
He answered few questions that the teacher asked.他几乎没有回答老师的那些问题。
②当先行词被形容词最高级或序数词修饰时。
This was one of the most interesting books that were sold in this book store.这是这家书店售出的最有趣的书之一。
③当先行词有the very，the only，the same等修饰时。
That’s the only thing that we can do now.目前我们只能这样了。
Those are the very words that he used.那就是他的原话。
④当先行词是一个既指人又指物的并列词组时。
They were talking about the persons and things that they saw in the factory.他们在谈论在工厂里看到的人和事。
⑤当关系代词在定语从句中作表语时。
China is not the country that it was.中国已经不是过去的中国了。
⑥当要避免与疑问词which重复时。
Which is the car that was made in Beijing?哪辆车是北京制造的?
⑦当先行词为the way, the time, the period等时，关系代词常用that，但通常被省略。
I don't like the way(that)you speak to her.我不喜欢你对她说话的方式。
（3）用which，不用that的情况
①引导非限制性定语从句。
Football, which is an interesting game, is played all over the world.全世界都踢足球，它是一项有趣的运动。
②直接放在介词后作宾语时。
Language is the most important tool without which people can't communicate with each other.语言是最重要的工具，没有它，人们便无法交流。
教你巧学巧记:
that和which的区别，很容易记混，用下面的顺口溜便不难区分：
that，which可互换，下列请况勿照办，
that情况比较多，不妨对你说一说;
不定代词这路货，全用that准没错。
先行词前被限制，千万不要用which，
要用which别着急，介词提前逗隔离。
6、关系代词who与that的区别
（1）当先行词是he、people、those等时，引导词常用who。
He who does not reach the Great Wall is not a true man. 不到长城非好汉。
Those who are for me, put up your hands. 同意我的人请举手。
（2）当引导词作定语从句的表语时常用that。
She isn't the little girl that she used to be. 她再也不是过去的那个小姑娘了。
He is the man that I asked for help yesterday.他就是我昨天求助的人。
7、as的用法
（1）as引导限制性定语从句通常构成such...as或the same...as固定搭配，as在从句中可作主语、表语或宾语。
Many of the sports were the same as they are now.过去的许多运动项目同现在的一样。(作表语)
Don’t read such books as are not worth reading. Read such books as you can understand.不要读那些不值得读的书，只去读那些你能读懂的书就可以了。
He lent me as much money as he had.她把所有的钱借给了我。
（2）such…that…与such…as
“such…that…”表示“如此……以致……”的意思，用来引导一个结果状语从句；而“such…as…”表“像……这样的……”的意思，用来引导定语从句，as在从句中充当主、宾或表语等。
He is such an honest man that we respect him.他是一个如此诚实的人以至于我们都尊敬他。
He is such an honest man as we respect.他像我们所尊敬的这种诚实的人。
（3）the same…that…与the same as
“the same…that…”表同一人或物，而“the same…as…”表同种类的东西。试比较下列两个句子：
This is the same book that I lost.这就是我丢失那本书。（指同一本书）
This is the same book as I lost.这本书跟我丢失那本书一模一样。（并不是原来的那一本）
（4）as 引导非限制性定语从句
as作关系代词，还可用来引导非限制性定语从句，可以用来代替一个句子或单词，as引导的句子可放在句首、句末或句中。
The moon, as is known to everybody, travels round the earth once every month.
As is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month.
四、关系副词
英语中的关系副词有where，when，why等。
1、when的用法
when指时间，修饰表时间的先行词，在定语从何中作时间状语。
July and August are the months when the weather is hot. 七八月是天气很热的月份。
2、where的用法
where指地点，修饰表地点的先行词，在定语从句中作地点状语。
She will go home where she can rest. 她要回家了，在家里她可以休息。
注意：先行词为表示时间、地点的名词时，关系词不一定都用when或where。如果关系词在定语从句中作主语或宾语，就要用关系代词whch或that。
This is the factory that/which we visited last year.这是我们去年参观的那家工厂。
I won't forget the time that we spent in the countryside.我永远不会忘记我在农村度过的那段时光。
3、why的用法
why指原因，修饰名词reason，在定语从句中作原因状语。
This is the reason why he did so. 这就是他这样做了的理由。
Do you know the reason why he left early?你知道他为什么早走吗？


定语从句用法巧记歌诀
主句型，从句型，两种句子要完整。
从句紧靠先行词，系词引导要弄清。
定人用who或whom，定物which当先用。
关系代词有that，定人定物有本领。
定时间要用when，定地点where行。
关系代(副)词作成分，唯作宾语可以省。
五、“介词＋关系代词”用法
“介词+关系代词”的结构是一较为复杂的问题，初学英语者对此往往感到棘手。因此，下面仅就几种常见的“介词+关系代词”的结构浅析如下。
1、介词+which在定语从句中分别作时间、地点和原因状语
介词+which在关系分句中分别作时间，地点和原因状语，代替相应的关系副词when，where和why。
I still remember the day on which (=when)I first came to school.我仍然记得初来学校的那一天。
The factory in which (=where) I work is a large one.我工作的工厂是一个大厂子。
This is the reason for which(=why)he was put in prison.这就是他为什么被关起来的原因。
2、介词+which(指物)/whom(指人)在定语从句中作地点状语
介词+which(指物)/whom(指人)在关系分句中作地点状语，表示存在关系，关系分句主谓常须倒置。
They arrived at a farm house in front of which sat a small boy.他们来到一处农舍，前边坐着一个小孩。
I saw a man, on the head of whom stood a bird.我看见一个人，他的头上站着一只鸟。
3、不定代词或数词+of+which(指物)/whom(指人)，在定语从句中作主语
不定代词或数词+of+which(指物)/whom(指人)，在关系分句中作主语，说明整体中的部分。
China has a lot of islands, one of which is Taiwan.中国有许多岛屿，其中之一是台湾。
There are a lot of students here，none of whom like the film.这里有许多学生，他们之中无人喜欢这个电影。
4、介词+which(指物)/whom(指人)，在关系分句中作目的、方式或地点状语
这种结构中的介词一般受动词或介词后的名词所制约。
Could you tell me for whom you've bought this coat?你能告诉我这件衣服是给谁买的吗?
5、介词+which(指物)/whom(指人)，用于被动结构的关系分句中，作状语，说明动作的发出者。
The wolf by which the sheep was killed was shot. 伤害羊的那只狼被打死了。
The man by whom the wolf was shot was a good hunter. 打死狼的那人是一个好猎手。
6、名词+of which，代替whose+名词，在关系分句中作定语。
I saw some trees, the leaves of which (=whose leaves)were black with disease.我看见一些树，它们的叶子因生病而发黑。
He mentioned a book, the title of which (=whose title )I've forgotten.他提到一本书，书的名我忘了。
7、介词+which(指物)/whose(指人)，修饰后边的名词。
The driver was the man from whose room she had stolen the maps.司机就是她从他的房间偷走地图的那个人。
比较：介词+which+不定式。此种用法多见于正式文体中，相当于一个带有主语和谓语的定语从句。
She had only 1.87 with which to buy(=she could buy)Jim, her husband, a present.她只有一元八角七分钱，用这些钱给他的丈夫吉姆买一件礼物。
At last he had something about which to write (=he could write) home. 他终于有给家写信的内容了。
六、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句
1、限制性定语从句
定语从句分限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句两种。限制性定语从句为先行词不可缺少的定语。如果将这种定语从句省去，主句的意思就会不完整或失去意义。这种从句和主句的关系十分密切，写时不用逗号分开。
She has found the necklace that she lost 2 years ago. 她找到了两年前丢失的项链。(限制性定语从句)
This is the man who came to see you yesterday.这就是昨天来看你的那个人。(限制性定语从句)
It happened at the time when I left the office. 这件事发生在我离开办公室的时候。
2、非限制性定语从句
非限制性定语从句和主句的关系不十分密切，只是对先行词作附加的说明，如果去掉，主句的意思仍然清楚。这种从句和主句之间往往用逗号分开，一般不用that来引导。
Yesterday, I met Li Ping, who seemed to be busy. 昨天我遇见了李平，他好像很忙。(非限制性定语从句)
In Britain, which has a population of 55. 8 million, 110,000 people die from smoking each year. 英国有5580万人口，每年有11万人口死于吸烟。(非限制性定语从句)
Abraham Lincoln, who led the United States through these years, was shot on April 14, 1865 at a theatre in Washington, D. C. 领导美国人民经历了这些年的亚伯拉罕·林肯1865年4月14日在华盛顿的一家戏院被枪杀。(非限制性定语从句)
3、限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的区别
（1）形式上不同
非限制性定语从句在书写时往往用逗号和主句分开，而限制性定语从句不用逗号与主句分开。
Last night I saw a very good film，which was about the Long March.
The man whom I met in the street was a driver.
（2）可否省略的不同
限制性定语从句是先行词在意义上不可缺少的定语，如果去掉，主句的意思就不完整或失去意义，而非限制性定语从句是对先行词作的附加说明，即使去掉，主句的意思仍然完整。
I was the only person in my office who was invited.
They set up a state of their own, where they would be free to keep Negroes as slaves.
（3）关系代词的不同
非限制性定语从句不能用that代替who，whom和which，并且关系代词在非限制性定语从句中作宾语时也不能省略，但在限制性定语从句中却恰恰相反。如:
This is the best film (that) I have ever seen.
She sang a new song, which we liked very much.
（4）翻译方式不同
限制性定语从句往往译在先行词之前，而非限制性定语从句往往译为一个并列的句子。
She is the nurse who looks after the children.她就是照料这些孩子的阿姨。
This note was left by Xiao Wu, who was here a moment ago.这个条子是小吴留的，她刚才到这儿来过。
比较:
He has a brother, who lives in Beijing. (有一个哥哥。)
He has a brother who lives in Beijing. (可能有几个哥哥，其中一个是住在北京的。)
4、as与which在非限制性定语从句中的用法区别
as和which作为关系代词都可以用来引导非限制性定语从句，指代整个主句所表达的内容，在从句中作主语或宾语，但它们在用法上是有区别的，这一点许多学生往往搞不清楚。现就它们引导非限制性定语从句时的用法简述如下：
（1）相同之处
当从句位于主句之后，引导词指代整个主句所表达的全部意义时，as和which可以互换。
The elephant is like a snake, as/which everybody can see.热和人都看得出，这头大象像条蛇。
He is an Englishman, as/which I know from his accent.他是一个英国人，那时我从他的口音上知道的。
（2）不同之处
①as引导非限制性定语从句时，位置比较灵活，可位于主句之前，也可位于主句之中或之后，而which引导非限制性定语从句只能位于主句之后，不能谓语主句之前。
Robert is good at languages, as we all know. 罗伯特擅长学语言，这我们都知道。
As is known to all, China will be an advanced and powerful country in 20 or 30 years’ time. 都知道,再过二十到三十年，中国将成为一个强大先进的国家。
Air, as we know, is a gas. 我们知道，空气是一种气体。
注意：as引导非限制性定语从句常有“如同……那样”的含义，因此在一些固定结构如as we know/as is known to all(众所周知),as we all can see(正如我们大家都能看到的那样),as has been said before/above(正如前文所述),as has been pointed out(正如所指出的那样),as might be imagined(可以想象得到),as might be expected(正如所预料的那样),as is often the case(情况常常是这样)等中，一般不能用which代替as。
②搭配上，在由the same或such所修饰的名词后通常用as作关系代词引出限制性定语从句。
I have got into the same trouble as he (has).我遇到了与他一样的麻烦。
I've never heard of such a moving story as he is telling.我从未听过像他讲得那么有趣的故事。
③which引导的从句在意义上相当于一个并列句，可以用and this代替，意思是“这件事”；as引导的从句主要起连接上下文的作用，表达说话人的观点、看法，并指出主句内容的根据或出处等。例如：
He sold his bicycle, which surprised me. (=He sold his bicycle, and this surprised me.)他把自行车卖了,这使我感到奇怪。
As is known to all, China is the country with largest population in the world. 众所周知，中国是世界上人口最多的国家。
④当which在从句中指代的是先行词本身而不是主句时，不可用as代替which。
The apple tree, which I planted last year, has not borne any fruit.这棵苹果树是我去年种下的，还没有结出任何果实。
The book, which I bought yesterday, is very instructive.我昨天买的那本书很有教育意义。
⑤在从句中作主语时，which既可作系动词be的主语，也可作实义动词的主语，而as只可作系动词be的主语。
He married her, which was natural. (可用as代替which)他和她结婚了，这是很自然的事。
He saw the girl, which delighted him. (不可用as代替which)他见到了那个女孩，这使他很高兴。
He was late for class again, which made the teacher very angry. (不可用as代替which)他上课又迟到了，这使老师很生气。
⑥as引导的从句在意义上不可与主语相悖，而which引导的从句则不受此限制。例如：
Mummy treats me like a baby, which I can't bear.妈妈把我当小孩看待，这使我不能忍受的。
The result of the experiment was very good, which we hadn't expected.试验结果很好，这是我们没预料到的。
The weather turned out to be very good, which was more than we could expect.天气证明很好，这我们没预料到。
七、特殊的先行词
1、当先行词是way意为：方式、方法，时引导定语从句的关系词有三种情况：1）in which 2)that 3)不填。
Tell me the way （不填；in which; that）you came here.告诉我你是怎么来的。
2、当先行词是time意为：次数，时引导定语从句的关系词有两种情况：1）不填 2)that。
This is the first time I have been here.这是我第一次来这里。
3、当先行词是one of+复数名词时，定语从句的谓语动词用复数。
He is one of the students who were praised yesterday.他是昨天受到表扬的学生之一。
4、当先行词是the (only) one of+复数名词时，定语从句的谓语动词用单数。
He is one of the students who was praised yesterday.他是昨天唯一受到表扬的学生。
第三节 巩固提高
1.To get the job started, _______I need is your permission.
A. only what B. all what C. all that D. only that
2. His parents wouldn't let him marry anyone_____family was poor.(1988)
A.of whom B.whom C.of whose D.whose
3. In the dark street,there wasn't a single person________she could turn for help.
A.that B.who C.from whom D.to whom
4. All_______is needed is a supply of oil.
A.the thing B.that C.what D.which
5. Finally,the thief handed everything_______he had stolen to the police.
A.which B.what C.whatever D.that
6. All of the flowers now raised here have developed from those_____in the forest.
A.once they grew B.they grew once C.that once grew D.once grew
7. I don’t like_____you speak to her.
A.the way B.the in that C.the way which D.the way of which
8. Can you tell me the name of the factory_______you visited last week?
A.what B.where C./ D.when
9.All_______is needed is a supply of oil.(1989)
A.the thing B.that C.what D.which
10.Finally the chief handed everything_______ he had stolen to the police.
A.after B.what C.whatever D.that
11.Can you tell me the name of the factory_______you visited last week?
A.what B.where C./ D.when
12. I can still remember the sitting-room______my mother and I used to sit in the evening.
A.what B.which C.that D.where
13. In the dark street,there wasn't a single person________she could turn for help.
A.that B.who C.from whom D.to whom
14. He paid the boy $10 for washing ten windows,most of_____hadn't been cleaned for at least a year.
A.these B.those C.that D.which
15.. In the office I never seem to have time until after 5:30 p.p.,_____many people have gone home.
A.whose time B.that C.on which D.by which time
16. She heard a terrible noise,______brought her heart into her mouth.
A.it B.which C.this D.that
17. Alice received an invitation from his boss,______came as a surprise.
A.it B.this C.which D.that
18. It was an exciting moment for those football fans this year,______for the first time in years their team won the World Cup.
A.that B.while C.which D.when
19. ______is known to everybody,the moon travels round the earth once every month.
A.It B.As C.That D.Which
20. Wiliam became the first American woman to win three Olympic gold medals in track,______made her mother bery proud.
A.it B.that C.which D.this
21. ______is known to us all,China is a developing country.
A.That B.This C.As D.It
22. He was very rude to the Customs officer,_____of course made things even worse.
A.who B.whom C.what D.which
23. ____is known to all,China will be an_____powerful country in 20 or 30 years’ time.
A.That;advancing B.This;advanced C.As;advanced D.It;advancing
24. I shall never forget those years_____I lived in the country with the farmers,____has a great effect on my life.
A.that;which B.when;which C.which;that D.when;who
25.. ______is mentioned above,the number of the students in senior high school is increasing.
A.Which B.As C.That D.It
26. Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase,_______was very reasonable.
A.which price B.the price of which
C.its price D.the price of whose
27.Robert is good at languages,______we all know.
A.that B.as C.when D.what
28._______is known to all,China will be an advanced and powerful country in 20 or 30 years’ time.
A.That B.This C.As D.It
29.______is mentioned above,the number of the students in senior high schools is increasing.
A.Which B.As C.That D.It
30. Wiliam became the first American woman to win three Olympic gold medals in track,______made her mother bery proud.
A.it B.that C.which D.this
31.People spoke highly of the driver_____,in spite of the terrible weather, had saved his passengers from danger.
A.which B.who C.whom D.as
32.The island_____he lived in his childhood is far from the town.
A.which B.in which C.on which D.that
33.I hope to get_____a tool______he repaired this machine with.
A.such;that B.so;that C.such;as D.as;as
34.The soldiers stopped at the edge of a wood,______was the right place for an ambush(埋伏).
A.they thought where B.they thought which
C.where they thought D.which they thought
35.Nathan Hale,_____the British guard had found the maps of the British army's defence works,faced his enemy bravely.
A.in whose boot B.in which boot C.whose boot D.which boot
36.The factory has 500 workers,40 percent_____are women.
A.of which B.of whom C.of them D.of that
37.He often talked about the artists and paintings_______impressed him greatly.
A.which B.who C.that D.不填
38.Students are sure to benefit from every minute_______the best(use) of to study their lessons.
A.which makes B.what they make C.that is made D.when is made
39.This cook is_______we dropped in the other day.
A.whom B.on whom C.the one D.the one on whom
40.I will never forget the days_______we spent together and_____we made friends with some farmers.
A.when;that B.that;when C.when;when D.which;which
41._______is known to all,the Xisha Islands are the territories(领土)of China.
A.As B.It C.Which D.That
42.His family,_______all music lovers,don't want to miss MTV programmes.
A.who is B.which is C.who are D.which are
43.Who is the person_______asked for me just now?
A.who B.that C.whose D.whom
44.He asked more than one elder for advice,_______he hoped to make a wiser decision.
A.which B.by which C.by which means D.by that means
45.His technique has developed to the point_______he can repair many of the electrically powered farm machines.
A.when B.that C.where D.which
46.Those______have not got bikes may go by bus.
A.that B.who C.不填 D.which
47.This is the first time I______here.
A.have been B.have gone C.am D.come
48.I,_______,will try my best to help you out of the difficulty.
A.who is B.that is C.who are D.who am
49.The comrade I share the room________is a young teacher fresh from college.
A.with him B.with whom C.with D.in
50.What do you think of the material_______the coat is made?
A.which B.of which C.from which D.in which
51.The fire started on the first floor of the hospital,______patients were elderly people.
A.many of whose B.whose many C.many whose D.many of whom
52.The______why Alice didn't turn up was not made clear.
A.cause B.matter C.reason D.truth
53.He was the only one of the boys who______willing to do the work.
A.is B.was C.are D.were
54.He is not the man_______he used to be.
A.who B.whom C.which D.that
55.What does she do______so differnt?
A.that is B.that are C.which is D.which are
56.Metals are very strong and can be made into any required shapes,_____it possible for them to be widely used in industry.
A.which make B.which makes C.that make D.that makes
57.I was very surprised at the way_____he spoke at the meeting.
A.which B.by which C.where D.不填
58.There is nothing in the world______can frighten him.
A.that B.who C.which D.where
59.Is this village______Chairman Mao once lived in?
A.where B.which C.that D.the one
60.The picture_______he paid 2,000 dollars was drawn by a famous painter.
A.which B.to which C.on which D.for which


答案：1.C 2. D 3.D 4.B 5.D 6.C 7.A 8.C9.B 10.D 11.C 12.D 13.D 14.D 15.D 16.B 17.C18.D 19.B 20.C 21.C 22.D 23.C 24.B 25.B 26.B 27.B 28.C 29.B 30.C 31.B 32.C 33.C 34.D 35.A 36.B 37.C 38.C 39.D 40.B 41.A 42.C 43.B44.C 45.C 46.B 47.A 48.D 49.C 50.B 51.A 52.C53.B 54.D 55.A 56.B 57.D 58.A 59.D 60.D


第十三章 名词性从句
第一节 真题精析
1. I like _______ in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright. 【全国】
A. this B. that　　 C. it D. one
2. You are saying that everyone should be equal, and this is _______I disagree. 【全国】
A. why B. where　　 C. what D. how
3. The road is covered with snow. I can't understand ______they insist on going by motor-bike. 【全国】
A. why B. whether C. when D. how
4. I think Father would like to know ____ I've been up to so far, so I decide to send him a quick note. 【湖南卷】
A. which B. why C. what D. how
5. I have always been honest and straightforward, and it doesn’t matter ______ I’m talking to. 【广东卷】
A. who is it B. who it is C. it is who D. it is whom
7. Parents are taught to understand ______ important education is to their children’6s future. 【广东卷】
A. that B. how C. such D. so
7. A modern city has been set up in was a wasteland ten years ago. 【天津卷】
A. what B. which C. that D. where
8. After Yang Li wei succeeded in circling the earth, _______ our astronauts desire to do is walk in space. 【上海卷】
A. where B. what C. that D. how
9. A story goes ______ Elizabeth I of England liked nothing more that being surrounded by clever and qualified noblemen at court. 【上海卷】
A. when B. where C. what D. that
10. The Foreign Minister said, “_______our hope that the two sides will work towards peace.”【北京】
A. This is B. There is
C. That is D. It is
11. We cannot figure out ____ quite a number of insects, birds, and animals are dying out. 【北京】
A. that B. as
C. why D. when
12．It is pretty well understood controls the flow of carbon dioxide in and out the atmosphere today . 【上海】
A．that B．when C．what D．how
13．There is a new problem involved in the popularity of private cars road conditions
need . 【上海】
A．that …to be improved B．which …to be improved
C．where…improving D．when…improving
14.There’s a feeling in me we’ll never know what a UFO is not ever. 【上海】
A. that B. which C. of which D. what
15. be sent to work there? 【上海】
A. Who do you suggest B. Who do you suggest that should
C. Do you suggest who should D. Do you suggest whom should
16. Perseverance is a kind of quality—and that’s it takes to do anything well. 【上海】
A. what B. that C. which D. why
17. You can’t imagine that a well-behaved gentleman be so rude to a lady. 【上海】
A. might B. need C. should D. would
18. Information has been put forward more middle school graduates will be admitted into universities. 【上海】
A. while B. that C. when D. as
19. A computer can only do ____ you have instructed it to do. 【NMET】
A. how B. after C. what D. when
20. It is generally considered unwise to give a child___________ he or she wants. 【NMET】
A. howeverB. whatever C. whichever D. Whenever
21. —Do you remember ______ he came? 【MET】
　 —Yes, I do, he came by car.
　　A. how 　　　 B. when　 　 C. that　　　　　 D. if
22. 　　we'll go camping tomorrow depends on the weather. 【NMET】
　　A. If　　　 B. Whether 　　 C. That　　　　D. Where
23. _______we can't get seems better than　　we have. 【NMET】
　　A. What; what　 B. What; that　　 C. That; that　　 D. That; what
245. 　　is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language. 【NMET】
　 A. There　　　 B. This　　　　 C. That　　　　D. It
25. －－I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week.
　 －－Is that______ you had a few days off? 【NMET】
　　A. why　　　 　 B. when　　　 C. what　　　　D. where









【答案与解析】
1. C 该题是考查宾语从句中形式宾语的用法。在enjoy, hate, like, love等表示“喜怒哀乐”的词和take等此后若跟宾语从句需用形式宾语it，把真正的宾语放后。题意：我喜欢秋天晴朗明亮的天气。又如：I hate ________ when people talk with their mouths full．（） A ．it B．that C．those D．them
2. B 该题是考查名词性从句中的表语从句的用法。据题意：你一直说人人平等，这就是我不能苟同之处。此处是指的everyone should be equal这句话这一点，我不能苟同。故选where。
3. A 该题根据交际情景考查名词性从句的用法。根据前面“路为雪覆盖”和后面“他们骑摩托”得知此处应当是因果关系，故选择why。表示我不解的原因。句意：路上都是雪。我不明白他们为什么坚持骑摩托车去。
4. C 该题考查名词性从句。关联词在宾语从句中作宾语，故选what。句意：我认为父亲想知道我迄今在忙什么；因此我决定给他寄一个快笺。
5. B该题根据交际情景考查名词性从句的用法。it是形式主语，后面是主语从句因此用陈述句语序。选择B最佳。句意：我一直诚实坦率，我和谁说话并不重要。
6. B该题根据交际情景考查名词性从句的引导词的用法。关键词是important需要副词how修饰。由how important引导宾语从句。句意：要教会父母懂得教育对孩子的未来是多么重要。
7. A该题根据交际情景考查名词性的用法。根据题目此处作in的介词宾语，在从句中作主语故选what。句意：在10年前还是废墟的地方，一座现代化的城市拔地而起。
8. B 考查名词性从句的用法。这是一个复杂句，首先是一个由after引导的时间状语从句，在主句中又包含一个主语从句，引导词在主语从句中作宾语，因此，用what。句意：杨利伟成功环绕地球后，我们的宇航员期望的是太空漫步。
9. D 考查名词性从句的用法。本句是一个含有同位语从句的句子，story与that从句是一种同位关系，也就是说，that从句说明story的内容，因此D正确。
10. D 该题考查主语从句中形式主语的用法。为了保持句子结构平衡，用形式主语it代替，把真正主语放在句子后面。句意：那位外长说：“我们希望双方向好的方向努力。”
11. C 该题考查名词性从句中引导词的用法。据题意：我没想不出为什么大量的昆虫、鸟和动物濒临灭绝。此处是表示原因。
12.C 考查名词性从句，It在句中作形式主语代替后面的主语从句，在主语从句中又缺少主语，应选择连接代词，既起连接作用，又担当句子成分，因此选择C。句意：现在已相当清楚是什么在控制着二氧化碳初入大气的流动。
13.A 考查名词性从句与动词need。a new problem与road conditions need…是一种同位关系；improve与road condition之间是一个动宾关系，因此need如果后接不定式应用被动语态，如接动名词应用主动形式表示被动的意思，A为正确答案。
14.A 考查名词性从句，在此句中从句与feeling形成一种同位关系，说明feeling所包含的内容，that为正确答案。
15.A 考查虚拟语气在宾语从句中的用法，从以下两点来考虑（1）suggest后接的宾语从句应用虚拟语气，动词用原形或should+动词原形（2）suggest后接宾语从句，其疑问和否定形式前移到主句。
16.A 考查名词性从句，That’s后面的部分是一个表语从句，所选择的连接词在表语从句中作宾语，因此选择连接代词what。
17.C 考查虚拟语气在宾语从句的运用。Imagine的宾语从句谓语动词用(should)+动词原形。
18.B. 考查名词性从句连接词的用法。information与that more middle school graduates will be admitted into the universities是一种同位关系，后者说明前者所包含的内容与信息。that只起连接作用，不能省略。
19．C 该题考宾语从句连接词的用法。从题干中“to do”后缺宾语来判断，所填的词一定同时满足两个条件：①引导宾语从句（作“can only do”的宾语）；②本身充当“to do”后的宾语，所以用what。句意：计算机只能按人们的指令去做事。
20． B 该题考查由whatever引导的宾语从句的用法。该题的关键词是give 和want，give要接双宾语，所以从句是宾语从句，从宾语从句want看需要宾语，故选whatever。Whatever强调任意性，泛指；what强调特指。句意：普遍认为，孩子要什么就给他什么不是聪明之举。
21． A该题考宾语从句连接词的用法。该题的关键词是答语中的by car，从此判断是对来的方式的提问，故用how 引导。句意：“你记得他怎么来的么？”“记得，他开车来的。”
22． B该题考查名词性从句的用法。该题的关键是depend on （取决于）说明是表示选择，故用whether引导主语从句。句意：我们明天是否去野营要看天气而定。
23．A该题考查名词性从句的用法。从题干看，两个空中所给之词分别作get和have的宾语，故都必须用what来引导。what和that 引导名词性从句的根本区别，what做成份而that只起到引导词的作用，不作成份。句意：我们得不到的似乎比我们所拥有的要好。
24． D该题考查名词性从句的用法。It是形式主语，真正主语放到后面(It’s + 名词 +that…)以保持句子结构平衡。使用形式主语的情况还有：It’s + 过去分词+ that…; It’s +形容词 + that…; It happens/seems/appears that…。句意：事实上英语作为国际语言正为世人所接受。
25．A该题考查名词性从句的用法。why引导的表语从句是说明had a few days off的原因。句意：“我上周开车去参加珠海的空展了。”“这就是你请了几天假的原因吗？”
第二节 考点归纳
在复合句中具有名词的性质的作主语、表语、同位语、宾语的从句叫名词性从句。因此，我们把主语从句、表语从句、同位语从句和宾语从句这四种从句统称为名词性从句。当名词性从句要采用陈述句语序。由一个含疑问意义的连词引起时，必须将该连词放在名词性从句的开头，且该从句语序不能倒装。
一、引导名词性从句的关联词
引导名词性从句的关联词大致相同，它们分别是：连词：that, whether, if；关系代词：who, what, which , whom, whose, whatever, whoever, whomever, whichever；关系副词：when, where, how, why, however, whenever, wherever。引导从句时一般不用逗号和主句分开。详细见下表：
类 别
词 义
在从句中的作用
that
无任何词义
仅起连接作用，在从句中不充当任何句子成分
if和whether
意为“是否”，表明从句意义的不确定性
起连接作用，在从句中不充当任何句子成分
关系代词who, what, which, whom, whose, whatever, whoever, whomever, whichever
有各自自身的意义
起连接作用，并在从句中充当主、表、宾、定语等
关系副词when,where,why,how, however, whenever, wherever
有各自自身的意义
起连接作用，并在从句中充当状语
1、that从句与wh-关系代词和关系副词引导名词性从句的区别
连词that在从句中不作成分，不含疑问意义；而wh-连词在从句中作成分，且含有疑问意义；或what/where从句相当于一个名词后加一个定语从句。
It worried her a bit that her hair was turning grey.
她的头发在变白令她有点担忧。（that在从句中只起引导词作用，不作成分）
What caused the accident is still a complete mystery.
事故发生的原因仍然是个不解之谜。（What在从句中作主语）
2、that与whether引导名词性从句的区别。
（1）动词doubt表示“怀疑、不知道” 解时，肯定句接whether引导的宾语从句；否定句don’t doubt和疑问句Do you doubt要接that引导的从句。
I don’t doubt that he will come soon.我不怀疑他不久会来。（此处不用whether）
Can you doubt that he will win?你怀疑他会赢吗？（此处不用whether）
比较：doubt表示“不信”解时，表示强烈的不相信时，在陈述句中可接that从句。
I doubt whether it is true.我怀疑那不是真的。
I doubt that he will stay there.我不信他会留在那里。
（2）that本身无意义，有时可以省略；whether本身有意义，在句中均不可省略。
He said (that) he was from New York.他说他是从纽约来的。（that无意义，可以省略）
Whether he will go there is not decided yet.他去不去没定下来。（whether 有意义，不可以省略）
（3）如果宾语从句表示两种可能性据其一时，只能用whether(or not)，不可用that。
I wonder whether he knew the manager(or not).我不知道他是否认识经理。（不能用that）
I am not sure whether he will come.他来不来我没把握。（不能用that）
（4）whether引导的从句能几乎作所有介词的宾语；that引导的从句只能作except, but, besides的介词宾语。
I have no interest in whether he will come.我对他来与否不感兴趣。（不能用that）
He is a good boy except that he is careless sometimes.他是个好孩子，只是有时有点粗心。
3、whether和if的区别
（1）whether可以引导discuss和介词宾语从句，而if不能。
They are talking about whether they will go there.他们正在讨论是否去那里。（不能用if）
（2）whether可以应到所有的名词性从句，而if只能引导宾语从句；在引起主语从句时，特别是主语从句在句首时，不能用if，除非是有形式主语it的主语从句。
Whether the Olympic Games will be held in Beijing is not known yet. 年奥运会是否在北京举行还不知道。（不能用if）
（3）whether后可以直接跟or not或or no，构成whether or not或whether or no，if则不能。但可以说whether/if… or not, whether/if… or。
I don't know whether or not he'll come. 我不知道他是否会来。（不能用if）
（4）if 引导的从句可用于否定的谓语，whether引导的从句不用于否定的谓语。
I don't care if you won't come.我才不在乎他来不来呢。
（5）whether …or可以引导让步状语从句，or不可省略；if可以引导条件状语从句。
Whether it snows or not, I will go there by bike.不论明天下不下雪，我都骑车去。
If he had been given more time, he could have done it much better. 如果给他更多的时间，他会做得更好。
（6）whether可以和不定式连用，而if不能。
He didn’t know whether to get married or to wait.他不知道是现在结婚还是等等再说。
They haven’t decided whether to go there or not.他们还没决定去不去。
（7）whether和if引导的宾语从句，可以用肯定，也可以用否定，但含义不同。
He asked whether she could help.他问她是否能帮忙。（表示疑问，可加or not）
He asked whether she couldn’t help.他认为她能帮忙。（表示否定，不可加or not）
巧记whether与if异同
“whether”与“if”都可表“是否”，是常考内容。下面的顺口溜可帮你记住其异同。
主从表从同位从，if不用whether用；
discuss和介词后，whether引宾从；
不定式、or not后面跟，whether独能显神通；
宾从如是否定句，if发挥其功用；
避免歧义要慎重，其它情况可换用。
4、关系代词与关系副词引起的名词性从句的应当注意的问题
（1）wh-ever引起的名词性从句不含疑问意义，相当于不定代词后加一个定语从句：whatever = anything that，whoever=anyone who, wherever=any place where, whenever=any time when表示泛指；而what，which，who，when，where，how等词都有时含有疑问意义，表示特指。
A computer can only do what you have instructed it to do. 计算机只能按人们的指令去做事。(特指)
It is generally considered unwise to give a child whatever he or she wants. 普遍认为，孩子要什么就给他什么不是聪明之举。(泛指)
（2）介词后的who/whom，whoever/whomever的选择问题，则要看连接词在从句中是作主语还是作宾语而定，如在从句中作主语则只能选用who/whoever。
Give them to whoever is likely to be interested.把他们送给感兴趣的人。（不能用whomever）
Who do you think is the best student?你认为谁是最好的学生。（不能用whom）
（3）正确使用who/ whoever，what/whatever，how/however，where/wherever，when/whenever，which/whichever，who，what，where，when，how，which一要分析句子结构，看其在从句中作何成分，二是理清其在句中的含义。
---I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week. 我上周开车去参加珠海的空展了。
---Is that why you had a few days off? （表原因）这就是你请了几天假的原因吗？
I remember when this used to be a quiet place.我记忆中这里曾经是一个安静的地方。(表时间)
二、主语从句(subject clauses)
在复合句中起主语作用的从句叫主语从句。引导主语从句的词有从属连词、、关系代词、连接副词等。引导主语从句的关联词有从属连词that、whether，关系代词：who, what, which , whom, whose, whatever, whoever, whomever, whichever；关系副词：when, where, how, why, however, whenever, wherever等。
1、 从属连词that，whether引导的主语从句。
从属连词that，whether在主语从句中的作用只是引导主语从句，它们在从句中不担任成分，不能省略。
That you don’t like him is none of my business.你不喜欢她不管我的事。
Whether she will come or not is still a question. 她是否会来仍是一个问题。
2、 it作形式主语引导主语从句。
如果主语从句太长，为避免句子结构头重脚轻，我们可用it作形式主语，而把主语从句放在主句谓语部分之后。That引导的主语从句可用it代替，that 不可省略。
用作it作形式主语的结构：
① It is/was +形容词+that 从句
It’s natural that… 很自然…… It’s obvious that … 显而易见……
It’s fortunate that … 幸运的是 It’s (im)possible…（不）可能……
It’s unlikely that… 不可能 It’s strange that…奇怪的是……
② It is/was +名词+that 从句
It’s a pity that… 遗憾的是…… It’s a fact that …事实是……
It’s good news that…是好消息…… It’s a wonder that…不足为奇……
It’s an honour that… 非常荣幸…… It’s a shame that…真是可耻……
It’s common knowledge that … 是常识…
③ It +不及物动词+that 从句
It seems that… 似乎…… It happened that…碰巧……
It appears that…看来…… It turns out that…结果……
④ It is/was +过去分词+that 从句
It’s not known that… ……不得而知 It’s said that… 据说……
It’s reported that… 据报道…… It’s decided that…尚未决定
It’s believed that… 据认为…… It’s announced that…据宣布……
It suddenly struck me (occur to me that… 我突然想到（感觉到）……
⑤ 其他
It doesn’t matter … 是无关紧要的
It makes no difference …毫无区别……
It is of little consequence that…无关紧要
2、 由连接代词引导的主语从句。
（1） 连接代词who, what, which, whom, whose, whatever, whoever, whomever, whichever等，引导主语从句时，它们分别在从句中担任主语、宾语或定语，不能省略。
Whoever leaves the room last ought to turn off the lights.走得最晚的应当关灯。
What you have done might do harm to other people. 你的行为可能伤害别人。
（2）what引导主语从句“……的东西/事情”时，可用来表示the thing(s)which这种意思，引导从句，表示一样东西与一件事情，这种用法的what称为关系代词型what，who，whom，which，what可以和ever构成合成词，和what一样引导从句，ever起强调作用。这些关系词在句子中充当成分，所以不能省略。此类主语从句不能用形式主语it引导。
What I need (=The thing which I need) is a mobile phone.我所需要的是一部移动电话。
Whoever leaves the office (=Any one who leaves the office)should tell me.无论是谁离开办公室都应该告诉我。
3、连接副词引导的主语从句。
连接副词有when, where, why, how, however, whenever, wherever等引导主语从句时，它们在从句中担任状语，不能省略。此类主语从句可以转换为以it作形式主语的句子。
Why he didn't come here is not clear to anyone.他为什么没来谁也不清楚。
三、表语从句
用作表语的从句叫作表语从句，它位于主句中的连系动词之后。引导表语从句的词有从属连词that、whether、as though(if)；关系代词who, what, which, whom, whose, whatever, whoever, whomever, whichever等；关系副词when, where, why, how, however, whenever, wherever等。可以接表语从句的连系动词由be, look, remain, seem等。That引导表语从句时，在口语中，间或可以省略。
1、由从属连词that，whether引导的表语从句。
that在引导表语从句时无词义，而whether有词义，意为、“是否”。这时主句的主语常常是些抽象名词，如question(问题)，trouble(麻烦)，problem(问题)，result(结果)，chance(可能性)，suggestion(建议)，idea(想法)，reason(理由)等。表语从句对主句主语进行说明、解释，使主语的内容具体化。
The trouble is (that) she has lost his money. 麻烦的事是他丢了钱。
The question is whether we need more ice cream.问题是我们是否还需要一些冰淇淋。
2、由关系代词引导的表语从句。
关系代词who, what, which, whom, whose, whatever, whoever, whomever, whichever等引导表语从句，在句中作主语、宾语、表语，关系代词不能省略。
The question is which of us should go.问题是我们哪一个应该去。
The problem was who could do the work.问题是谁能做这项工作。
3、由关系副词引导的表语从句。
Go and get your coat. It's where you left it. 去把雨衣拿来。就在你原来放的地方。
That is what he is worried about. 那就是他所担心的。
4、由连词because，as if/as though等引导的表语从句。
It looked as if it was going to snow.看起来好像要下雪了。
四、同位语从句
用作同位语的从句叫同位语从句。它一般跟在抽象名词fact，idea，news，hope，belief，thought，truth，doubt，suggestion，warning, instruction，reason，information, question等之后，对这些名词进行说明或解释。引导同位语从句的词除连词that，whether外，还有关系代词what, which, who, 以及关系副词how，when，where，why等。
1、由从属连词that，whether引导的同位语从句。
I didn't receive the news that the meeting had been put off.我没有听到会议被推迟的消息。
2、由关系代词引导的同位语从句。
You can have no idea what he said.你根本想不到他说了些什么。
3、由关系副词引导的同位语从句。
I have no idea when he will be back.我不知道他什么时候回来。
4、定语从句与同位语从句的区别。
（1）同位语从句相当于名词，它对其前的名词起补充说明或进一步解释其内容的作用；而定语从句的功能相当于形容词，它对其先行词起修饰、描述或限制作用。
The suggestion (that) she has put forward is very good.她提出的建议很好。(定语从句)
The suggestion that we clean the classroom by turns is very good.我们轮流打扫教室，这个建议很好。(同位语从句)
（2）引导定语从句的that是关系代词，在从句中充当某种成分，作宾语时可省略；而引导同位语从句的that是连接词，在从句中不作任何成分，也不能省略。
The fact (that) we talked about is important.我们所谈论的情况很重要。(定语从句，that作从句中介词about的宾语)
The fact that he succeeded in the experiment pleased everybody.他的实验成功了，这使大家很高兴。(同位语从句，that在从句中不作任何成分)
（3）引导定语从句的when，where是关系副词，不但在句中充当句子成分，还有与其含义相当的先行词；而引导同位语从句的when，where是关系副词，虽可以在从句中充当句子成分，但没有与之含义相当的先行词。
Gone forever are the days when Chinese people were bullied.中国人民受欺侮的时候一去不复返了。(定语从句，the days与when构成含义相当的搭配关系)
I have no idea when he will be back.我不知道他什么时候回来。(同位语从句，idea与when在含义上没有任何搭配关系)
（4） 同位语从句的先行词应是表示抽象概念的词，如：idea, belief, conclusion, impression，fact，news，idea，thought，hope，order, suggestion，belief等，而定语从句的先行词是各种抽象概念的词或具体概念的词。
He expressed the hope that he would write a novel someday.他表示希望有一天能写小说。（同位语从句）
I will never forget the days when we were in Liangxiang together.我永远忘不了我们在良乡的日子。（定语从句）
五、宾语从句(object clauses)
用作宾语的从句叫做宾语从句。宾语从句的位置与陈述句基本结构中的宾语相同。宾语从句可作谓语动词的宾语，也可以作介词和非谓语动词（动词不定式、动名词、分词）和某些形容词的宾语。宾语从句可以由从属连词that whether、if，关系代词what, who, whose, which和关系副词when、where、how、why等引导。
1、作动词宾语
（1）由从属连词that引导的宾语从句。that引导宾语从句时，只起引导词作用，在句中不做成分，在口语和非正式文体中常省去。
I think (that) he'll be right in a few days. 我认为他几天后就会好的。
I wish （that） she would understand me.我希望她理解我。
（2）由关系代词what, who, whose, which引导的宾语从句，在句中作成分，即主语、宾语、表语和定语，关系代词在句中不能省略。
A computer can only do what you have instructed it to do．计算机只能按人的指令去做。
Do you know whom they are waiting for?你知道他们在等谁吗？
（3）关系副词when，where，how，why等引导宾语从句。
关系副词 when，where，how，why 既有疑问意义，又起连接作用，而且在宾语从句中充当各种状语，分别表时间、地点、方式、原因。在句中不能省略。
Please tell me when we shall discuss our plan. 请告诉我我们将何时讨论计划。
I don't know where we are going to have the meeting. 我不知道我们将在哪里开会。
（4）由从属连词whether或if引导的宾语从句。
I wonder whether (if) daughters are valued as much as sons in the countryside. 我想知道在乡下女儿是否和儿子一样受到重视。
I don't know whether (if) you are willing to help me. 我不知道你是否愿意帮我。
注意：whether 和if的区别，请参考概述部分。
（5）动词+间接宾语+宾语从句。
动词如：advise, ask, inform, promise, question, remind, show, teach, tell, warn等，宾语从句前可以有一个间接宾语，这个宾语有时可以省略，有的不能省略。
He has informed me when they are to discuss my proposal.他已经通知我们将什么时候讨论我的建议。(me不可省略)
She promised (us) that she would give us more help later on.她答应以后给我们更多的帮助。(us可省略)
2、作介词宾语
It depends on whether he is coming or not. 这要看他是否会来。
I was curious as to what we could do next.我想知道下一步我们该做什么。
注意：that引导的宾语从句只在in, but, except,besides等少数介词后作宾语，形成固定搭配，in that在于（因为），but that要不是(只是)，except that除了……。
The higher income tax is harmful in that it may discourage people from trying to earn more.所得税过高是有害的，因为它可能使人不愿多赚钱。
3、 作形容词宾语。
that引导的从句在下列形容词后面作宾语，that可以省略。
Anxious, aware, certain, confident, convinced, determined, glad, proud, surprised, worried, sorry, thankful, ashamed, disappointed, annoyed, pleased, hurt, satisfied, content, proud等。
I am not certain whether I have met him before.我不能肯定从前是否见过他。
I'm sorry (that) you're ill. 你病了，我很难过。
4、it充当形式宾语，真正的宾语---宾语从句后置。
正如我们常用it充当形式主语代替主语从句一样，我们也常用it用作形式宾语代替宾语从句，把真正的宾语从句后置。特别是带复合宾语的句子中。在这种结构中that不可省略。有下列几种情况：
（1）在believe, consider, declare, estimate, fancy, feel, find, guess,hear, imagine, know, make, prove, reckon, think, understand 等动词接复合宾语（宾语＋宾补）时，要用it作形式宾语。
She thinks it wrong that he didn't answer the phone．她认为他不接电话是不对的。
（2）在like，enjoy，love，hate,take 等表“喜怒哀乐”的动词，后若要跟宾语从句时，需跟形式宾语 it。
I hate it when people talk with their mouths full.我不喜欢人们满口饭说话。
I like it that everyone passed the exam．都通过了考试我很喜欢。
（3）由动词和介词构成的短语动词后接 that 宾语从句时，要用形式宾语。如：
We are thinking of it that we'll lend you some money．我正在考虑借给你钱的事。
I shall see to it that he is taken good care of when you are absent.你不在的时候我负责把他照顾好。
（4）用于“动词+宾语+介词短语”的句型中。
Keep it in mind that you have to be home by ten o’clock.要记住你得十点钟之前回家。
We took it for granted that he would come.我们认为他来是当然的。
(5)不可直接跟that从句的动词。
下列动词不可直接接that从句：ask, refuse, let, like, cause, force, condemn, admire, celebrate, entreat, dislike（厌恶）, overlook, love, help, take, forgive, bid, hate, hear（听见）, see（看见）, want（想要） 等，但可用it, the fact做媒介，后接that从句；或接动名词、不定式。
He overlooked it that he had made another mistake.(正确)
He overlooked the fact that he had made another mistake. (正确)
He overlooked that he had made another mistake.(错误)
他忽视了一件事，他又犯了一个错误。
I admire it that they won the match. (正确)
I admire the fact that they won the match. (正确)
I admire that they won the match. (错误)
我很羡慕，他们赢得了比赛。
5、that引导宾语从句的省略。
（1） 主句谓语动词是agree, argue, hold, learn, maintain, observe, contend, conceive, reckon, remark, state, suggest, assume, announce, calculate, indicate等时，其后宾语从句的引导词that一般不可省略；主句谓语动词是hear, know, say, see, confess consider, declare, understand, propose等时，其后宾语从句的引导词that可以省略，也可以不省略；主句谓语动词是think, suppose, believe, presume, dare say等时，其后宾语从句的引导词that可以省略。
He suggested that we should set off at 8 o’clock tomorrow morning.他建议我们明天早晨8点走。(that不可省略)
I think (that) this is very important.我认为这很重要。(that可省略)
（2） 当一个句子很复杂，句中有多个状语时，that不可省略；或者一个句子有多个并列的宾语从句时，特别第一个宾语从句特别长，后面的宾语从句的that不可省略；谓语动词与that从句之间有插入语时，that不可省去。
He said you needn't worry and that he would help you . 他说你没有必要着急，他会帮助你的。（said之后可省去that，但第二个that不可省去）
We decide, as he has suggested, that we will start out tomorrow. 就像他建议的那样，我们决定明天动身。
6、否定转移。
（1）如果主句的谓语动词是“think, consider, suppose, believe, expect, fancy, guess, reckon, imagine等，其后的宾语从句如含有否定意义，一定要把否定词一道主句谓语上，从句谓语动词用肯定形式。
I don’t think he can do it better than me.我想他不会比我干得好。
I don’t believe he treated the child like that.我相信他不会那样对待孩子的。
（2）think, consider, suppose, believe, expect, fancy, guess, reckon, imagine等此类动词后，在简略答语中，用 so 替代前文肯定的宾语从句；若替代一个否定的宾语从句，用 not 或 not…so 替代前文整个从句。
-I believe we've met somewhere before．
-No，I don't think so．
“我认为我们从前在哪见过。” “没有，我认为我们以前没见过。”
-Do you think it's going to rain over the weekend？
-I believe not．
“你认为这周末会下雨吗？”“我认为不会。”
注意：hope 只能说 I hope not 一种形式，因为 hope 不能否定转移。
③如果think, consider, suppose, believe, expect, fancy, guess, reckon, imagine等前有副词或表示强调的do, does, did；或者同其它词构成并列谓语；或者不以现在时出现；或者用作插入语中。这时候不用否定转移。
I really expect she didn’t say that to him.我确实希望她不和他说那件事。
I think and hope that he won’t be deceived by the man.我认为也希望他不会被那个人欺骗。
7、时态的呼应与语序。
在宾语从句中只能用陈述句语序，时态呼应上要遵循以下三条原则：
（1）如果主句谓语是一般现在时或将来时，宾语从句的谓语可根据意思的需要使用任何一种时态。
Can you make sure where Alice has put the gold ring？你能确定爱丽丝把金戒指放到什么地方了吗？
They have no idea at all where he has gone．他们一点也不知道他去了哪。
Do you know who he was talking with at eight last night？你知道他昨晚和谁一起说话吗？
（2）如果主句谓语是一般过去时，宾语从句要用表示过去的某一时态。如：
He said he would come to see us the next day. 他说他明天将来看我们。
I wanted to know whether he had been to Beijing. 我想知道他是否去过北京。
（3）如果宾语从句是表示客观事实、真理等，不管主句是什么时态，宾语从句一律用一般现在时。
Dick asked Lucy how old she is．迪克问露斯她多大了。
The teacher said the sun rises in the east．老师说太阳从东方升起。
第三节 巩固提高

1._______you don’t like him is none of my business.
A.That B.Who C.What D.Whether
2.________the Olympic Games will be held in Beijing is not Known yet.
A.Whenever B.If C.Whether D.That
3.It worried her a bit_______her hair was turning grey.
A.while B.if C.that D.for
4._______ leaves the room last ought to turn off the lights.
A. Anyone B. The person C. Whoever D. Who
5. _______ you have done might do harm to other people.
A. That B. What C. Which D. This
6. _______ he said is true.
A. What B. That C. Which D. Whether
7. ________he said at the meeting astonished everybody present.)
　　A.What　　　 B.That　　　 C.The fact　　 D.The matter
8. _______caused the accident is still a complete mystery.
A.What B.That C.How D.Where
9. Little Tommy was reluctant to tell the schoolmaster ______we had done the day before．
A．that B．how C．where D．what
10.They want to know ______ do to help us．
A．what can they B．what they can
C．that can they D．that they can
11. Do you know _______ ？
A．what is his name B．how is his name
C．what his name is D．how his name is
12.I remember ______ this used to be a quiet village．
A．when B．how C．where D．what
13.No one can be sure _______ in a million years．
A．what man will look like B．what will man look like
C．man will look like what D．what look will man like
14.He asked ______ for the violin．
A．did I pay how much B．I paid how much
C．how much did I pay D．how much I paid
15.Can you make sure ________ the gold ring?
A. where Alice had put B. where had Alice put
C. where Alice has put D. where has Alice put
16.You can't imagine ________ when they received these nice Christmas presents.
A. how they were excited B. how excited they were
C. how excited were they D. they were excited
17.Can you make sure ______ the gold ring？
A．where Alice had put B．where had Alice put
C．where Alice has put D．where has Alice put
18.They have no idea at all _____．
A．where he has gone B．where did he go
C．which place has he gone D．when has he gone
19.—I believe we've met somewhere before．
—No，_______．
A．it isn't the same B．it can't be true
C．I don't think so D．I'd rather not
20.Go and get your coat. It's________you left it.
A. there B. where C. there where D. where there
21.I had neither a raincoat nor an umbrella. ________I got wet through.
A.It’s the reason B.That’s why C.There’s why D.It’s how
22.________she couldn’t understand was________fewer and fewer students showed interest in her lessons.
A.What;why B.That;what C.What;because D.Why;that
23.Information has been put forward_______more middle school graduates will be admitted into universities.
A.while B.that C.when D.as
24. They have no idea at all_______.
A. where he has gone B. where did he go
C. which place has he gone D. where has he gone
25.It worried her a bit _______ her hair was turning grey.
A. while B. that C. if D. for
26.._______ caused the accident is still a complete mystery.
A. What B. That C. How D. Where
27. _______the Olympic Games will be held in Beijing is not known yet.
A. That B. If C. Whether D. Whenever
28. _______ has helped to save the drowning girl is worth praising.
A. Who B. The one C. Anyone D. Whoever
29. Sarah hopes to become a friend of _______ shares her interests.
A. anyone B. whomever C. whoever D. no matter who
30. It was a matter of _______ would take the position.
A. who B. whoever C. whom D. whomever
31. I remember ________ this used to be a quiet place.
A. when B. how C. where D. what
32. The photographs will show you ________.
A. What does our village look like
B. what our village looks like
C. how does our village look like
D. how our village looks like
33. Can you make sure _______ the gold ring?
A. where Alice had put B. where had Alice put
C. where Alice has put D. where has Alice put
34. No one can be sure_______ in a million years.
A. what man will look like B. what will man look like
C. man will look like what D. what look will man like
35. He asked _______ for the violin.
A. did I pay how much B. I paid how much
C. how much did I pay D. how much I paid
36. Does ________matter if he can't finish the job on time?
A. this B. that C. he D. it
37.. The police found that the house_______ and a lot of things _______.
A. has broken into; has been stolen B. had broken into; had been stolen
C. has been broken into; stolen D. had been broken into; stolen
38. We were all surprised when he made it clear that he ______ office soon.
A. leaves B. would leave C. left D. had left
39. _________they have won the game made us excited.
　A./　　　　 　B.That　　　　 C.What　　　　 D.Where
40. ________I accept the gift or refuse it is none of your business.
　A.If 　　　 　B.Whether　　　C.Even if　　　D.When
41. _________he says in his report is a very interesting question.
　A.What all 　 B.All what　　 C.What　　　　 D.What that
42. When they will start________not been decided.
　A.have　　　　B.is　　　　　 C.does　　　　 D.has
43. _______certain that his invention will lead to the development of production.
　A.That is　　 B.This is　　　C.It is　　　　D.It has
44. ________is unknown to us all.
　A.Where did she put it　　　　　 B.Where she put it
　C.That where she put it　　　　　D.In which she put it
45. ________nothing to do with us.
　A.What she did have 　　　　　　 B.What she did is
　C.What did he do has　　　　　　 D.What she has done has
46. The trouble is________we are short of hands.
　A.what　　　　B.that　　　　　C.how 　　　　D.which
47. Energy is_________makes things work.
　A.what　　　　B.everything　　C.something　 D.that
48. My hometown is not________it used to_______ten years ago.
　A.when, do　　B.what, do　　　C.what, be 　 D.when, be
49. The reason_______I have to go is _______my mother is ill in bed.
　　A.why, why　　B.why, because　C.why, that　 D.that, because
50. The thought________he might fail in the exam worried him.
　　A.which 　　　B.that　　　　　C.when　　　　D.so that
参考答案：1.A 2.C 3.C 4.C 5.B 6.A 7.A 8.A 9.D 10.B 11.C 12.A 13.A 14.D 15.C 16.B 17.C 18.A 19.C 20.B 21.B 22.A 23.B 24.A 25.B 26.A 27.C 28.D 29.C 30.A 31.A 32.B 33.C 34.A 35.D 36.D 37.D 38.B 39.B 40.B 41.C 42.D 43.C 44.B 45.D 46.B 47.A48.C 49.C 50.B
第十四章 状语从句
第一节 真题精析
1. Simon thought his computer was broken ____ his little brother pointed out that he had forgotten to turn it on.【05北京春】
A. until B. unless C. after D. because
2. It is almost five years ____ we saw each other last time.【05北京春】
A. before B. since C. after D. when
3. Roses need special care _____ they can live through winter. 【全国】
A. because B. so that C. even if D. as
4. _____you call me to say you’re not coming, I'll see you at the theatre. 【全国】
A. Though B. Whether
C. Until D. Unless
5. There were dirty marks on her trousers ______ she had wiped her hands.
【全国】
A. where B. which C. when D. that
6. Several weeks had gone by__________ I realized the painting was missing.
【全国】
A. as B. before C. since D. when
7．We were told that we should follow the main road we reached the central railway station. 【辽宁卷】
A．whenever B．until C．while D．wherever
8. It was evening we reached the little town of Winchester. 【天津卷】
A. that B. until C. since D. before
9. You can eat food free in my restaurant _______you like. 【重庆卷】
A. whenever B. wherever C. whatever D. however
10. Parents should take seriously their children’s requests for sunglasses _________ eye protection is necessary in sunny weather. 【上海卷】
A. because B. through C. unless D. if
11．Generally speaking , according to the directions , the drug has no side effect . 【上海】
A．when taking B．when taken C．when to take D．when to be taken
12.Come and see me whenever_____.【北京】
A. you are convenient B. you will be convenient
C. it is convenient to you D. it will be convenient to you
13. You should make it a rule to leave things＿＿＿＿＿you can find them again.【NMET】
　　A. when 　　　 B. where 　　　 C. then 　　　　 D. there
14. After the war, a new school building was put up ____there had once been a theatre.
　　A. that B. where C. which D. when 【NMET】
15. Why do you want a new job_____ you've got such a good one already? 【NMET】
A. that B. where C. which D. when
16. John plays football ______ , if not better than, David. 【MET】
　　A. as well　　　 B. as well as　　 C. so well　　　　 D. so well as
17. We'll have to finish the job,＿＿＿＿＿. 【NMET】
　　A. long it takes however 　　　　　 B. it takes however long
　　C. long however it takes 　　　　　 D. however long it takes
18. ____________, Mother will wait for him to have dinner together. 【NMET】
A. However late is he B. However he is late
C. However is he late D. However late he is
19. If we work with a strong will, we can overcome any difficulty, 　　great it is. 【NMET】
　 A. what　　　 B. how　　　　C. however　　　 D. Whatever
20. John shut everybody out of the kitchen ,______ he could prepare his grand surprise for the party. 【NMET】
A. which B. when C. so that D. as if
21. Don’t be afraid of asking for help it is needed.【NMET】
A．unless B．since C．although D．when
22. Someone called up in the middle of the night, but they hung up ______ I could answer the phone. 【NMET】
A. as B. since C. until D. before
23．—Dad , I’ve finished my assignment .
—Good , and you play or watch TV, you mustn’t disturb me . 【上海】
A．whenever B．whether C．whatever D．no matter


【答案与解析】
1. A该题是根据交际情景考查连词的用法。据题意：西蒙认为他的计算机坏了，一直到他弟弟指出他忘了开机。得知选until意为：到…为止。
2. B 该题是根据交际情景考查连词的用法。“It is +时间+since…”意为“自……多少时间了”是固定句型。句意：自从上次我们见面已有五年了。
3．B 该题考查从属连词引导目的状语从句的用法。根据语境此处是表示目的因此选择B. so that。句意：玫瑰花需要特别的护理，才能过冬。
4. D该题根据交际情景考查从属连词引导条件状语从句的用法。从逻辑关系看say you' re not coming是see you的条件。假设关系。句意：除非你打电话说你不来了，我就要在剧院见你。
5. A 该题考查where引导的地点状语从句的用法。句意：她的裤子在她擦手的地方有脏点。
6. B 该题根据交际情景考查丛属连词引导时间状语从句的用法。关键是主句的时态是过去完成时，表示过去只过去。因此此处选择before指“在…时间之前”。句意：我意识到油画丢了时，已经过去了好几个星期了。
7．B该题根据交际情景考查引导状语从句的连词的用法。根据句意：有人告诉我们说我们应当沿大路一直走直到走到中心火车站为止。应当选择until。
8. D该题考查时间状语从句的用法。据题意it是代词，代替时间，故选before。句意：我们还没到温彻斯特城天就黑了。
9. A 该题考查时间状语从句的用法。关键词food free in my restaurant，有地点、方式和事物因此，此处选择时间。句意：无论你愿什么时候来我的饭馆里吃饭，都免费。
10. A考查装语从句的用法。整个句子的前后两部分为因果关系，因此，A正确。句意：父母应该认真对待孩子对太阳镜的要求，因为，在有阳光的天气里太阳镜是必需的。
答案与解析
11.B 考查状语从句，当状语从句的主语如果与从句的主语相同，并有助动词be时，可以省略主语与be。B为正确答案。
12.C该题考查交际情景中动词时态和形容词convenient的使用。在whenever引导的时间状语从句中要用一般现在时态，不能用将来时态，convenient意为：便利的, 方便的。指的是某物或者是某事对某人来说很方便，主语不能是人。故选C。题意：你什么时候方便，什么时候来看我。
13.B该题考查where引导地点状语从句的用法。句意：你应当养成习惯，将东西放在你能找到的地方。
14.B 该题考查where引导的地点状语从句的用法。句子的题干中没有先行词，故是由where引导的地点状语从句，意为“在……地方”，相当于一个介词或副词短语作用。句意:战后，在以前的剧院处建了一所新学校。
15.D该题考查when引导的状语从句的用法。When除了作“当...时”讲，还有其他意思，例如：“如果； 然而; 既然；考虑到;”讲。据题意，句中的when作“既然”讲。句意：既然已经有了一份这样好的工作，为什么还要找新工作？又如：Why use wood when you can use plastic? 既然能用塑料, 为什么还要用木料?
16.B 该题考查比较状语从句的用法。该题的最大的干扰是if not better than，如果将其去掉就很容易看出这是由as…as引导的同级比较状语从句。句意：如果说John的足球踢的不比David好，至少和他踢的一样好。
17.D 该题考查由however引导的让步状语从句语序的用法。状语从句应用陈述句语序，即“however + 形容词/副词+主谓结构”。句意：不管需要多长时间，我们都一定完成这项工作。
18.D该题考查由however引导的让步状语从句语序的用法。状语从句应当用陈述句语序。即 “however + 形容词/副词+主谓结构。”句意：不论他多晚回家，他母亲都会等他一起用餐。
19.C 该题考查由“wh-词+ever”引导的让步状语从句的用法。该题的关键词是great，因其是形容词，故选however，whatever后面多接名词。“wh-词+ever”强调任意性，泛指；“wh-词”强调特指。句意：如果我们在工作中有坚强的意志，不管有多大困难，我们都能克服。
20.C该题考查由so that引导目的状语从句的用法。so that 相当于 in order that，要根据逻辑推理he could prepare his grand surprise for the party.是前一句的目的,故用so that 引导目的状语从句。句意：John 把其他人关在厨房外，目的是能够为晚会烹饪出人意料的东西。
21.D 该题考查when引导的状语从句的用法。据题意：如果你需要时别不敢求援。得知此处是由when引导的状语从句，在这里when既表示时间还表示条件，此处when含有if的意思。When还有“如果；虽然， 然而；既然；考虑到”之意。
22.D该题考查由before引导时间状语从句的用法。题意：有人半夜给我打电话，但是我还没来得及接他们就挂断了。用before引导时间状语从句强调挂断在接电话之前发生。
23.B 考查whether引导的状语从句。句意：“爸爸，我已经做完作业了。”“好，你不论是玩还是看电视，你绝对不能打扰我。”




第二节 考纲归纳
状语从句(adverbial clause)在句中作状语，可修饰主句中的动词、形容词和副词等。状语从句由从属连词引导。状语从句可放在句首或句末。放在句首时，从句后面常用逗号；放在句末时，从句前面往往不用逗号。状语从句根据它们的含义分为时间、地点、原因、目的、结果、方式、让步、条件、比较等九种。
状语从句
连词
时间
when, whenever, as, since, till, until, before, after, as soon as, once, the moment, immediately, the day, no sooner … than, hardly(scarcely)… when, the minute, the second, every(each) time
地点
Where, wherever, everywhere
条件
if, unless, providing/provided that, as(so) long as, on condition that, suppose/supposing that, in case, only if, if only
原因
because, since, as, now that, seeing that, considering that, in that, in view of the fact that(鉴于)
让步
though, although, even if(though), as, while, whatever, wherever, whoever, however, no matter +wh词，for all that, granting/granted, whether … or, in spite of the fact that, despite the fact that
比较
as…as, not the same as, not so…as, than
方式
as, as if(though) the way
目的
that, so that, in order that, in case, for fear that, lest
结果
so that, so… that, such … that, but that
一、时间状语从句
1、while, when, whenever和as的用法比较
（1）while
常表示一段较长的时间或一个过程，强调主句的动词和从句的动词所表示的动作或状态是同时发生的。它不能表示一时性或短暂的动作。
Don't talk so loud while( as) others are working.别人工作时，请勿大声说话。
（2）when
引导的时间状语从句，可指时间的一点，也可以指一段时间，从句的谓语动词可用终止性动词，也可用持续性动词。when引导的从句表示的具体的时间，从句的动作和主句的动作可以同时，也可以先于主句的动作。Whenever指任何一个不具体的时间。
It was raining when we arrived. 我们到达时，天正下着雨。（动作同时，指时间点）
When you read the poem a second time, the meaning will become clearer to you.当你再读一遍这首诗，你就更清晰它的含意。（动作有先后，指时间点，不能用while）
Come whenever you like. 你爱什么时候来就什么时候来。
（3）as
用as时主句和从句的动作往往同时发生，具有延伸意义，一般同延续性动词连用，有时可译作“一边…一边…”。
As time went on, his theory proved to be correct.随着时间的推移，他的理论被证明是正确的。
As（when）he finished the speech, the audience burst into applause.他讲话结束的时候，听众掌声雷动。（指一点时间不能用while）
2、名词词组引导时间状语从句
有时名词every time(每次)，the next time(下一次)，the next day(第二天)，the moment(一……就……)， the instant, the second, the year等，也可起从属连词的作用，引导时间状语从句。
Every time you get back at night, you drop your shoes on the floor.你每一次晚上回来，都把鞋子丢在地板上。
3、副词作连词用引导时间状语从句
有些副词如instantly, immediately，instantly，directly, presently等也可起从属连词的作用，引导时间状语从句，表示"一……就……"的意思。
I recognized her instantly I saw her.我一看见她就把她认出来了。
4、since和before的用法比较
两者均可用于"It+ be...+since/before-从句"的句型。区别在于since表示“自从……以来”，所在主、从句的谓语动词的时态关系是:It is/has been sometime since sb. did sth.。而before的含义是 “(过了多久)才……”，主、从句的时态关系是:It was/had been some time before sb. did sth.。表过去和将来时，两者相应的句型分别是:It was some time since sb. had done sth.和It will be some time before sb. does sth.
It is 30 years since he joined the revolution. 他参加革命己三十年了。
It was three days before he came back. 他三天后才回来。
It was not long before he came back. 不久他就会来了。
二、地点状语从句
地点状语从句一般由where(在……地方; 那里)，wherever(无论哪里)和everywhere(在……每一个地方)引导。
After the war, a new school building was put up where there had once been a theatre. 战后，一所新学校在以前的剧院处建成。
You should make it a rule to leave things where you can find them again. 你应当养成惯例，将东西放在你能找到的地方。
She found her calculator where she lost it. 他在她丢的地方找到了计算器。
Everywhere they went, the distinguished guests were warmly welcomed.贵宾每到一处都受到了热烈的欢迎。
注意：where除了表示地点外，还可以表示条件、对比和让步。
Where there is a will, there is a way.有志者事竟成。（条件）
We want to stay at home, where children would rather spend the holiday in the country.我们想留在家里，而孩子们却愿到乡间度假。（对比）
Wherever I went, the dog followed me. 无论我走到哪里，这只狗总跟着我。（让步）
三、原因状语从句
原因状语从句一般由because(因为)，since(既然)，as(由于)，now that(既然，因为)等连词引导
1、because, since, as, for和now that引导原因状语从句
（1）because
表示直接的原因或理由，表示原因的语气最强，常表示必然的因果关系。回答以why引起的特殊疑问句，只能用because。
Jane wore a raincoat because it was raining.因为天下雨，所以詹穿着雨衣。
（2）since
表示对方已经知晓、无须加以说明的原因或事实，语气比because稍弱。
I'll do it for you since you are busy.既然你忙，我来替你做吧。
Since you insist, I'll go.既然你坚持，那我就去。
（3）as
表示的往往是十分明显的原因，听者或读者已经知道或能看得出来，语气较弱，只附带说明，比较口语化。
We had better hurry as it's getting dark.因为天快要黑了，我们最好快点。
As you object, I'll change the plan.由于你反对，我将改变计划。
（4）for
for是并列连词，它引导的分句不表示直接的原因，而是用来附带解释或说明前面一句的情况。for引导的分句常位于第一分句之后，它们之间用逗号隔开。
It must have rained last night, for the ground is wet this morning.昨晚准是下雨了，今天早上地面还是湿的。
The day breaks, for the birds are singing.小鸟在歌唱，一定是天亮了。
（5）now that
意为"既然"，与since同义，但更突出事实本身。
Now that everyone is here, let's begin our meeting.既然大家都来了，我们就开始开会吧。
Now that I am well again, I can go on with my work.我既然恢复了健康，那就可以继续工作了。
2、seeing that, considering that和in that引导原因状语从句
这几个连词同since, as 近义，都有“鉴于某个事实，原因”是之意。
Considering that he's only been learning English a year, he speaks it very well.鉴于他只学了一年， 他英语讲得就是很好。
Seeing that he was ill, they sent for the doctor.鉴于他病情严重，他们派人请医生。
In that she is ill, she feels unable to do it.因为病了，她觉得不能做那件事。
3、not that…but that…引导原因状语从句
这是一种加强语气的表示原因的结构，意为“不是因为，而是因为”
Not that I don't like the film, but that I have no time for it.不是因为我不喜欢这部电影，而是因为我没时间看。
The soldier's essential honor was not that he killed his enemy, but that he was willing to die.军人的真正光荣不是杀敌，而是不惜牺牲。
四、目的状语从句
1、that，so that，in order that引导目的状语从句
目的状语从句由that，so that，in order that等引导。从句中的谓语动词前常有情态动词may、might、can、could、will, would等。
John shut everybody out of the kitchen so that he could prepare his grand surprise for the party. 约翰把其他人关在厨房外，目的是能够为晚会烹饪出人意料的东西。
These men risk their lives in order that we may live more safely. 这些人甘冒生命危险，是为了让我们活得更安全些。
2、lest, for fear that和in case引导目的状语从句
这三个连词词组的意思是“以防，以免”。lest的从句一般要用虚拟语气，形式是“should+动词原形”或省掉should。for fear that和in case从句一般用虚拟语气，但有时也可以用陈述语气。
I obeyed her lest she should be angry. 我得顺着她，免得她生气。
Take a hat with you in case the sun is very hot. 倘若太阳很利害，你就把帽子戴上。
五、结果状语从句
1、so that，so…that, such…that引导结果状语从句
So difficult did I feel it to live in an English-speaking country that I determined to learn English well.我感到在讲英语的国家里生活太难了，因此我决定学好英语。
He worked hard so that he passed the exam. 他学习很努力，结果通过了考试。
He spoke for such a long time that people began to fall asleep.他讲了那么长时间，人们开始打起瞌睡了。
2、so…that与such…that的区别
这两种结构都可引导结果状语从句。so是副词，后接形容词或副词；such是形容词，后接名词。
（1）单数名词
在so...that与such...that中间出现的是单数名词，且该名词前有形容词修饰时，这两种结构可互换，但要注意它们的词序不同:such+ a/an+形容词十名词=so+形容词+a/an+名词。
She is such a good teacher that all of us love her.= She is so good a teacher that all of us love her.她是一位很好的老师，我们都敬爱她。
（2）不可数名词或复数可数名词
如果被修饰的是不可数名词或复数可数名词时，一般须用such...that。
He made such rapid progress that before long he began to write articles in English.他进步很快，不久就开始用英语写文章。(不可数名词)
They are such interesting books that we all want to read them.这些书是那么有趣以致我们都想读一读。(复数可数名词)
（3）名词前有many，much，little，few修饰时
如果不可数名词或复数可数名词前有many，much，little，few修饰时，则用so…that。
I've had so many falls that I'm black and blue all over.我摔了好多次跤，周身青一块紫一块的。(复数可数名词)
George had so little money that he had to get a job.乔治没有钱，所以他不得不找工作干。(不可数名词)
They are such little children that they can't do anything.他们是小孩,什么事情都干不了。
教你巧学巧记:
名前such，形、副so，
多多少少也用so。
little属特殊，
“小”用such，“少”用so。
3、如何判断so that引导的目的状语从句与结果状语从句
（1）当表达的含义是“为了”、“以便”时，为目的状语从句；当表达的是“以至于”、“因此”含义时，为结果状语从句。
If you do know, answer in a loud enough voice so that all the class may hear.(目的状语从句)如果你的确知道，应大声回答，以便让全班学生都可以听见。
It rained hard the day before yesterday, so that she had to stay at home.(结果状语从句)前天雨下得很大，因此她只好呆在家里。
（2）当从句的谓语动词有情态动词can, could, may, might等时，是目的状语从句；当从句里没有情态动词，且谓语动词是一般现在时（过去时）、现在完成时等时态时，是结果状语从句。
We stopped at Salt Lake City so that we could(might)visit the monument to seagulls. (目的状语从句)我们在盐湖城逗留，以便可以参观为海鸥修的纪念碑。
They have walked a long way, so that we are all tired. (结果状语从句)他们走了很长的路，所以都很累。
（3）当从句之前的so that可用in order that代替时，是目的状语从句；反之，是结果状语从句。
We now study hard so that we may work well in the future.(=We now study hard in order that we may work well in the future. (目的状语从句)我们现在努力学习是为了将来更好地工作。
(4)当so that之前有逗号时，是结果状语从句；反之，是目的状语从句
The story is very interesting, so that I like it very much.(结果状语从句)这部小说很有趣，因而我非常喜欢。
六、比较状语从句
比较状语从句一般由as…as(和一样)，not as/so…as(与……不一样)，than(比),the more…, the more…(越……越……)引导。
The director gave me a better offer than he gave Dick.导师给我的提议比给狄克的好。
In recent years travel companies have succeeded in selling us the idea that the further we go, the better our holiday will be.近几年旅游公司已成功地对我们公众宣传了去得越远，假日越好的观点。
John plays football as well as, if not better than, David. 如果说约翰的足球踢的不比大卫好，至少和他踢的一样好。
I can't run as/so fast as he can. 我不能跑得他那样快。
教你巧学巧记:
Than后面的代词是用主格还是用宾格?
下列两句中，than分别用了I和me，两者都正确：
①She is older than me.(口语中常用)
②She is older than I(am)(较正式文体常用)
但是，在有些句子中，用主格和用宾格，句子会截然不同。
①John likes Henry more than I.
②John likes Henry more than me.
我们知道，than用作连词，它的后面省略了一个比较(方式)状语从句。现在我们把以上两句补充完整。
①John likes Henry more than I like Henry.
②John likes Henry more than he likes me.
看得出，第一句的意思是：约翰比我更喜欢亨利。第二句的意思是：约翰喜欢亨利胜过喜欢我。那么，在什么情况下，than后面的人称代词用主格？什么情况下用宾格？
一、如果主句谓语是不及物动词，than后面的人称代词用主格或宾格均可，且意义无区别。例如：
She draws better than I(me).它画得比我好。
要注意：如果人称代词后面有all时，人称代词一般用宾格。
She draws better than them all.
二、如果主句谓语是及物动词，且than后面的名词或代词又与动词连用时，than后面的人称代词只能用主格。例如：
He loves the dog more than his wife does.
他比他的妻子更爱这条狗。
三、如果主句谓语是连系动词be, than后面的人称代词用主格或宾格均可，且意义无区别。例如：
He is taller than I(me).他比我长得高。
四、如果主句谓语是及物动词，特别是like, love, hate等及物动词，than后面的人称代词用用主格或宾格均可， 但句意不同。逻辑上，这些及物动词既能与人称代词构成“主谓关系”，又能构成“动宾关系”。因此，用主格时，后面省去了主句中的谓语和宾语；用宾格时省去了句子的主语和谓语。例如：
I like the boy better than she.=I like the boy better than she likes the boy.
我比她更喜欢那个男孩。
I like the boy better than her.=I like the boy better than I like her.
我喜欢那个男孩胜过喜欢她。
七、让步状语从句
让步状语从句由though，although，as，even if (though)，however，whatever，whoever，whenever，no matter +wh词，等引导。
1、even if, even though, although，though引导的让步状语从句
这四个词（词组）都有“虽然、即使、尽管”的意思。even if和even though带有较强的意味，语气比although和though强。though比although通俗，但不如although正式,都不能和but连用，但可以和yet, still或nevertheless连用。可以放在主句前面也可以放在主句后面。even if，even though所接的句子常用虚拟语气。
We won't give up even if we should fail ten times.即使是我们失败十次，我们也不会放弃。
He might have given you more help，even though he was very busy．尽管他很忙，他可能给了你更多的帮助。
2、as或though引导让步状语从句
形容词


+ as/though+ 主与+谓语
副词
动词
分词
名词
（1）由as或though引导让步状语从句用倒装语序
Proud as these nobles are, he is afraid to see me.这些贵族尽管很傲慢，他们却害怕见我。
（2）如果表语为单数可数名词，这个名词不带冠词
12-year-old girl as she is, she has had a good command of English.她虽然只是个12岁的女孩，但是她已经熟知英语。
Child as he is，he knows a lot.虽然他还是个孩子，却懂的很多。
(3)如果句中谓语包含情态动词或助动词，则将实意动词放在as之前
Try as I might，I couldn't lift the stone.我使多大劲儿也搬不动这块石头。
Praised as he was, he remained modest.他虽然受到表扬，但仍然保持着谦虚。
（4）如果句中谓语仅有实意动词，则将实意动词(原形)放在as之前，并在主语后面加助动词do, does, did或will。
Torture her as they did, the enemy got nothing out of her.虽然敌人拷打她，却没有能从她嘴里得到什么。
Fail as he did, he would never give up.尽管他失败了，但他决不会放弃。
注:但是，如果在这种情况下，句中谓语有副词修饰，则将副词放在as之前。
Again and again as he failed, he didn't lose heart.他虽然多次失败，但仍不灰心丧气。
Much as I admire his courage, I don't think he acted wisely.我虽然佩服他的勇气，但是我认为他这样做是不明智的。
3、由no matter+ wh词和由疑问词＋ever引导让步状语从句
由no matter引导，表示“不管；无论”；由疑问词＋ever引导，表示“不管，不论”。这类词有：whatever，whichever，whoever，however， whenever，wherever等,他们相当于no matter+ what（which，who，how，when， where），都不能与but，so，and等并列连词同时使用。
We'll have to finish the job, however(no matter how) long it takes. 不管需要多长时间，我们都一定完成这项工作。
No matter what(Whatever) you do, don't tell him that I told you this. 无论你做什么，别告诉他我对你说过这件事。
4、由whether．．．or引导让步状语从句
由whether．．．or引导让步状语从句表示“不论……还是”，提供两种对比的情况。
I shall go, whether you come with me or stay at home. 不论你来还是留在家中，我都要去。
Whether we like a particular piece of news or not, all we have to do is sit in front of the tube and “let it happen”.不管我们喜欢不喜欢一条消息,我们所能做的只是坐在电视机前，“让它过去”。
八、条件状语从句
条件状语从句可以位于主句前面或后面。
1、 由if，unless引导
if 表示正面的条件，意为“如果”；unless表示反面的条件，意为“除非，如果不”（if not）
You will be late unless you leave immediately.除非你立即走，否则，你会迟到。
If you don't hurry up, you'll be late. 如果你不快点，你就会晚了。
We'll go there unless it rains. 如果不下雨，我们就去那儿。
2、由suppose，supposing，as/so long as， providing, provided, on condition that和in case等引导
这类连词（词组）意思相近，有：“如果、假设、即使、在……条件下”等意义。
Suppose (Supposing) he is ill, what shall we do? 如果他病了，我们该怎么办？
You'll do all right, as long as you follow his advice.只要你听从他的劝告，你就会干得很好的。
In case John comes, please tell him to wait.假如约翰来了，请让他稍候。
You may keep the book a further week provided (that) no one else requires it. 倘若这本书没有其他人想借的话，你可以再续借一个礼拜。
九、方式状语从句
方式状语从句一般由as(正如；按照)，as if/as though(好像),the way等引导。
1、as 和just as引导方式状语从句
这两个连词的意思是“如…，犹如…，正如…”（in the same manner that）。just as 比as的强调性更强。
You must do everything as I do.你们要照我这样去做。
Just as the water is the most important of liquids, air is the most important gases.正如水是液体中最重要的一种一样，空气是气体中最重要的一种。
2、as if 和as though引导方式状语从句
as if 和as though意为“好像、仿佛”可以用虚拟语气表示不符合事实或与事实相反的情况；也可以用陈述语气表示符合事实的情况。
He walked slowly as if he had hurt his leg. 他慢慢地走，她像腿受伤的样子。
He spoke as if he knew the question very well.他说得好像对这个问题知道得很清楚。
3、the way引导方式状语从句
the way它的作用相当于the manner，后面的引导词常用that引导方式状语，而且经常省略。此时，一般不用in which引导。
I don’t like the way you speak to her.我不喜欢你和她说话的方式。
We didn't like the way that he treated us. 我不喜欢他对待我们的方式。
第三节 巩固提高


1. ---What was the party like?
---Wonderful. It's years _______ I enjoyed myself so much.
A. after B. before C. when D. since
2.—Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her？
—Yes．I gave it to her ____ I saw her．
A．while B．the moment C．suddenly D．once
3. ______the poem a second time,the meaning will become clearer to you.
A.Your having read B.While reading C.If reading D.When you read
4.They were surprised that a child should work out the problem ____ they themselves couldn't．
A．once B．then C．while D．if
5.He______to the lab than he set out to do the experiment.
A.has no sooner got B.no sooner got
C.will no sooner get D.had no sooner got
6.I thought her nice and honest ________ I met her.
A. first time B. for the first time
C. the first time D. by the first time
7. ---Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her?
---Yes. I gave it to her_______I saw her.
A. while B. the moment C. suddenly D. once
8.We had better hurry_______it’s getting dark.
A.and B.but C.as D.unless
9. Jane wore a raincoat ________ it was raining.
A. so B. but C. however D. because
10._______ you have seen both fighters, ________ will win?
A. Since; do you th ink who B. As; who you think
C. When; whoever D. Since; who do you think
11. ______ everybody knows about it, I don’t want to talk any more.
A. For B. Even C. Since D. However
12． ____ journalism seems like a good profession，I would prefer to be a teacher．
A．Although B．Even C．No matter D．Now that
13．Although he is considered a great writer，____．
A．his works are not widely read B．but his works are not widely read
C．however his works are not widely read D．still his works are not widely read
14．We won't give up ____ we should fail ten times．
A．even if B．since C．whether D．until
15．He might have given you more help，____he was very busy．
A．no matter B．in spite of C．even though D．as though
16.Nobody believed him ____ what he said．
A．even though B．in spite C．no matter D．contrary to
17. ______much advice I gave him,he did exactly what he wanted to do.
A.How B.Whatever C.However D.No matter
18. The belt is rung________there is a fire.
A. even B. that C. if D. although
19.. You will be late _______ you leave immediately.
A. unless B. until C. if D. or
20. ________your composition carefully,some spelling mistakes can be avoided.
A.Having checked B.Checked C.If you check D.To check
21. The director gave me a better offer than________.
A.that of Dick’s B.Dick’s
C.he gave Dick D.those of Dick
22. In recent years travel companies have succeeded in selling us the idea that the further we go,________.
A.our holiday will be better B.our holiday will be the better
C.the better our holiday will be D.the better will our holiday be
23.The two strangers talked as if they _______friends for years.
A. should be B. would be C .have been D. had been
24. I don’t like_____you speak to her.
A.the way B.the in that C.the way which D.the way of which
25.We didn't like th way_____he treated us.
A.which B.where C.that D.in which
26.So difficult_______it to live in an English-speaking country that I determined to learn English well.
A.I have left B.have I left C.I did feel D.did I feel
27.________the day went on, the weather got worse.
　A.with　　　 B.Since　　 C.While　　　 D.As
28.Although he is considered a great writer,________.
　A.his works are not widely read　　B.but his works are not widely read
　C.however his works are not widely readD.still his works are not widely read
29.He'll never succeed, _______hard he tries
　A.whatver　 B.despite　　C.though　　 D.however
30.I wrote it down________I should forget it
　A.in case of　　B.in case　　C.as if　　D.in order that
31.________the price is, they are prepared to pay it.
　A.However　 B.Whatever　 C.Because　　D.No matter how
32._______you've found, you must give it back to the person it belongs to.
　A.That　　B.No matter what　 C.Because　　D.No matter how
33.It was_______that we felt tired when we arrived.
　A.a so long travel　　　　　　　　 B.such long a travel
　C.such a long journey　　　　　　　D.a so long journey
34.The old professor worked many hours a day____he became seriously ill.
　A.although　 B.even if　　 C.though　　 D.until
35._______air is to man, so is water to fish.
　A.like 　　　 B.As 　　　 C.Since　　　D.Just
36._______the weather was fine, I opened all the windows._
　 A.As 　　　　B.For　　　 C.Because　　D.Since that
37.I always keep candles in the house_________there is power cut.
　 A.if 　　　　B.in case　 C.unless　　 D.in the even
38.It was________that we had gone for a walk
　　A.so beautiful day 　　　　　　B.such beautiful night
　　C.such a beautiful weather　　　　D.so beautiful a night
39._______the rain has stopped, the field will dry out.
　　A.Though　　 B.While　 C.Even if　　D.Now that
40.________to New York, her father has not heard from her.
　　A.Because she went 　　　　　　　 B.After she went
　　C.When she went　　　　　　　　　 D.Since she went
41.I could not finish the homework________.
　　A.by he had come 　　　　　　　 B.when he comes
　　C.until he has come　　　　　　　D.before he came
42.He came to the party,________he hadn't beeninvited
　　A.since　　 B.in spite of　　　C.even　　　D.although
43.You may go out________your work is done.
　　A.except 　 B.unless　　　　　 C.until　　 D.as
44.Mrs. London has_______that she is unable to get a job.
　　A.shuc small education　　　　　 B.so little education
　　C.a such little education　　　　D.a so small education
45.They were warned________a storm would come.
　　A.if 　　　 B.whether　　　　C.that　　 D.when
46.No matter how hard he worked,_______.
　　A.he could not do any better　　 B.and he could not do any better
　　C.so he couldn't do any better　　D.but he could not do any better
47.I didn't manage to do it_______you had explained.
　　A.until　　　B.unless　　　　C.when　　　 D.before
48.She told us_______story that we all forget about the time.
　　A.such an interseting　　　　　　 B.such interesting a
C.so an interesting　　　　　　　 D.a so interesting
49.A good storyteller must be able to hold his listeners’ curiosity he reaches the end of the story .
A．when B．unless C．after D．until
50.He was about to tell me the secret someone patted him on the shoulder
A．as B. until C. while D. when


参考答案：1.D 2.B 3.D 4.C 5.D 6.C 7.B 8.C 9.D 10.D 11.C 12.A 13.A 14.A 15.C 16.C 17.C 18.C 19.A 20.C 21.C 22.C 23.D 24.A 25.C 26.D 27.D 28.A 29.D 30.B 31.B 32.B 33.C 34.B 35.B 36.B 37.B 38.D 39.D 40.D 41.D 42.D 43.D 44.B 45.C 46.A 47.A 48.A 49.D 50.D

第十五章 陈述句、疑问句、祈使句和感叹句
第一节 真题精析
1. I’ve never seen anyone run so fast ---- ______ David go. 【浙江卷-32】
A. just watch B. just to watch C. just watching D. just having watched
2.——English has large vocabulary, hasn't it?
—Yes, _________ more words and expressions and you will find it easier to read and communicate. 【上海卷-44】
A. Know B. Knowing C. To know D. Known
3. —Sorry, Joe, I didn’t mean to…【NMET】
—Don’t call me “Joe”. I’m Mr Parker to you, and you forget it!
A．do B．didn’t C．did D．don’t
4._____it with me and I'll see what I can do. 【NMET】
A. When left B. Leaving C. If you leave D. Leave
5.－－Alice, you feed the bird today,______ ?
－－But I fed it yesterday. 【NMET】
　 A. do you 　　　　 B. will you　　 C. didn't you　　　 D. don't you
6. She never tells a lie, _______? (1984)
A. does she B. doesn't she C. does not she D. isn't it
7. She hardly ever speaks to you in English, _______? (1986)
A. does she B. doesn't she C. can she D. can't she
8. It's a fine day. Let’s go fishing, ________? (1990)
A. won't we B. will we C. don't we D. shall we
9. Don’t smoke in the meeting room,_________?()
A.do you B.will you C.can you D.could you
10. Be sure to write to us, ________? ()
A. will you B. aren't you C. can you D. mustn't you
11. ----You haven’t been to Beijing,have you?
----_____.How I wish to go there! ()
A.Yes,I have B.Yes,I haven’t C.No,I have D.No,I haven’t
12. Susan's found her pass, _______? (1986, 上海)
A. isn't she B. is she C. hasn't she D. was she
13. I don't think you've heard of him before, _______? (1990,上海)
A. have you B. haven't you C. do I D. don't you
14. He seldom has lunch at school,_______? (,上海)
A.hasn’t he B.has he C.doesn’t he D.does he
15. He is expected to make a speech this afternoon, _______?(1992,上海)
A. is he not B. isn't he C. is not he D. isn't it
16. His wife had the front door painted green yesterday, _______she? (, 上海)
A. did B. had C. didn't D. hadn't
17. I don’t suppose anyone will volunteer,_______?( 上海)
A.do I B.don’t I C.will they D.won’t they
18. If I knew the answer, I wouldn't be working, ________? (,上海)
A. didn't I B. did I C. would I D. wouldn't I
19. The news that they failed their driving test discouraged him, _______?(上海)
A.did they B.didn’t they C.did it D.didn’t it
20._______some of this juice-----perhaps Gen’ll like it. (，春季)
A.Trying B.Try C.To try D.Have tried
21. ______at the door before entering, please.(，春季京皖蒙卷)
A.Knocked B.To knock C.Knocking D.Knock
22. _______! There is a train coming.(1990)
A.Look out B.Look around C.Look forward D.Look at
23.________we have today!(1983)
A.A fine weather B.What a fine weather
C.How a fine weather D.What fine weather
24.Oh,John._________you gave us!(1990)
A.How a pleasant surprise B.How pleasant surprise
C.What a pleasant surprise D.What pleasant surprise
25._________food you’ve cooked!()
A.How a nice B.What a nice C.How nice D.What nice
26._______terrible weather we’ve been having these days! (1992)
A.How a B.What a C.How D.What
27.________from Beijing to London!()
A.How long way it is B.What a long way is it
C.How long way is it D.What a long way it is
28.---Please don’t make a noise.
---_________.(MET1992)
A.I don’t B.I won’t C.No,I won’t D.Yes,I will
【答案与解析】
1. A 该题根据交际情景考查祈使句的用法。句中的横线是指另起一句话，对前面的话加以解释、强调，故选择祈使句。句意：我从没看到有人跑这么快，看看大卫跑的。
2. A 考查祈使句的用法。这个句子的构成应该为“祈使句 + and/ then/ or + 简单的陈述句”，在四个答案中只有A可以用来构成祈使句。句意：“英语词汇很多是吗？”“是的。如果你懂得更多的词汇和短语，你会发现阅读和交流更简单。”
3．D 该题考查在交际用语中祈使句的否定。句意：“对不起，Joe。我不是故意要……”“不要叫我Joe。我是Parker先生，今后不要忘了。”前一句是干扰，这里是对别人的一种告诫，提醒注意，要用否定疑问句的一般现在时态。
4．D该题考查祈使语气的句型结构。“祈使句+ and +陈述句”是一个固定的句型。在这个句型中， 前边的祈使句+ and表示一个肯定的条件，相当于if引导的条件状语从句。句意：把它留给我，我知道该怎么做。
5．B 该题考查反意疑问句的用法。句中：you feed the bird相当于feed the bird前加上you表示强调。will you，用来征求意见。句意：“爱丽丝，你今天喂鸟好吗？”“我昨天喂了。”
6．A 该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前面有自身否定副词never所以后面用肯定，此句时态是一般现在时，故选A。
7．A该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前面有自身否定副词hardly所以后面用肯定，此句时态是一般现在时，故选A。
8.D该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前面是let’s构成的祈使句，故选D。
9．B该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前面是祈使句，反意疑问句用will you。
10．D该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前面是祈使句，反意疑问句用will you。
11．D该题考查反意疑问句的用法。对前否定后肯定的反意疑问的回答。句意：你没去过北京，是吗？是的，我多么希望去那。
12．C该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前肯定，后否定。
13．A该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前面的I don't think决定后面用肯定。助动词与主语要根据宾语从句决定。
14．D该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前面有自身否定副词seldom所以后面用肯定，此句时态是现在完成时，故选D。
15.B该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前肯定，后否定。
16.C该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前肯定，后否定，此处had是行为动词。
17．C该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前面的I don't suppose决定后面用肯定。助动词与主语要根据宾语从句决定。
18.C 该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前否定后肯定。
19．D该题考查反意疑问句的用法。前肯定，后否定。
20.B 该题考查祈使句的用法。祈使句表示命令或请求。
21．D该题考查祈使句的用法。祈使句表示命令或请求。
22.A该题考查祈使句的用法。祈使句表示劝告。
23．D该题考查感叹句的用法。weather为不可数名词，句型是：what+ 形容词+名词+主谓结构。
24.C该题考查感叹句的用法。Surprise作“惊喜”解时为可数名词，句型是：what+ a(n)+形容词+名词+主谓结构。
25.D该题考查感叹句的用法。food为不可数名词，句型是：what+ 形容词+名词+主谓结构。
26.D该题考查感叹句的用法。weather为不可数名词，句型是：what+ 形容词+名词+主谓结构。
27.D该题考查感叹句的用法。way为可数名词，句型是：what+ a(n)+形容词+名词+主谓结构。
28.C 该题考查对祈使句的回答。否定句用No, I won’t.肯定句用，I will.

第二节 考纲归纳
一、陈述句
用来叙述一个事实或观点的句子叫陈述句(declarative sentence)。陈述句有肯定和否定两种形式，一般用降调，句末用句号。陈述句的语序一般是“主语+谓语部分”，或“主语+系动词+表语”。
（一）否定结构
1、用not和助动词或情态动词否定，not一般放在助动词或情态动词之后。
The villagers didn't allow them to do this. 村民们没有允许他们这样做。
2、用否定副词或代词否定
not以外的否定词no、none、nobody、nothing、never、seldom、hardly、little、neither、nor等也构成陈述句的否定式。
None of you watched carefully enough. 你们当中谁都观察得不够仔细。
We have never had women working in this part of our company before. 我们以前从来没有让女人在我们的公司这个部门工作过。
3、部分否定
不定代词或副词如all、both、every, everybody, every day everything, everyone, many, entirely, altogether, absolutely, wholly, completely, everywhere, always, often与not连用时，表示部分否定，意为“并非都是，不是每个都是”等。
But I'm determined to enjoy myself as much as possible even though I can't see everything. 但是我决定要尽可能玩个痛快，即使我看不到所有的地方。
How a telephone works is a question which not everyone can answer. 电话是怎样工作的这个问题并不是每一个都能回答上来的。
Every couple is not a pair.完美的婚姻少。
4、双重否定
双重否定是指同一句子里出现两个否定词，即否定之否定。双重否定表示的意义是肯定的，通常比肯定句语气更重。这种结构有：no…not, no(not)…without, no…but, can’t but+动词（不得不）, can’t help doing, none but等。
He doesn’t lend his book to nobody.他的书没有哪本不借。
He can’t make anything out of nothing.巧妇难为无米之炊。
5、几乎否定
几乎否定又称半否定，表示整个句子的意思接近否定。常用的词有little, few, seldom, barely, hardly, rarely, scarcely等。
I have too little time to finish this work. 我的时间太少了，不能完成这项工作。
She is old and rarely goes out.她年纪大了，很少外出。
6、否定转移
（1）宾语从句的否定转移
某些句子结构中，本应放在that从句中的否定词not往往被移至主句的谓语动词前，这种现象叫转移否定，这类动词believe, expect, suppose, think, imagine, fancy, reckon等候的宾语从句否定时否定主句谓语动词。主句主语是第一人称的一般现在时态。
We don't think there is anything of interest in your pictures. 我们认为你的画没有什么有趣的地方。
I don't believe it's necessary to buy the bigger one. 我认为没有必要买容量大一点的。
（2）否定主语转移否定谓语
No sound was heard.没听到声音。
Neither of them had their tickets. 他们都没有票。
（3）否定谓语转为否定状语
He doesn’t study in the classroom.他不在教室里学习。
He was not playing all the time.他没有一直玩。
（4）否定介词转移否定谓语
On no condition should the circuit be over loaded.电路在任何情况下都不得超负荷。
At no time will he give in.他任何时候都不会低头。
二、疑问句
疑问句(interrogative sentence)用来提出问题，句末须用问号。疑问句分为一般疑问句、特殊疑问句、反意疑问句和选择疑问句。
（一）一般疑问句
一般疑问句(general question)用来询问一件事情或一个情况是否属实，需要用肯定词yes或否定词no来回答。
1、基本结构
“be、have、助动词或情态动词+主语+谓语”
-Are you good at sailing? 你赛艇很行吧？
-Yes,in fact, I'm on our city team. 是的，事实上，我是市赛艇队的。
Do you remember one afternoon ten years ago when I came to your house and borrowed a necklace of yours? 10年前的一个下午，我到你家借过一条项链，你还记得吗？
2、否定疑问句
在一般疑问句的否定结构中，not放在主语之后，也常用缩略式，即将-n't和句首的be、have、助动词或情态动词连在一起。一般疑问句的否定结构往往用来表示提问人的惊讶、怀疑、邀请、赞叹等，回答时，yes后接肯定结构，no后接否定结构。
-Hasn't he passed the final examination?大考他没有及格吗？
-Yes, he has. 不，他及格了。
- Didn't he come to see you yesterday?他昨天没有去看你吗？
-No, he didn't. 是的，他没来。
3、可以不用yes和no回答的一般疑问句
一般疑问句通常情况下用yes、no来回答，但在很多情况下需根据具体情况用其它答语，如certainly、of course、all right、not at all、perhaps、never，no way等。
（1）回答介意与否
-Would you mind if I open the window?我开开窗户你介意吗？
-Not at tall. (Certainly not!, Of course not)不介意。
- I’m sorry but I would. It’s could outside.对不起我介意，外面太冷了。
（2）拒绝或不能给予满意回答而表示道歉
-Could you come to the party this evening?你晚上能来参加完会吗？
-I’d love to, but you see I’m too busy.我愿意去，但我太忙了。
- That’s very kind of you, but I’m afraid I can’t.你真好，到我恐怕去不了。
-Can you return the book in two days?你两天能还书吗？
-Sorry, but I can return it in four days.对不起，但我四天后能还。
-Is he a proper person for the job?他是干这项工作的合适人选吗？
- I don’t think so.我不这样想。
（3）接受邀请或要求
-will you send her a note for me ?你代我把这个纸条给她好吗？
- I’d be glad to.乐意效劳。
-May I look at the picture?我看看照片可以吗？
-Certainly. Here you are.当然。给你。
（4）回答带有责备意味的句子
-Do you remember what I told you before?我以前告诉你的话你还记得吗？
- I’m sorry, sir.对不起先生。
—I think you should phone Jenny and say sorry to her.我认为你该打电话给珍妮并向他道歉。
—No way. It was her fault.决不，那不是我的错。
（5）对提问作出主观判断
-Are the shoes too big?这双鞋太大吧？
-I think they are all right.我看正合适。
-Is anything the matter? 出了什么事吗？
-Of course. 当然了。
-Will he lend me some money? 他会把钱借给我吗?
- Certainly not!当然不会！
（6）对提出问题的不能确定
-Who’s taken my pen?谁把握的钢笔拿走了？
-Let me see. Ah, it’s Tom.我想想。奥，是汤姆。
（二）特殊疑问句
特殊疑问句(special question)是用来对句子某一部分提问的疑问句，以疑问词开头。疑问词分为两种：疑问代词和疑问副词。
1、疑问代词构成的特殊疑问句
疑问代词who 谁（主格），whom谁（宾格），whose谁的，what什么，which哪个，用来对主语、宾语、表语、定语、补语等提问。
What will the money be used for? 资金用在什么上面呢？
Which speech are you going to listen to this afternoon? 今天下午你打算听哪个报告？
2、 疑问副词
疑问副词when什么时候，where什么地方，why为什么，how怎样，用来对状语、表语、补语、定语等提问。
-Where are you travelling to, Gary? 加里，你打算去哪儿旅行？
-To London. 去伦敦。
3、which和what用法区别
which、what均可与名词连用，来就人或物提出疑问。当选择余地不大时，一般用which；当选择余地比较大而到底有多少种可能性还不清楚时常用what。
What harm does it do after all? 这到底有什么样的危害？
Which parent is more important in the first year of life? 在出生后的第一年，父亲与母亲哪一位更重要？询问天气，用“what…like…?”；问候别人的健康，用how。
4、how与what…like用法区别
对人和事物的性质（或持久的特性）提问用“what...like?”；询问变化的事物，如暂时的情况、情绪等用how。
-What is your mother like? 你母亲是怎样一个人？
-She is a very nice person. 她这个人非常好。
How does the boss look this morning?老板早上脸色如何?
What's the weather going to be like at the weekend? 周末天气怎么样？
-How is he? 他身体怎么样？
-He is very well.他很好。
5、how often与how soon的区别
how often询问做某事的频率；how soon询问多长时间以后做某事。
How often do you go there? 你去那的次数如何？
How soon can you be ready? 你多久才能准备好？
2、特殊疑问句的语序
①陈述句语序
疑问词作主语，或者作定语修饰主语，语序与陈述句的语序相同，指对主语进行提问。
What has made this lake so salty? 是什么东西使得湖水这样咸呢？
Who gave you that book?谁给你的那本书？
②疑问句语序
另一种是“疑问词+一般疑问句”的语序，其中疑问词作宾语、表语、定语或状语。
What did you give her to eat? 你给她吃什么东西？
-Why do you want the book so badly? 为什么你这么想要这本书呢？
-To study.为了学习。
3、使用特殊疑问句应注意的几点
（1）Why开头的否定疑问句常表建议或请求
Since you have to stay at home, why don't you do some reading? 既然你得待在家里，为什么不读点书呢？
Why don't you try this one on?你何不试试这一套呢？
（2）用特殊疑问句表惊奇、愤怒等感情，可用它的强调形式，在疑问词后加ever、on earth、in the world等。
How ever shall we get there? 我们到底如何到那里去？
Why on earth was he so nervous? 他到底为什么如此紧张？
（3）特殊疑问句有一些缩略结构
How/What about…表建议、请求、邀请、异议或征求对方意见, Why not do ?用于提出建议；why do?表示志文、指责等。
What about when we leave? 我们离开时该做些什么呢？
Why not do something? 为什么不干点事呢？
Why give him so much money?你怎么给他那么多钱？
（4）复合特殊疑问句用来询问对方或第三者的想法或意见，由一般疑问句和特殊疑问句两种结构复合而成。在这种复合结构中，特殊疑问句变成了一般疑问句结构中的宾语。
Why do you think we can't change your note? 为什么你认为我们找不开你的票子呢？
Which food do you think is healthy? 你认为哪种食物是健康食物？
（三）反意疑问句
反意疑问句又叫附加疑问句(tag question)，附在陈述句后，对陈述句所说的事实或观点提出疑问，由“be、have、助动词或情态动词+主语（与陈述句的主语相同）”构成，答语用yes或no。
1、一般情况
如果陈述句是肯定结构，其后的附加疑问句用否定结构，反之，陈述句是否定结构，其后的附加疑问句即是肯定结构。
She looks quiet enough, doesn't she? 她看上去足够平静，不是吗？
-You haven’t been to Beijing, have you?你去过北京吗？
- No,I haven’t. How I wish to go there! 没，还没有。我多么想去啊！
Susan's found her pass, hasn't she? 苏珊找到她的护照了，是吗？
注意：前否定后肯定反意疑问句的答语
在回答否定主句的反意疑问句时，否定回答要用“No＋否定短句”；肯定回答要用“Yes＋肯定短句”，二者不可混用。这种省略回答的yes要译成“不”，no要译成“是”。
-She hasn’t got up, has she? 她还没有起床，是吗？
-Yes, she has.不，她已经起来了。
No, she hasn’t. 是的，她还没起来。

反意疑问句用法歌诀
反意疑问句三要点，前后谓语正相反。
短句not如出现，必须缩写是习惯。
最后一点须注意，短句代词作主语。
反意疑问句回答方法歌诀
回答反意疑问句，答案含义是依据，
肯定事实用yes，否定事实no替。
2、 当陈述部分的主语是指示代词时
当陈述部分的主语是指示代词this, that, these, those时，附加疑问句中的主语不再用指示代词，而要用it或they代替。
That isn’t your desk, is it?那不是你的桌子，是吗？
These are interesting stories, aren't they?这些故事很有趣，是吗？
3、当陈述部分的主语是“I'm...”结构时，疑问部分一般用aren't I。
I'm late for class, aren't I?我迟到了，是吗？
I'm doing well, aren't I?我干得很好，不是吗？
4、当陈述部分的主语是everybody, everyone, somebody, nobody, none等合成代词时，附加疑问部分的主语多用they，但也可用he。
Everyone came here, didn't they?都来了，是吗？
Nobody phoned while I was out, did they?我不在时，没人给我打电话，是吗？
5、当陈述部分的主语是everything, anything, nothing等不定代词时，疑问部分的主语用it。
Everything is ready, isn't it?都准备好了，是吗？
Nothing was said, was it ? 什么也没说，对吗？
Nothing can stop us ,can it? 没有什么能阻止我们，是吗？
6、当陈述部分以不定代词one作主语，疑问部分的主语在正式的场合用one，在非正式场合用you。
One cant be too careful, can one(you)?怎么细心都不为过，你说呢？
One should learn from others, shouldn’t one(you)?人要想别人学习，是吗？
7、当陈述部分是“there be+主语+其它”结构时，疑问部分要用“be(not)+there”结构。
There is a book on the desk, isn't there?桌子上有本书，是吗？
There used to be a lot of coal mines in the south, didn't there?过去在南部有大量煤矿，不是吗？
8、当陈述部分的主语是“I don’t think (suppose, believe)+that从句”结构时，疑问部分的主语和谓语须和从句中的主语和谓语在人称和数上相一致,并且还要用肯定形式。
I don’t suppose anyone will volunteer, will they?我认为没人会自愿去做，是吗？
I don't think you've heard of him before, have you?我想你从前没听说过他，是吗?
注意：主句的主语不是第一人称时I是不存在这种情况。
You don’t think he can finish the work, do you?
9、当陈述部分的谓语动词是have时，有两种情况：
①have作“有”解时，可有两种形式。
He has a new book, hasn’t/doesn't he?他又一本新书，是吗？
He has a lot of money, hasn’t /doesn’t he? 他有很多钱，是吗？
②have表示其它意思时，只用do的相应形式。
He seldom has lunch at school, does he ? 他在学校很少吃午饭是吗？
His wife had the front door painted green yesterday, didn't she? 他妻子昨天请人把房子刷成了绿色的，是吧？
10、当陈述部分有情态动词ought to时，疑问部分的谓语动词用ought(oughtn’t)代替。
Such things ought not to be allowed, ought they?这种事是不允许的，是不是？
He ought to be punished, oughtn't he?他应当受到惩罚，是吗？
但在非正式文体中，用ought we not形式。
We ought to go, ought we not?或We ought to go, should we not/shouldn't we?
11、当陈述部分有情态动词used to时，疑问部分的谓语动词有两种形式。
He used to live in Beijing, use(d)n’t he/didn't he?他在北京住过，是吗？
There used to be a cinema here before the war, use(d)n't there/didn't there?战前这里曾有座电影院，是吗？
12、当陈述部分有情态动词must时，常用的有三种情况：
①must表示“必须”、“禁止”等时，疑问部分用must(mustn't)。
I must answer the letter, mustn't I?我必须回信，是吗？
You mustn’t on grass, must you?你不能呆在草地上，知道吗？
must表示“有必要”时，附加疑问部分则用needn't。
You must go home right now, needn't you?
②当must用来对现在的情况进行“推测”时，疑问部分的谓语要根据must之后的动词不定式采用相应的形式。
You must be tired, aren't you?你一定是累了，是吗？
She must be bad at physics, isn't she? 她物理一定不好，不是吗？
You must know it, do you? 你肯定知道，是吗？
③当must用来对过去的情况进行“推测”(must+have+过去分词)时，若强调对过去情况的推测（一般有过去时间状语），疑问部分的谓语动词用“didnt+主语”；若强调动作的完成（一般没有过去时间状语），疑问部分的谓语动词用“haven't(hasn't)+主语”。
He must have been working here for 20 years, hasn't he? 他一定在这工作了20年，是吗？
You must have seen him yesterday, didn't you? 昨天你一定看见他了，不是吗？
13、当陈述部分有have to或has to, had to时，疑问部分一般用do的相应形式。
We have to get up at four tomorrow, don't we?我们明天得四点起床，是吗？
They had to leave early, didn't they?他们早走是不得已，是不是？
14、当陈述部分有had better时，疑问部分用hadn't或shouldn't。
You’d better go with me, hadn’t you/shouldn't you?你最好和我一起走，好吗？
He’d better leave, hadn’t he?他最好离开，是吗？
15、当陈述部分有seldom, hardly, few, little, no, never, nothing, nobody, nowhere等否定词或半否定词时，疑问部分要用肯定形式。
She never tells a lie, does she? 她从不撒谎是吧？
She hardly ever speaks to you in English, does she? 她几乎没和你用英语说话，是吗？
Few people know her, do they? 几乎没有人认识她，是吗？
She seldom goes to work late, does she? 她很少上班迟到，是吗？
16、当陈述部分的谓语是带有否定词缀（前缀或后缀）的动词时，疑问部分仍用否定结构。
They disliked playing football, didn't they?他不喜欢踢球，是吗？
He is unsuccessful, isn't he? 他没成功，是吗？
17、当陈述部分的谓语动词是表示愿望wish等时，疑问部分的谓语动词用may而且前后两个部分均用肯定式。
I wish to go home now, may I?我想回家，行吗？
I wish to go with you, may I? 我想和你一起去，行吗？
18、感叹句的反意疑问句一律用否定式，并用be的一般现在时
What a lovely day, isn't it?多好的天气啊！
How cool the weather is, isn't it?天怎么这么冷！
What a stupid fellow, isn’t he?多傻的小子啊！
19、祈使句的反意疑问句一般只用肯定式
①Let’s引导的祈使句，其反意疑问句一般用“shall we?”。
Let's discuss it now, shall we? 让我们现在讨论它，好吗？
It's a fine day. Lets go fishing, shall we? 多好的天。我们去钓鱼吧？
②由let us/him/ them（不是let’s）引导的反意疑问句表示“请求”（不包括听话人）时，一般用“will you”。
Let us go home, will you?让我们回家好吗？
Let him go with you, will you?让他跟你去，好吗？
③let me 开头的反意疑问句可用will you，也可用may I。
Let me do it for you, may I?我替你做，行吗？
Let me have a rest, will you?我歇一会好吗？
④祈使句的反意疑问句一般只用肯定式；如果祈使句为肯定式，疑问部分有时可用否定式。肯定形式在语气上更委婉客气。
Pass me the book, will you/won't you?递给我那本书好吗？
Be sure to write to us, will you? 一定给我写信，好吗？
⑤如果祈使句为否定式，疑问部分只能用肯定式。
Don’t smoke in the meeting room, will you?请不要在会议室抽烟，好吗？
Don’t speak aloud any more, will you?别在大声喧哗了好吗？
20、陈述部分用neither…nor, not only…but also等连接主语时，疑问部分主语应用复数。
Neither you nor I can do it, can we?你和我都不会，是吗？
Neither she nor you can answer，can you?你俩都不会回答是吗？
21、当陈述部分的主语是I，当疑问部分用来征求对方的意见时，其主语常用you，这时附加疑问部分实际上等于另外一个句子，相当于what/how about you?/what do you think?。
I find English very interesting, don’t you?(=What about you?)我认为英语很有趣，你怎么想？
I don’t think John will come today, do you?(=What do you think?)我认为约翰今天不来了，你说呢？
22、陈述部分是并列句时，疑问部分常对后一个句子进行反问。
He is a teacher and he has taught English for 20 years, hasn’t he?他是一位老师，教英语20年了，是吗？
Tom has been doing the experiment all afternoon, but he should have finished it by now, shouldn't he? 汤姆一下午在做实验，但他现在应该完成了，不是吗？
23、陈述部分含有宾语从句的主从复合句时，疑问部分的谓语动词和主语一般同主句的谓语动词和主语保持一致。I (don’t) think, believe, suppose, figure, imagine, reckon, expect, seem等+宾语从句结构出外（参考本章第（8）条）
He says that I did it, didn't he? 他说我做的这件事，不是吗？
Mary thinks you will come to the meeting, doesn’t she?玛丽人为你不来参加会议是吗？（主语不是第一人称I）
24、陈述部分含有主语从句，反意疑问句的主语用it。
What he lacks is confidence, isn’t it?他所缺乏的是信心，是吗？
Where you are seated is not important, is it?坐在哪里并不重要是吗？
（四）选择疑问句
选择疑问句（alternative question）提供两种（或两种以上）情况，问对方选择哪一种，其结构可用一般疑问句，也可用特殊疑问句，在提供的情况之间用连词or，前者用升调，后者用降调，回答要求用比较完整的句子。
-Which do you prefer, horse-riding or shooting? -你喜欢什么，骑马还是射击？
-I prefer horse-riding. -我喜欢骑马。
-Is Susan still at school, or has she left(school)? -苏珊仍在读书呢，还是己经毕业了？
-She is still at school. -她仍在读书。
-Was the peach ripe or green? -桃子是熟的还是生的？
-It was a bit green. -有点生。
三、祈使句
祈使句(imperative sentence)表命令、警告、提醒、建议、请求、叮嘱、号召等，谓语动词用原形。主语you通常省略，句末用叹号或句号。
Look out! There is a train coming.注意！火车来了！（提醒）
Wear strong shoes as we shall do a lot of walking. 请穿结实的鞋子，因为我们要走许多的路。（叮嘱）
At the beginning, collect as many stamps as you can. 开始时，尽可能多多地收集邮票。（建议）
Leave her where she is ! 让她留在原地！（命令）
Give blood if you can and many lives will be saved.如果你能，来献血吧，这样会救很多人的命。（号召）
（一）祈使句的主语
祈使句的主语多为不言而喻的you,一般不出现。但若是要强调主语；或表示急躁、厌烦、不高兴、愤怒等感情色彩；表示向谁请求或发出命令，祈使句可有主语，除you外可以用不代词one, someone, somebody, everybody, everyone或名词。
1、 当说话人强调主语或上级对下级，长者对年青人或小孩讲话时。
-Alice, you feed the bird today, will you?爱丽丝，你去喂鸟好吗？
-Yes. But I fed it yesterday.好，但我昨天喂了。
You take care when you cross the road.你过马路时要小心。
2、 当说话人有急躁、厌烦、不高兴、愤怒等感情色彩
Come here, you! 你，过来！（放句尾，表示轻视、傲视）
You do it right away.你立刻做这件事
3、当说话人必须指明不同的事要求不同的人去做时。
You clean the windows，and you(another man)mop the floor.你擦窗户，你(指另一个人)拖地板。
You go over there and sit next to Tom，while he and I stay here.你到那里坐在汤姆旁边，我和他留在这里。
4、当祈使句的主语是someone，somebody，everyone，everybody等泛指第三人称时。
Someone call a taxi.你去叫车！（相当于You，不用calls）
Someone open that window.来个人把那扇窗户打开。
Everybody be here at7:30. 大家7:30到这里。
5、当祈使句谓语部分有副词up，down，in，out，off，away等，且这些副词置于句首时。
In you jump! 你跳进去吧!
Out you come。请你出来。
当祈使句以Don't开头又要加重语气时。
Don’t you dare to cause any more trouble.你敢再捣乱。
Don’t you be late again next time.你下次不要再来晚了。
（二）祈使句的否定
祈使句的否定结构一般是在谓语动词前加do not或用don't（口语中），有时也可用never，若祈使句有主语，否定词用don’t或never要置于主语之前，不可用do not。
Don't reach sideways while standing on a ladder. 站在梯子上的时候，不要侧身子伸手去拿东西。
Don’t anyone make noise!都别说话了！
Don’t you ever forget it!(不能说Do not you…)别忘了。
Don’t you believe it.决不要相信他。
Never be late again.别再迟到了。
（三）]肯定祈使句的强调
肯定祈使句可用助动词do加强语气，常译为“务必、一定要”。
Do save me!天那！（救救我吧）
Do come in.请进。
Do be careful when crossing the street.过马路时务必小心。
Do give my regards to your parents.请务必代我向你的父母问好。
（四）“祈使句＋and/or＋陈述句”结构
1、祈使句+ and(then，and then)+陈述句
在这个句型中，前边祈使句+ and(then，and then)相当于if引导的条件句。
Use your head，then you’ll find a way.开动脑筋，那么你就会找到办法。
One more word，and I'll get angry with you．如果你再说一句话，我就生你的气了。
Another week，and the railway station will be completed．再有一周，火车站就完工了。
2、祈使句+（or，or else，otherwise）+陈述句
在这个句型中，前边祈使句+（or，or else，otherwise）相当于unless引导的条件句。
Work hard，otherwise，you’ll fail. = Unless you work hard，you’ll fail.努力干，要不，你会失败的。
Use your head，or else you won’t find a way.= Unless you use your head, you won’t find a way.开动脑筋，否则，你就找不到办法。
巧选and, or：选择连接词，只看陈述句，and叫人心欢畅，or的后果不好尝。
（五）祈使句的简略答语形式
祈使句的简略答语，肯定或否定形式常用will或won’t。
-Write to me when you get home.到家时给我打电话！
- I will. 我会的。
-Don’t forget to close the window.别忘了关窗。
-No, I won’t.不会忘。
四、感叹句
感叹句(exclamatory sentence)用来表示说话人喜怒哀乐、惊讶、赞美等强烈感情的句子。用降调，句末用感叹号，句首多用how和what，其余与陈述句结构相同。
（一）带有how的感叹句
用来感叹形容词、副词或动词，其结构：
1、How＋形容词＋主语＋谓语!
How happy he is! 他是多么的幸福啊!
How exciting he became when he heard the news! 当他听到这个消息时，他是多么的激动！
How beautiful the West Lake is! 西湖是多么的美丽啊!
2、How＋副词＋主语＋谓语!
How hard he is working now!他现在工作得多么的努力呀!
How slowly he runs! 他跑得多么慢呀!
How beautifully you sing!你唱得多么好听啊！
3、How＋主语＋动词!
How her mother worried! 她母亲是多么地担心啊!
How he enjoys collecting stamps!他是多么的喜欢集邮啊!
How the men pumped like crazy!水手们发疯般地抽着水！
4、How+形容词+a(an)+可数名词单数形式
Miss Langham arm in arm with Mr.Peabody——how astonishing a sight! 兰哈姆小姐挽着皮博迪先生的胳膊，看上去真叫人吃惊！
How interesting a book it is!多么有趣的一本书啊！
5、How+ many, much, few, little+ 名词+主语＋谓语!
How little food they have!他们的食物多么少啊！
How few books she has!他有的书多么少啊！
（二）带有what 的感叹句
带有what的感叹句用来感叹名词，被感叹的名词既可以是可数名词（单数形式或复数形式），也可以是不可数名词。
1、What a/an＋(形容词)＋单数名词＋谓语!
What a fine day it is! 天气多么好啊!
What an interesting story it is! 它是多么有趣的一个故事啊!
2、 What＋(形容词)＋复数名词＋谓语!
What funny stories they are! 他们是多么可笑的故事啊!
What beautiful colours they are! 它们的颜色是多么的漂亮啊!
What terrible earthquakes they are! 多么可怕的地震啊!
3、What＋(形容词)＋不可数名词＋谓语!
What great progress he has made!他取得了多么大的进步呀!
What terrible weather we met!我们那时遇到了多么可怕的天气啊!
What fun it is to have a swim in summer.夏天游泳是多么有趣的是啊！
（三）感叹句的特殊表达法
1、不定式短语引起的感叹句
不定式短语单独使用常表示惊异、气愤、祝愿等情绪。
To sell such a cheap suit as that to a millionaire! 竟然把这样一套衣服卖给一位百万富翁！
To think that I shall never see her again!真没想到我再也见不到她了！
To think of my leaving the umbrella in the train! 真没想到我把伞落到火车上了！
2、so和such引起的感叹句
The little boy is so clever!这个男孩真聪明！
It was such terrible writing!写得真糟糕！
3、That引起的感叹句
That引起的感叹句,表示愿望、遗憾。
That it should ever come to this!事情竟会弄到这种地步！
That she were here!她在这该多好！
4、if 或if only 引起的感叹句
If I haven't lost my watch!我的表要是不丢该多好!
If only I knew!要是我知道该多好。
5、who 引起的感叹句
以who起首引起的感叹句表示惊奇。
Who would have thought it!谁能想得到啊！
Who else could have done it!还有谁会做这件事！
6、短语感叹句
At last! At last!终于盼到了！
Thirty years! Such a long time!30年了！多么长的时间呀！
The grass and the rising sun!多么青的草地，多么明媚的晨光！
7、疑问句感叹
Hasn’t she grown!她长这么大了！
Am I silly!我真傻！
Aren’t you lucky!你真走运！
8、以off, in, away, here, there起首的感叹句
Up to the cliff climbed a man!那个人爬到悬崖上去了！
Here it begins!来吧，开始啦！
第三节 巩固提高
1.He little realized that he made a big mistake,_________?
　A.didn't he 　　B.hadn't he 　　C.had he 　　　D.did he
2.----Your father told me that he overslept this morning.
　----Oh, my father rarely used to oversleep,_________ ?
　A.wasn't 　　　B.was he 　　　C.didn't he 　　D.did he
3.----Nice to see you all.
　----It's been a long time since you dropped in,Mary ________?
　A.didn't you 　　B.isn't 　　　C.don't you 　　　D.hasn't it
4.Tell me how to operate the electronic computer,_______?
　A.will you 　　　B.don't you 　　　C.do you 　　　D.shan't you
5.You'd rather not do it,________?
　A.should you 　　B.wouldn't you 　　C.would you 　　D.must you
6.She had a good holiday in the countryside,________?
　A.wasn't 　　　B.hadn't she 　　　C.did she 　　　D.didn't she
7.I don’t suppose you're serious,_________?
　A.don't you 　　　B.do I　 　　C.are you 　　　D.aren't you
8.It is unfair to treat him like that,_________?
　A.is it 　　　　B.isn't it 　　　　C.does it 　　　　D.doesn't it
9.She missed the last bus yesterday,__________?
　A.did she 　　　B.didn't she 　　　C.had she 　　　D.hadn't she
10.He failed in the final examination,_________?
　 A.did he 　　　　B.didn't he 　　　　C.had he　 　　　D.hadn't he
11.Mary must have come here yesterday,_________?
　 A.didn't she 　　B.mustn't she 　　C.hadn't she 　D.wasn't she
12.I was told that she disagreed with you about this,_________?
　 A.didn't she 　　　B.did she 　　　C.wasn't I　　　 D.had she
13.Tom isn't a diligent student, for it is the third time he has been late, _______?
　 A.wasn't it 　　　B.hasn't it 　　　C.isn't it 　　　D.hasn't he
14.----They don't seem to answer their phone.
　 ----There isn't anyone at home,_________?
　 A.isn't there 　　　B.is there 　　　C.is it 　　　D.isn't it
15.We had to read the first chapter,__________?
　 A.didn't we 　　B.shouldn't we 　　C.don't we 　　D.weren't we
16.There aren't many cafes. We'd better stop at the next place we see, _______ ?
　 A.hadn't we 　　　B.wouldn't we　　　 C.had we 　　　D.didn't we
17.You'd like that,_________?
　 A.don't you 　　B.didn't you　　C.hadn't you　　 D.wouldn't you
18.The professor must have been to London,________ he?
　 A.must 　　　B.mustn't 　　　C.hasn't 　　　D.doesn't
19.Don't open the door,________?
　 A.won't you 　　　B.shall we 　　　C.will you 　　　D.do you
20.Everybody hopes to join the club,_________ ?
　 A.does he 　　　B.didn't he 　　C.do they 　　　D.doesn't he
21.Time is up. Let's stop here,________?
　 A.will you 　　　B.won't we　　 C.shall we 　　　D.shan't we
22.Nothing is interesting here,________?
　 A.are they 　　　B.aren't they 　　　C.is it 　　　D.isn't it
23.Let us share the room,________?
　 A.may we 　　　B.shall we 　　　C.will you 　　　D.shan't we
24.That's the sort of the book you want,________?
　 A.is it 　　　B.isn't that 　　　C.is that 　　　D.isn't it
25.----Don't bother to drive me back.
　 ----But then you'd have to walk home alone,________?
　 A.hadn't you 　　　B.do you 　　　C.would you 　　　D.wouldn't you
26.You have Jack do the work,________?
　 A.do you 　　　B.isn't you 　　　C.haven't you 　　　D.don’t you
27.What a lovely day,_________?
　 A.doesn't it 　　　B.isn't it 　　　C.hasn't it 　　　D.won't it
28.No one likes to be shouted at like that,________?
　 A.does he 　　　B.doesn't 　　　C.do they 　　　D.will one
29.I don't think you are right,________?
　 A.do I　　　　 B.aren't I　　　　 C.are you　　　　 D.am I
30.I am very interested in collecting stamps,________?
　 A.don't I 　　　B.amn't I 　　　C.am I 　　　D.aren't I
31.I wish to have two tickets for the concert,________?
　 A.can I　　　　 B.will I 　　　　C.do they 　　　　D.may I
32.He is worker but his wife is a singer,________?
　 A.isn't he 　　　B.isn't she 　　　C.are they 　　　D.aren't they
33.---Lucy,you wash the dishes,______?
---Mom,can’t Lily do it?It’s her turn.
A.don’t you B.can you C.shall you D.will you
34._______this book and tell me what you think of it.
A.Look through B.Look on C.Look into D.Look up
35.---Alice,you feed the bird today, _________?
---But I fed it yesterday.
A.do you B.will you C.didn’t you D.don’t you
36.---Please don’t make a noise.
---_________.
A.I don’t B.I won’t C.No,I won’t D.Yes,I will
37.______down the radio——the baby’s asleep in the next room.
A.Turning B.To turn C.Turned D.Turn
38.______he has sent us!
A.What nice gift B.How nice gift
C.What a nice gift D.How a nice gift
39.______good information it is!
A.How B.What C.How a D.What a
40._______exciting the film is!
A.What B.How C.So D.How much
41._______the farmers worked last summer!But the crops were still poor because of the floods.
A.How B.How diligent C.What D.How careful
42.________pity!I hope you will return one day.
A.How B.What C.How a D.What a
43.When we went there,the girls were singing._______it was!
A.What lovely song B.How lovely song
C.What lovely a song D.How lovely a song
44._______she is!
A.What a pretty girl B.How pretty a girl
C.How pretty girl D.both A and B
45.________lovely boys they are!
A.What a B.What C.How D.both B and C
46. --_____ David and Vicky _____married?
--For about three years.
A. How long were …being B. How long have …got
C. How long have … been D. How long did … get
47. —I hear they aren’t pleased with the house you’ve chosen for them.
—Well, ____could they live in such comfort?
A. where else B. what else C. how D. why
48.____I know the money is safe , I shall not worry about it
A. Even though B. Unless C. As long as D. while
49. I don’t suppose anyone will volunteer , ?
A. do I B. don’t I C. will they D. won’t they
50.Mrs.Black doesn’t believe her son is able to design a digital camera, ?
A. is he B. isn’t he C. doesn’t she D. does she

答案：1.D 2.D 3.D 4.A 5.C 6.D 7.C 8.B 9.B 10.B 11.A 12.C 13.C 14.B 15.A 16.A 17.D 18.C 19.C 20.D 21.C 22.C 23.C 24.D 25.D 26.D 27.B 28.C 29.C 30.D 31.D 32.B 33.D 34.A 35.B 36.B 37.D 38.C 39.B 40.B 41.A 42.D 43.D 44.D 45.B46.C 47.A 48.C 49.C 50.D

第十六章 特殊句式
（强调句、倒装句、省略句、there be 结构）
1. He never said that he was good at mathematics, ____?【05北京春】
A. was he B. wasn’t he
C. did he D. didn’t he
2. Lose one hour in the morning you will be looking for it the rest of the day. 【05北京春】
A. but B. and C. or D. so
1．It was with great joy he received the news that his lost daughter had been found. 【福建卷】
A．because B．which C．since D．that
2. There are eight tips in Dr Roger’s lecture on ---sleep, and one of them is: _____to bed early unless you think it is necessary. 【重庆卷】
A． doesn’t go B. not to go C. not going D. don’t go
3. Why! I have nothing to confess. _______ you want me to say? 【上海卷】
A. What is it that B. What it is that
C. How is it that D. How it is that
4. — I would never come to this restaurant again. The food is terrible!
— _____.【NMET全国】
A. Nor am I B. Neither would I C. Same with me D. So do I
5. Of the making of good books there is no end; neither ______ any end to their influence man’s lives. 【广东卷】
A. there is B. there are C. is there D. are there

6. I failed in the final examination last term and only then _____the importance of studies. 【重庆卷】
A. I realized B. I had realized
C. had I realized D. did I realize
7. ____ snacks and drinks, but they also brought cards for entertainment when they had a picnic in the forest. 【上海卷】
A. Not only they brought B. Not only did they bring
C. Not only brought they D. Not only they did bring
8. - Susan, will you please go and empty that drawer?
- _______? 【全国4】
A. What for B. What is it　　 C. How is it D. How come
9. -- You haven't lost the ticket, have you? 【江苏】
-- _________. I know it's not easy to get another one at the moment.
A. I hope not B. Yes, I have C. I hope so D. Yes, I’m afraid so
10. Bill’s aim is to inform the viewers that cigarette advertising on TV is illegal, _______?【上海卷】
A. isn’t it B. is it C. isn’t he D. is he
13．It is these poisonous products can cause the symptoms of the flu , such as headache and aching muscles . 【上海】
A．who B．that C．how D．what
14．Only when your identity has been checked , . 【上海】
A．you are allowed in B．you will be allowed in
C．will you allow in D．will you be allowed in
15.Mrs.Black doesn’t believe her son is able to design a digital camera, ? 【上海】
A. is he B. isn’t he C. doesn’t she D. does she
16.—You forgot your purse when you went out.
--Good heavens , . 【上海】
A. so did I B. so I did C. I did so D. I so did.
17. It is the ability to do the job _______matters where you come from or what you are.
　　A．one B．that　　 C．what D．it 【NMET】
18. It was only when I reread his poems recently _____I began to appreciate their beauty.
A. until B. that C. then D. so【NEMET】
19. It was about 600 years ago _____the first clock with a face and an hour hand was made.
A. that B. until C. before D. when【NEMET】
20. It was not until 1920　　regular radio broadcasts began. 【NEMET】
　 A. while　　　 B. which　　　　 C. that　　　　　 D. since
21. The old couple have been married for 40 years and never once with each other.
A．they had quarreled B．they have quarreled 【NMET】
C．have they quarreled D．had they quarreled
22. Not until all the fish died in the river　　how serious the pollution was .
　 A. did the villagers realize 　 B. the villagers realized 【NMET】
　 C. the villagers did realize 　 D. didn't the villagers realize
23.The research is so designed that once ______nothing can be done to change it.【NMET】
A. begins B. having begun C. beginning D. begun
24.The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him　　. 【NMET】
　A. not to　　　 B. not to do　 C. not do it　 　D. do not to
25. The Parkers bought a new house but_______will need a lot of work before they can move in. ()
A.they B.it C.one D.which
【答案与解析】
1. C 该题考查反意疑问句的用法。关键词是never said，符合前否定后肯定；said无需否定转移，助动词选did。句意：他从来未说他擅长数学，是吗？
2. B 该题考查连词的用法。此处是“祈使句+and+句子”句型。句意：早晨失去一小时，你一天都找不回。
3. A 考查强调句的用法。此处在疑问句中对句子的强调。非强调句应该是What do you want me to say?句意:为什么！我没有什么要坦白的，什么是你要我说的？
4. B 该题是根据交际情景中考查倒装句的用法。“Neither/Nor+助动词+主语”表示“也不怎样”。根据第一句I would never come…得知助动词应选择would。句意：“我再也不来这家餐馆了。饭太差了。”“我也不来了。”
5. C该题考查倒装句的用法。关键词是there is no end和neither。由于neither方句首因此倒装，由于前面提供的事there is因此需用there倒装。句意：做好无止境，对于人生的影响也是如此。
6. D该题根据交际情景考查倒装句和动词时态的用法。only then放居首句子倒装，realize的动作在failed之后发生过选过去时。句意：我上学期期末考试没及格，只有在那时我意识到了学习的重要性。
7. B 考查倒装句的用法。Not only … but also 在这里连接两个句子，第一个句子中not only位于句首，应该使用倒装语序，因此，B正确。句意他们去树林里野餐不仅带了点心和饮料，而且还带了牌进行娱乐。
8. A 该题是考查句子的省略。what for相当于“What do you ask to do that for?”意为：为何，问目的，单独使用。也可以理解成习惯用语。How come意为：为何，问原因，往往后面跟句子。如：How come you never visit us any more? 你为何不再来看我们呢？句意：“苏珊，请你去把抽屉倒空好吗？”“为什么？（有什么用？）”
9．A 该题考查句子缩略的用法。I hope not意为：希望不是这样。I hope so意为：希望如此。句意：“你没丢票，是吗？” “希望没丢，我知道此刻再买张票不容易。”此题关键是第一句话用了前否定后肯定的反意疑问句，因此要选A。
10. A 考查反义疑问句的用法。本题题干含有一个 that引导的同位语从句具有很强的干扰作用，主句的主语是Bill's aim其代词形式是it，因此，A为正确答案。句意：比尔的目的是想告知观众在电视上作香烟广告是违法的。
11．D 该题考查强调句型。“It’s +强调成分+that+…”这是借助于it对句子的宾语、主语、状语强调。with great joy是句子的状语，因此这是强调句，故选that。句意：得知找到他失散多年的女儿的消息，他非常地高兴。
12. D 该题考查祈使句的用法。关键是is后面的冒号，引出对前面tips的解释。tip 意为：劝告，告诫。告诫，劝告一般用祈使句。因此选择D。句意：在罗杰博士的关于睡眠的演讲中有八处告诫：不要早睡除非你认为有必要。
13.B 考查强调句式，强调句式为It is（was）+被强调部分+that+其他成分，因此B正确。
14.D 考查倒装句，only强调句子的状语，如果置于句首，要使用倒装序，D为正确答案。
15.D 考查think .believe. suppose等词后的宾语从句的用法。这些词后的宾语的运用应注意以下两点：（1）宾语从句的否定应前移。（2）主句的主语如果是第一人称，它的反意疑问句是对从句的反问；如果主句的主语是第三人称，它的反意疑问句是对主句的反问，正确答案为D。
16.B 考查so引导倒装句的用法。在此句中so表示同意，句式为so+pron+aux.v
17．B该题考查由“It’s…that”引导的强调句型的用法。对主语the ability to do the job强调。Matter在此意为：重要, 有重大关系。句意：以个人的工作能力重要的不是你从哪里来,或是做什么的。
18．B 该题考查由“It’s…that”引导的强调句型的用法。对时间状语only when I read his poem recently强调。句意：直到最近我重读他的诗作才开始欣赏它们的美。
19．A 该题考查由“It’s…that”引导的强调句型的用法。对时间状语about 600 years ago强调。句意:大约600多年前，就已经制造出了带有表盘和时针的钟表。
20．C 该题考查由“It’s…that”引导的强调句型的用法。对时间状语until 1920强调。句意：直 到1920年，定期的电台广播才开始。
21．C 该题考查倒装句和时态的用法。never once放句首故选用倒装句；前面的have been married for 40 years和never得知该句是强调到目前的结果故选现在完成时。句意：这对老夫妇结婚40年了；俩人从未吵过一次架。
22． A该题考查倒装句的用法。Not until all the fish died in the river放在句首,主句主谓结构借助于助动词倒装。故选A。句意：直到河里所有的鱼都死了，村民们才意识到污染的严重性。
23．D 该题考查连词加分词作状语的用法。本题是so…that 结构，that 之后的句序可以补充调整为 nothing can be done to change it once it is begun .省去 it is, 用once begun 作状语，或理解成连词(once) +分词作状语，句子主语（nothing）是动词（begin）动作的承受者故用过去分词，故D为正确答案。句意：调查研究的形式已经设计好，一旦开始是无人能更改的。
24． A 该题考查动词不定式省略的用法。动词不定式省略是借助于替代词to来实现的。不定式中的动词可以省略但to 不能，以避免重复。例如：want，hope，would like，would love，intend，plan，tell等动词后面都可接to，省略不定式中的动词以避免重复。句意：那个男孩想在大街上骑自行车，但他妈妈不让他骑。
25. B 考查it的用法。it指前面已经提到过的人或事物，it作真实主语或宾语。句意：帕克买了一套新房子，但在他们搬入之前还需做大量的工作。
第二节 考点归纳
一、it 的用法
在英语中，it的使用相当广泛，它既可用作代词，如人称代词（personal it）、指示代词（demonstrative it）及非人称代词（impersonal it）, 也可用作引导词（anticipatory it）和强调结构中的强调词（emphatic it）
（一）it作代词
1、用作人称代词（personal it）代替前文提到过的事物，it作真实主语或宾语。
Tom's mother kept telling him that he should work harder, but it didn't help.汤姆的妈妈不停地告诉他要努力，但这没起作用。
2、用作指示代词（demonstrative it）相当于this或that，it有时不特指某件东西，而代表前面已提到的或将会发生的某件事情。
-Who is knocking at the door? —谁在敲门？
-It's me. —是我。
3、用作非人称代词（impersonal it）
代词it可用来指除人以外的一切生物和事物，无阴阳性之分。可指时间、距离、度量、价值、自然现象（天气、气体、阴暗等）。
It's half past ten. —“十点半”（指时间）
It's about two kilometers. -大约两公里。（指距离）
It is raining hard. 雨下得很大。（指自然现象）
It is sixty-three dollars. 六十三元（指价值）
（二）it作引导词
1、作形式主语（formal subject）
当主语是动词不定式短语、动词的-ing形式短语和主语从句时，为了避免头重脚轻，往往把主语放在谓语动词之后，习惯上用it作形式主语来指代后面的真实主语。这个it称为引导词（anticipatory）it，作形式主语，放在谓语动词后的主语是真正的主语。
(1) 代替不定式短语
Is it necessary to complete the design before National Day? 国庆节前完成这个设计有必要么？
It is not a good habit to stay up late.开夜车不是个好习惯。
（2）代替动词-ing形式短语
It is no use crying over spilt milk.泼水难收。
Is it any good trying again?再试一次有用吗？
（3）代替主语从句
It is a pity that you didn't go to see the movie.你没去看这个电影， 真是可惜。
Does it matter if he can't finish the job on time?如果他不能按时完成那工作要紧吗？
2、作形式宾语(formal object)
当复合宾语中的宾语是动词不定式、动词-ing形式短语、宾语从句时，往往把宾语放在它的补足语的后面，而把引导词it放在全句谓语动词和宾语补足语的中间。放在宾语补足语后面的宾语叫真正宾语，放在全句谓语动词和宾语补足语中间的引导词it叫形式宾语。
（1）it代替不定式短语
He feels it his duty to help others.他感到帮助别人是他的职责。
(2）it代替动词-ing形式短语
I think it no use telling them.我认为告诉他们没用。
(3)it代替从句
They want to make it clear to the public that they do an important and necessary job.他们想向公众表明，他们所做的工作既重要又有必要。
（三）it用在强调结构中
当我们要强调句子的某一部分（通常总是主语，宾语或状语）时，常用强调结构。其形式为“it is (was)+被强调的部分+who(that)+句子的其它成分”。在这种结构中，it无实际意义，它只帮助改变一个句子的结构，使某一成分受到强调。如I told her the news at the gate yesterday. 这个句子就可借助it改为下列几种形式，各强调一个不同的成分。
1、强调的成份
（1）强调主语
It was I that told her the news at the gate yesterday. 昨天在大门口告诉她这个消息的是我。
（2）强调宾语
It was her that I told the news at the gate yesterday.昨天在大门口我告诉消息的是她。
(3)强调地点状语
It was at the gate that I told her the news yesterday. 我昨天是在大门口告诉她这个消息的。
(4)强调时间状语
It was yesterday that I told her the news at the gate. 我是昨天在大门口告诉她这个消息的。
It was not until she took off her dark glasses that I realized that she was a famous film star. 直到她拿下墨镜我才认出她是著名的影星。
2、使用“It is/was…that”强调句型要注意的几点
（1）被强调部分指人时，其后除了用that之外，也可用who或whom。强调的是主语时，使用who；强调的是宾语时，使用whom。
It was Mary who picked up the wallet. 是玛丽拾到了那个钱包。
It was one of my old schoolmates whom I visited yesterday. 我昨天去看的是我的一位老校友。
It was Jack that I met in the park last week.我上星期在公园遇到的是杰克。
It was her that I met in the park yesterday.昨天在公园时里我遇到的是她。
(2)强调句的时态
一般说来，原句的谓语动词如果是现在或将来各种时态，则用句型“It is .... that(who, whom) ... 。”如果原句谓语动词是过去各种时态，则用句型“It was ...that(who, whom)....”
It was only when I reread his poems recently that I began to appreciate their beauty.只是在最近我在读他的诗时才开始欣赏到它的美。
It is Smith who is leaving for Beijing tomorrow.是史密斯先生明天去北京。
(3)在强调时间、地点、原因或方式状语时，不能用when、where、why或how，只用that。
It was in Shanghai that the Chinese Communist Party was founded on July 1, 1921.中国共产党是在上海于1921年7月1日建立的。
注意：可用“It is/was because…that…”结构强调because引导的原因状语从句，如上例所示，但不能用该结构强调由since或as引导的原因状语从句，如不能说:It is everybody is here that let's begin our discussion.也不能说: It was as it was raining hard that they had to stay at home.
（4）强调“not...until”结构
在强调“not...until”结构中由until短语（或从句）表示的时间状语时，要用固定的强调句型“It is/was not until ... that ... 。” 其中that从句中的谓语动词用肯定式。
My father did not come until 12 o’clock last night.
It was not until 12 o'clock last night that my father came home.昨晚直到十二点我父亲才回家。
（5）在强调一般疑问句中的某一成份时，主句要用一般疑问句的语序。
Did this happen in Guangzhou?
Was it in Guangzhou that this happened? 此事是在广州发生的吗？
（6）特殊疑问句中只有疑问词可以强调，其强调结构是：“疑问词+is/was it +that … ？”
When did you get to know her?
When was it that you got to know her?你是在什么时候认识她的？
（7）可以强调方式状语和以because引导的原因状语从句。
It was unwillingly that he did it for me. 他是不情愿地替我做的那件事。
It was because he was ill that we had to come back early.正是因为他病了，我们才不得不早归。
（8）可以强调宾语补足语，当连系动词不是be，表语部分是名词性词组时，也可使用这种结构强调表语，但是，当连系动词是be时，不能强调表语。
It is white that they painted the house. 他们把房子漆成的是白色。（强调宾语补足语）
It is a chief engineer that he becomes now. 他现在担任的是总工程师。（强调表语）
（9）强调句的谓语动词除了可采用现在时和过去时的单数形式外，有时根据需要还可采用复杂的形式。
It must have been Mary that you saw just now. 你刚才看到的一定是玛丽。
注意：对谓语动词强调不能借助于It is/was … that…结构，要借助于助动词do, did, does，意为：确实、真的、务必、一定。如：
Do come on time next time.下次一定要准时来。
He did know the truth.他确实知道真相。
Do be careful when crossing the street.过马路时务必要小心。
二、省略
为了避免重复，省略句子的一个或几个句子成分，使语句简练，结构紧凑，收到一定的修辞效果，这种语法现象称为省略。
（一）不用替代词的省略
1、省掉主语
(I) Beg your pardon.请再说一遍。
(I) See you later. 回头见。
(I) Thank you for your help. 谢谢你的帮助。
2、省略谓语或谓语的一部分
They learn French and we (learn) English. 他们学法语，我们学英语。
(Is there ) Anything I can do for you ? 要我帮忙吗？
3、省略表语
Are you a teacher? Yes, I am (a teacher). 你是教师吗？是的，我是。
4、省略宾语
This is the book (that) I'm looking for.这是我正在找的书。
5、省略主语和谓语或主谓和谓语的一部分
(Come )This way, please. 请走这边。
What a good boy (he is )! 他是多好的学生啊！
6、省略主、谓或宾
-To whom did you lend the book?你把书借给谁了？
-To John.(I lend the book)约翰。
7、as…as结构中的省略
这种结构中，从句于主句重复的词可以省略；把两个时间地点等相比较时，第一个as可省略。
He can be( as )happy in hard times as in good days.他在艰难岁月里能像在好时光时一样幸福。
8、所有格后的名词
名词所有格所修饰的名词，若表示住宅、办公室、店铺、教堂或上文己暗示或明确指出过的事物时，常常可以省略。
We'll go to the doctor's （clinic）in a minute.一会儿我们要到医务室去。
9、状语从句中的主谓省略
① 在以if、when、though、unless、as、as if等连词引导的从句中，如果从句的主语和主句的主语一致,而且从句中的谓语动词是be，可以将状语从句中的主谓省略。
He will not come unless (he is ) invited.除非邀请他才肯来。
② 如果从句主谓语是it is或it was，可以省略主谓结构
if it is possible, when it is necessary 等都是这种结构。
He ran as fast as (it was) possible.他拼命跑。
If （it is ）necessary, put a comma.有必要的话，加一个逗号。
10、在限制性定语从句中作状语的关系副词when、why、where也可以省去。
This is the very reason (why) I want to kill you. 这就是我为何要杀死你的理由。
This was the first time (when) I had visited Beijing.这是我第一次参观北京。
11、当wh-疑问从句作宾语时如果其内容与上文重复可以省略从句，只保留wh-疑问词。
He will come back, but he doesn't know when (he will come back). 他将回来，但不知道什么时间。
12、 在状语的独立分词结构中，分词往往可以省略
The meeting (being)over, they walked out of the hall.会议结束了，他们走出了大厅。
The work (having been) done, he left the office.做完工作后，他离开办公室。
（二）、用替代词的省略
1、to代替不定式
to代替不定式，常同refuse, want, seem, intend, expect, hope, like, be afraid, prefer, care, oblige, forget, wish, try等动词连用。
-Would you like to come to the party? -你愿意参加晚会吗？
-I'd like to (come to the party). -我愿意。
注意：如果不定式中含有be, have,或have been，一般要保留be, have或have been。
-Are you on holiday?你放假了吗？
-No, but I’d like to be ( on holiday).没有。不过我真愿意。
-She hasn’t done it yet.她还没有做。
-She ought to (have done it).她该做。
2、so 和not
so 可以代替单词、词组或句子，做call, expect, hope, do, fear, imagine, suppose, speak, tell, think, believe, be afraid, see, notice等宾语；not代替句子,用法和so相似，并可以放在perhaps, probably, absolutely等副词后面。
-Is the famous singer going to give any performance at the evening party? 这位著名歌手在晚会上要表演节目的吧?
-I expect so. 我想是吧。
-I expect not. (I don't expect so.)我认为不会。
He must be a teacher. I imagine so.他一定是老师。我认为是。
-Do you think so? 你是这样想吗?
-Absolutely not. 当然不是。
注意：so作替代词一般同表示个人看法或想法的动词连用，口气比较委婉，不表示肯定，也不表示否定，因此，在表示肯定或怀疑的答句中不可用so。再know和ask后也不可用so。
3、do
do可以用来代替动词或动词加其他成分。
-Did you see the film?你去看那场电影了吗？
-Yes. I did.是的，去看了。
He speaks English more fluently than you do.他英语讲得比你流畅。
4、do so, do that,和do it
（1） do so 可以替代动词加宾语，也可以替代动词加状语。
She said she would go with me, but she didn’t do so.她说她要和我一起去，但她没有。
Just finish off watering the flowers. And let me know when you have done so.赶快较完花，等你浇完时通知我。
（2） do so 替代动词加宾语时，so可以用it或that所取代，it指具体事物，that表示较重的语气。
Henry is going to make the experiment and he wanted me to do it, too.亨利打算做试验，他曾想让我也做。
He played cards after supper and I watched them do that.他们吃完晚饭后玩牌，我看着他们玩。
（3）do so, do that,和do it一般只用于替代动态动词，而不适合替代静态动词。
- Alice feels better today.爱丽斯今天感觉很好。
- I think she does. （正）
-Yes, so does she. （正）
-I think she does so. （误）
-I think she does that. （误）
I think she does it. （误）
5、one和ones
one和ones具有泛指的性质，常指替代单数或复数名词，不能替代不可数名词。使用时应注意：
（1） one和ones与其所替代的名词在数方面和句法功能上可以不一致以及所指意义上可以不同。
I prefer the new edition to the old ones.和旧版本相比我更喜欢新版本。（数不一致）
Do you see the teachers over there? The one wearing blue coat is his father.你看见那些老师了吗？那个穿蓝上衣的是他爸爸。（句法功能上不一致）
I don’t like this film. I like a more interesting one.我不喜欢这部电影。我喜欢看更有趣的。（所指对想不同）
（2） one前面有this或that，ones 前面有these或those，或者前面又形成对比的形容词、最高级或the next, the last时one和ones可以省略。
Let’s finish the exercise so we can do the next （one）.我们做完这个练习，好做下一个。
（3） 所有格my, your, our, her, their 被其相应的物主代词mine等代替时。不用one或ones.
This is my pen, not yours.(不能说yours one)
I prefer to use my own.(不能说my own one)
（4） Whose和名词所有格后面不能用one或ones。own后不能用one或ones。
Whose is it?(不能说whose one)
Her bike is better than her brother’s.（不能说brother’s one）
6、one和that作替代词时的区别
（1） one 可以代替人或物，that只能代替物。
I haven't a book; can you lend me one? 我没有书，你能借我一本吗?
I have a brother, one in the army.我有一个哥哥，他在部队。
Look at the clock, that the wall.看那座钟，墙上那座。
（2） one只能代替可数名词；that可替代可数名词与不可数名词。
The novel is as interesting as the one I read last year.这本小说和我去年读的那本一样有趣。
The weather here is rather hotter than that in Beijing.这里的天气比北京的热。
（3） one 可以有前置或后置定语；而that只能有后置定语。
Your answer is better than that of hers.你的答案比她的好。
This is a red pen, and I have three other blue ones.这是一枝红钢笔，我还有三只别的。
Please look at the map, the one on the right wall.请看地图，右边墙上的那幅。
（4） one（不加定语）表示泛指；that表示特指。
The music is as sweet as that we heard yesterday.这首曲子和我昨天听的那首一样美。
（三）、倒装
英语最基本的词序“主语+谓语动词（+ 宾语）”通常十分固定，但在一些句子中，由于语法、修辞、强调或句子结构上的需要，主语、谓语和宾语不是处于正常语序，而是把谓语的全部或一部分提到主语的前面，这种语序叫做倒装。
1、倒装的类型
倒装可分为全部倒装和部分倒装。
（1）全部倒装(complete inversion)
全部倒装就是整个谓语部分放在主语之前。
In front of the house stands a tree. 房前有一棵树。
Here comes the bus.车来了。
（2）部分倒装(partial inversion)
部分倒装就是把谓语的一部分（通常是助动词、情态动词）放在主语之前。
Never shall I forget the day.我永远忘不了这一天。
Only in this way can we finish the work.只有这样，我们才能完成工作。
2、语法倒装
（1）在疑问句中
Is breakfast ready yet? 早饭准备好了吗？
（2）在“there+ be”结构中
There are some books on the desk. 桌子上有些课本。
（3）以表示“运动方向”的副词开头的倒装句
为了使叙述或描绘更加生动，常将表示运动方向的副词 (如here，there，out，in，up，off，down，away，back等)放在句首，谓语动词为go，come，run，rush等表示位置转移的动词，主语为名词。用一般现在时或一般过去时。
Be quick! Here comes the bus. 快点汽车来了。
There goes the bell. 铃响了。
注意：如主语是人称代词时，主语和谓语的语序不变。
Here it is.它在这儿。
（4）省略了if的虚拟条件从句
虚拟结构中的条件从句省if去时，这时were、had及should须移到主语前面，从而形成倒装。
Were I in your position, I would go.要是我处在你的地位，我就去。
Had it not been for the free tickets, I would not have gone to the film so often.如果不是票免费，我不会那么经常去看电影。
Should it rain tomorrow, we would have to put off the visit to the Yangpu Bridge.如果明天下雨的话，我得推迟去看扬浦大桥。
（5）“so+be（have、助动词或情态动词）+主语” 句型
把副词so放在句首，表示前面所说的情况也适用于另一人（或物）。
She can swim. So can I.她会游泳，我也会。
-I like swimming in winter.我喜欢冬泳。
- So do I .我也是。
In an earthquake, the earth shakes. And so do you. 地震时，地球震动，你也会震动。
Society has changed and so have the people in it.社会变了，人也跟着变了。
比较：“so+主语+助动词”结构的用法
如果一个句子只是重复前面一句话的意思，表示同意对方的看法，意为“是的，确实”时，句子不用倒装语序。
-It was careless of you to have left your clothes outside all night.你太粗心了，把衣服整夜放在外边。
-My God! So I did.天哪！还真是这样。
（6）“neither(nor)+be（have、助动词或情态动词）+主语” 句型
把neither、nor、no more放在句首，表示前面否定的内容也适用于另一个人（或物），需用倒装语序
-Do you enjoy that trip?你旅途玩得高兴么？
-I'm afraid not. And neither did my classmates. 恐怕我不高兴，我同学也是。
（7）感叹句的倒装
How happy the children are!孩子们多幸福啊！（表语前置）
What a lovely birthday present the old lady has received!这位老太太收到一份多好的生日礼物啊！（宾语前置）
（8）以表示“地点”的介词短语开头的倒装句
当句首为表示地点的介词短语时，为了保持句子结构的平衡，或为了使上下文衔接紧密时，常使用倒装结构。
On the wall hang two large portraits. 墙上挂着两幅巨大的画像。
Under the big tree was sitting an old farmer. 大树底下坐着一个老农夫。
（9）many a time和next等时间、次数或顺序的副词位于句首时要到装
Often did she come to my home in the past.她过去常到我家来。
Long did we wait before hearing from her.我们等了很久才收到她的来信。
Many a time have I seen her taking a walk alone.我许多次看见她独自散步。
（10）well, so, gladly等表示方式、程度的副词位于句首时常到装
Well do I remember the day I saw her first.我第一次见到她的那一天，我记忆犹新。
Gladly would I accept your proposal.我很高兴接受你的建议。
（11）直接引语的一部分或全部放在句首时，有时也用倒装
“I don't think so”, said Tom. 汤姆说：“我不这样认为。”
（12）however引导的让步状语从句
however为连接副词，引导让步状语从句，其意义和作用相当于no matter how。 however后面接形容词或副词，其基本结构为“however+形容词/副词+主语+谓语”。如:
However cold it is, she always goes swimming.无论天气多么冷，她总是去游泳。
4、修辞倒装
（1）“only+ 状语”放句首倒装句
副词only所强调的方式状语、条件状语、地点状语、时间状语等位于句首时，引起部分倒装。
Only by taking a taxi can you arrive on time. 只有打的你才能按时到达。
Only then did we realize that the man was blind.只在那时我们才意识到那人是个瞎子。
Only when the war was over in 1949 was he able to get back home.只有在1949年当战争结束时他才能回家。
（2）连词as/though引导的让步状语从句的倒装句
这种状语从句的结构为“形容词/名词+as/though+主语+谓语”。在句首的如果是名词，不要带冠词;但如果名词前有形容词修饰，则常常带冠词。
Clever as he is, he doesn't study well.他虽然聪明，但学习并不好。
Old as he is, he is full of energy.他虽然年老，但精力充沛。
Child as he was, he was very brave.尽管他是个孩子，但他非常勇敢。
Try as you may, you can't persuade him.尽管你很努力，你不可能说服他。
（3）以否定词开头的倒装句
为了强调句子中的否定状语，常将其置于句首，这时一般引起部分倒装。常见的含有否定意义的副词、连词或词组有：hardly, scarcely , barely, seldom, never, not, little, not only, not until, on no account(决不), in no way, nowhere, at no time, in no case, not on one’s life, no sooner, by no means, under / in no circumstances等。
Never have I seen him before.以前我从未见过他。
Not a single mistake did he make.他一个错误也未出。
（4）so/such…that引导的结果状语从句的倒装句
so/such位于句首修饰形容词或副词或名词表示强调时，主句要用倒装语序，后面通常接that引导的结果状语从句。
So shallow is the lake that no fish can live in it.那个湖太浅了，里边没有鱼。
Such was the force of explosion that all the windows were broken.爆炸的力量太大了，把所有的窗户都震破了。
（5）表语和状语放在句首，引起主语和谓语倒装句
为了保持句子平衡，或使上下文紧密衔接时，常将表语和状语放在句首，引起主语和谓语倒装。
On the ground lay an old sick goat, which had gone into the cave to die.地上躺着一只有病的老山羊，它是到洞里来等死的。
Gone are the days when we used foreign oil.我们用“洋油”的时代一去不复返了。
（6）in ,out等副词放句首倒装句
为了生动地描写动作，in, out, away, up, down, off等副词可以放在句首倒装。
Away flew the bird！鸟扑地一声飞跑了！
Down went the small boat!小船沉没了！
（7）在某些习惯用语中的倒装
How goes it with you ? 你好吗？
How came it that she knew the secret?他怎么会知道那个秘密的？
（8）not it结构
在否定回答中，not有时放在主语前面。
“Will it rain?””Not it.”“会下雨吗？”“不会。”
“Are you ready?” “Not I.”“你准备好了吗？”“我没有。”
“I think you can come tomorrow.” “我想你明天能来。“
“Not we.” “我们来不了”

巧学倒装句:
一、辨清结构
A．位置副词there句， 全为句子保平衡， neither,nor,so也如此， 上述全部倒着行。
B. 部分倒装要记清。 位置副词主人称， only否定词放句首，让步、虚拟有感情。
二、记牢引词
9N 2S 和only,还有little,hardly。
9N:no,not,never,neither,nor,not until,not only but also,no soonerthan,no matter。
2S:so,seldom。
三、注意位置
only,NU主倒装，NB前句也一样，NM前后不用管，NN前后全倒装。
only+状语从句和Not until+状语从句位于句首时，只有主句倒装，从句不倒装。
四、there be 结构
英语中有一种表示“什么地方或时间存在什么事物”的“存在”句型，常用“there +be +名词+地点（时间）状语”结构。这种句型以非重读的there为引导词，there本身没有词义，以动词be的某种形式作谓语动词，以表示泛指或不定特指的名词词组作为句子的主语，be和主语的数必须一致。句子最后为表示地点和时间的状语。
（一）“there + be”结构中的名词及主谓一致
1、一个名词或代词作主语
当主语是可数名词单数或不可数名词时，其谓语必须用单数is；当主语是可数名词复数时，其谓语必须用复数are。
There is a river in the picture. 画里有一条河。
There are two children in the room. 房间里有两个孩子。
2、并列名词作主语
如果There be句型后的主语是几个并列的名词时，be应与靠近的那个名词保持数的一致。即该名词是单数，be用is；如该名词是复数，be用are。
There is one book and two pens on the desk. 桌子上有一本书两支钢笔。
There are two bottles and an ashtray on the shelf. 架上有两个瓶子，一只烟灰缸。
（二）“there +be”结构中的时态与语态
1、“there +be”结构可以有一般现在时、一般过去时、将来时和完成时。
There are some books on the desk。桌子上有一些书
There was an accident last night. 昨晚发生了一个事故。
There have been many changes in the village recently. 最近这个村庄发生了许多变化。
2、there可和各种助动词或情态动词连用
There may be a bird on the branch. 树枝上也许有一只鸟。
There must be no more time wasted. 不能再浪费时间了。
There used to be a cinema here before the war. 这里战前曾有一座电影院。
3、there be结构中的谓语动词可以是“be going to/seem to/happen to/used to/be likely to/…+be（原形）”。
There seems to be something wrong with it. 它好象有点毛病。
There is likely to be a storm. 可能有一场暴雨。
There isn't going to be any meeting tonight. 今天晚上没有会。
4、“there +be”结构中的谓语动词有时可采用被动语态。
There was said to be a fairy in the forest. 据说树林里有一位仙女。
There is expected to be more discussion. 希望多讨论。
There is reported to be a number of the wounded on both sides. 据报道双方都有伤者。
（三）“there +be” 结构的否定和疑问结构
“there +be”结构变成否定句时，须在动词be后加not(any)或no。变成疑问句时，将动词be提到there之前，句子其余部分不变。回答用yes或no,后接简单答语Yes，there is/are. 或No，there isn't/aren't. 。
1、There be结构的一般疑问句
（1）Is+ there+ a/an+单数名词+介词短语?
-Is there a ball on the table? 桌子上有个球吗?
-No, there isn't. 不， 没有。
-Yes, there is. 是的，有。
（2）Is+ there+不可数名词+介词短语?
-Is there any water left in the mug？杯子里剩下水了吗？
-No, there isn’t. 不，没有。
- I’m afraid not.恐怕没地方了。
（3）Are+ there+ any+复数名词+介词短语?
-Are there any birds in the tree? 树上有些鸟吗?
-Yes, there have. 是的，有。
-Not, there won’t. 不，没有。
（4）情态动词或助动词+ there be+名词+介词短语?
-Have there been any letters from Jack lately?近日杰克有信来吗?
-Yes, there have. 是的，有。
-Not, there won’t. 不，没有。
2、There be结构的特殊疑问句
这种句型主要用来询问“某处有多少人或物”，有下列两种情况：
（1）How many+复数名词+are there+介词短语?
How many students are there in your class?你们班有多少学生?
How many books are there on the desk? 桌上有多少书？
（2）How much+不可数名词+is+ there+介词短语?
How much water is there in the glass?杯子里有多少水？
How much sand is there on the playground?操场上有多少啥？
3、There be句型的反意疑问句结构
（1）There is + a/an+单数名词+介词短语+ ， isn’t there?
（2）There is +不可数名词+介词短语+，isn’t there?
（3）There are+ any+复数名词+介词短语+, aren’t there?
（4）There + 情态动词或助动词+ 名词+介词短语+,情态动词或助动词的否定+there?
There is a book on the desk, isn’t there?桌子上有本书，是吗？
There is some water in it, isn’t there?那里边有些水，是吗？
There are many people in the street, aren’t there?大街上有很多人，是吗？
There will be a new film on in the cinema, won’t there? 下周电影院上映新电影是吗？
4、There be结构的否定
（1）There be + not+ 名词+介词短语
There isn’t a computer in the room. 屋子里没有电脑。
There are not any books on the desk. 桌上没有书。
（2）There +情态动词或助动词+not be + 名词+介词短语
There hasn’t been any rain recently. 最近没下雨。
There won’t be a meeting tonight. 今晚没有会。
（3）There be + no+ 名词+介词短语
There is no money left. 没钱了。
There are no books on the desk. 桌子上没有书。
（4）There +情态动词或助动词+ be + no+名词+介词短语
There will be no one in at that moment. 那时将没人在家。
There might be no money left. 可能没剩下钱。
（四）There be结构中be的替代
there + be 这种结构，谓语动词除be之外，还可用live，lie, exist, stand, remain, go, come等表示“存在”意义的不及物动词。
There stands a tree in front of the house. 房前有一棵树。
Once there lived an Emperor. 从前，有一个皇帝。
（五）“there+be”结构的非限定形式
there+ be结构的非限定形式是there to be和there being两种形式。在句中可以作主语、宾语和状语。
⑴作主语
there being结构可以起名词的作用，直接位于句首作主语；当“there to be+名词（词组）”作主语时，通常用it作形式主语，并且用for引导。
There being a bus stop near the house is a great advantage. 房子旁边有个停车点，真是方便极了。
There not being an index to this book is a disadvantage. 这本书没有索引，查找很不方便。
It would be surprising for there to be no objections. 没有反对意见，这倒令人吃惊。
It is impossible for there to be any more. 不可能再有了。
⑵作宾语
①作动词宾语时,通常用there to be结构。能这样用及物动词为数有限，常见的有expect, like, mean, intend, want, prefer, hate等。
We expect there to be no argument. 我们希望不再出现争吵。
Would you like there to be a picture on the wall?你喜欢墙上挂幅画吗？
People don’t want there to be another war. 人们不希望再有战争。
②在作介词的宾语时，如果介词是for，便只能用there to be结构，其它介词要用there being结构。
The teacher was waiting for there to be complete silence. 老师在等着大家都安静下来。
I never dreamed of there being any chance for me to try. 我做梦也没想到有让我试试的机会。
⑶作状语
用作状语的there be非谓语形式，通常用there being结构。
There being nobody in the room, he didn’t go in. 由于屋里没有人，他没进去。
There being no further business, the chairman closed the meeting. 没有什么事，主席宣布散会。
There being nothing else to do we went home. 没有什么事，我们就回家了。
（六）“there+ be”结构与have的区别
have表示所有关系，前有主语，意为“归主语所有”；“there +be”则表示“存在” 的状态，即“某地有某物/某人”。
I have a computer. 我有一台电脑。
There is a radio on the desk. 桌子上有一台收音机。
There are three children in my family。我家有三个孩子。
I have three children. 我有三个孩子。
第三节 巩固提高
1. I was disappointed with the film. I had expected ________ to be much better.
A. that B. this C. one D. it
2. Tom's mother kept telling him that he should work harder, but ________ didn't help.
A. he B. which C. she D. it
3. What a pity my new computer doesn’t work._____must be something wrong with it.
A.It B.There C.This D.That
4. Someone is ringing the doorbell.Go and see________.
A.who is he B.who he is C.who is it D.who it is
5.The volleyball match will be put off if it_________.
A.will rain B.rains C.rained D.is raining
6.If it_______for the snow, we_______the mountain yesterday.
A.were not;could have climbed B.were not;could climb
C.had not been;could have climbed D.had not been;could climb
7.________from Beijing to London!
A. How long way it is B. What long way is it
C. How long way is it D. What a long way it is
8.. Is _______ necessary to complete the design before National Day?
A. this B. that C. it D. he
9. In fact_______is a hard job for the police to keep order in an important football match.
A.this B.that C.there D.it
10. _______ is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language.
A. There B. This C. That D. It
11. It worried her a bit _______ her hair was turning grey.
A. while B. that C. if D. for
12.I don't think _______ possible to master a foreign language without much memory work.
A. this B. that C. its D. it
13.I hate________when people talk with their mouths full．
　A．it　　　 B．that　　　C．these　　 D．them
14. It was not _______ she took off her dark glasses _______ I realized that she was a famous film star.
A. when; that B. until; that
C. until; when D. when; then
15. Was it during the Second World War _______ he died?
A. that B. while C. in which D. then
16. It was not until ____ that________to prepare his lessons．
A．did his father come in；the boy began
B．his father came in；the boy began
C．did his father come in；did the boy begin
D．his father came in；did he begin
17. It was _______ she came to see us that we knew her mother was ill in bed．
A．not still B．just still C．only until D．not until
18. It was in the bookstore ____ I met your brother the other day．
A．where B．that C．in which D．in that
19. Was it in 1969 ________the American astronaut succeeded______landing on the moon？
A.when；on B．that；on C．when；in D．that；in
20. Is _________ necessary to tell his father everything?
A. it B. that C. what D. he
21. Was it in this place _________ the last Emperor died?
A. that B. in which C. in where D. which
22. Is_________possible to fly to the moon in a spaceship?
A. now B. man C. that D. it
23. Was_________that I saw last night at the concert?
A. it you B. not you C. you D. that yourself
24. ________ was in 1979 _______ I graduated from the university.
A. That; that B. It; that C. That; when D. It; when
25. ---Wasn't it Dr Wang who spoke to you just now?
---________.
A. I didn't know he was B. Yes, it was
C. No, he wasn't D. Yes, he did
26.Be quick! ________.
A. The bus comes here B. The bus here comes
C. Here the bus comes D. Here comes the bus
27. On the wall _______ two large portraits.
A. hangs B. hang C. hanged D. hanging
28. ---I like swimming in winter.
---________.
A. So do I B. So I do C. So do I, too D. So I do, too
29. ---David has made great progress recently.
---________, and________.
A. So he has; so you have B. So he has; so have you
C. So has he; so have you D. So has he; so you have
30.---Do you enjoy that trip?
---I'm afraid not. And________.
A. my classmates don't either B. my classmates don't too
C. neither do my classmates D. neither did my classmates
31. After that we never saw her again, nor ________ from her.
A. did we hear B. we heard
C. had we heard D. we have heard
32. ---Do you know Jim quarrelled with his brothers?
---I don't know, ______ .
A. nor don’t I care B. nor do I care
C. I don’t care neither D. I don’t care also
33. ---It was careless of you to have left your clothes outside all night.
---My God!___________.
A.So did I B.So I did C.So were you D.So did you
34. ---John won the first prize in the contest.
---_________.
A.So he did B.So did he C.So he did too D.So did he,too
35. Only after liberation _______ to be treated as human beings.
A. did they begin B. they had begun
C. they did begin D. had they begun
36. Only by taking a taxi________on time.
A. you can arrive there B. arrive there you can
C. can you arrive there D. there you can arrive
37. Only by practising a few hours every day _______ be able to master the language.
A. you can B. can you C. you will D. will you
38.Only when the war was over in 1945 ________ to get to a college education.
A. he was able B. he is able
C. was he able D. is he able
39.Only in this way________progress in your English.
A. you make B. can you make
C. you be able to make D. you will be able to make
40. Not until I began to work _______ how much time I had wasted. (1990)
A. didn’t I realize B. did I realize C. I didn't realize D. I realized
41. Little ________ about his own safety though he was in great danger himself.
A. does he care B. did he care C. he cares D. he cared
42. Not until all the fish died in the river ________ how serious the pollution was.
A. did the villagers realize B. the villagers realized
C. the villagers did realize D. didn't the villagers realize
43. I finally got the job I dreamed about. Never in all my life ________so happy.
A. did I feel B. I felt C. I had felt D. had I felt
44. Not until the early years of the 19th century ________ what heat is.
A. man did know B. man know
C. didn't man know D. did man know
45. Not only ______ polluted but _____ crowded.
A. was the city; were the streets B. the city was; were the streets
C. was the city; the streets were D. the city was; the streets were
46. ________ got into the room ________ the telephone rang.
A. He hardly had; then B. Hardly had he; when
C. He had not; than D. Not had he; when
47. ________for the free tickets, I would not have gone to the film so often.
A. If it is not B. Were it not
C. Had it not been D. If they were not
48. _____ it rain tomorrow, we would have to put off the visit to the Yangpu Bridge.
A. Were B. Should C. Would D. Will
49.________, he doesn't study well.
A. As he is clever B. He is as clever
C. Clever as he is D. As clever he is
50.So________that no fish can live in it.
A. the lake is shallow B. shallow the lake is
C. shallow is the lake D. is the lake shallow
51. We'll have to finish the job, ________.
A. long it takes however B. it takes however long
C. long however it takes D. however long it takes
52. ________, Mother will wait for him to have dinner together.
A. However late is he B. However he is late
C. However is he late D. However late he is
53. ________no need for us to discuss the problem again since it has already been settled.
A.It has B.There has C.It is D.There is
54. What a pity my new computer doesn’t work._______must be something wrong with it.
A.It B.There C.This D.That
55.When and where to build the new factory_______yet.
A.is not decided B.are not decided
C.has not decided D.have not decided
56.---We could have walked to the station;it was so near.
---Yes.A taxi_______at all necessary.
A.wasn’t B.hadn’t been C.wouldn’t be D.won’t be
57._______a reply,he decided to write again.
A.Not receiving B.Receiving not
C.Not having received D.Having not received
58.---Who is Jerry Cooper?
---_______?I saw you shaking hands with him at the meeting.
A.Don’t you meet him yet B.Hadn’t you met him yet
C.Didn’t you meet him yet D.Haven’t you met him yet
59.---Will you stay for lunch?
---Sorry,______.My brother is coming to see me.
A.I mustn’t B.I can’t C.I needn’t D.I won’t
60.The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street,but his mother told him ________.
A.not to B.not to do C.not do it D.do not to
61.His best-known work that is_____ all praise can be seen in the nuseum.
A．Without B. beyond C. with D. within
62.If you really want yourself to be in good health, you nust_____always _____ so nuch.
A.not; be smoking B. not; have smoked
C. not; to smoke D. be not; smoking
63.Not only ________polluted but ________crowded.
A.was the city;were the streets B. the city was;were the streets
C.was the city;the streets were D.the city was;the streets were
64.Tom kept quiet about the accident _____lose his job.
A.so not as to B.so as not to C. so as to not D.not so as to
65.It isn’t cold enough for there______a frost tonight, so I can leave Jim’s car out safely.
A.to be B.would be C.being D.was
参考答案：1.D 2.D 3.A 4.D 5.B 6.C 7.D 8.C 9.D 10.D 11.B 12.D 13.A 14.B 15.A 16.B 17.D 18.B 19.D 20.A 21.A 22.D 23.A 24.B 25.B 26.D 27.B 28.A 29.B 30.D 31.A 32.B 33.B 34.A 35.A 36.C 37.D 38.C 39.B 40.B 41.B 42.A 43.D 44.D 45.C 46.B 47.C 48.B 49.C 50.C 51.D 52.D 53.D 54.B 55.A 56.A 57.C 58.D 59.B 60.A 61.B 62.A 63.C 64.B 65.A

第十七章 句子、句子成分与主谓一致
第一节 真题精析
1.She has set a new record, that is, the sales of her latest book ________ 50 million. 【福建卷】
A．have reached B．has reached C．are reaching D．had reached
2. The teacher, with 6 girls and 8 boys of her class, _______visiting a museum when the earthquake struck.【北京】
A. was B. were C. had been D. would be
3.A library with five thousand books ________ to the nation as a gift. (1990)
A. is offered B. has offered C. are offered D. have offered
4. When and where to build the new factory ________ yet.()
A. is not decided B. are not decided
C. has not decided D. have not decided
5. There________a lot of milk in the bottle. (1986,上海)
A. are B. is C. were D. has
6. E-mail, as well as telephones, _______an important part in daily communication. (, 上海)
A. is playing B. have played C. are playing D. play
7. Nobody but Jane_________ the secret. (1986)
A. know B. knows C. have known D. is known
8. All but one ________ here just now. (1987)
A. is B. was C. has been D. were
9.He is the only one of the students who ____ a winner of scholarship for three years．（，上海）
A．is B．are C．have been D．has been
10. Not only I but also Jane and Mary ________ tired of having one examination after another. (1989)
A. is B. are C. am D. be
11. Either you or the headmaster _______ the prizes to these gifted students at the meeting. (,上海)
A. is handing out B. are to hand out
C. are handing out D. is to hand out
12. “News of victories _______ pouring in as our army advances,” the company commander said. (1985, 上海)
A. keep B. keeps C. kept D. have kept
13. Zhang’s family _______ rather big, with twelve people in all. (1985,上海)
A. is B. are C. being D. was
14．____ of the land in that district ____ covered with trees and grass．（，上海）
A．Two fifth．．．is B．Two fifth．．．are
C．Two fifths．．．is D．Two fifths．．．are
15．Every possible means ____ to prevent the air pollution，but the sky is still not clear.（，上海）
A．is used B．are used C．has been used D．have been used
16.The number of people invited　　fifty, but a number of them _______absent for different reasons. 【NMET】
A. were; was　　　 B. was; was C. was; were　　　 D. were; were
【答案与解析】
1.A该题考查动词时态与主谓一致的用法。前部分永乐现在完成是表结果，后半部分说销售达到五千万，也是表结果，the sales是复数。故选A。句意： 她创造了一项新纪录，也就是说，她的新书的销售达到了五千万。
2. A该题考查主谓一致的用法。The teacher 是单数，此题用过去时。句意：那位老师和她班的6位女生8位男生，地震的时候正在参观博物馆。
3.A 该题考查主谓一致与动词的时态与被动语态的用法。with five thousand books是A library的修饰语，主于还是A library故用单数，A library和offer是被动关系，此处强调的客观事实故用一般现在时态。句意：一个书库连同5000册书作为礼品捐献给了这个国家。
4．A该题考查主谓一致与动词的时态与被动语态的用法。不定式作主语用单数。句意：什么时候，在哪建新工厂还未定下来。
5．B该题考查主谓一致的用法。milk为不可数名词，谓语动词用单数。句意：瓶子里有很多奶。
6．A该题考查主谓一致的用法。as well as telephones是E-mail的修饰语, 主于还是E-mail故用单数。句意：E-mail还有电话在日常交际中起着很重要的作用。
7．B该题考查主谓一致的用法。but Jane是 Nobody的修饰语, 主于还是Nobody故用单数。此处强调客观事实，故用一般现在时态。句意：除了詹没人知道这个秘密。
8．D该题考查主谓一致的用法。All是主语，but one只是修饰语。句意：除了一个外，都在这。
9．D该题考查主谓一致的用法。one of+名词复数作先行词，如果one前面有the only时，定语从句的谓语动词用单数。句意：他是这三年以来唯一一个获得奖学金的学生。
10．B该题考查主谓一致的用法。使用就近原则。句意：不仅我而且詹与玛丽都讨厌一个接一个的考试。
11.D该题考查主谓一致的用法。使用就近原则。句意：要么你要么是校长在会上为获奖学生颁发奖章。
12.B该题考查主谓一致的用法。此句主语是news故用单数。句意：队长说“我们的部队一边向前开进，胜利的消息一个接一个的传来。”
13．A该题考查主谓一致的用法。使用意义一致原则。family强调的是整体，故用单数。句意：张的家庭很大，共有十二口人。
14. C该题考查主谓一致的用法。分数是由“基数词+序数词”构成，如果基数词大于2序数词用复数，land为不可数名词，故谓语动词用单数。句意：该地区五分之二的土地为树木和草所覆盖。
15.C该题考查主谓一致的用法。Means作“手段, 方法”解时，但复数一致，every修饰的就是单数。句意：所有的阻止污染的办法都用了，但是天空仍然不晴朗。
16. C 该题考查主谓一致的用法。the number of 意思是“……的数目”，作主语时，谓语动词应为单数；a number of 的意思是“许多……”，后接可数名词的复数形式，作主语时谓语动词应为复数形式。句意：邀请的人数50人，但是因种种原因有很多人缺席。
第二节 考点归纳
句子与句子成分在高考语法词汇方面虽然未直接体现，但最理解题干、阅读、写作等方面都非常重要，因此在本章中涉及了此方面的内容。
一、句子成分
由词或短语构成的能表达一个比较完整意思的语言单位,叫做句子(Sentence)。 构成句子的词和短语根据它们在句子中的作用可分为若干句子成分(Members of the Sentence)。一个句子要表达一个比较完整的意思,通常必须要有主语(Subject)和谓语(Predicate)两个主要部分。
（一）主语(Subject)
主语表明句子中说的是谁或是什么。通常由名词和代词来担任。此外,数词、动名词、动词不定式、主语从句也可以用作主语。例如：
The teacher told us an interesting story.老师告诉我们一个有趣的故事。(名词)
We love our motherland. 我们热爱祖国。(代词)
Four and five is nine. 四加五等于九。(数词)
Walking is good exercise.走路是很好的运动。(动名词)
To see is to believe. 眼见为实。(动词不定式)
What you need is more practice.你需要的是更多的练习。(从句)
（二）谓语(Predicate Verb)
谓语是用来说明主语做什么、是什么或怎么样的。谓语中不可缺少的部分是动词,通常叫谓语动词。谓语动词主要由动词或动词短语担任,有时也可由系动词加一个形容词或名词(或起同样作用的其他词类、短语或从句)担任。在后一种情况中,用来与系动词合成谓语的成分,叫做表语(Predicative) 也有人叫做主语补足语(Subject Complement)。例如：
We read English every morning.我们每天早晨读英语。(实义动词)
His brother is a doctor. 他哥哥是医生。(系动词)
Mr Smith became angry.史密斯先生生气了。(系动词)
（三）宾语(Object)
宾语一般用在及物动词后面,表示行为对象或结果。介词后面的名词或代词,叫做介词的宾语。通常由名词和代词担任。此外,数词、动名词(短语)、动词不定式(短语)、宾语从句也可以用作宾语。例如：
Have you finished the exercise?你做完练习了吗?(名词作宾语)
Lei Feng always thought of others.雷锋总是想着别人。(代词作介词宾语)
She tore the cloth in three. 她把布撕成三块(名词作动词的宾语；数词作介词的宾语)
She doesn’t allow smoking in her house.她不允许在她的房子里抽烟。(动名词作宾语)
You should continue to learn as long as you live.要活到老学到老。(不定式作宾语)
I don’t know when he will come.我不知道他什么时候来。(宾语从句作宾语)
有些动词可以有两个宾语：直接宾语(Direct Object)与间接宾语(Indirect Object)。直接宾语通常出现在间接宾语之后。间接宾语一般是代表人的,直接宾语一般是代表事物的。例如：
He gave the little girl a toy. =He gave a toy to the little girl.他给这个小女孩一个玩具。
I bought a new book for Mary. 我给玛丽买了一本书。
（四）定语(Attribute)
定语是用来修饰或限制名词或代词。主要由形容词担任。此外,名词、代词、数词、副词、介词短语以及动词不定式(短语)、分词和定语从句等都可用作定语。例如：
His words moved everyone present. 他的话使在场的人都很感动。(形容词修饰不定代词,要放在其后)
This is a stone bridge. 这是一座石桥。(名词作定语)
His father is our maths teacher. 他爸爸是我们的数学老师。(代词作定语)
We belong to the third world. 我们属于第三世界。(数词作定语)
They should have told us if there was anything up. 要是出了什么事,他们是应当告诉我们的。(副词作定语)
Yesterday the scientist made a report on modern science. 这位科学家昨天给我们作了有关现代科学的报告。
Do you have anything more to say? 你还有什么要说的吗?(不定式作定语)
Do you know the number of books ordered by the library.你知道图书馆定购了多少本书吗?(过去分词作定语)
Barking dogs seldom bite. 爱叫的狗很少咬人。(现在分词作定语)
He is a man whom we should all learn from. 他是一个大家都应学习的人。(定语从句作定语)
（五）状语(Adverbial Modifier)
状语是用来修饰动词、形容词、副词或整个句子。主要由副词担任。此外,形容词、介词短语、名词词组、动词不定式短语、分词短语及状语从句都可用作状语。例如：
There is no post office around. 附近没有邮局。(副词)
They all rushed over, eager to help.他们都跑了过来,急于要帮忙。(形容词)
We learn to swim by swimming. 我们通过游泳学游泳。(介词)
I shall stay another five months. 我将再呆五个月。(名词词组)
I found her very pleasant to talk to. 我发现和她谈话很有意思。(动词不定式)
She doesn’t like to sit there doing nothing.她不愿意什么也不干闲坐在那里。(现在分词短语)
He returned us the papers uncorrected.他把我们的作业没改就发还了。
Wherever I am, I will be thinking of you.不管在哪里我都会想到你。(地点状语从句)
I’ll let you know as soon as it is arranged.等安排好我就通知你。(时间状语从句)
They will go to work on the farm if it is fine tomorrow.如果明天天气好的话,他们就到农场干活。(条件状语从句)
教你巧学巧记：
巧析句子成分
分析句子结构首先要找出主语和谓语。主语是一个句子叙述的主体，常在句首，由名词或代词担任。位于说明主语的动作或状态。常由动词担任。然后，再分析其他的词和短语，确定它们的成分。
一、如果说明名词或代词，有三种情况：
1．修饰关系是定语。如：
I like hardworking students. 我喜欢学习勤奋的学生。（hardworking在此修饰students，故是定语。）
2．是解释说明的关系，在语法上又处于同等地位，是同位语。如：
He enjoys reading all sorts of books, science, fiction, biography etc.他喜欢读各种书籍——科学、小说、传记等。（science, fiction, biography用来解释和说明books，故是同位语。）
3．逻辑上的主谓（或主系表）关系，意义上的补充，是补语。
The man, tired and sleepy, went to bed. 那个人又困又累，就去睡了。（The man和tired and sleepy在逻辑上成主系表关系，如可说成：The man was tired and sleepy.故tired and sleepy是主语补足语）
They named their first boy Jimmy.他们给第一个男孩取名叫吉米。（宾语their first boy和Jimmy在逻辑上主系表关系，如可说成：Their first boy is Jimmy. 故Jimmy是宾语补足语）
二、如果说明动词,有两种情况:
1．修饰关系，是状语。如：
The girl is improving remarkably. 这个女孩大有进步。（remarkably是用来修饰动词improving的，故是状语。）
2．动作的对象或承受者，是宾语。如：
They found the missing boy at last. 他们终于找到了那个失踪的男孩。（boy是谓语动词found的对象，故可判定boy是宾语。）
三、如果说明形容词，有两种情况：
1．修饰关系，是状语。如：
The kitchen is reasonably clean. 厨房还算干净。（reasonably是用来修饰形容词clean的，故是状语。）
2．词义的补充，一般是宾语。如：
His new novel is worth reading. 他的新书值得一读。（reading是用来补充说明形容词worth的，故可看成worth的宾语。）
四、在系动词后，说明主语的特征、状态和身份等，是表语。也称为一种主语补足语。如：
She will become a good wife. 她会成一个好妻子。（wife是系动词become的表语）
五、如果和句子没有语法联系，较独立成分。包括：
1．称呼语。如：Peter, you are wanted on the phone. 彼得，有你的电话。
2．感叹语。如：Why, the cage is empty. 哎呀，笼子空了。
3．插入语。如：Worst still, the storm washed the top soil.更糟糕的是，暴雨把地表的土全冲走了
二、句子
（一）简单句
只有一个主语和一个谓语动词的句子称为简单句。英语简单句可分为五种基本句型，其它的句子可看成是这几种基本句型的扩展、组合、倒装、省略。这五个基本句式：主谓结构（S + V）；主系表结构（S + V + P ）；主谓宾结构（S + V + O ）；主谓双宾结构（S + V + IO + DO）；主谓宾补结构（S + V + O + C）
说明：S=主语；V=谓语；P=表语；O=宾语；IO=间接宾语；DO=直接宾语；C=宾语补足语
简单句的五种基本句型歌诀
学会准确运用英语简单句的五大基本句型，是学好英语的基本功之一。因此，同学们应花些时间掌握它们。请看下面这个口诀：
英语句子万万千，五大句型把线牵。
句型种类为动词，后接什么是关键；
系词后面接表语；vi.独身无牵连；
vt.又可分三类，单宾双宾最常见，
还有宾语补足语；各种搭配记心间。

1、主谓结构（S + V）
在此句式中，V是不及物动词，又叫自动词(vi．)。
He runs quickly．他跑得快。
They listened carefully．他们听得很仔细。
He suffered from cold and hunger．他挨冻受饿。
China belongs to the third world country．中国属于第三世界国家。
The gas has given out．煤气用完了。
My ink has run out．我的钢笔水用完了。
Plants grow well all the year round.一年四季植物生长良好。
2、主系表结构（S + V + P ）
在此句式中，V是系动词(link v．)，常见的系动词有：look，seem，appear，sound，feel，taste，smell，grow，get，fall ill/asleep，stand/sit still，become，turn等。
He is older than he looks．他比看上去要老。
He seems interested in the book他似乎对这本书感兴趣。
The story sounds interesting．这个故事听起来有趣。
The desk feels hard．书桌摸起来很硬。
The cake tastes nice．饼尝起来很香。
The flowers smell sweet and nice．花闻起来香甜。
You have grown taller than before．你长得比以前高了。
He has suddenly fallen ill．他突然病倒了。
He stood quite still．他静静地站着。
He becomes a teacher when he grew up．他长大后当了教师。
He could never turn traitor to his country．他永远不会背叛他的祖国。
注意：有些动词同时也是及物动词，可构成SVO句式。
He looked me up and down．他上下打量我。
He reached his hand to feel the elephant．他伸出手来摸象。
They are tasting the fish．他们在品尝鱼。
They grow rice in their hometown．他们在家乡种水稻。
He's got a chair to sit on．他有椅子坐。
Please turn the sentence into English．请把这个句于译成英语。
3、主谓宾结构（S + V + O ）
在此句式中，V是及物动词(vt．)，因此有宾语。
I saw a film yesterday．我昨天看了一部电影。
Have you read the story?你读过这个故事吗?
They found their home easily．他们很容易地找到他们的家。
They built a house last year．他们去年建了一所房子。
They've put up a factory in the village．他们在村里建了一座工厂。
They have taken good care of the children．他们把这些孩子照看得很好。
You should look after your children well．你应该好好照看你的孩子。
4、主谓双宾结构（S + V + IO + DO）
在此句式中，V是带有双宾语的及物动词。常见的须带双宾语的动词有give，ask，bring，offer，send，pay，lend，show，tell，buy，get；rob，warn等。
（1）简接宾语可以紧接动词之后，也可以用to后置。
He gave me a book/a book to me．他给了我一本书。
He brought me a pen/a pen to me．他带给我一枝钢笔。
He offered me his seat/his seat to me．他把座位让给我。
（2）简接宾语可以紧接动词之后，也可以用for后置
Mother bought me a book/a book for me.妈妈给我买了一本书。
He got me a chair/a chair for me．他给我弄了一把椅子。
Please do me a favor/a favor for me．请帮我一下。
He asked me a question/a question of me．他问我个问题。
（3）简接宾语不能紧接动词之后，要用介词后置
They robbed the old man of his money．他们抢了老人的钱。
He's warned me of the danger.他警告我注意危险。
The doctor has cured him of his disease．医生治好了他的病。
We must rid the house of the rats．我们必须赶走屋里的老鼠。
They deprived him of his right to speak．他们剥夺了他说话的权利。
5、主谓宾补结构（S + V + O + C）
在此句式中，V是有宾语补足语的及物动词。常带宾语补足语的词有形容词、副词、介词短语、名词、不定式、现在分词、过去分词。
常见的可接宾语补足语的动词很多，哪些动词可接哪几种形式作宾补，须根据动词的惯用法而定，不能统而概论。请看下面的例子。
They made the girl angry．他们使这个女孩生气了。
They found her happy that day．他们发现那天她很高兴。
I found him out．我发现他出去了。
I saw him in．我见他在家。
They saw a foot mark in the sand．他们在沙地上发现了一个脚印。
They named the boy Charlie．他们给这个男孩起名为查理。
I saw him come in and go out．我见他进来又出去。
They felt the car moving fast．他们感到汽车行驶得很快。
I heard the glass broken just now．我刚才听到玻璃碎了。
He found the door of study closed to him．他发现研究所的大门对他关闭了。
6、There be 句型
There be 结构是一个重要的基本句型，它由 “There + be + 主语+ 状语”构成。
There is a book on the desk.桌子上有一本书。
There is a desk and two chairs in the room.屋子里有一张桌子两把椅子。
二、并列句
由两个或两个以上的简单句并列连接起来的句子称为并列句(compound sentence)。并列句中的各个简单句彼此独立，互不依从，但它们表达的意思之间有一定的关系。
并列句中的各个简单句通常用并列连词连接起来。并列连词之前可用逗号，也可不用逗号（但however、therefore、otherwise等并列连词前后都常有逗号）。常见的并列句结构是：简单句+并列连词+简单句。这种简单句常被叫做分句。并列连词（或连接副词）根据不同含义，分为如下几类：
1、表示连接，常用的有and、not only...but also、neither...nor等。
Right now it's the summer vacation and I'm helping my dad on the farm.眼下正是暑假期间，我帮助爸爸在农场里干活。
Not only is he our teacher, but also he is our friend. 他不仅是我们的老师，而且是我们的朋友。
Neither did the naughty boy go home nor did his parents come to search for him. 这调皮的男孩既不回家，他的父母也不寻找他。
2、表示转折，常用的有but、yet、sill、however、while等。
We grow rice in the south of the States, but in the north where it is colder they grow wheat.在美国的南方，我们种植稻谷，而在较冷的北方，人们种植小麦。
The worker hunted for jobs in New York for months, yet he couldn't find any work. 这个工人在纽约找工作己有几个月之久，但是仍然没有找到。
Certainly he apologized, however, I won't forgive him. 他的确道歉了，然而我不会原谅他。
Instead, he asked his father why he was not able to hatch chickens while hens could. 他反问他父亲，为什么他不能孵出小鸡，而母鸡却能。
3、表示选择，常用的有or、or else、otherwise、otherwise、either...or等。
They must be taken away from the heat of the fire, or they might get burnt. 他们必须从炉火边拿走，不然就有可能烤糊的。
Take this bus or else you won't get there in time.搭这辆公共汽车吧，否则你将无法及时到达那里。
Work hard, otherwise you'll be sorry. 努力用功，否则你会后悔。
Either you are mad or I am. 不是你疯了，就是我疯了。
4、表示原因，只有for一个词。
They had often heard of elephants, but they had never seen one , for being blind, how could they? 他们常常听说过大象，但从来没看到过，因为他们是瞎子，怎么能看到呢？
5、表示结果，常用的有so、therefore。
It's time of year for the rice harvest, so every day I work from dawn until dark. 这是一年中收割稻谷的时期，因此，我每天都从早到晚的劳动。
He worked day and night, therefore, he was able to buy the sports car. 他日夜工作，所以有能力买那辆跑车。
6、并列复合句
除以上简单的并列句之外，还有一种较复杂的并列句，叫做并列复合句(compound complex sentence)，即其中的一个分句可包含一个以上从句。
I sucked a finger, but the finger I put into my mouth was not the one I had dipped into the cup. 我吮吸了手指，但是我放进嘴里的指头不是我在杯子里蘸了一下的那个指头。
这句话中的第二个分句即含有定语从句I put into my mouth及I had dipped into the cup。在语言的实际运用中，可能会有更加复杂的并列句，如并列句可有更多的分句，分句里可能有一个以上的从句，从句里可能又有从句。但读者只要掌握了各种句子的结构，不管句子多么复杂，自会迎刃而解。
（三）复合句
复合句(complex sentence)由一个主句(main clause)和一个或一个以上的从句(subordinate clause)构成。主句是全句的主体，通常可以独立存在；从句则只用作句子的一个成份，不能独立。
从句不能独立成为一个句子，虽然它也有主语部分和谓语部分。从句通常由关联词引导，并由关联词将从句和主句联系在一起。从句的结构通常是：关联词+主语+谓语。引导从句的关联词共有下列5类：
1、从属连词：that（无词义），before（在…前），whether（是否），after（在…之后），if（假如、是否），since（既然、自从）, because（因为），as/so long as（只要），when（当时…候），so that（结果）
（2）疑问代词：who, which, whom, what, whose等。
（3）疑问副词：when, why, where, how
（4）关系代词：who, which, whom, that, whose
（5）关系副词：when, why, where
2、关联词在从句中的功用举例
We can't travel through the forest by road because there aren't any roads! 我们不能从陆路穿过森林，因为这儿根本没有路可走！（关联词是从属连词because，引导状语从句）
I think that it's wrong to eat monkeys, so I don't.我认为吃猴子是不对的，所以我不吃。（关联词是从属连词that，引导宾语从句，在从句中不作成份）
Anybody who breaks the rule is punished. 谁要是破坏了这条规则，谁就要受到惩罚。（关联词是关系代词who，引导定语从句，在从句中作主语）
Although it was expensive, we decided to buy the computer.虽然价钱昂贵，我们还是决定把计算机买下来。（关联词是从属连词although，引导状语从句）
Would you please let me know when you have a match?你们有比赛的时候，请告诉我好吗？（关联词是疑问副词when，引导宾语从句，在从句中作状语）
What we need is more time.我们需要的是更多的时间。（关联词是疑问代词what，引导主语从句，在从句中作宾语）
3、从句的功用和种类
从句在复合句中，可作主语、表语、宾语、同位语、定语、状语等，因此，可分为六类：即主语从句、表语从句、宾语从句、同位语从句、定语从句和状语从句。
The dam, which is the biggest in the world , is 3,830 metres long.这座水坝是世界上最大的一座，长3830米。（含有which引导的定语从句）
Over 500 people were working in the building when the fire broke out on the llth floor.当11层楼起火的时候，大楼内有500人在工作。（含有when引导的时间状语从句）
The chief editor decides which will be the most important story on the front page. 由主编决定哪篇报导最重要，应安排在头版。（含有which引导的宾语从句）
Whether she will come or not is still a question. 她是否会来仍是一个问题。（含有whether引导的主语从句）
That is where he was born. 这就是他出生的地方。（含有where引导的表语从句）
We heard the news that our team had won. 我们听到了我们球队己经获胜的消息。（含有that引导的同位语从句）
三、主谓一致
句子的主语有单复数及人称的变化，其谓语动词需要根据主语的人称和数的不同而有所变化。即：谓语动词与其主语在人称和数上必须保持一致。主语的人称，特别是主语的数是决定谓语形式的关键。除第一人称I和第二人称you之外，单数主语之后的谓语动词用单数形式；复数主语之后的谓语动词用复数形式。主语和谓语动词的一致要遵循下面三个原则：
（一）语法上的一致
所谓语法一致原则，即主语和谓语的语法形式在人称和数上取得一致。谓语的单、复数形式依据主语的单、复数形式而定:主语为复数，谓语动词用复数；主语为单数或者是不可数名词，谓语动词用单数。
1、当主语是and，both…and连接的并列结构，指的是两个或两个以上的人或物，则谓语动词用复数。
My mother and I have seen the film. 我妈妈和我已看过这部电影。
Both rice and wheat are grown in this part of China. 在中国的这个地方既种稻子又种小麦。
注意：由and连接的并列主语前面分别有each，every，no修饰时，其谓语动词用单数形式。
Every boy and every girl has to receive education in our country. 在我国每一个男女孩子都得受教育。
No student and no teacher was invited to the party. 师生没有被邀请参加晚会。
2、如果主语后面接说明主语的修饰语如 with，along with，together with，as well as，like，rather than，but，except，besides，including，in addition to，谓语动词不受修饰成分的影响，仍保持同主语一致的关系。
The teacher with two students was at the meeting. 那位老师和两个学生参加了会议。
E-mail, as well as telephones, is playing an important part in daily communication.电邮和电话在日常的通信中起着很重要的作用。
All but one were here just now. 刚才除了一个人外都来了。
3、如果非谓语动词 (动词的-ing形式、不定式)或从句作主语时，谓语一般用单数形式。
Checking information is very important. 核实事实是非常重要的。
To learn foreign languages is not easy. 学习外语并非易事。
When we will hold the meeting is not decided yet. 我们何时开会尚未决定。
注意：当what引导主语从句或由 and连接两个动词不定式或动名词作主语时，谓语动词的数应根据意义一致的原则来决定。
What we need here is money．我们这里需要的是资金。
What we need here are workers．我们这里需要的是工人。
Lying and stealing are immoral．说谎与偷窃是不道德的。
4、each和some/any/no//every十body/one/thing构成的复合不定代词anyone、anybody、anything、everyone、everybody、everything、someone、somebody、something、no one、nobody、nothing、each、the other作主语，谓语动词用单数。
Each is worse than the one before. 一个比一个差。
Nobody knows the answer. 没有一个人知道这答案。
Someone wants to see you. 有人想见你。
5、“many a、(很多)/more than one(不只一个)+单数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
Many a student has been to Beijing. 很多学生去过北京。
There is more than one answer to your question. 你的问题不只有一个答案。
6、“one of+复数名词十定语从句”之前有the only，the very，the等限定词和修饰语时，定语从句的谓语动词用单数形式。
Tom is the only one of those boys who is willing to help the old man.
汤姆是唯一的一个愿意帮助那个老人的男孩。
He is the only one of the students who has been a winner of scholarship for three years．他是这三年来唯一的一个获得奖学金的学生。
注意:如没有这些限定词和修饰语，定语从句的谓语动词采用复数形式。
Tom is one of the boys who are always ready to help others. 汤姆是个随时愿意帮助别人的男孩。
7、英语中有些由两个部分组成的物体名称如g1asses(眼镜)，scissors(剪刀)，shorts(短裤)，shoes(鞋子)，trousers(裤子)等作主语，其后的谓语动词用复数形式。
His glasses were broken, so he can't see well. 他的眼镜碎了，因而看不清楚。
His trousers are made of cotton. 他的裤子是棉布的。
注意:若这类名词前带有pair等表示单位的名词时，则以这些名词的单、复数形式决定动词的形式。
Two pairs of trousers are missing. 两条裤子不见了。
This pair of shoes is not on sale. 这双鞋不出售。
（二）意义上的一致
意义上的一致是指谓语动词与主语的一致取决于主语所表达的意义。若主语形式上为复数，而意义上是单数，动词要用单数；若主语形式上为单数，而意义上为复数，则动词用复数。
1、由and连接两个并列主语
其后的谓语动词一般用复数形式。但如果两个单数名词指同一个人、同一事物、单一概念时，谓语动词要用单数，有时两个名词共用一个冠词。
The worker and writer has written a new novel. 这位工人兼作家写了一部新小说。(两个名词共用一个冠词)
There is a journalist and writer living in America whose name is Alex Haley. 在美国有一个名叫亚利克斯·哈利的记者兼作家。
Truth and honesty is always the best policy. 真诚总是上策。
注意：用and连接起来的两个单数主语，谓语动词可以是单数，也可以是复数。
Three and five makes /make eight.三加五等于八。
Time and tide wait/waits for no man .岁月不等人。
2、形复意单的名词作主语
（1）复数形式的专有名词（表示国家、城市、机构、组织以及书籍、报纸、杂志等）做主语，通常作为整体看待，谓语动词用单数。
The United States is in North America.美国在北美洲。
The Arabian Nights is read all over the world.《天方夜谭》是流传世界各地的名著。
The New York Times has a wide circulation.《纽约时报》销路很广。
注意：表示山脉、群岛、瀑布等的专有名词和以复数形式出现的表示同姓的一家人或同名、同姓的若干人，谓语也用复数。
The Alps rise over 4 countries.阿尔卑斯山脉跨越了四国。
Niagara Falls are not as high as Victoria Falls.尼亚加拉瀑布没有维多利亚瀑布高。
The Smiths were also invited.史密斯一家人也受到了邀请。
There are 3 Marys and 2 Roberts in my class.我班有三个叫玛丽、两个叫罗伯特的学生。
（2）以-ics结尾表示学科的名词做主语，通常表示单数意义，谓语动词用单数形式。这类名词有：physics, politics, mathematics, economics, athletics, electronics等。
Politics is now taught in all schools.现在各学校都开设政治课。
Economics is a science of the way in which industry and trade produce and use wealth.经济学是研究工业、贸易生财和用财之道。
注意：当这些动词表示有关方面的活动、情况、见解、原理等意思时，谓语动词需用复数形式。
What are his politics?他的政见如何？
The economics of national growth are of the greatest importance to all modern governments.国家发展经济的原理对现代各国政府都重要。
（3）news，maths，plastics，physics，works，means(方法)，the United States等虽然以-s结尾，但意义上作为单数看待。
Mathematics/Physics is a required subject for us.数学/物理是我们必修的科目。
Every possible means has been used to prevent the air pollution，but the sky is still not clear. 所有可能的直至污染的方法都用了，但天空还是不晴朗的。
（4）成对的名词做主语时用单数形式。
Bread and butter is a daily food in the West .面包抹黄油是西方人每天的食品。
His gratitude and devotion to the Party is endless.他无限感觉，无限忠于党。
（5）“one and a half +复数名词”做主语，谓语动词用单数。
One and a half pears is left on the table .一只半梨剩在桌子上。
One and a half days is all I can spare.一天半是我所能挤出的全部时间。
注意：“one or two+复数名词”做主语，谓语动词用复数。
One or two days are enough to see the city.参观该市一两天就足够了。
There are one or two things I want to talk over with you .我有一两件事想跟你商量。
3、有生命的集体名词 (如people，police，cattle，militia)作主语，谓语动词用复数形式。
Cattle are also kept. 还养了一些牛。
The police are looking for the thief. 公安人员在搜寻那个小偷。
All the people of the world want peace.全世界人民都渴望和平。
注意：family，team，class，government，audience，crew，committee等集体名词，如果作整体看待，谓语动词用单数形式；如果作个别成员看待，谓语动词用复数形式。people作“民族”解时，作单数用。
Zhang’s family is rather big, with twelve people in all.张家很大，一共12口人。
The family are sitting at the breakfast table. 这家人正坐在早餐桌旁。
My family is a large one. 我家是个大家庭。
The class are doing experiment in the lab. 全班同学正在实验室里做实验。
The class has won the honour. 这个班获得了荣誉。
The Chinese people is a great people.中华民族是一个伟大的民族。
4、 名词化的形容词作主语，按照意义一致的原则决定谓语动词的单、复数形式。如果指一类人，谓语动词用复数形式，如果指一个人或抽象概念，谓语动词用单数形式。这类形容词有：old, young, rich, poor, blind, deaf, dead, sick等。
The rich are not always happy. 富人也有不开心的时候。
The wounded is a policeman. 受伤者是一名警察。
The beautiful is not always the same as the good. 漂亮的不一定就等于好。
5、 表示时间、距离、金钱、重量、度量、容量、温度等的复数名词做主语，通常看作一个整体，谓语动词用单数形式。
Twenty years has passed since we left school. 我们离开学校已经20年了。
Ten thousand dollars is a lot of money. 一万美元是一大笔钱。
Two months is quite a long time. 两个月时间是很长的。
Two hours is enough for us to do this experiment.我们做这个实验两个小时就够了。
Thirty kilometres is a good distance.30公里是一个相当远的距离。
注意：如果说话人侧重一个个的个体，谓语动词用复数形式。
Twenty years have passed since we parted.自从我们分手以后20年己经过去了。
6、“a number of十复数可数名词”与“the number of十复数可数名词”作主语
“a number of十复数可数名词”表示 “一些、许多”的意思，谓语动词用复数；“the number of十复数可数名词”表示 “……的数目、数量”，谓语动词用单数。
The number of people invited was fifty, but a number of them were absent for different reasons.邀请来的人数是50，但很多人因不同的原因没来。
A number of books are missing from the library. 图书馆丢了许多书。
The number of workers in this factory is increasing. 这家工厂的工人数目正在增加。
7、none of和neither of后跟复数名词或复数代词作主语
none of和neither of后跟复数名词或复数代词时，有时作单数看待，有时作复数看待，主要根据说话人的意思决定。
None of them has arrived yet at the settlement. 他们没有一个到达新住宅区。
None of them have arrived yet. 他们都还没到。
8、“分数/百分数+of短语”作主语
“分数/百分数+of短语”作主语，这时要以of短语中的名词是否为复数而定。
Two fifths of the land in that district is covered with trees and grass．该地区五分之二的土地为树木和草所覆盖。
89% of smokers are male. 89%的吸烟者是男性。
In the USA, 75% of the grain is used to feed animals. 在美国，75%的谷物用来喂养动物。
Two-thirds of the earth's surface is sea. 地球表面的2/3是海洋。
Two-thirds of the people were against the plan. 2/3的人都反对核计划。
9、表示部分概念或不定数量的名词或代词作主语
表示部分概念或不定数量的名词或代词作主语，谓语动词用单数还是复数，应根据后接名词的单、复数形式而定。这些名间或代词有all，any，enough，half，more，most，the rest，part，some等。
The rest of the buildings are easy to get to. 其余的建筑物并不难上。
The rest of his life was happy. 他的晚年生活很幸福。
Most of my time was spent in reading. 我大部分时间用来读书。
Most of the people are aware of it. 大部分人都知道它。
Some of the sugar was spilled on the floor. 一些糖散落在地上。
Some of the apples were spilled on the floor. 一些苹果散落在地上。
10、两个主语，一个肯定，一个否定，谓语动词与肯定主语相一致。
The parents, and not the son, were missing.失踪者不是儿子，而是他的双亲。
（三）邻近原则
邻近原则是指谓语动词要与它最邻近的名词或代词保持人称与数的一致。
1、由or、either…or、nor、neither…nor、not only…but also、not…but连接的并列主语，通常按照就近一致原则，谓语动词的单、复数形式依照靠近它的主语而定。
Neither he nor I have finished the experiment. 他和我都没有做完试验。
Either his friends or his brother is wrong. 不是他的朋友们错了，就是他哥哥错了。
Not only the teacher but also his students have studied the question. 不仅老师而且他的学生们都研究了这个问题。
2、在主谓倒装句中，主语并列，谓语动词的人称和数与最近的主语相一致。由here或there引导的句子，若有并列主语，谓语也与最靠近的那个主语一致。
There is a desk, a table and three chairs in the room. 房间里有一张书桌、一张饭桌和3把椅子。
There are three chairs, a desk and a computer in the room. 房间里有3把椅子、一张书桌和一台电脑。
Where is your wife and children to stay while you are away?你不在时妻子和孩子呆在哪儿？
巧记:
单单复复最常见，集体名词谓用单，如若强调其成员，复数谓语记心间。
有些名词谓常复，people,police即这般。主语单数后接介，谓语单数介无关，
many a作主语也如此，谓语动词应用单。or、nor、but also、there be，近主原则挂嘴边。
关系代词定主语，谓语根据先行词判。不定式短语、动名词，主语从句谓全单。
时间、货币与距离，谓语多单复少见，rest，means，fol1owing等，意义决定其复、单。
none，all，half of等，of之宾语定答案。还有分数、百分数，仍据of之宾定复、单。
代词all指人谓复数,all指事情谓用单。量词用法请注意，谓语要随量词变。
and连接两名词，身兼两职一定冠，no，each，every后单名，两件(种)事(物)系一概念，
以上情况请记清，谓语动词全用单。形容词带the一类人，姓氏复数加定冠，
-s结尾的海峡、山脉与群岛，谓语用复勿用单。neither，either，each，用作主语谓全单。
第三节 巩固提高
1. Nobody but Jane the secret.
A. know B. knows C. have known D. is known
2. Not only I but also Jane and Mary tired of having one examination after another.
A. is B. are C. am D. be
3. The two sisters are forced to play the piano. In fact, neither of them to play it .
A. liked B. like C. likes D. liking
4. All but one here just now .
A. is B. was C. has been D. were
5. On the wall two large pictures.
A. hangs B. hanged C. hanging D. hang
6. When and where to build the new factory yet.
A. is not decided B. are not decided C. has not decided D. have not decided
7. Failure the mother of success.
A. are B. is C. were D. was
8. -How your family?-Very well, thank you.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
9. The boy and his sister here just now.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
10.A knife and fork on the table.
A.are B. is C. has D. have
11. One million pounds a lot of money.
A. are B. is C. have been D. has been
12. Dr.Smith, together with his wife and two daughters, to arrive in Hangzhou this evening.
A.are B.is C.have been D.has been
13. He as well as I what you said.
A. agree with B. agree to C. agrees with D. agree on
14. Strangely enough, a pair of new trousers among the rubbish.
A.were found B. was found C. has found D. have found
15. Mathematics the language of science.
A. are B. are going to be C. is D. is going to be
16. The news of victories spreading far and wide.
A. is B. are C. have been D. were
17. Each of the in the ship.
A. passengers have his own room B. passengers has his own room
C. passengers have their own room D. passenger have their own room
18. What we need good textbooks.
A. is B. are C. have D. has
19. Every boy and every girl to attend the party.
A. wish B. wishes C. is like D. like
20. He is the only one of the students who elected.
A. are B. have C. has D. is
21. The Olympic Games held every years.
A. is, four B. are, four C. is, five D. are, five
22. Apples of this kind .
A. tastes good B. tastes well C. taste good D. taste well
23. About 40 of the population of that country on farms.
A. percent; lives B. percent; live C. percents; live D. percents; lives
24. The police the murderer everywhere when he suddenly appeared in a theatre.
A. is searching for B. were searching for
C. are searching for D. were searching
25. The rich not always happy.
A. are B. is C. has D. have
26. The number of students of this school large.
A. are B. are not C. isn't D. aren't
27. A large number of the students in our class girls.
A. are B. was C. is D. be
28. Nobody to smoke in the cinema.
A. allows B. allow C. is allowed D. are allowed
29. In winter wet clothes near a fire.
A. often hanged up B. are often hanged up
C. often hung up D. are often hung up
30. I, who your teacher, will try my best to help you with your study.
A. be B. am C. are D. is
答案：1.B 2.B 3.C 4.D 5.D 6.A 7.B 8.B 9.D 10.B 11.B 12.B 13.C 14.B 15.C 16.A 17.B 18.B 19.B 20.D 21.B 22.C 23.B 24.B 25.A 26.C 27.A 28.C 29.D 30.B


第十八章 交际用语
第一节 真题精析
1. - It's getting late. I'm afraid I must be going now.
- OK. ______ . 【全国】
A. Take it easy B. Go slowly C. Stay longer D. See you
2. - Can I look at the menu for a few more minutes before I decide?
- Of course. _______, sir. 【全国】
A. Make yourself at home B. Enjoy yourself
C. It doesn't matter D. Take your time

3. －I’d like to take a week’s holiday. 【全国】
－_____, we’re too busy.
A. Don’t worry B. Don’t mention it C. Forget it D. Pardon me
4. --Could I ask you a rather personal question? 【全国】
--_____________.
A. Yes, don't worry B. Of course, go ahead
C. Yes, help yourself D. Of course, why not
5. ----How long are you staying?
----I don't know.___________. 【江苏】
A. That's OK B. Never mind C. It depends D. It doesn't matter
6. ---- What do you want to do next? We have half an hour until the basketball game.
----- _____. Whatever you want to do is fine with me. 【浙江卷】
A. It just depends B. It’s up to you
C. All right D. Glad to hear that
7. --- Brad was Jane’s brother!
---_______ he reminded me so much of Jane! 【浙江卷】
A. No doubt B. Above all C. No wonder D. Of course
8. ---- ______ for the glass! 【湖南卷】
---- It's OK. I'm wearing shoes.
A. Look out B. Walk out C. Go out D. get out
9. -- Now, where is my purse?
-- _____! We'll be late for the picnic. 【湖南卷】
A. Take your time B. Don't worry C. Come on D. Take it easy
10. — Do you mind if I open the window?
—______ I feel a bit cold. 【广东卷】
A. Of course not. B. I’d rather you didn’t. C. Go ahead. D. Why not?
11．—Go for a picnic this weekend ,OK?
—_______ .I love getting close to nature. 【福建卷】
A．I couldn’t agree more B．I’m afraid not
C．I believe not D．I don’t think so
12．—Guess what ! I came across an old friend at the party last night. 【辽宁卷】
— I'm sure you had a wonderful time.
A．Sounds good! B．Very well. C．How nice! D．All right.
13．— I didn't hear you clearly. It’s too noisy here.
—I was saying that the party was great. 【辽宁卷】
A．Repeat. B．Once again. C．Sorry? D．So what?
14. — How often do you eat out?
 — , but usually once a week. 【天津卷】
A. Have no idea B. It depends C. As usual D. Generally speaking
15. - Let’s go and have a good drink tonight.
—______ Have you got the first prize in the competition? 【重庆卷】
A. What for? B. Thanks a lot.
C. Yes, I’d like to. D. Why not?
16. —Sorry, Joe, I didn’t mean to…【NMET】
—Don’t call me “Joe”. I’m Mr Parker to you, and you forget it!
A．do B．didn’t C．did D．don’t
17. —Susan, go and join your sister cleaning the yard.
—Why ? John is sitting there doing nothing. 【NMET】
A．him B．he C．I D．me
18. —I think you should phone Jenny and say sorry to her.
— .It was her fault. 【NMET】
A．No way B．Not possible C．No chance D．Not at all
19.--- I’m taking my driving test tomorrow.
---_______ ! 【NMET】
A. Cheers B. Good luck C. Come on D. Congratulations
20. Excuse me for breaking in. _________I have some news for you. 【NMET】
A. so B. and C. butD. yet
21. ---- Good morning, Grand Hotel.
----- Hello, I’d like to book a room for the nights of the 18th and 19th.
----- ____________. 【NMET】
A. What can I do for you ? B. Just a minute , please.
C. what’s the matter? D. At your service.
22.--- What about having a drink?
　---_____________【NMET】
　　A．Good idea. B．Help yourself. 　　C．Go ahead , please D．Me , too.
23. --- Waiter!
　 ---_____________
　 --- I can't eat this , It's too salty. 【NMET】
　 A．Yes, sir?B．What?　　 C．All right?D．Pardon?
24.－－I had a really good weekend at my uncle's.
　－－＿＿＿＿＿．【NMET】
　 A. Oh. that's very nice of you 　　 B. Congratulations
　　C. It's a pleasure 　　　　　　　　 D. Oh. I'm glad to hear that
25.--You haven't been to Beijing, have you?
--_____.How I wish to go there! 【NMET】
A. Yes, I have B. Yes, I haven't C. No, I haveD. No, I haven't
26.--Can I get you a cup of tea?
--_____.【NMET】
A. That's very nice of youB. With pleasure
C. You can, pleaseD. Thank you for the tea
28. -- Do you think I could borrow your dictionary?
　 -- ________.【NMET】
　 A. Yes, you may borrow B. Yes, you could
C. Yes, go on D. Yes, help yourself
28.-- I'd like to invite you to dinner this Saturday, Mr. Smith.
　　 -- ________ .　【NMET】
　　A. Oh, no. Let's not B. I'd rather stay at home
　 C. I'm very sorry, but I have other plans D. Oh, no. That'll be too much trouble
29. —I'm sorry I broke your mirror.
　 —Oh, really?　　. 【NMET】
　 A. It's OK with me　B. It doesn't matter C. Don't be sorry　　D. I don't care
30. —I'll be away on a business trip. Would you mind looking after my cat?
　 —Not at all.　　. 【NMET】
　 A. I've no time　　B. I'd rather not　 C. I'd like it　　 D. I'd be happy to
31. —Do you think it's going to rain over the weekend?
　 — ______  . 【MET】
　　A.I don't believe　　　　　 　　　　 B.I don't believe it
　　C.I believe not so　　　　　 　　 　 D.I believe not
32. —Hi, haven't seen you for ages! You look fine!
　 — ______ . You look well, too. 【MET】
　　A. Great　 　　　B. Thanks　　 C. Oh, no　　　　 D. Not at all
33. —Don't forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow.
　 — ______ . 【MET】
　　A.I don't　　　　B.I won't　　 C.I can't　　　　 D.I haven't
34. —Would you like to come to dinner tonight?
　 —I'd like to， ______ I'm too busy. 【MET】
　　A. and　　　　　　B. so　 C. as　　　　　　　 D. but

【答案与解析】
1. D 该题考查道别的交际用语。第一句话是典型的道别时的用语，第二句话应该是再见See you= See you later。 句意：“太晚了。恐怕我得走了。”“好吧，再见！”
2. D 该题根据交际情景考查交际用语。Make yourself at home 和在家里一样，别拘礼；Enjoy yourself玩得开心；It doesn't matter 没关系；Take your time从容不迫，慢慢来，不用着急。从语言环境看，应当选择D。句意：“我决定前能否看几分钟菜单吗？”“当然可以。不用着急，先生。”
3. C该题是根据交际情景中考查交际用语。Forget通常用于祈使句中，表示“算了，别管了，故意不理”。又如：Oh, forget it. I refuse to go!噢，别管了，我不去!句意：“我想休假一周。”“别提这时，我们太忙。” A. Don't worry别着急；B. Don’t mention it不用谢；D. Pardon me原谅我；都是根据汉语习惯的干扰。
4. B 该题根据交际情景考查表示请求许可的交际用语。从选项看，应当表示允许，对may, could等表示请求许可的肯定回答用，certainly或of course。该题还涉及到go ahead的理解，go ahead意为：干吧，说吧。句意：“我可以问你一个有关你私人的问题吗？”“当然可以，问吧。”
5. C 该题根据交际情景考查交际用语。该题关键是I don't know.不知道呆多长，看情况而定，depend（常与on, upon连用）意为：视情况而定，故选C. It depends。句意：“你要呆多长时间？”“我不知道。看情况而定。”
6. B 该题根据交际情景考查习惯用语。该题根据Whatever you want to do is fine with me.选择，应该是B. It's up to you意为：你说了算，由你负责。A. It just depends意为：看情况而定，不合题意。
7. C 该题根据交际情景考查习惯用语。No doubt意为：毫无疑问；Above all意为：最重要；No wonder意为：难怪；Of course意为：当然。据题意应选择C。句意：“布莱德是简的哥哥！”“难怪他在我面前总是提简呢。”
8.A 该题考查提醒注意的交际用语。Look out for sth.意为：注意，留神。用以提醒他人注意。句意：“当心玻璃！”“好！我穿着鞋。”
9. C 该题是在交际情景中考查短语动词的用法。take one's time意为：从容不迫；Don't worry意为：别发愁；Take it easy意为：沉住气，别紧张，慢慢来，Come on意为：快点，赶快。据题意：“喂，我的钱包哪去了？”“你快点！我们野餐晚了！”
10. B该题根据交际情景考查交际用语。考查对Do you mind…?句型的回答。、关键词是I feel a bit cold说明答语者介意。故选B。句意：“我开窗你介意吗?”“我宁愿你不开。我感到有点冷。”
11．A该题是根据交际情景考查交际用语。I couldn’t agree more意为：非常同意；I’m afraid not恐怕不行；I believe not我认为不行；I don’t think so我认为不这样。根据I love getting close to nature.得知，应当是同意，所以选A。句意：“本周末去野餐，好吗？”“非常同意。我喜欢贴近大自然。”
12．C 该提示根据交际情景考查表示情感的交际用语。第二个人听到第一个人说came across an old friend表达高兴的情感。句意：“你猜猜怎么着了！我在昨天晚上的晚会上偶遇一位老朋友。”“太好了。肯定你玩得很开心。”
13．C该提示根据交际情景考查社会交往中道歉的交际用语。该题根据I didn't hear you clearly.得知应当选择C。句意：“对不起！我刚才没听清你说的话。这里太吵了。”“我刚才说晚会很好。”
14. B 该题根据交际情景考查交际用语。根据句意和but usually once a week.应当选择It depends意为：看情况而定。句意：“你多长时间出去吃一次饭？”“视情形而定。但通常一周一次。”
15. A 该题交际情景考查交际用语。根据Have you got the first prize in the competition?可以判断选择A。问目的。句意：“今晚我们一起去好好喝一杯。”“为何？你比赛的了第一了？”
16．D 该题考查在交际用语中祈使句的否定。句意：“对不起，Joe。我不是故意要……”“不要叫我Joe。我是Parker先生，今后不要忘了。”前一句是干扰，这里是对别人的一种告诫，提醒注意，要用否定疑问句的一般现在时态。
17 D 该题是在交际性用语中考查代词的使用。在口语中多用宾格。句子why me？可以理解成Why do you ask me to go and join my sister cleaning the yard?。句意：——Susan,去和你姐姐扫院子。——为什么叫我去？John坐在那没事干呢。
18．A 该题考查交际用语中表示不同意的态度的一种回答。前一句是提出一种建议，后一句表明了答者的态度不同意用“No way.意为：不，决不”。它可以单独使用用以回答问题，表明态度。其他三项不合题意与语言习惯。
19．B该题考查交际情境的对别人的祝愿的回答。所给的语境是对方要去taking my driving test参加驾驶考试，时态表示未来要做的事‘当然有要祝愿其Good luck一切顺利，通过考试，故答案为B。Cheers 或Congratulation，一般用是对已经完成事情的祝愿。句意：“明天我要参加驾车考试。”“祝你好运。”
20． C该题考查交际情境的but引出理由或借口的用法。从前面看指因打断别人的工作或说话而请求对方的原谅,而后面是要引出理由或借口，说明事出有因，用but表示转折，答案为C。句意：原谅我冒昧闯入，但我有消息要告诉你。
21． B 该题考查打电话的情景中运用英语进行交际的能力。从I’d like to book a room for the night of the 18th and 19th .得知顾客的请求。因为是打电话，服务员要查一下是否还有这两天的房间，出于礼貌服务员要顾客稍等，才符合情景。At your service意为：随时提供服务；what’s the matter?怎么回事? Can I help you ?不合题意。句意：“早上好，这里是豪华大酒店。”“你好，我想预定一间18号19号两晚的房间。” “请稍候。”
22． A 该题考查交际用语中对别人建议的回答。 “What about doing…?”是征求对方意见，提供建议的交际用语。因为对方同意这种做法，所以用 “Good idea.”回答。句意：喝一杯怎样？好主意！
23．A该题考查考生在实际情景中运用英语进行交际的能力。题干选用了一个三轮的对话以提供实现考查目的所需要的语境。体现了语言形式服务于语言运用的精神。由第一行顾客叫 Waiter?可知他（她）是有事要和服务员说的，服务员当然要回问有什么事，得体的回答应是Yes ,sir? 相当于 What can I do for you ? 或What 's the matter? 意思是“先生，什么事？”用以了解对方的请求。此后顾客说出了自己的要求，整个对话入情入理。其他几项不能完成语意要求，B,C 项答所非问， D. Pardon? 题中并没有要求对方重复话语的意思。
24． D 该题考查交际用语中对别人情感分享的回答。I had a really good weekend at my uncle’s. 说明说话人很高兴，提供了一个好消息。 答语Oh, I’m glad to hear that.的意思是“听到这个消息我很高兴。”
25． D 该题考查前否定后肯定反意疑问句的回答。该题关键在于：How I wish to go there！据此可断定，这是一个否定的答案，故用No，I haven’t.句意：“你没去过北京，是吗？”“是的，没去过。我多么想去那里。”
26． A 该题考查交际用语中对别人提供帮助的回答。对别人提供帮助接受可以用下列回答： “Yes, please.” “Yes, thanks.” “Thank you. That would be nice /fine .” “Thank you for your help .” 。否定回答用“No, thanks” “Thank you all the same.” “That’s very kind of you .But I can manage it myself.”从四个提供的选项看来，这是接受别人的帮助,故选A。句意：“我帮你倒杯茶吗？”“噢，谢谢。”
27． D该题考查交际用语中对请求允许的回答。该题关键词：help yourself除了有“请随便（吃点）”的意思外，还可以表示自己动手做某事。 在这里的意思是：请你自己动手拿那本词典。其他选项不合英语语言习惯。句意：“我可以借用你的字典么？”“可以， 自己拿。”
28． C 该题考查交际用语中对邀请的回答。接受邀请可用：“Thank you. I'd love to./I'd very much like to./I'd be glad to."; "Thanks./Yes ,please" ;"Thank you for your help."; "That's very nice/kind of you."等。拒绝邀请可用："I'm sorry, but I…:";"I'd like to but I'm afraid I…"; "I'd love to, but I…";"If you don't mind, I'd rather…";"I hate to refuse you ,but I…"; "It's all right ,thank you."; "No ,thanks. I can manage it myself."等。从句意可知这是要拒绝对方，故选C。句意：“史密斯先生，我想本周六请你吃饭。”“对不起，我还有别的事。”
29． B该题考查交际用语中对道歉的回答。当别人道歉时，可以用It doesn’t matter. 回答。意为：没关系。句意：“对不起我把你的镜子打破了。”“噢，真的？没关系。”
30． D 该题考查交际用语中对请求的回答。当对方请求你为其作某事时，可以用I’d like to. 或 I’d be happy to.意为：我乐意去做。句意：“我因公出差，为我照看一下我的猫，你介意吗？”“当然不介意。我非常乐意做。”
31． D 该题考查交际用语中表示同意不同意的用法。so 和not作替代词时代替被省略的某个词、词 组或句子，一般同表示个人看法或想法的动词连用,表示同意不同意。如和be, be afraid, believe, become, call, do, expect, fear, hear, hope, imagine, notice ,day, see, speak, suppose ,tell, think等连用；not 代替否定的句子，还可放在perhaps, probably, absolutely 等副词后。句意：“你认为本周末会下雨吗？”“我认为不会下的。”
32． B 该题考查交际用语中对表扬的回答。该题的关键是：You look fine这是别人对你的表扬，回答应该用：Thank you ！句意：“嗨，好久不见了！你看上去很好。”“谢谢！你也是。”
33． B 该题考查交际用语中对告诫的回答。对方告诫不要忘了明天的生日聚会，回答应当用won’t 即表示将来,还表示意愿和态度。句意：“不要忘了来参加我明天的生日聚会。”“我不会忘的。”
34． D 该题考查交际情境中对别人邀请的委婉谢绝的用法。在交际情境中，用but 来引出一种理由或借口委婉谢绝别人的邀请，该句中的I’m too busy .是由but引出的不去参加晚宴的借口。句意：“你今晚来吃饭好吗？”“我愿意来，但是我很忙。”

第二节 考点归纳
日常交际用语
Daily Expressions in Communication

1、问候Greetings
a. Good morning/afternoon/evening
Hello/Hi!
How are you?
Fine, thank you, and you?
Very well, thank you.
b. Best wishes/regards to...
Please give my regards/best wishes/love to...
Say "hello" to...
Please remember me to...
2、介绍Introductions
a. This is Mr. /Mrs. /Miss. /Ms. /Comrade...
May I introduce you to... ?
I'd like you to meet...
b. How do you do?
Nice/Glad/Pleased to see/meet you.
Nice meeting you, Mr. /Mrs. /Miss...
c. My name is... .
I'm a(student, teacher, etc. ).
d. I'm Chinese.
3、告别Farewells
a. I'm afraid I must be leaving now.
I think it's time for us to leave now.
It's time I met/did... I have to go now.
b. Good-bye!(Bye-bye!Bye!)
See you later/tomorrow. (See you).
Good night.
4、感谢和应答Thanks and Responses
a. Thank you (very much).
Thanks a lot.
Many thanks.
Thanks for...
b. It's very kind of you to...
Not at all.
It's /That's all right.
You're welcome.
5、祝愿、祝贺和应答Good Wishes, Congratulations & Responses
a. Good luck!
Best wishes to you!
I wish you good luck/success!
Good journey(to you)!
Have a good trip.
Have a nice/good time.
I'd like to congratulate you on...
b. Thank you.
The same to you.
c. Happy New Year!
Merry Christmas!
Happy birthday to you!
6、道歉、遗憾、同情和应答Apologies, regrets, sympathies & Responses
a. Sorry/Pardon.
I'm sorry.
I'm sorry for/about...
I'm sorry to hear...
I'm sorry to... have+ v-ed/that...
b. Excuse me(for... )
be afraid+that...
What a pity/shame!
It's a pity that...
c. That's all right.
It doesn't matter.
That's nothing.
7、邀请和应答Invitations and Responses
a. Will you come to... ?
Would you like to... ?
I'd like to invite you to...
b. Yes, I'd love to...
Yes. It's very kind/nice of you.
c. I'd love to ,but...
8、提供（帮助等）和应答Offers and Responses
a. Can/Could/Shall I help you?
Would you like me to... ?
Is there anything (else) I can do for you?
Do you want me to... ?
What can I do for you ?
Let me do/carry/help... (for you).
Would you like some... ?
b. Thanks. That would be nice/fine.
That's very kind of you.
Thank you for your help.
Yes, please.
Here, take this/my...
c. No, thanks/thank you.
No, thanks/ thank you. I can manage it myself.
Thank you all the same.
That's very kind of you , but...
9、约会Making appointments
a. Are you /Will you be free this afternoon/tomorrow?
How about tomorrow morning/afternoon/evening?
Shall we meet at 4:30 at... ?
b. Yes, that's all right.
Yes, I’ll be free then.
c. No, I won't be free then. But I'll be free...
d. All right. See you then.
10、情愿和希望Intentions and Wishes
a. I'm going to. .
I intend/mean/plan to...
I will...
I feel like V-ing (going out for a walk)
I'd like to…
I(do not)want/hope to...
I'm ready to...
I would rather not tell you...
b. I want/hope/wish to...
I wish that...
I would do it if I should have the chance
I would like to...
If only I could see him.
11、请求、允许和应答Asking for permission and Responses
a. May I... ?
Can/Could I... ?
I wonder if I could...
Would/Do you mind if I open the window?
b. Yes/Sure/Certainly.
Yes,(do)please.
Of course(you may)
Go ahead, please.
That's OK/all right.
Not at all.
c. I'm sorry, you can't.
I'm sorry, but... .
You'd better not.
12、同意和不同意Agreement and Disagreement
a. Certainly/Sure/Of course.
No problem.
Yes, please.
Yes, I think so.
That's true.
All right/OK.
That's a good idea...
It's a good idea...
I/We agree(with you).
I agree to ... . /that-clause.
b. No. I don't think so.
I'm afraid not.
I'm afraid I(really)can't agree with you.
13、喜好和厌恶Likes and Dislikes
a. I like/love... (very much).
I like/love to...
b. I don't like (to)...
I have (to)...
14、决断和坚持Determination, Decision and Insistence
a. I will...
I have decided to/that...
b. I insist on/that...
15、判断和意见Judgment and Opinion
a. It certainly is
It's correct to do...
Well done/Good work!
b. In my opinion...
It seems...
So far as I know...
16、职责Obligation
You must/have to/should/ought to...
It is necessary to/that...
17、能力Ability
I can...
He is able to...
18、偏爱Preference
I prefer... to...
He'd prefer them not to...
He'd rather begin at once.
19、责备和抱怨Blame and Complaint
a. He is to blame.
She blamed him for...
He shouldn't have done it.
b. I'm sorry to have said that, but...
Why can't you do something about it?
20、肯定和不肯定Certainty and Uncertainty
a. I'm sure(of that).
I'm sure(that)...
b. I'm not sure(of that).
I'm not sure whether/if...
I doubt if...
c. Perhaps/Maybe.
21、禁止和警告Prohibition and Warnings
a. You can't/mustn't... .
If you... ,you'll...
You'd better not do it.
Don't smoke!
Don't be late!
b. Look out!
Take care!
Be careful!
22、可能和不可能Possibility and Impossibility
a. He can/may.
It is possible that...
b. He may not...
He is not likely to...
He is likely that...
23、预见、猜测和相信Prediction, Conjecture and Belief
a. He will...
b. I guess that...
He must have done...
It seems (that)...
It looks as if ...
c. I believe that he is right.
24、请求Requests
a. Can/Will/Could/Would you... for me?
Will/Can/Could/Would... you please... ?
May I have... ?
b. Please give/pass me ... .
Please wait (here/a moment).
please wait(for)your turn.
Please stand in line/line up.
Please hurry.
Make sure that... please.
c. Don't rush(hurry)/crowd.
No noise, please.
No smoking, please.
25、劝告和建议Advice and suggestions
a. You'd better(not)...
You should/ought to...
You need(to)...
I suggest that...
b. Shall we... ?
Let's...
What/How about... ?
Why not. . ?
Why don't you... ?
26、许诺Promises
I promise...
You shall have ... tomorrow.
I will give... to you.
27、提醒Reminding
Don't forget to. .
Don't you remember the days when... ?
Make sure that everything is OK now.
28、表示焦虑Expressing anxiety
What's wrong?
What's the matter (with you)?
Is there anything the matter?
I'm/He's/She's worried.
Oh, what shall I/we do?
We were all anxious about...
29、表示惊奇Expressing surprise
Really? Oh dear!
Is that so?
Good heavens!
30、表示喜悦Expressing pleasure
I'm glad/pleased/happy to...
That's nice/wonderful/great.
Hopefully tomorrow will turn fine.
31、谈论天气Talking about the weather
a. What's the weather like today?
How's the weather in... ?
b. It's fine/cloudy/windy/rainy...
It's getting cold/warm...
It's rather warm/cold/hot... today, isn't it?
It's a beautiful day today.
32、购物Shopping
a. What can I do for you?
May/Can I help you?
b. I want/I'd like...
How much is it?
That's so/too expensive, I'm afraid.
That's fine. I'll take it.
Let me have...
c. How many/much do you want?
What color/size/kind do you want?
d. Do you have any other kind/size/color, etc. ?
33、问路和应答Asking the way and Responses
a. Excuse me. Where's the men's/ladies' room?
Excuse me. Can you tell me the way to... ?
How can I get to... ? I don't know the way.
b. Go down this street.
Turn right/left at the first/second crossing.
It's about... meters from here.
Go straight ahead till you see
34、问时间、日期和应答Asking the time, date and Responses
What day is (it) today?
What's the date today?
Excuse me. /What time is it by your watch?
What's the time, please?
b. It's Monday/Tuesday...
It's January 10th.
It's five o'clock/five thirty(half past five)/a quarter past (to)six.
It's time for/to...
35、就餐Taking meals
a. What would you like(to have)?
Would you like something(to eat/drink)?
b. I'd like...
Coke/Two eggs... please.
c. Would you like some more... ?
Help yourself to some...
d. Thank you. I've had enough.
I'm full, thank you.
Just a little, please.
36、打电话Making phone calls
a. Hello! Is(Tom)in?
May/Could I speak to... ?
Is that... (speaking)?
b. Hold on, please.
Hello, who is it?
He/She isn't here right now.
Can I take a message for you?
c. Hello, this is ... speaking.
I called to tell/ask you. ..
37、传递信息Passing on a message
a. Will you please give this note/message to... ?
b. ... asked me to give you this note.
c. Thanks for the message.
38、看病Seeing the doctor
a. There's something wrong with...
I've got a headache and a cough.
I feel terrible(bad).
I don't feel well.
I've got a pain here.
This place hurts.
b. Take this medicine three times a day.
Drink plenty of water and have a good rest.
It's nothing serious.
You'll be all right/well soon.
39、求救Calling for help
a. Help!
Thief!
b. What's the matter?
40、语言困难Language difficulties\ Pardon?
Would you please say that again/more slowly?
What do you mean by... ?
I'm sorry I can't follow you.
I'm sorry I know only a little English.
41、常见的标志和说明Some common signs and instructions
a. BUSINESS HOURS MENU OFFICE HOURS
NO SMOKING
OPEN NO PARKING CLOSED
b. PULL ENTRANCE
PUSH EXIT
c. INSTRUCTIONS MADE IN CHINA/JAPAN/U. S. A/(USA)/U. K/HK(HONG KONG)
d. PLAY STOP PAUSE
e. INSERT HERE SPLIT HERE
第三节 巩固提高
1. ---May I have a look at your photo album?
—Sure, ________. I’m not engaged at the moment anyway.
A. It makes no difference B. Take your time
C. Look at it slowly D. I don’t care at all
2. ---Hi, Jack! I’m glad I came across you here.
—________ ,Alice?
A. Who is that speaking B. How about another cup of tea
C. Why? What’s up D. What can I do for you
3.---Could I make it 14th July?
---_______________.
A. You can manage it B. That’s fine with me
C. No a bit of it D. Go ahead with it

4.--- You’ve been very busy, haven’t you?
---____________________.
A. I was busy last week
B. I will get busy with my English studies
C. I’d like to get busy like our teachers
D. Yes, I’ve been working hard on my paper

5.---Oh, Mary! You should do your work instead of sitting here watching TV.
--- __________.
A. That’s not a very good idea.
B. TV produces good influence on children.
C. What makes you say that?
D. You said TV was educational.
6.--- How come you are late for class again?
---____________.
A. Because I missed the bus B. By bus and then on foot
C. Please excuse me D. It’s quite wrong
7.--- Excuse me!
---____________.
—How can I get to the nearest post office?
A. Yes? B. That’s OK.
C. What’s wrong? D. Pardon?
8.--- Is this Mr. White’s office, Mary?
—Yes, ________
A. that’s all right B. it doesn’t matter
C. after you D. please yourself
9.--- I’m entering for the 100 meter race.
--- ___________.

A. Congratulations B. Enjoy yourself
C. Good luck D. Wonderful

10.--- Paul, I’d like to have a talk with you at tea break.
—________. Have what with me?
A. Yes, please. B. Sorry?
C. Thanks. D. You’re welcome.

11.—Do remember to take this medicine three times a day with warm boiled water.
--- __________.
A. Heard it. B. Got it. C. Made it. D. Taken it.
12. --- Would you like me to show you the way?

A. That’s very kind of you. B. Yes, you could.
C. Good idea! D. With great pleasure!
13.---This is English Department of Beijing Normal University.
—Hi, I’m a student in English Department. I need to know the foreign professor—Mr Smith’s email address.
—_______... I’m sorry, Mr. Smith does not have an email address in our system.
A. Just a minute B. I see
C. At your service D. It’s you
14. --- Shall we go and have a picnic at the weekend?
--- __________. The weather forecasts say there might be a cold front by then.
A. Why not B. We can wait
C. No, let’s not D. It depends
15.--Jack called to say that he would not accept the job.
--- I had talked him into taking it up many times. _________ since he still refuses.
A. I’ll come to his help B. I can’t help it
C. I’ll talk it over with him D. I’ll phone him up
16.--- Jack, you ________on the phone.
---_____________.
A.are wanted; Coming B. are needed; I’m coming
C. are called; I’ll come D. are rung up; Thanks.
17. --- Congratulations to you! I hear you got the first in the English Speech Contest.
--- __________.
A. Don’t mention it. I think that’s only me past.
B. Thanks. But I think I could have done better.
C. There’s nothing to cheer for
D. No, no. It’s a piece of cake.
18. —I forgot to carry my cell-phone, could I use yours?
---__________.
A. I wonder how B. I don’t wonder
C. Sorry, it’s out of order D. No wonder ,here it is
19. —Happy birthday to you, Many.
---__________.
A. The same to you B. Thank you
C. It’s very nice of you D. So do you
20. —Is she really very ill?
— She’s in hospital.
A. I hope so B. I’m sure
C. I don’t think so D. I’m afraid so
21. —Have a cup of coffee?
—_____,though as a rule I don’t drink after dinner.
A. If you insist B. Don’t you insist
C. Once you insist D. What I insist
22. —Something is wrong with my computer again. Could you repair it?
—Of course,______
A. another pair of shoes B. a piece of cake
C. nothing serious D. let me have a try
23. —I’m awfully sorry I can’t go with you.
— ? Haven’t you agreed?
A. How is it B. What is it
C. Why don’t you D. What do you think
24. —So, Nancy, you had no difficulty finding your way here?
---___________.
A. Yes, no difficulty at all B. No, none at all
C. Yes, no problem D. Nonsense
25. —I need some fresh air, so I’m going out for a walk.
A. Have fun B. With pleasure
C. You’d better not D. It’s none of my business
26. —I was so sure our team would beat the Jazz and win the game, but we lost by two points at the last 2 minutes.
— ,but don’t give up.
A. Find out the reason B. I’m sorry to hear that
C. Cheer up D. Never mind
27. —I should have gone to the wonderful concert with you yesterday.
— . if possible, I wish I would have another such chance.
A. Yes ,you should B. Take it easy
C. What a shame D. Don’t worry
28. —Have you got any weather information today? Will it rain this evening?
—No ,I’ve no idea ,though_________.
A. I think not B. I hope it doesn’t
C. I hope not D. I don’t think that
29. —You couldn’t have chosen any gift better for me.
---________________.
A. Well, I thought you would like it
B. Well ,don’t complain about a gift
C. I’m glad you like it ever so much
D. That’s all right. I’ll give you a better one next time
30. —You must obey every word of mine!
—______ I don’t?
A. How if B. What if C. Such as D. Only if
31. —Did all of the boys go to the cinema?
—No. They _______ went to the Internet bar instead.
A. almost B. nearly C. never D. mostly
32.—______ ,Jane!
—I will ,thanks!
A. Look after yourself B. Look at yourself
C. Look you D. Look lively
参考答案
1.B 2.C 3.B 4.D 5.D 6.A 7.A 8.C 9.C 10.B 11.B 12.A 13.A 14.D 15.B 16.A 17.B 18.C 19.B 20.D 21.A 22.B 23.A 24.B 25.A 26.B 27.C 28.C 29.C 30.B 31.D 32.D

【交际英语专项训练】
一、Greeting
1、—Hello, Joan.
— Kate. Glad to see you.
A．Hi B．Hello
C．Good morning D．How do you do
2、—Hi, haven't seen you for ages! You look fine.
— . You look well too.
A．Great B．Thanks C．Oh, no D．Not at all
3、—How are you! Jane?
—
A．How are you, Mary? B．Fine, thanks, and you?
C．All is right. D．That's good.
4、—How do you do?
— .
A．Very well, thank you. B．Why, yes. I'm fine.
C．How do you do? D．What about you?
5、—How's everything with you?
— .
A．Fine, thanks B．It's all right
C．Thank very much D．I'm very well
6、—How's your work going?
—
A．Not too well, I'm afraid.
B．Quite good. What about you?
C．Fine, how are you, then?
D．Well, thanks a lot.
7、—Did you have a good summer holiday?
—Yes, thanks. Kate?
—She's OK, thanks.
A．what's is B．How is
C．What's wrong D．and
8、—Glad to meet you again. How are you?
—I'm just .（老样子）
A．my old self B．old myself
C．myself old D．as old myself
9、—It's nice to see you in New York. How's your family?
— . My wife asked me to say hello to you.
A．It's very well B．They are fine
C．That's all right D．They are good
10、—How's the young man?
— .
A．He's twenty B．He's a doctor
C．He's much better D．He's David
11、—How on with your new job these days?
—Not bad.
A．do you get B．did you get
C．are you getting D．have you getting
12、—Hello, Kate! Fancy meeting you here! Working again, are you?
—Yes, , if I want to pass the exams.
A．I've got to B．no other way
C．I must do D．I have on way
13、In the evening you meet your foreign teacher walking towards the reataurant, you should say .
A．Good evening.
B．Good night.
C．Hello. Have you had your supper?
D．Hi! Going to dinner.
二、Introduction
1、—Hi, Tom, this is my friend John.
—
A．Nice to meet you. B．How are you?
C．Hi, Tom, I'm John. D．Are you Tom?
2、—Let me introduce myself. I'm Albert.
— .
A．With a pleasure B．It's my pleasure
C．I'm very pleased D．Pleased to meet you
3、When you are introduced to someone, you should say
A．I'm getting on well B．I love you very much
C．Fine, thank you. D．How do you do?
4、—Have you met my girl friend, Susan? Susan, this is Li.
—
A．Glad to meet you. B．Thank you.
C．How are you? D．Welcome home.

5、—Please allow me to introuduce Mr. Smith, director of the department.
— （久仰大名）
A．I haven't seen you before.
B．Haven't we met before?
C．I've heard so much about you.
D．How do you do?

6、If Mr. Baker is here, will please make to me?
A．you, yourself know B．you, you know
C．he, us know D．he, himself know

7、 Let's give him a .
A．warm welcome B．warming welcome
C．warmly welcome D．warm welcoming



三、Farewells

1、—It's five o'clock already, I must be going.
—Well, come again you are free.
A．if B．whenever C．when D．while

2、—Oh, God, it's late. I've got to go.
— . Hope to see them soon.
A．Give your parents my greetings
B．Remember me to your parents
C．Show my greetings to your parents
D．Say hello to your parents

3、—It's time I was going, I'm afraid.
— .
A．Good evening B．Good night
C．Bey—bey D．All the best

4、—Well, I'd better let you get on with your work.
— .
A．I've wasted a lot of your time
B．Thank you for a lovely afternoon
C．You must be tired
D．I'm sorry to trouble you

5、—I'm flying home on Sunday morning.
—I wish you .
A．a pleasant journey home B．a good trip
C．good lucky D．a happy journey travel

6、—I think I must go now. See you later.
— .
A．You can go B．See you later
C．Bye—bye D．So long

7、—I'm glad to have met you. Drop by sometime.
— .
A．Thank you B．Give me a call
C．Thanks, I certainly will D．Take care

8、—It's very kind of you to come and see me off.
— .
A．It's my pleasure B．much better
C．Don't say it D．No problem

9、—I'm going camping this weekend.
— .
A．Can you fish? B．Have a good time
C．No, I'm too busy D．Don't give up now

10、—I'll go to Beijing this weekend.
.
A．You are lucky B．The best of luck
C．Thank you D．Good—bye

四、Asking and Directing the Way

1、—Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest bus stop is?
—I'm sorry, I have no idea. I .
A．don't know B．am a strager here
C．am new D．just come

2、— will it take me to walk there?
— About ten minutes.
A．How far B．How long C．How much D．What far

3、—Excuse me, is there a cinema around here?
—Yes, please go , then turn right the first crossing.
A．before, on B．ahead, at C．along, of D．forward, to

4、—Excuse me, officer. I can't find the subway entrance.
—See those glass doors? Go in and you will see it on your right.
A．Can you help me? B．Where is it?
C．Show me the way? D．You are very helpful

5、—Is your school far from here?
—Not very far, .
A．it is about ten minutes' walk
B．it nees to walk ten minutes
C．you need walking ten minutes
D．it is about ten—minutes walk

6、—Could you tell me where the train station is?
— .
A．It's over there B．It's on the third floor
C．No, I know little D．Yes, it's there

7、—Excuse me, is this Mr. Brown's office?
—I'm sorry, but Mr. Brown works here.
A．not now B．no more C．not still D．no longer

8、—Excuse me, can you tell me the way to the Sleeping Beauty Castle?
—Yes, .
A．Go down this road
B． Go ahead till you see the entrance
C．It's not far from here
D．You can walk there

五、Asking for Time and Date
1、— ?
—It's the third of May?
A．What day is it B．What's the date
C．What's the time D．What's the clock

2、— ?
—I'm sorry, my watch has stopped.
A．When is it B．How much is it
C．What is the time D．What's the clock

3、—Is your watch right?
—I think so. I set it the radio this morning.
A．to B．of C．by D．through

4、—What day is it today?
— .
A．July 27 B．Saturday
C．the 27 of July D．Women's Day

5、—How long has this bookshop been in business?
— 1982.
A．After B．In C．From D．Since

6、—When are you off?
— at 21:24.
—I hope you will have a good flight.
A．My bus leaves B．My plane takes off
C．My train goes D．My coach goes

7、— will the work be ready?
— two months.
A．How long, After B．How often, For
C．How soon, In D．How much, During

8、—Is your watch correct?
—Yes, my watch .
A．runs well B．keeps good time
C．keeps right D．never stops


六、Asking about Health

1、—How's your brother these days?
—He hasn't been to well.
— What's the matter?
A．It's bad. B．I'm sorry to here that.
C．Very badly. D．Why?

2、—I haven't seen Bob lately.
—As a matter of fact, he is ill.
A．Where is he? B．Why?
C．How is he? D．What does he do? 3、—You sound as if you've got a cold. .
— .
—Get a good rest.
A．Yes, as if B．I've been over—working
C．I don't think so D．I hope not

4、—I'm afraid I've got a bad cold.
— .
A．Never mind
B．Keep away from me
C．Better go and see a doctor
D．You need to take medicine

5、—John has caught a bad cold.
— .
A．It's too bad B．I don't believe it
C．I'm sorry to hear that D．Take it easy

6、— , Wang?
—I've got a headache and I feel chilly.
A．What's wrong B．What the matter is
C．What is matter D．How about you

7、—My stomach hurts. I feel sick.
—For safety's sake, .
A．go to see a doctor tomorrow
B．Better to go to hospital
C．you'd better see a doctor at once
D．Quick go to hospital


七、Talking about Weather

1、—It seems to be clearing up.
—That will be a nice change, ?
A．isn't it B．won't it C．can't it D．doesn't it

2、—How cold is it today?
— .
A．Just so—so B．not too
C．It's ten below zero D．Yes, it is

3、— ?
—It's very cold and damp.
A．What's the weather
B．How's the weather today
C．Is it raining last night
D．Might it have rained a lot

4、—Do you like the weather in North China?
—Not really, but now.
A．I fit it B．I am used to it
C．I used to it D．I agree to it

5、—I wonder what the weather is going to be like tomorrow?
— .
—That's a good idea.
A．Let's look through the paper
B．Let's listen to the weather report on the radio
C．Better be care of the radio
D．Pay attention to the radio

6、— .
—It certainly is. The sun is shining and there is a pleasant breeze.
—It's lovely.
A．What nice it is B．How nice it is here
C．It is like spring here D．What a good day here

7、—What a nice day, isn't it?
—
A．You're right. B．Yes, isn't it?
C．Yes, I agree. D．Really?

8、— ?
—Yes, a bit cold, though.
A．Cold weather, isn't it
B．Bad weather, don't you think
C．Freezing, isn't it
D．Nice day, isn't it
9、— today?
—It's nice and warm.
A．What's the weather
B．What's the weather like
C．How is the weather like
D．How does the weather look like

10、—Do you think it is going to snow over the weekend?
— .
A．I don't believe B．I don't believe it
C．I believe not so D．I believe not

八、Invitations

1、—Would you like to come around for a meal on my birthday?
—Oh, yes. Thank you very much.
A．When is your birthday?
B．What day is your birthday?
C．When were you born?
D．What time is your birthday?

2、—Have you got anything to do tomorrow?
— .
A．Yes, a lot of B．No, I won't be busy
C．Certainly have D．Oh, that's a pity
3、—Would you like to come to the cinema, Frank?
— I have to do my homework.
A．I don't, I'm afraid. B．I can't, I'm afraid.
C．I'm sorry. D．Oh, pity!

4、—Helen, I'd be glad if you would come and have tea with us on Friday.
— .
A．I try to go
B．Many thanks for your kind invitation, I will
C．I am very busy
D．I must go

5、—How about going to "Grand" for dinner?
— . It's a long time since we had a good meal.
A．well
B．That sounds like a good idea
C．Thank you
D．But I'm too busy

6、—Do you have to go? Can't you stay and have a meal?
— I really think I must be off now.
A．I'd love to, but B．Yes, I must
C．No, I don't have to but D．Yes, I can, but

7、—Would you like to come to the party tomorrow?
— .
A．I'd like B．I like it C．I'd like to D．I'd like it

8、—Will you be able to come and see us on Friday?
— . I will have to work.
A．I believe yes B．I don't hope so
C．I won't be able to D．I'm afraid not

9、—Shall I call for you of will you call for me?
—You'd better come for me, ?
A．can you B．OK C．really D．would you

10、—Would you like to come to dinner tonight?
—I'd like to, I'm too busy.
A．and B．so C．as D．but

九、Making an Appointment
1、—Good morning, I'd like to see Mr. Baker, please.
—Mr. Baker is quite busy. .
A．You can't see him
B．You won't be able to see him
C．I'm afraid you won't be able to see him today.
D．Please come next time.

2、—Will you be able to come to see us sometime next month?
— .
A．I believe yes B．I don't hope so
C．I won't be able to D．I'm afraid not

3、—When will you be free this month, Mr. Smith?
— , maybe we'll be free next Sunday.
A．Let me be B．Let me see C．I'm afraid D．Think it over

4、—What time can I call on you?
—Any time this evening will be .
A．OK B．right C．good D．free

5、—I'm sorry to say that I can't come to your party tonight.
— ? Haven't we agreed on?
A．What is it B．What is it now
C．How is it D．What do you think

6、—I have an appointment with Mr. Black. My name is John Brown.
—Ah, yes, your appointment is at 4:15. , please, Mr. Brown?
A．Wait a minute B．May you wait
C．Can you wait a minute D．Take it easy
7、—I'm sorry to keep you waiting.
—Oh, not at all. I here only a few minutes.
A．have been B．had been C．was D．will be

8、—I'll come back tomorrow evening at nine. Can you meet me at the airport?
— .
A．All right B．All right. Nice to see you
C．OK, wait for me D．All right. See you then

9、—Will you be at home next Sunday?
—
A．Yes, but why? B．No, never mind.
C．Not at all. D．Yes, of course not.

10、—Don't forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow.
— .
A．I don't B．I won't C．I can't D．I haven't

十、Making a phone call
1、—Hello, is Henry in?
—I'm sorry, he isn't here. ?
A．What's the matter B．May I help you
C．Is there anything D．Who are you

2、—Could you ask him to call me, please?
— ! What's your name, please?
A． Sure B．Oh C．Yes D．Well
3、— ?
—Sure, it's 65250786.
A．What's your telephone number
B．Can I have your telephone number
C．Can I help you
D．Can you make your telephone number

4、The operator put him to 65250786.
A．over B．on C．through D．in

5、—Would you please tell John I called?
— , please.
A．Hold on B．Hold up C．Hold over D．Hold out

6、—Is this number 61234567?
— .
A．No, you are wrong
B．Sorry, you've got the wrong phone
C．No, you've dialed the wrong number
D．No, you are right

7、—Hello. May I speak to Zhou Lan?
—Yes. .
A．My name is Zhou Lan
B．I'm Zhou Lan
C．This is Zhou Lan speaking
D．Zhou Lan's me

8、—Do you want to have a message?
—No, thanks. I in half an hour.
A．will call again B．can call
C．may phone him D．would call

十一、Shopping
1、—I'd like to buy a ten—speed bicycle.
—How about this kind of type?
— ?
A．How many is it B．How is it
C．How much is it D．How expensive is

2、— do you want?
—Half a kilo, please.
A．How many apples B．What are apples
C．How many apple D．How much apples

3、—What's the problem?
—I'm afraid . It's a size 12 and it's too small.
A．it don't suit B．it isn't fit C．it doesn't fit D．it isn't suit

4、—How much is the blue skirt?
—Ten dollars.
A．How many size do you want?
B．What size do you take?
C．How large do you want?
D．What size do you dress?

5、—What about the dark blue sweater?
—I like it, but it . You decide.
A．costs too much B．take too much
C．cost too many D．spends too much

6、—Would you mind if I looked at some of your tape recorders?
— .
A．I'd better to see what the boss has to say about it
B．Not at all, sir. Go right ahead
C．Thank you for your coming
D．Yes, do that, sir

7、—Do you think the shirt really fits me?
— . It goes well with your tie, too.
A．Of course it does B．Yes, it does
C．I am not sure D．Perhaps it does

8、—Shall I ask the shop keeper if I can .
—OK. And we'd better ask Mom whether it's cheap enough.
A．take it on B．try it on C．wear D．put it on

9、—How much did you the dress?
—We 210 yuan for it.
A．spend, pay for B．pay for, cost for
C．pay for, paid D．take, pay

十二、Seeing the Doctor
1、—Well, ?
—I feel hot and feverish.
A．how do you feel like
B．what's the matter with you
C．what do you feel
D．what illness do you have

2、— ?
—Yes, I have. My temperature seems all right.
A．Do you know your temperature
B．Have you taken your temperature
C．Have you had your temperature
D．Do you have your temperature

3、—Oh, doctor. Are you sure it's nothing serious?
—Yes, . I'm sure of that.
A．he'll well soon B．he can be right quickly
C．he'll be all right soon D．he'll be good soon

4、—You haven't had your lunch?
—I had a little, but .
A．I didn't feel like eating
B．I didn't feel like to eat
C．I didn't like to eating
D．I didn't want to eating

5、— ?
—I'm feeling even worse after taking the medicine.
A．Are you feeling better B．How are you feeling
C．How are you getting on D．How are you going

6、—How about your headache now?
—I can't get rid of it. I don't know what's the matter.
—Take it easy. .
—Thank you, doctor.
A．Take this medicine before you go to bed
B．Drink plenty of water and take a good rest
C．Take this medicine a day three times
D．Go home and lie in bed for a good rest

7、—My whole body feels weak and I've got a headache.
— ?
A．How long ago did you get it this
B．How long have you been like this
C．How soon have you got it
D．How soon have you liked this

十三、Requests and Offers
1、—Can I count on you for help?
—
A．As you like. B．I'm sorry.
C．Yes, you certainly can D．Why do you ask?

2、—Could you spare me some ink?
— .
A．Yes, of course B．Not at all
C．Yes, I cold D．Never mind

3、—Let me help you carry the box.
—No, I can manage, but .
A．not at all B．it doesn't matter
C．thank you just the same D．the same to you

4、—Will you make me a kite?
— .
A．I'm glad B．I'll be glad
C．I'm going to glad D．I'll be glad to

5、—You seem to get lost. Need help?
—
A．Yes, would you help me with the bag?
B．Yes, take me please.
C．Help me find the key, please.
D．I'm looking for Shanghai Road.

6、—I'll be away on a business trip. Would you mind looking after my cat?
—Not at all. .
A．I've no time B．I'd rather not
C．I'd like it D．I'd be happy to

7、If you want to ask someone for help, which drills shouldn't you say ?
A．Could you do me a favor
B．Would you do me a favor
C．May I ask a favor of you
D．Can you give me a help
8、—Can I have some meat?
—Certainly, just .
A．take it as you like B．eat it as you please
C．help yourself D．help yourself at home

十四、Asking for Permission

1、—Would you mind if I played the violin here?
— .
A．No, you won't B．No, do as you please
C．Yes, I don't mind D．Yes, do as you please

2、—May I stop here?
—No, you .
A．mustn't B．might not C．needn't D．won't

3、—Shall I tell John about it?
—No, you . I've told him already.
A．needn't B．wouldn't C．mustn't D．shouldn't

4、—Can I use your tape recorder for a while?
—Yes, .
A．go ahead B．you can't broke it
C．all right D．no, sorry

5、 ? I didn't quite catch you.
A．Will you please repeat it again
B．Pardon
C．What did you say
D．Say it again now

6、Dick wants to go to the toilet during the class. He puts up his hand and says to his teacher:
A．Excuse me, I can't stand any longer.
B．Will you please let me go?
C．Please, sir, may I be excused?
D．I must go outside.

7、—Can I go and have a look at it?
—Yes, of course. .
A．After me B．Come this way
C．You may look D．This direction


十五、Advice and Suggestions

1、—I usually go there by train.
—Why not by boat for a change?
A．to try going B．trying to go
C．to try and go D．try going

2、—I'd like information about the management of your hotel.
—Well, you could have word with the manager, he might be helpful
A．some, a B．an, some C．some, some D．an, a

3、—I'm afraid I've got a bad cold.
— .
A．Never mind
B．Keep away from the medicine
C．Better go and see a doctor
D．You need take a medicine

4、—I can't see the words on the blackboard.
—Perhaps you need .
A．to examine your eyes
B．to have your eyes examined
C．to have examined your eyes
D．your eyes to be examined

5、—Let's go and see our teacher on Teachers' Day.
A．That's will do B．That's all
C．That's all right D．All right

【参考答案】

一、Greetings:
1、B 2、B 3、B 4、C 5、A
6、B 7、B 8、A 9、B 10、C
11、C 12、A 13、A

二、Introduction:
1、A 2、D 3、D 4、A 5、C
6、D 7、A

三、Farewells:
1、B 2、D 3、B 4、B 5、A
6、B 7、C 8、A 9、B 10、B

四、Asking and Directing the Way:
1、B 2、B 3、B 4、A 5、A
6、A 7、D 8、B

五、Asking for Time and Date:
1、B 2、C 3、C 4、B 5、D
6、B 7、C 8、B

六、Asking about Health:
1、B 2、C 3、B 4、C 5、C
6、A 7、C

七、Talking about Weather:
1、B 2、C 3、B 4、B 5、B
6、B 7、B 8、D 9、B 10、D

八、Invitation:
1、B 2、B 3、B 4、B 5、B
6、A 7、C 8、D 9、B 10、D
九、Making an Appointment:
1、C 2、D 3、B 4、A 5、C
6、C 7、A 8、D 9、A 10、B

十、Making a Phone Call:
1、B 2、A 3、B 4、C 5、A
6、C 7、C 8、A

十一、Shopping:
1、C 2、A 3、C 4、B 5、A
6、B 7、A 8、B 9、C

十二、Seeing the Doctor:
1、B 2、B 3、C 4、A 5、B
6、A 7、B

十三、Requests and Offers:
1、C 2、A 3、C 4、D 5、D
6、D 7、D 8、C

十四、Asking for Permission:
1、B 2、A 3、A 4、A 5、B
6、C 7、B

十五、Advice and Suggestions:
1、D 2、A 3、C 4、B 5、D

附录 一 构词法
构词法

英语单词的构成有一定的规律，这种规律称为构词法。词的构成方法主要有以下几种：
一、合成
1、由两个或两个以上的词合成一个词，有的用连字符“-”连接，有的直接写在一起。如：
blackboard
黑板
blue-eyed
蓝眼睛的
passer-by
过路者
everywhere
到处
playground
操场
man-made
人造的
2、单词经合成后可构成任何词类，常见的有：
合成名词
bedroom
卧室
bus-driver
公共汽车司机
necklace
项链

newspaper
报纸
reading-room
阅览室
sunrise
日出
合成形容词
good-looking
好看的
cold-blooded
冷血的
newly-built
新建的

full-time
专职的
hard-working
勤奋的
wellknown
著名的
合成动词
broadcast
广播
whitewash
粉刷
overthrow
推翻

half-hibernate
半冬眠

half-open
半开
合成副词
whenever
无论何时
however
然而
somewhere
某处
合成代词
himself
他本人
nobody
没有人
something
某物
3、英语中合成词一般都由两个词构成，但是原则上构成合成词的词数不限。如：
fifteen-year-old
十五岁的
face-to-face
面对面的
high-and-low bar
高低杠
二、派生
在词根上加后缀或前缀构成的新词叫派生词。
1、常用的前缀及例词
1）dis- 表示否定，多与动词结合。如：
disappear
消失
disappoint
使失望
discourage
使气馁
disadvantage
不利
disagree
不同意
dislike
不喜欢
2）in- 表示否定，有变体：在[1]前为il-；在唇音前为im-；在[r]前为ir-，多与形容词结合。如：
invisible
看不见的
impossible
不可能的
indirect
间接的
irregular
不规则的
3）en- 表示“使可能”，和名词或形容词结合，构成新的动词。如：
encourage
鼓励
enable
使能够
enlarge
扩大
4）a- 和动词结合，构成形容词或副词。如：
asleep
睡着的
ahead
前面
alive
活着的
awake
醒着的
5）mis- 表示“错”，和动词结合。如
mistake
弄错
misunderstand
误解
misprint
误印
6）inter-表示“相互”、“之间”，和形容词、动词、名词结合。如：
international
国际性的
intermarry
通婚
7）re- 表示“再”，和动词、名词结合。如：
rebuild
重建
reuse
再使用
recycle
再生利用
remarry
再婚
reunite
再联合
8）un- 表示“不”、“非”，和形容词及分词结合，其构词力很强。如：
unfair
不公平
unwise
不智的
unforgettable
难忘的
unexpected
出乎意料的
9）tele- 表示“远”，与名词结合。如：
telegram
电报
television
电视
telephone
电话
telegraph
电信
10）其它：
non-smoker
不抽烟的人
cooperate
合作
microcomputer
微电脑

Miniskirt
迷你裙
overwork
过度工作
supermarket
超级市场

Forename
名
ex-president
前任总统
postwar
战后的
vicechairman
副主席
2、常用的后缀及例词
1）名词后缀
A．-er, -or表具有特征的人或施与者，或用于…之物。如：
farmer
农夫
weaver
织工
fighter
战士
thinker
思想家

villager
村民
cooker
炊具
writer
作家
singer
歌手
actor
演员
B．-ess表女性。如：
actress
女演员
waitress
侍女
hostess
女主人
C．-ery表性质。如：
slavery
奴隶制
bravery
勇敢
D．-hood表身份。如：
boyhood
少年
childhood
童年时代
E．-ism表主义、行为、特征等。如：
socialism
社会主义
Marxism
马克思主义
F．-ship表状态、身份等。如：
friendship
友谊
membership
会员
G．-ment表结果。如：
government
政府
movement
运动
equipment
设备
H．-ness可与任何形容词结合。如：
business
商业
illness
疾病
darkness
黑暗
happiness
幸福
kindness
和善
I．-ese表成员、语言、风格等。如：
Chinese
汉语中国人
Japanese
日语日本人
J．-(i)an表人和语言。如：
musician
音乐人
Asian
亚洲人
European
欧洲人
K．-st表主义者、从事某种职业者。如：
communist
共产主义者
scientist
科学家
artist
艺术家
pianist
钢琴师
2）形容词后缀
A．-ed表具有。如：
three-legged
三条腿的
black-eyed
黑眼睛的
B．-ful多与抽象名词构成形容词。如：
Useful
有用的
helpful
助人的
careful
小心的
successful
成功的
C．-ish主要和名词构成形容词。如：
foolish
傻的
British
英国（人）的
D．-less与-ful反义。如：
useless
无用的
careful
粗心的
hopeless
绝望的
E．-y具有…特性。如：
cloudy
多云的
windy
刮风的
dirty
脏的
F．-ive常与动词构成形容词。如：
active
活跃的
expensive
昂贵的
effective
有效的
3）动词后缀
A．-fy和形容词或名词结合。如：
terrify
恐吓
beautify
美化
electrify
电气化
B．-ize和形容词名词结合。如：
apologize
道歉
realize
实现
4）副词后缀
A．-ly把形容词转化为副词。如：
badly
坏地
sadly
悲伤地
angrily
生气地
truly
真实地
B．-ward(s) 表方向，可与名词、副词结合。如：
upward(s)
向上
downward(s)
向下
southward(s)
向南
5）数词后缀
A．-teen
thirteen
十二
eighteen
十八
B．-ty
twenty
二十
seventy
七十
C．-th
twelfth
第二十
fifth
第五十
三、转化
一个词由一种词类转化成另一种词类，而词形不变。
1、名词或形容词转化为动词
hand 手 递
empty 空的 倒空
smoke 烟 吸烟
nurse 护士 护理
ship 船 用船运
calm 平静的 使平静
lower 低的 降下
2、动词或形容词转化为名词
love 爱 爱
smell 闻 气味
laugh 笑 笑声
search 搜寻 搜寻
answer 回答 答案；回答
cover 覆盖 封面
turn 转弯 转弯处
break 打破 休息
daily 日常的 日报
final 最后的 决赛
weekly 每周的 周报
monthly 每月的 月刊
附录二 考前三百题
1. He never _________ of visiting the Great Wall.
A. tiring
B. tire
C. tires
D. tired
2. Most Sundays _________ we go to help Uncle Wang.
A. morning
B. mornings
C. the morning
D. of mornings
3. He looked half dead, his eyes _________.
A. closed tight
B. closing tight
C. closed tightly
D. shut tightly
4. The food __________ good and _________ well.
A. tastes, sells
B. is tasted, is sold
C. taste, sell
D. smell, sold
5. There will be visionphones _______ the end of this century.
A. by
B. at
C. for
D. on
6. I have some _________ in working out the problem.
A. difficulty
B. difficulties
C. troubles
D. difficult
7. There is a wire pole along the road _________ meter.
A. about fifty
B. every fiftieth
C. each fifty
D. every 50
8. Southerners _________ rice.
A. lives on
B. feeds on
C. lives on
D. feed on
9. There is not enough light and _________ in this picture.
A. dark
B. darkness
C. blackness
D. shade
10. They picked leaves from the trees and _________.
A. fed them to some little white worm
B. fed some little white worm on them
C. fed some little white worm with them
D. A and Cc
11. She doesn't like __________ a red flower in her hair.
A. to put on
B. to wear
C. to dress
D. be dressed in
12. —Have you finished your repot yet?
—No, I'll finish it in ________ ten minutes.
A. another
B. other
C. more
D. less
13. She said that she would do _______ she could __________ her daughter laugh.
A. what, make
B. that, make
C. what, to make
D. that, to make
14. Tom's mother kept telling him that he should work harder, but _________ didn't help.
A. he
B. which
C. that
D. it
15. My watch doesn't work well. I _________ it _________ next day.
A. will have, repair
B. have, repaired
C. will get, repaired
D. shall have, to be repaired
16. He has decided to live abroad, so he will ________ stay here.
A. not more
B. mot longer
C. no longer
D. no more
17. We have no secrets _________ each other.
A. in
B. between
C. to
D. from
18. Peter is ________ with all his classmates.
A. a friend
B. friend
C. the friend
D. friends
19. This hand book is _________ for us to learn our lessons.
A. great value
B. great valuable
C. of very value
D. of great value
20. The lady bought a new dress _________ $500.
A. for
B. by
C. with
D. about
21. The Great Wall is one of the places of interest _________ often visited in China.
A. where we
B. that is
C. which are
D. where have
22. When the passengers came back from their holiday their suitcases were _________ by the customs officers.
A. guarded
B. tested
C. corrected
D. examined
23. In the dark street, there wasn't a single person __________ she could turn for help.
A. to whom
B. who
C. from whom
D. that
24. It was in the hall __________, we used to have meetings _________ the meeting was held.
A. that, where
B. where, that
C. that, that
D. where, where
25. —You're bought a car.
—___________.
A. So have I
B. So I have
C. So did I
D. So I did
26. You don't believe that I can work out the problem, _________?
A. do you
B. don't you
C. Can I
D. can't I
27. The boy cried ___________ the glass broken.
A. because
B. as
C. for
D. with
28. The man ____________ a strange hat is a funny actor.
A. dressing
B. in
C. on
D. with
29. They _________ Tom, our monitor.
A. made
B. elected
C. chose
D. helped
30. The film made all the students ________ to tears.
A. moved
B. moving
C. move
D. to move
31. —Where is Mike?
—He has gone away __________ the weekend.
A. on
B. for
C. in
D. at
32. _________ a boy, he used to help his father on the farm.
A. Being
B. As
C. He was
D. His being
33. ________ no need for us to discuss the problem again since it has been settled.
A. It has
B. There has
C. It is
D. There is
34. His failure made his father think him a ___________ boy.
A. disappoint
B. disappointed
C. disappointing
D. disappointment
35. This is the best way I can think of __________ the problem.
A. solve
B. to solve
C. solving
D. solved
36. The days we look forward to _______ at last.
A. coming
B. came
C. comes
D. be coming
37. I found her eyes ________ upon me sharply.
A. fix
B. fixing
C. fixed
D. to fix
38. I'll tell you _______ he told me last week.
A. all which
B. all that
C. that all
D. all
39. It's no good ________ like that.
A. to talk
B. talking
C. talked
D. talk
40. —Haven't you heard the news?
—What news?
—Some of the workers are ________ while others are _________.
A. on the march, on strike
B. on march, on strike
C. on the march, on the strike
D. on the strike, on march
41. What a wonder! They've finished ________ 30% of the task within one week.
A. no more than
B. no less than
C. not more than
D. much less than
42. All the members thought that the plan should be changed, but he still ________ his own idea.
A. insist on
B. insist
C. stick to
D. kept
43. My idea ________ to be true.
A. turned out
B. turned on
C. turned off
D. turned up
44. A. few people were killed in the fire, but ________ were saved.
A. most
B. the most
C. most of them
D. most of whom
45. The sick ________ cured.
A. has been
B. has
C. have been
D. have
46. He was made _______ for the lost book, which was bought from the library last week.
A. paid
B. to pay
C. pay
D. paying
47. I hear that John is going to Paris next month, _________?
A. doesn't he
B. don't I
C. do I
D. isn't he
48. He's just _________ time ________ the basketball match.
A. in, with
B. on, by
C. in, for
D. on, to
49. The old man slept so _________ that we couldn't wake him up.
A. lazy
B. tired
C. well
D. good
50. The little boy was frightened when he heard the _________ of a motorbike.
A. sound
B. voice
C. cry
D. shout
51. It ________ nearly two weeks _________ I had received his letter.
A. is, that
B. was, that
C. is, since
D. was, since
52. It is five years since my dear aunt __________ here.
A. left
B. has left
C. is left
D. had left
53. Nobody in _________ right senses would play such a silly joke.
A. their
B. his
C. her
D. one's
54. —May I speak to Lucy?
—This is ________ speaking.
A. her
B. she
C. she's
D. hers
55. I forgot Tom's address. But I found his telephone number in the _________.
A. phone books
B. book of phone
C. phone's book
D. phone book
56. He said that he watched TV every ________ day.
A. another
B. three
C. the second
D. other
57. We are going to be on our holidays _________.
A. in three days' time
B. after 3 days
C. three days later
D. in three day's time
58. Look at these clouds, ________.
A. It'll rain
B. It's going to rain
C. It'll be raining
D. It is to rain
59. Nobody knows what _______ happen next.
A. is to
B. is going
C. is about to
D. are to
60. China should do _________ best to be a strong and modern country.
A. his
B. its
C. her
D. our
61. You'd better __________ his opinion before making a decision.
A. look for
B. search for
C. find out
D. work out
62. —Could you tell me who invented _________ telephone?
—_________ Scotch scientist named _________ Alexander Graham Bell.
A. /, A, /
B. a, The, /
C. the, A, /
D. /, A, an
63. Did you break _________ windows?
A. the both
B. both of
C. both the
D. either of
64. Let's put ________ of these pictures on the wall.
A. some one
B. someone
C. some ones
D. everyone
65. —I'd like to go hunting with you, but I have a meeting ________.
—If you don't go, __________.
A. to attend, so do I
B. attending, so will I
C. attend, neither will I
D. to attend, nor will I
66. What will be the results _________ the students in our class?
A. of
B. for
C. to
D. with
67. —Hurry up, you _________ on the phone.
—Oh, I' coming. Thank you.
A. are wanted
B. are being wanted
C. want
D. are wanting
68. I, _________ your friend, will try my best to help you out.
A. who is
B. that is
C. who am
D. who are
69. I asked him to __________ me a few minutes so that we could talk over the matter.
A. spend
B. save
C. share
D. spare
70. There they got married and ________ their young.
A. fed
B. felt
C. raised
D. rose
71. He tried not to _________ mixed up in politics.
A. make
B. take
C. have
D. get
72. —Would you like a cup of coffee?
—Yes, I _________.
A. would
B. would like
C. would like to
D. like
73. —Shall I tell Ann how to improve her painting?
—Yes, but _________ of suggestions may discourage her.
A. a list too long
B. a too long list
C. too long a list
D. a list of too long
74. Would you please do me __________ favor to pass me the book?
A. a
B. an
C. the
D. /
75. My dictionary __________. I have looked for it everywhere, but still _______ it.
A. has lost, don't find
B. is missing, didn't find
C. has lost, haven't found
D. is missing, haven't found
76. It's _________ impossible to make such a long journey in such an old car.
A. rather
B. very
C. fairly
D. quite
77. A soldier ran all the ________ from Marathon to Athens.
A. road
B. way
C. path
C. route
78. It was __________ exciting news that all of us couldn't help _________.
A. so a, crying
B. such, crying
C. so, to cry
D. such an, crying
79. If we want to win the race, we shall have to _________.
A. go along
B. go into
C. go there
D. go all out
80. Words are the bricks _________ we build sentences to express our ideas.
A. through which
B. from which
C. which
D. of which
81. Why can't I give the answer to the physics problem as _________ as you?
A. quickly
B. fastly
C. swift
D. soonly
82. Go back _______ you came from, please.
A. where
B. in where
C. to where
D. that
83. I agree with most of what you said, but I don't agree with ________.
A. everything
B. anything
C. something
D. nothing
84. I love to go to the seaside in summer. It _________ good to lie in the sun or swim in the cool sea.
A. does
B. feels
C. gets
D. makes
85. Let's discuss only such questions _________ worry every one of us.
A. as
B. why
C. which
D. that
86. you may keep that pencil if you like. I've got plenty of ________.
A. ones
B. the others
C. others
D. some others
87. —Why can't I swim in the lake, Daddy?
—You'll be ________. The water is freezing cold.
A. sorry
B. afraid
C. anxious
D. unpleasant
88. When a pencil is partly in a glass of water, it looks as if it ________.
A. breaks
B. ahs broken
C. were broken
D. had been broken
89. —You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting.
—Well, now I regret _________ that.
A. to do
B. to be doing
C. to have done
D. having done
90. I don't think Jim saw me; he ________ into a space.
A. just stared
B. was just staring
C. has just stared
D. had just stared
91. —There were already five people in the car, but the driver managed to take me as well.
—It __________ a comfortable journey.
A. can't be
B. shouldn't be
C. mustn't have been
D. couldn't have been
92. —Your phone number again? I ___________ quite catch it.
—It's 95684420.
A. didn't
B. couldn't'
C. don't
D. can't
93. Such things are not common for me, _________ they are unusual.
A. instead
B. but
C. so
D. as a result
94. At that time slaves were _________ of not as human beings, but as animals.
A. regarded
B. sold
C. bought
D. thought
95. Her wish is _________ a doctor.
A. becoming
B. become
C. to become
D. being come
96. His talk made me _________ in the modern music.
A. interesting
B. to interest
C. interested
D. interest
97. She was afraid ________ the yard because she was afraid __________ by the big dog lying at the gate.
A. to enter, to be bitten
B. of entering, of being bitten
C. of entering, to be bitten
D. to enter, of being bitten
98. We keep in touch with each other ________ letters and telephones.
A. by
B. in form of
C. in forms of
D. in the form of
99. When I came back, I found my bicycle __________.
A. had gone
B. has gone
C. was gone
D. is gone
100. Perhaps the fire was ___________ by a cigarette end someone dropped.
A. begun
B. made
C. put
D. started
101. ___________ pop music drives me out of my mind.
A. The most
B. Most
C. Mostly
D. Most of
1. —How did you pay the workers?
—As a rule, they were paid _________.
A. by a hour
B. by hours
C. by an hour
D. by the hour
1. In Detroit, no fewer than 100 persons died of influenza, not to speak of ___________.
A. death
B. dying
c. the dying
D. the death
1. __________ word came that Bill Clinton was elected __________ president of the United States.
A. A, /
B. A, a
C. /, /
D. /, the
105. He didn't come and it _________ our difficulty.
A. added to
B. gave
C. made
D. raised
106. There are only five students here, ________ five of them have finished their homework.
A. /
B. The
C. A
D. That
107. —How do I write my composition?
—Write your composition _________ ink.
A. in
B. on
C. with
D. by
108. __________ he could understand the problem, I explained it to him at least three times.
A. Until
B. before
C. Not until
D. After
109. Difficulties can ________ a person's best qualities.
A. hold out
B. give out
C. send out
D. bring out
110. She felt so excited that she let out a cry when she ________ the right answer.
A. thought about
B. thought to
C. thought over
D. thought of
111. —Do you want to see my driver's license or my passport?
—Oh, ___________.
A. either one will do
B. either does well
C. neither do
D. each will be fine
112. —Do the students in your class study hard?
—Some of them do; _________ just don't care.
A. another
B. the others
C. some other
D. any other
113. The man over there is _________ Mr Smith.
A. no other but
B. no other than
C. no one
D. none other than
114. _________ books made of silk have been found in our country.
A. Very a few
B. Such few
C So a few
D. Very few
115. Nothing can stop our going, ________?
A. can it
B. can't it
C. can they
D. can't they
116. The evening party _________ . You are a little late.
A. just begun
B. just has begun
C. has just begun
D. has begun just now
117. The twins are so much __________ that it is difficult to tell one from the other.
A. like
B. alike
C. same
D. similar
118. He must be from Africa, _________ can be seen from his skirt.
A. that
B as
C. it
D. what
119. They planted trees on _________ side of the playground.
A. either
B each
C. all
D. every
120. He spent all his energies _________ a research _________ the causes of cancer.
A. in, of
B in, on
C. on, of
D. on, into
121. —__________ this book be yours?
—No, it _______ not be mine. It _______ be his.
A. Can, must, may
B. May, might, must
C. Can, may, must
D. Must, can, may
123. Mary is living at _______ place in South Africa.
A. certain
B. some
C. an
D. any
124. Jane was quite alone in the world ________ an uncle in English.
A except
B except for
C. besides
D. instead of
125. —Who would you rather ________ the room?
—Jack, of course.
A. have clean
B. have cleaned
C. get clean
D. get cleaned
126. We wrote to _________ invited us.
A. whomever
B. whoever
C. that
D. who
127. Her expression suggested that she _________ happy.
A. be
B. was
C. should be
D. were
128. The boy's grandfather died _______ a flood and his grandmother died _______ old age.
A. of, from
B. from, at
C. from, of
D. of, in
129. Please __________ the milk carefully, I don't want it to boil over.
A. see
B. watch
C. notice
D. look at
130. It was ________ who respected their teachers.
A. them
B. their
C they
D. themselves
131. During the years _______, he worked as a doctor in the hospital.
A. followed
B. to follow
C. following
D. that followed
132. He _______ his son to stay home in such bad weather.
A. hoped
B. let
C. wished
D had
133. When we breathe, the oxygen in the air with our blood and gives us life.
A. fills
B. goes
C. takes in
D. mixes
134. The chief was being searched for by the police who ________ running after.
A. is
B. were
C. are
D. was
135. What he says and does ________ not agree.
A. does
B. do
C. is
D. possible
136. Thank you for the trouble you _________ to help us.
A. put
B take
C. make
D. do
137. Xiao Wang is getting on well with his classmates, for h is easy _______.
A. to deal with
B to do with
C. dealing with
D. doing with
138. They will get a new bath _________.
A. put in
B. set out
C. cleared away
D. given away
139. When the first settlers came to North America they had to ________ the forest and found a way out.
A. cut off
B. cut down
C. cut through
D. cut out
140. The stars ________ to have moved.
A. seemed
B. looked
C. turned
D. appeared
141. John must have read the book, ________?
A. mustn't he
B. needn't he
C. didn't he
D. haven't he
142. Tonny is the best student of the three. In other words, he is _______ student than the other two.
A. a better
B. the better
C. the best
D. a best
143. Space ship today has __________ the earth _______ the moon.
A. joined, with
B. connected, with
C. connected, to
D. joined, and
144. Let's hurry. There's ________ no time left.
A. almost
B. nearly
C. possible
D. probably
145. —I fell down from the tree. I think my leg is broken.
—Oh! I _________.
A. hope not so
B. do not hope
C. hope not
D. hope not so
146. The river _________ fifty miles from the north to the south.
A. stretched
B. extends
C. covered
D. sticks
147. Mr Li, _________ come to my home for dinner this evening.
A. sure to
B surely
C. does
D. do
148. His main attraction ________ in his knowledge not in his book.
A. drops to
B. depends on
C. makes use of
D. lies in
149. The baby can almost _______ himself.
A. almost
B nearly
C. hardly
D. rather
150. _________ the players tried their best to win the game for their country.
A. Greatly encouraged
B. Having greatly encouraged
C. To be greatly encouraged
D. When encouraging
151. Dad, let us, ________, go to the cinema, _______?
A. Jack and I, shall we
B. Jack and me, shall we
C. Jack and I, will you
D. Jack and me, will you
152. He ______ his father for a new bicycle on his twelfth birthday.
A. demanded
B. required
C. requested
D. asked
153. As well as ________ all his homework, he helped his mother with a good cleaning around the house.
A. finishing
B. finished
C finishes
D. to finish
154. —If you want to be in time, you'd better get ________.
—All right.
A. to go
B. to going
C. going
D. moving
155. Summer in ________ south of France are for ________ most part dry and sunny.
A. /, a
B. the, /
C. /, /
D. the, the
156. —You're thinking too much.
—Only at home. No one _______ me but you.
A. is seeing
B. had seen
C. sees
D. saw
157. _________ the general state of his health, it may take him a while to recover from the operation.
A. Given
B. To give
C. Giving
D. Having
158. The judge ________ two years in prison.
A. sentenced him to be
B. sentenced him to
C. sentenced him for
D. sentenced him about
159. Only _________ save his life.
A. can the doctor
B. the doctor can
C. will the doctor
D. could the doctor
160. Scarcely _______ arrived ________ out to meet me.
A. had I¼ before he came
B. I had ¼ when did he come
C. had I ¼ then he came
D. I had ¼ then did he come
161. Out ________, gun in hand.
A. did he rush
B. so he did
C. so he would
D. he rushed
162. She is a good student, and works very hard, _________.
A. So it is with him
B. So does him
C. so it he
D. neither does he
163. ________ are the days when teachers were looked down upon.
A. Gone
B. Go
C. To go
D. Going
164. __________, she is of great help in the work.
A. A girl as she is
B. Girl as she is
C. The girl as she is
D. Girl is as she
165. _________ and caught the mouse.
A. Up the cat jumped
B. The cat up jumped
C. Up jumped the cat
D. Jumped up the cat
166. If he ________ tomorrow, he would find Mr Wang in the office.
A. comes
B. will come
C. should come
D. come
167. __________ he would have succeeded in the examination.
A. Had he worked hard
B. If he worked hard
C. works hard
D. working hard
168. I'd rather you ________ anything about it for the time being.
A. do
B. didn't do
C. don't
D. didn't
169. ________ you enjoy many years of health and happiness.
A. Wish
B. Hope
C. Expect
D. May
170. Long _________ the Party!
A. lives
B. live
C. will live
D. should live
171. I was going to ________ the faraway village to drop in on her but my boss asked me to drive him to Shanghai.
A. go to
B. have gone to
C. /
D. go
172. —Your phone number again? I didn't quite catch it.
—If you _______ it clearly, you _________ me now.
A. had heard, wouldn't ask
B. heard, wouldn't ask
C. had heard, wouldn't have asked
D. should hear, would ask
173. If I were to do it, I would do it in a different way.
A. were to do
B. do
C. had done
D. was to do
174. The artist tried his best to paint what he saw with his _______ as well as with his eyes.
A. brain
B. mind
C. head
D. soul
175. you may go out _________ your homework is done.
A. except
B. unless
C. until
D. as
176. —Why is Marry unhappy?
—Everyone went to the dance ________ she.
A. without
B. besides
C. except
D. but
177. On my way home, I saw a thief _______ money from a lady by the police.
A. being caught stealing
B. having caught staling
C. caught stealing
D. be caught stealing
178. _______ of you comes in first will receive a prize.
A. No matter which
B. whichever
C. whatever
D. whomever
179. _______ is no need to say anything to the other worker about that matter.
A. It
B. There
C. Whether there
D. What
180. Mary, don't fill the form ________ pencil but ________ ink.
A. with, in
B. in, with
C. with, with
D. in, in
181. What would happen ________ they not rise tomorrow?
A. should
B. had
C. would
D. if
182. If these trousers are too short, buy a somewhat bigger _________.
A. set
B. one
C. ones
D. pair
183. —What do you think of the songs?
—In fact, ________ of them sounds beautiful.
A. not all
B. no one
C. not everyone
D. not every one
184. He showed very little consideration _________ the feelings of others.
A. to
B. for
C. on
D. by
185. __________, it is easy to drill a hole in it with laser.
A. Hard as is the diamond
B. Hard is as the diamond
C. Hard as the diamond is
D. As the diamond is hard
186. —Henry felt that it was _______ time for him to start ________ business of his own, so he left —______ bank.
A. /, a, the
B. a, a, the
C. /, /, the
D. a, the, the
187. —Why not put some flowers by the window?
—We ________. The boss doesn't like flowers.
A. couldn't
B. mustn't
C. won't
D. can't
188. I went on with my story just ________ I had left off.
A. wherever
B. where
C. when
D. whenever
189. How do you find ________ to work with him?
A. this
B. that
C. it
D. yourself
190. I know the teacher _________ to Amy when she __________ of a bright girl.
A. was referring, spoke
B. refers, has broken
C. referred, was speaking
D. was referring, was speaking
191. Like many others who travel around, Louis admitted that the worst thing is not being able to see her family and friends ________ she would like.
A. as long as
B. as far as
C. as well as
D. as much as
192. To make things worse, many of the men have gone off to cities in search of higher pay, leaving women from nearly villages ________ with the work.
A. to carry on
B. carrying on
C. carried out
D. going in
193. I found it astonishing that he __________.
A. would refuse to travel first time
B. should refuse to travel first time
C. should refuse to travel first class
D. should refuse to travel first train
194. See that you _________ again.
A. are not
B. are not going to be
C. will not
D. wouldn't be
195. I don't like the way ________ he talks to me.
A. that
B. how
C. what
D. which
196. The boy's bad habits ________ his mother many sleepless nights.
A. took
B. offered
C. spent
D. cost
197. What are the students ________ the machines.
A. up to
B. up to do
C. up to with
D. up to do with
198. The speaker, _______ for her splendid speeches, was warmly received by the audience.
A. having known
B. having been known
C. knowing
D. known
199. _________ his son rushed out of the room did he realize the seriousness of the problem.
A. It was not until
B. Not until
C. Till
D. Until
200. —Whose is ________ handwriting, Li Lei's or Yang Mei's?
—Yang Mei's, I think.
A. a better
B. better
C. better
D. more better
201. I ________ in a brick factory for twelve years. Now I'm a farmer.
A. worked
B. work
C. have worked
D. was working
2. —What about the speech he made this afternoon?
—_________ he said so quite exciting, I think.
A. what
B. That
C. /
D. All
2. I don't think Frank is _______ Englishman as Bill.
A. as able an
B. able as an
C. as an able
D. an as able
2. —It's raining hard, I'm afraid I'll miss the train if I wait here.
—Can I give you a ________?
A. hand
B. lift
C. movement
D. drive
205. I don't know English, not _________ French.
A. mention
B. mentioned
C. to mention
D. mentioning
206. —When did Mr Black take you to Beijing?
—__________.
A. As a young man
B. At the age of 20
C. In my twenties
D. I was 20
207. —Could it be in the meeting room _________ you had talk with me yesterday evening _________ you left behind your keys and papers?
A. that, where
B. that, that
C. where, where
D. where, that
208. —"I __________ not do my homework," said the boy.
—"You __________," said his father.
A. will, will
B. shall, shall
C. shall, will
D. will, shall
209. Books are the most important records we keep __________ man's thoughts, ideas and feelings.
A. on
B. away
C. of
D. in touch with
210. —What do people wear when they go to the theatre?
—Well, it isn't very __________. People can wear anything they like.
A. certain
B. normal
C. modern
D. simple
211. I didn't like Aunt Lucy, who ________ without warning and bringing us presents.
A. always turned up
B. has always turned up
C. had always turned up
D. was always turning up
212. —Do you have any blouse in yellow?
—Sorry. What about this cream color. It __________ well with almost anything.
A. goes
B. fits
C. does
D. gets
213. The people invited to the ball my dress ___________ they please.
A. however
B. whatever
C. wherever
D. whenever
214. I'm afraid I haven't got time to ___________ the matter right now.
A. go into
B look for
C. turn over
D. clean out
215. The chairman ordered that the meeting _______ put off.
A. should
B. is
C. was
D. be
216. —Have you seen ________ pen? I left it here this morning.
—Is it _______ black one? I think I saw it somewhere.
A. a, the
B. the, the
C. the, a
D. a, a
217. —Did you enjoy the book?
—Yes, it was so interesting that I couldn't ________ it.
A. get rid of
B. break away from
C. keep away from
D. tear myself away from
218. Am I _______ the way if I turn _________ the radio?
A. in, on
B. on, off
C. all, down
D. by, off
219. Hellen used to be very shy but she has grown __________ it now.
A. without
B. over
C. away
D. out of
220. I saw some foreigners _________ in the reception room.
A. seating
B. seat
C. to sit
D. seated
221. Her father was so angry at all ___________ she was doing ________ he walked out.
A. what, that
B. that, that
C. that, which
D. which, as
222. We leave it to your own judgement __________ you should do it.
A. because
B. that
C. whether
D. what
223. You can never imagine what great difficulty I have had ________ the patient who _________ such a serious wound.
A. treating, received
B. treat, received
C. treating, accepted
D. to treat, received
224. Why didn't you come to the station five minutes ago? If you had come here a little earlier, you ___________ the last train.
A. will have caught
B. shall catch
C. would have caught
D. had caught
225. The news has been heard __________ on the radio three times today.
A. to broadcast
B. broadcast
C. being broadcast
D. broadcasting
226. Tom's brother is clever, _________ the boy can't be trusted.
A. only
B. or
C. for
D. and
227. Does it _________ to let little children play in streets?
A. make sense
B. have sense
C. get senses
D. make a sense
228. —Alice, why didn't you come yesterday?
—I ________, but I had an unexpected visitor.
A. had
B. would
C. was going to
D. did
229. Gold is __________ most valuable of all metals.
A. the much
B. the very
C. the far
D. far the
230. _________ that everyone stared at him.
A. Too rude is he
B. So rude was he
C. Such rude he was
D. So rude he was
231. _________ the son sees his father, the first word he will say is always "Give me some money".
A. As far
B. As long as
C. Even if
D. As well as
232. _________ he had for trade with agriculture products.
A. What a great gift
B. What a beautiful gift
C. How beautiful a present
D. How beautiful a gift
233. Kunta, born a free man, was a person _________ now.
A. was in chains
B. in chains
C. in chain
D. who is in chain
234. Mary was a doctor and she could write poems. So ________ Tom.
A. was
B. could
C. it was with
D. it was
235. If we believe something is true and good we should hold on _________ it.
A. to
B. at
C. for
D. up
236. —Della likes dancing, but doesn't like swimming.
—____________.
A. So does Mary
B. Neither does Mary
C. So it is With Mary
D. Nor does Mary
237. Who did the teacher __________ the article?
A. have written
B. have to write
C. have write
D. have writes
238. —Are you sure __________ great progress this year?
—Yes, of course.
A. of her getting
B. of her to get
C. her to get
D. her getting
239. —_________ I drop in at your house after the concert, or __________ that be too late?
—No, not at all.
A. Could, would
B. May, must
C. Would, can
D. Can, should
240. _________ the boy's last remark, the man looked at him curiously.
A. To
B. With
C. At
D. By
241. _________ for his bravery, he was asked to give a speech.
A. Admired
B. Admiring
C. Having admired
D. Being admired
242. —The fish is gone.
—_________ it?
A. Can our cat eat
B. Must our cat eat
C. Might our cat have eaten
D. Must our cat have eaten
243. The weather _________ fine, they decided to go out for a long walk.
A. was
B been
C. being
D. having been
244. He ________ his father for a new bicycle on his twelfth birthday.
A. demanded
B required
C. requested
D. asked
245. He is so able that he's even paid for as ________ as 100 dollars a day.
A. many
B. much
C. more
D. great
246. ________ that she should come here on time.
A. Suppose
B. Demand
C. Think
D. Believe
247. It was an exciting moment for these football fans this year, ________ for the first time in years their team won the World Cup.
A. that
B. while
C. which
D. when
248. John may phone tonight. I don't want to go out __________ he phones.
A. as long as
B. in order that
C. in case
D. so that
249. In 1980 he caught a serious illness __________ effect he still suffers.
A. for whose
B for which
C. from which
D. from whose
250. There would be no industry _________.
A. if there would be no steel
B. if there is no steel
C. without steel
D. is there no steel
251. She sat down with nothing to do except __________ to the tree.
A. to talk
B. talking
C. talked
D. talk
252. __________ is what I want to tell you: the meeting is put off till Friday.
A. This
B. That
C. It
D. Which
253. Mary, Don't fill the for _________ pencil but ________ ink.
A. with, in
B. in, with
C. with, with
D. in, in
254. —I'd like to buy an expensive camera.
—Well, Tom. We have several models _________.
A. to be chosen from
B. to be chose
C. to choose from
D. to choose
255. —Jam was killed in traffic accident.
—_________ I talked with him yesterday afternoon.
A. Is that so?
B. Sorry to hear that
C. What a pity!
D. Pardon?
256. Clearly, in a system ___________ every decision is made on the basis of tradition alone, progress may be difficult to achieve.
A. that
B. which
C. when
D. where
257. —Did Herry paint the whole house himself?
—He ________ because he doesn't like to climb a ladder.
A. hadn't painted it
B. painted it
C. had it painted
D. had painted it
258. —I love you more than her, child.
—You mean more than ________ love her or more than she loves _________?
A. you, me
B. I, you
C. you, you
D. I, me
259. Mary __________ my letter, otherwise she would have gone to the concert.
A. has
B. ought to have received
C. couldn't have received
D. shouldn't have received
260. I think you've got to the point _________ a change is needed otherwise you'll fail.
A. when
B. that
C. where
D. which
261. We _________ your help and kindness very much.
A. love
B. offer
C. thank
D. value
262. —How about the book you are reading?
—Good indeed. It _________ many problems we have come across in our study.
A. says
B. talks
C. covers
D. refer
263. With a lot of difficult problems ________, the manager fell like a cat on hot bricks.
A. to settle
B. settling
C. settled
D. being settled
264. Is that the very car you come _______ the other day?
A. by
B. in
C. on
D. with
265. Cedric was so angry that he kicked a chair and broke one of its legs, _________ I thought was rather funny.
A. As
B. it
C. that
D. which
266. Tom Sawyer ___________ to paint the fence himself but he got his friends to do it for him.
A. supposed
B. has supposed
C. had supposed
D. was supposed
267. —What do people wear when they go to the theatre.
—Well, it isn't very ________ people can wear anything they like.
A. certain
B. normal
C. modern
D. simple
268. The Dutch settled in Holland, Michigan. They ________ the town the character it _______ today.
A. have given, have
B. have given, has
C. gave, is having
D. are giving, does have
269. —Don't get up. Please _________ where you are.
—Yes, I __________.
A. remain, won't
B. stay, don't
C. sit, may not
D. keep, won't
270. You can have this magazine _________ I finish reading it.
A. so that
B. because
C. unless
D. the moment
271. Mary ________ to Australia many times but she's back again now.
A. has been
B. had been
C. had gone
D. went
272. It stormed all day during ________ time the ship broke up.
A. this
B. that
C. which
D. what
273. The ________ look on Miss White's face told us that she was _________ great trouble.
A. worrying, in
B. worried, in
C. worring, with
D. worried, with
274. The shop owner will get all these goods ordered _______ to the customers today.
A. to deliver
B. delivering
C. deliver
D. delivered
275. The police were told that the ______ boy was last seen ________ near the pool.
A. missing, played
B missing, playing
C. missed, playing
D. missed, to play
276. _______, she couldn't say even a word.
A. Being exciting
B. being excited
C. Being excite
D. Exciting
277. —I'll go to Qingdao for my new job next week.
—I'm very much ________ your going there ________. I'll go with you.
A. against, alone
B. of, together
C. for, longer
D. about, again
278. Shortage of money is a _________ problem for them, it probably always will be.
A. to be continued
B. continued
C. being continued
D. continuing
279. —Have you had a good evening?
—Well, I ________ this film on television but it's rubbish so I think I'll turn it off now.
A. am watching
B. was watching
C. have been watching
D. had been watching
280. He had decided to give it up but on _______ second thoughts he decided to try _________ third time.
A. the, a
B. /, /
C. a, a
D. /, a
281. __________ his work was still as it had been?
A. It was why that
B. Why is that
C. It is why that
D. Why was it that
282. Bob came in ________ second in _________ 100-meter race.
A. the, /
B. a, the
C. the, a
D. /, the
283. Five minutes earlier, _________ we could have caught the last bus.
A. and
B. but
C. or
D. so
284. Sally is said _______ in a foreign company, but I have no idea which company she worked in.
A. to have worked
B. to work
C. to be working
D. to have been working
285. Did you go to the cinema last night? Is the film interesting? Yes, more so than _______.
A. I expect
B. I've expected
C. I was expecting
D. I'd expected
286. Work starts every day at 7 a.m. and goes on until late afternoon ________ a break at midday.
A. by
B. with
C. for
D. after
287. Is this the way ________ you treat an old man?
A. which
B. how
C. by which
D. /
288. __________ you don't like him is none of my business.
A. What
B. Who
C. That
D. Whether
289. The ________ people must continue what those dead didn't finish.
A. living
B. alive
C. lively
D. live
290. I tried _______ the brown jacket in the shop and it looked wonderful ________ me.
A. on, on
B. to, to
C. in, in
D. on, in
291. I don't think he is right, ____________?
A. do I
B. don't I
C. isn't he
D. is he
292. —Do you know out town at all?
—No. This is the first time I ______ here.
A. was
B. have been
C. came
D. am coming
293. —Do you get along well with your aunt?
—___________.
A. Yes, mostly on holidays
B. Not particularly
C. No. She is not all right
D. Yes, she is
294. These pictures will show you ________.
A. what does our village look like
B. what our village looks like
C. how does our village look like
D. how our village looks like
295. Come __________. I'll introduce my _______ friend, Bob to you.
A. closely, close
B. close, closely
C. close, close
D. closely, closely
296. _________ would be our home in the future.
A. It
B. Such
C. So
D. Which
297. She was so sad that she couldn't ________ her tears.
A. keep away
B keep back
C. keep from
D. keep out
298. The little boy _______ his buttons in a wrong way.
A. did up
B. took up
C. made up
D. got up
299. He is famous rather _________ an actor than __________ his songs.
A. as, for
B for, as
C. for, for
D. as, as
300. It _______ no difference who will go there.
A. takes
B makes
C. gives
D. brings
301. He knows little about the city as if he _______ there so far.
A. isn't
B. weren't
C .shouldn't have been
D. hadn't been
3. —Were all these people in the bus injured in the accident?
—No, _________ only three passengers who got hurt.
A. it was
B. there was
C. they were
D. there had
3. The boy kept asking silly questions until my patience finally ___________ and turned a deaf ear to him.
A. ran over
B. ran away
C. ran out
D. ran up
3. _________ other good students, the teacher thinks, Hank is __________ student.
A. Compared with, a most satisfied
B. Compared to, the most satisfied
C. Compared with, a more satisfying
D. Comparing to, the most satisfying
305. —I've been waiting for the phone since 5 o'clock.
—__________ He is not only a skillful driver but he also knows the road very well.
A. How long has be been away?
B. What's the matter with John?
C. I don't think you should worry about John.
D. I'm afraid there's something wrong with the telephone.
306. —Can you pick me up?
—Of course. I'll drive you _________ you are going.
A. where
B. to the place
C. which
D. if
307. —_________ are you trying to prove to the police?
—Where I was last night.
A. Why
B. How
C. What
D. When
308. —What a large and bright room! Is it a classroom?
—No. It _________ the students' reading-room.
A. refers to
B stands for
C. is supposed to be
D. is meant for
309. He asked the doctor who was the man __________ at the moment.
A. being operated
B. being operated on
C. to be operated
D. operated on
310. Not having finished his homework, __________ to watch TV.
A. Mother forbade him
B. so he was forbidden
C. and he wanted
D. he was forbidden
311. Science and engineering students often _________ their heads in books instead of going to dances and cinemas.
A. cover
B. bury
C. hide
D. devote
312. —I thought you wouldn't mind.
—Well, as a matter of fact I __________, but you _________ first.
A. didn't, should let know
B. don't, should let me know
C. didn't, should have let me know
D. don't, should have let me know
313. —Who ___________ that piano?
—My sister, when she ___________ time.
A. plays, is having
B. is playing, has
C. is playing, has had
D. plays, has
314. "I want to know why you didn't do as _________." said the teacher.
A. to be told
B telling
C. told
D. told to
315. —Did you find your watch yesterday?
—No, I didn't find _________, but I've bought _________.
A. it, it
B. one, one
C. it, one
D. one, it
316. The roof fell ________ he had time to dash into the room to save his baby.
A. before
B. as
C. after
D. until
317. —Is there anything interesting in Queensland?
—Yes. __________? I heard that you had studied there last year.
A. aren't you going there
B. Haven't you gone there
C. Didn't you go there
D. Haven't you been there
318. Believe it or not, he came _________.
A. drunk home last night
B home last night drunk
C. home drunk last night
D. last night home drunk
参考答案

1-5. CBCAB 6-10. ABCDD 11-15. BACDC 16-20. CDDDA 21-25. CDABB
26-30. ADBDA 31-35. BBDCB 36-40. BCDBA 41-45. BCAAC 46-50. BBCCA
51-55. DAABD 56-60. DABAC 61-65. CCCCD 66-70. BACDC 71-75. DCCBD
76-80. DBBDD 81-85. AAABA 86-90. CACDB 91-95. DABDC 96-100. CDDCD
101-105. BDCCA 106-110. BABDD 111-115. ABDDA 116-120. CBBBD 121-125. CBBBA
126-130. BBCBC 131-135. DCDBB 136-140. BBACD 141-145. CABAC 146-150. BDDDA
151-155. DDACD 156-160. CABBA 161-165. DAABC 166-170. CABDB 171-175. BAABD
176-180. DCBBD 181-185. ADDBC 186-190. ACBCA 191-195. DACAA 196-200. DCDBC
201-205. ABABC 206-210. CDDCB 211-215. DAAAD 216-220. ADADD 221-225. BCACB
226-230. AACBB 231-235. BABCA 236-240. BCAAC 241-245. AACDB 246-250. ADCDC
251-255. DADCA 256-260. DCACC 261-265. DCDBD 266-270. DBBAD 271-275. ACBDB
276-280. BADCD 281-285. DDAAD 286-290. BDCAA 291-295. DBBBC 296-300. BBAAB
301-305. DACCC 306-310. ACDBD 311-315. BCDDC 316-318. ADC